Field Museum of Natural History bulletin

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

January 1987

Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin

Published by

Field Museum of Natural History

Founded 1893

President: Willard L. Boyd

Editor/ Designer: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa

Board of Trustees

Richard M. Jones,

Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Robert D. Cadieux
Henry T. Chandler
Worlcy H.Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
John James Kinsella
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mull in
Earl L. Neal
James J. O'Connor
Robert A. Fritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore 0. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington

CONTENTS

January, 1987
Volume 58, Number 1

January Events at Field Museum

Scenes of the Women's Board's Treasures Ball

Road to Paris

by William S. Street and Janice K. Street

Gods, Spirits, and People:

The Human Image in Traditional Art 10

by Robert A. Feldman, Exhibit Developer and
Research Associate in Anthropology

Field Museum Tours

26

COVER

Headdress figure from Western Cameroon or Eastern Nigeria, late 19th
century It may currently be seen in the exhibit "Gods, Spirits, and Peo-
ple, " which went on view at Field Museum November 22. This skin-
covered wooden figure was worn on top of the head as part of a cloth face
mask. The skin is antelope, but it is said that in the past human skin was
used. Although the figure represents a uioman with an elaborate haircio, it
was worn by men of the Ekpo Society, who exercised social control and
supervised the viUage's sanitary corxditions. The figure symbohzes a female
ancestor and the vital forces of the commuruty. Made b^i the Ekoi tribe of
the Cross River area. Schroeder collector, cat. 175615. height 28". Photo
by Ron Testa and Diane Alexander White. J 09446.

Life Trustees

Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Clifford C.Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood

Field Museum of Naatral History Bullean (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except cotnbined July/August issue, by Field Museum of Natuiai Hisloty, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago. IL
60605-2496. Copyright © 1987 Field Museum of Natural History SuhscriptioriS: $6.00 annually. $3.00 for scho^ils. Museum membership includes Bulletin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their
own and do not necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone: (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to
Membership Department. Postmaster:Pleasesendfotm3579toFieldMuseumofNaturalHistory, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shote Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496. ISSN; 0015-0703. Second class postage paid at
(Dhicago, Illinois.

Stents

The perfect couch, these boys will tell you,
is a dinosaur kg bone in Stanley Field Hall.

79329

Winter Fun 1987

Drive away Doldrums! Treat your children
(or grandchildren) to weekend workshops at Field
Museum. Workshops begin January 17 through Febru-
ary 15. Children ages 4-13 can participate in classes
that range in topics from alligators, birds and artic
whales, to the fascinating cultures of the Pawnee and
Hopi Indians.

Highlights of workshops being offered this year
are: "Sharks Teeth, Crab Claws, and Sea Shells";

"Nests, Roosts, Hollows, and Holes," for 4- and 5-
year-olds; "Earthq-q-u-u-ake!" for 6-7 and 8-9-year-
olds; and "Fossils" for 10-13-year-olds.

Anthropologists, paleontologists, artists, and
writers bring their creative energies and expertise to
this winter's workshops. Advance registration re-
quired. See the Winter Fun brochure for a complete
schedule and registration form or call 322-8854,
Monday-Friday, 9:00am-4:00pm for further
information.

January Weekend Programs

Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore

demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the
are only a few of the numerous activities each weekend,
complete schedule and program locations. The programs
Council.

January

10

1 1:30am Geology of the Chicago Area (tour). Dis-
cover what's beneath the surface of the Chicago

the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free tours.
Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed below
Check the Weekend Programs sheet upon arrival for the
are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois Arts

1 1 2 :00pm Malvina Hoffman-Portraits in Bronze
(slide lecture). Explore the life and works of
famed sculptor Malvina Hoffman, concentrating
on the "Portraits of Mankind" Collection

area.

11:30am Ar\cient Egypt (tour). Explore the tradi-
tions of ancient Egypt from everyday life to
myths and mummies.

18

25

1:00pm Welcome to the Field (tour). Enjoy a
sampling of our most significant exhibits as you
explore the scope of Field Museum

Il:30am Geology of the Chicago Area (tour). Dis-
cover what's beneath the surface of the Chicago
area.

s.

THE

Treasures Ball

A

JLX One-Night Exhibit in Grainger Gallery of some of
Field Museum's most treasured specimens was also the occa-
sion for a gala black tie dinner dance in Stanley Field Hall.
Sponsored by the Museum's Women's Board, the memorable
event took place on Friday, November 7. Mrs. Robert C.
Ferris was chairman of the gala; vice-chairmen were Mrs.
Donald C. Greaves and Mrs. John L. Hines. Music was
provided by the Bob Hardwicke Orchestra and the affair was
underwritten by Sara Lee Corporation.

Shown here are some of the evening's guests as they
viewed the exhibit.

Photos by Diane Alexander White.

^■■j^^^^HH^^^H

1 ^^■R! I^H^^^^H

^^^Hjj^Hj

^^^lE^s^

^Vp^^^^^^H

^Hm T

-■ 'af ifh

i^^^

^j3k

'^^,3

M

[^ ^^^^^^Hj

l^^^^^^k ''' J^^l

Hfc^^

I Ax

Ah

^^^^K[f ^S^^^^^^^^^^^H

^^ ^ ^m

Road to Paris

Chapter 22 of

Iranian Adventure

The First Street Expedition

by William S. Street ^Wjanice K. Street
with Richard Sawyer

Many couples approaching sixty and planning retirement
might buy a camper arui think about a little serious fishing.
Bill and Jan Street bought two Travelalls, hired Doug Lay, a
young mammalogist, and took off to scour the mountains,
deserts, and river valleys of Iran for wildlife specimens to
enrich Field Museum's collections. They started by hunting
red sheep two miles high in the Elburz Mountains and went on
from there. During the next six months, they travelled nearly
15,000 miles and collected nearly 3,500 mammals, from
bears to bats. They also collected hundreds of birds, reptiles,
amphibians, arvifish, complete with thousands of fleas, ticks,
ar\d mites — all equally valuable for study. Thanks to their
efforts. Field Museum now houses one of the world's finest
collections of Iranian faurui.

But as history moved on, the Streets found that they had
also captured a last view of an ancient culture on the brink of
change. Their notes and photographs illumiruite the vast polit-
ical eruption that followed. This, ar\d the lengthening roll of
research papers based on their collections, gives lasting value
to the Iranian adventures of three Americans who learned the
scientific expedition business by doing it.

Chapter 4, "Doab, " of Iranian Adventure appeared
in the October 1985 Bulletin. "Road to Paris," on the
following pages, concerns the firw.1 leg of the Street's seven-
month adventure.

After pitching our tents, we slept soundly that
night. The weather turned cold, and we were reluctant
to abandon the warmth of our sleeping bags the follow-
ing morning. But we struck the tents, had a quick light
breakfast, and were on our way. We wanted to get as

6 Copyrigixt © J 985 by Field Museum of Natural History

close to Maku and the Turkish border as possible that
day.

We reached Maku about six that evening and
paused to pay our respects to Col. Pouremaglessi and his
wife who had been extraordinarily kind to us on our first
visit. Our memory of the ebullient Colonel had dimmed
somewhat, and we had forgotten how complicated the
most mundane arrangements could become under his
enthusiastic direction.

When we stopped at the Pouremaglessis to say
good-bye, they were preparing to join the Governor at a
friend's house for a small gathering. The Colonel
promptly informed us that he would call his friends to
tell them to expect additional guests.

"Many thanks for asking us to join you," I told
Pouremaglessi, "but it is really quite out of the question. "

"But it is to be a party!" Pouremaglessi protested.
"Just wait a few minutes until the Governor arrives, then
we can all go together. No one will mind how you
are dressed. They will understand. "

Just then the Governor came bounding in, display-
ing his usual high spirits. He was delighted to see us.
Between the Governor and Pouremaglessi we were, if
not outnumbered, at least out-talked. We would not go
to the party, but they would telephone ahead to the
hotel at Bazergan, where we planned to spend the night,
make our room reservations for us, then join us at the
hotel for a late supper. Bazergan was at the border, only
sixteen kilometers from Maku.

Even arrangements at the supper got very involved.
We were fighting for the check before the meal had been
served. I insisted that they were to be our guests; they
insisted just as strongly that we were their guests. And all
the while, the compliments were flying thick and fast

between Pouremaglessi and me. The Colonel was deter-
mined not to be bested in vying for the role of host.

When I had been so insistent about their being our
guests at a late supper, I did not know that the only hotel
in Bazergan able to accommodate such an affair served
only sandwiches, snacks, Pepsi-Cola, Canada Orange,
and tea! As we parted we told the Governor and the
Colonel that we would go on to the hotel, freshen up,
and expect them to join us later. The Colonel sent a
lieutenant with us to show us the way. Once there, Jan
dug a not-too-wrinkled dress out of her luggage. Doug,
Nicola, and I wore what we had on our backs.

Dinner was to have been at eight o' clock, but the
Colonel, the Governor, and their party didn't arrive un-
til nearly ten. Knowing the shortcomings of the hotel,
they had brought dinner with them. And what a feast it
was! Soldiers appeared bearing platters, baskets, and
hampers of food that they laid before us on a table in a
private room reserved by the Colonel. The party had
expanded, too. Instead of just the Colonel, his wife and
the Governor, about six other men joined us — including
customs officials whom we would see again the next day
as we crossed the border into Turkey.

We sat down to tea and oranges, which were fol-
lowed by rice and lamb kabobs, an omelette, a moun-
tainous salad, and plates of vegetables and bread. It was
all delicious, and we topped it all off with more oranges,
tea, and Pepsi-Cola. Mrs. Pouremaglessi was quite ani-
mated that night and wanted to know if we had film for
our Polaroid camera. She wanted to add more pictures to
her memory book. Her disappointment was almost pal-
pable when we told her that we'd been unable to buy
Polaroid film in Tehran. Her depression was short-lived,
however, as the festive spirit of the evening reasserted
itself.

Just when I'd given up hope of ever seeing a bed
again, the Colonel asked if we were tired. We admitted
that we had had two long days of driving and faced the
prospect of a tough drive the following day.

"We should like to stay all night and talk with you
and be with you because we love you so dearly," he told
us. "But perhaps we should let you go to bed." Mrs.
Pouremaglessi came over to Jan, embraced her, and they
kissed one another on both cheeks. Thus we parted with
kind and generous people who will always be associated

Earlier, in northwestern Iran, expedition mamnui/ogist Doug Lay bagged
specimens of the tomb bat, a species new to Iran.

'Jan: Janice K. Street; Doug: Douglas M. Lay, the expedition's mamma-
logist, then a doctoral car\didate in zoology, now on the Faculty of the
University of North Carolirux; Nicola: Nicola Haroutounian, the expedi-
tion's driver-interpreter.

in our memories with some of the high points of our trip
to Iran.

At the last minute, there was a flurry of Turkish
bank notes in an exchange involving the Colonel, the
Governor, the customs man, and one of the young
lieutenants. 1 found myself holding Turkish money that
had been given me in exchange for travelers' cheques. I
am certain that the ease with which we crossed from Iran
into Turkey the next day was somehow related to the

The gloss lizard that got

away. An Iranian

university student, the

owner of this unusual

specimen, was unwilling

to relinquish it to the

Americans.

miles of unbroken snow made a picture unmatched for
primitive beauty. Douglas, reared in the American
South, had never seen so much snow, and every time we
stopped to take pictures, he and Nicola had a snowball
fight.

In Turkey we were conscious of an all-pervasive
military presence. Everywhere we looked we saw sol-
diers, military vehicles, or army encampments. Our first
major city in Turkey, Erzurum, seemed to be just one big

small transaction of the night before. The Colonel, bless
him, even instructed one of his lieutenants to remain in
Bazergan to escort us over the border.

When we passed through customs the following
morning, our luggage wasn't even inspected. The only
item questioned was a small rug that Douglas had
bought, and this had to be properly tagged. They exam-
ined our passports and processed us through Iranian cus-
toms as quickly as possible.

On the Turkish side of the boundary, life progressed
at a more leisurely pace. It was 10:00 a.m. before the
Turkish customs man was up and about. An English
youth, who had been away from home a year and was
eager to return, had been banging on the door of the
customs house for an hour or more, and not a soul paid
any attention to him. The more he pounded, the more
relaxed the customs officials became. When the customs
men finally came to life and let us through, we gave the
young Englishman a ride for a hundred or so miles, be-
fore dropping him off at his request.

It was a beautiful day for driving. We hadn't gone
more than thirty miles from the border when it began to
snow. Mt. Ararat and the smaller surrounding moun-
tains were so striking that we took a number of photo-
graphs. The country was rolling and bare of trees, but the

military installation. Soldiers were directing traffic and
just before driving into town, we had seen other troop
units undergoing special training, wearing snowshoes
and white uniforms. They were holding what appeared
to be winter maneuvers. We wondered how much of that
costly military hardware had been purchased with U.S.
aid.

That first night in Turkey we stayed in a so-so hotel
and sought out a restaurant that served real Turkish
meals, not food designed to please the palates of tourists.
Finding an open restaurant was a bit of a task in itself,
because we arrived during the Muhammadan month of
Ramadan, in which the faithful fast each day from dawn
until sunset. It was during this sacred period that we ran
into a strange and frightening situation.

Driving through a small village a day or so later, we
had to stop the car because the roadway was blocked by
men and boys. In the middle of the road stood a man on a
chair, leading a chant which was answered by the all-
male crowd. They were members of a sect known as
flagellants, people who scourge themselves as a public
penance. These men and boys were in a frenzy of
religious fervor, beating themselves about their backs
and shoulders with chains attached to short wooden
handles. Others were beating on their chests with closed

fists. Some with the chains had blood running freely
down their bodies.

Our white-skinned faces and our foreign vehicle
must have seemed to them an intrusion by infidels. It
was a mean-looking crowd, and they viewed us with no
kindness whatever.

"Nicola," I said, "just keep driving. Don't drive too
slowly, and don't drive too fast. And don't look to the
right or the left. Just keep driving. But don't stop for
anything. "

suffered such great water shortages in so vnar\y areas. And we also
began to see orchards — some new and some obviously very old.

A strange thing happened on the road between
Erzurum and Trabzon, on the coast of the Black Sea.
During the planning stage of our expedition in Chicago,
Dr. Reed had mentioned wolves and the Kurdish mastiff
— immense dogs that guarded flocks of sheep. Dr. Reed
had asked that we try to secure a skull of one of the mas-
tiffs as well as specimens of the wolf. We had collected
the wolf and seen the great mastiffs — in fact, we had

Bill and }an Street in
night hunting position
atop the TravehU.

Safely past that encounter, we continued to be
aware of the pervasive military presence in Turkey. We
saw soldiers practicing driving trucks over hilly, rocky,
muddy terrain and wondered what sort of duty they were
preparing for. At times our road took us to elevations of
9,000 feet and there was lots of snow. The hills and
mountains were treeless, and the expanse of seemingly
endless white cover was almost unbelievable. It seemed
to go on forever and ever.

From Jan's notes:

Wildflowers were in evidence at quite a hi^ elevadon. There
were primroses growing all over — yellow, ivory, and purple. There
were Christmas roses, and by the time we got throwg/i Turkey I had
seen more Christmas roses than ever before in my life. Whole banks
were covered with a tiny wild azalea and some violets. Closer to
the Black Sea were rhododervirons, and some hillsides were solid
masses of them. We saw only one in bloom that was like our wild
lavender rhododendron, but it must be a ^xmous sight to drive
through this area about six weeks later than this — it would be ablaze
with color.

There were great bushes of white and sky-blue heather, some
four or more feet in height. Iris were blooming, and we saw hazelnut
trees. There was an abundance of water here, and it made us think
how nice it would be to serxd some of the surplus back to Iran, which

come close to tangling with these fierce dogs a time or
two. Frightened as we were at our several encounters
with them, they were not the kind of animal that could
be shot in the wild. To do so would destroy an important
partner of the shepherds, and such an act would have
been unthinkable unless a human life were in immediate
danger. Moreover, in Iran or Turkey, it would have been
literally worth your life to have killed one of those ani-
mals belonging to the Kurds.

We were driving along the road between villages
when we came on two of these great mastiffs lying dead
on the highway. We quickly stopped the car and backed
up to examine these immense beasts more carefully.
Although they had been struck by some vehicle, their
skulls were intact and would make valuable specimens.
We paused long enough to sever the two heads — and
then wonder how on earth we were going to transport
them. With four of us in the vehicle, the top racks were
loaded with all the extra luggage we could carry and were
tightly covered with tarpaulins to boot. The only thing
we could do with those bloody heads was to tie them on
top of the load, and pray that we didn't run into a cara-
van of Kurdish tribesmen. Continued on p. 19

Gods, Spirits and People

The Human Image in Traditional Art

by Robert A. Feldman
Exhibit Developer and Research Associate in Anthropology

he Exhibit "Gods, Spirits, and People," which went
on view on November 22, presents a small sampling of
human images from Field Museum's collections of the
traditional art of non-Western cultures. Images of peo-
ple can be decorative or entertaining, but in traditional
cultures these images more often carry important social
meaning. They can teach children in the ways of their
culture, heal or make one sick, honor the dead, control
or police the actions of the living, and worship the gods.

A key aspect of any form of art is its communicative
content. Art carries a meaning beyond (or even at odds
with) its use in everyday activities. In many respects, art
takes the place of a written language in nonliterate
societies; thus, traditional art can serve to make mani-
fest ideals or beliefs and "fix" them for transmission.

The human form is one of the most common im-
ages in art world-wide — if not the most common. Why is
this so? Foremost must be that the artist is a human be-
ing, and shows his or her own kind. Beyond simply
mirroring the body, however, the human form in art
mirrors the society (the "body" politic). As a reflection
of society, art expresses the concerns, desires, and fears
of the people who made it.

A depiction of a human being can be invested
with special symbolic content, but at times it remains
merely decorative. Even decorative images, though, can
convey information about the person represented, such
as his age and status, or if he is a member of one's own
group or is a foreigner. This information is coded in
regular ways, both in the physical features depicted and
with special symbols.

The distinctions that we make between appearance
and content, between a decorative figure and one filled
with symbolism or power, are recent in human history.
Early art was magic. An image can be so powerful that
one of God's commandments to Moses was "Thou shall
not make graven images." In the Paleolithic carvings
and cave paintings, wild game predominates, but we
also see the hunter as well as the hunted. The pregnant
horses on the cave wall and the sexually exaggerated
10 "Venus" figures probably were made to increase the

fertility of the world around the artist.

The human image often ties the living to their
ancestors. Representations of the dead serve as
memorials; homes, guardians, protectors, or placaters
for the spirit of the deceased; channels through which
the living can communicate with the spirit world and
the dead; and actual physical embodiments of the ances-
tors. The images establish ties with the ancestors, and
through these ties, the group's claim to authority, rights,
or territory is created and validated and the proper order
of the world is maintained.

The gods and spirits which a group sees in the world
around itself are often given human qualities and rep-
resented in human form. The degree of anthropomor-
phization differs from group to group and deity to deity,
but the projection of human aspirations and foibles onto
the supernatural is common. As with the human group,
the cultural and personal identity of each god is coded in
symbols used in its image.

"Gods, Spirits, and People" does not include pieces
that were primarily decorative, but focuses on human
images that were used to symbolize or maintain a group's
social cohesion. Some of the ways images do this are
through ties to ancestors or deities in human form,
through assertions of rank or authority, and through
initiation/inculturation into the society.

The artifacts in this exhibit are clustered in seven
main groupings: funeral and memorial figures, ancestor
figures, spirit and deity representations, authority and
rank figures, figures that emphasize the social group
through characteristics of costume or body decoration,
masks of humans, and figures that illustrate different
ways of looking at the human image.

Within the layout of the exhibit, the last subgroup
is separated from the rest. It covers the additional theme
of "Looking at People," which asks the viewers to con-
sider the artifacts from a visual perspective and invites
them to look at the rest of the exhibit in ways they other-
wise might not have. Five topics illustrate this theme:
realism versus stylization, variations and similarities,
body decoration, costumes and hats, and foreigners. FM

ANCESTRAL SKULL

This human skull served as a memo-
rial to the deceased. It has a carved
wooden face and is covered with a
black gum {tita nut). The inlay of
mother-of-pearl shells is set in de-
signs which simulate face painting or
scarification.
Solomon Islands.
Early 20th Century.
Fuller Collection.
Cat. 276594
Height: 7"

Photo by Diane Alexander White
109978

EMACIATED FIGURE

(detail)

Oral tradition states that this figure
represents a starving man of an ear-
ly Easter Island population that had
fled into the interior of the island
when the present people arrived.
Easter Island.
19th Century.
Fuller Collection.
Cat. 273234
Height: 17"

Photo by Ron Testa
109930

HEADDRESS MASK

Masks and figures were used in Vanuatu
(formerly the New Hebrides) in cere-
monies that marked a man's pro-
gression from one graded social
level to the next. The pieces con-
formed to the designs established
for each level, but varied in quality,
as they were made by each man's
sponsors, not by an "artist." The
boars' tusks in it, which symbolize
wealth and prestige, are from pigs
that were sacrificed as part of the
ceremony.
S. W. Bay, Malekula, Vanuatu.
Early 20th Century.
A. B. Lewis, collector,
Joseph N. Field Expedition.
Cat. 133080
Height: 14"

12

Photo by Diane Alexander White
109986

KACHINA DOLL

jm

This doll represents the Kawaika
kachina spirit. Kachina dolls were
made for children and helped them
learn about the different sacred

11
• 11

kachina spirits. During the annual

cycle of dances, masked dancers

impersonated the kachinas.

Hopi Indians,

Shungopavy Pueblo, AZ. 1951.

Gift of Byron Harvey III.

Cat. 82863

^J^IP

Height: 12^2"

l^v

Photo by Diane Alexander White
109975

.\V

\N

r

■6'AI

LEDGER BOOK DRAWING

Native American artists made draw-
ings on paper from ledgers or note-
bool<s supplied them by whites.
These drawings illustrated Indian life
or events in the life of the artist. This
Cheyenne drawing shows 10 war-
nors on horseback in full regalia.
Cheyenne Indian, Darlington, OK.
Late 19th Century.
H. R. Voth, collector. Cat. 48213
Height: 8"

Photo by Ron Testa
107546

'U

EKPO SOCIETY MASK

The Ekpo society was a secret soci-
ety to which Ibibio males belonged.
It was concerned with maintenance
of the social order and propitiation of
the spirits of the ancestors. This
mask, like many Ibibio Ekpo masks,
has a movable lower jaw.
Ibibio tribe, Nigeria.
Late 19th Century
Gift of Calvin S. Smith. Cat. 25038
Height: 20"

Photo by Ron Testa

and Diane Alexander White

109452

CEREMONIAL BOW STAND

near hght
(detail)

Fine carvings could serve as sym-
bols of rank. This bow stand was an
emblem bestowed upon the guard of
a chief's primary wife.
Baluba tribe, Zaire.
Early 20th Century.
Gift of Mrs. A. W. F. Fuller.
CaL 221072
Height: 32y2"

>^

MAtnuMMamUIMw

'wSiiAmmmmSmmmtk

-wIF'r*

A

m^'

.V

m.y

FIGURE

far right

Jarved wooden u// were found
nly in a limited area of central
lew Ireland. They were set up
in special houses during the
ceremonies held in honor of
deceased heads of totemic
clans. After the ceremonies,
the figures were carefully
wrapped and kept in the men's
house, to be used at some la-
ter date in a similar memorial
ceremony.
The uli represents a male
ancestor. The small figures
• represent his offspring. The
' 'easts of the figures probably
' symbolize the female ances-
tors and importance of women
in the tracing of descent
through matrilineal clans.
New Ireland Province,
"'^'' Papua New Guinea.
Early 20th Century.
I A. B. Lewis, collector,
Joseph N. Field Expedition.
Cat, 138791
'• Height: 4'6"

by Diane Alexander White
'L 109989

^..'..'0 '^^

jKf^x'Esxtf^'' ■^s„''y-"ai^ag=a!»i8t

WOODEN FIGUR

OF TWO EUROPEANS

These figures represent a judge and
a sea captain as seen by the Haida
carver. While the figures are both
very similar in dress, Judge Pember-

ton has a top hat and sea captain

George Smith has a cap.

Haida Indians,

Queen Charlotte Island, B.C.,

Canada, ca. 1890.

J. Deans, collector. Cat. 17990

Height of Judge ; 1 1 " 1 09609

Continued from p. 9

It was getting late when we reached the seacoast
town of Trabzon, but we stopped only long enough to
pick up some eggs and oranges. The weather had turned
much warmer, and we were glad to be able to camp out
again. We detoured to the shores of the Black Sea, re-
moved our gory supercargo, and took the heads down to
the water to skin them and remove the brains. Only
when we had them thoroughly cleaned and repacked did
we begin a search for a campsite. We found a place with a
running stream nearby and set up our tents.

We woke to a perfectly beautiful day. Not too far

to get some pictures of the countryside. We saw ahead a
group of Turkish women digging in the soil on both sides
of the road. We stopped the car, and Jan raised her
camera to compose her picture and focus on the group of
women to the right of the car. Just then we were spotted
— and all hell broke loose! The women began shrieking
at us, and this attracted the attention of the women on
the other side of the road. In a body, they all began
advancing threateningly toward the car holding their
sturdy spades high, apparently bent on some kind of
mayhem. Simultaneously, some boys who had been

Morning, after sleeping
in the open.

from our campsite was a small village tucked into the side
of the mountain; on the other side, the Black Sea was
visible under the span of a little bridge. We were in a
fertile, cultivated area, and the riches of water after arid
Iran was refreshing. Even the architecture was different.
Where Iran had walls around everything — even the
most humble dwellings — in Turkey each house was a
separate unit set quite apart from the others. The roofs of
most houses were flat — some of tile, some of heavy
shingles. A series of small square houses walking up the
hillside gave the appearance of being in Europe rather
than the Mideast.

The following morning we followed the highway
along the shores of the Black Sea toward Samsun. The
road was narrow, winding, and under repair. We weren't
making good time at all, but the scenery was spectacular,
so we really didn't object to the slow drive along the
seashore. For lunch, we picnicked by the sea. No sooner
had we set out our things than eight little boys and three
men clustered around us, asking what we were doing and
where we were going. It was just like Iran.

Later, Jan was riding in front with Nicola and trying

working with the women started throwing rocks and
clods of dirt at our vehicle.

It was no time for a parley, so 1 told Nicola, "Shut
the window and let's get out of here!"

No windows were broken and none of the women
got close enough to us — or the car — to do any real dam-
age. Only after we were out of range of their screams and

missiles did we calm down a bit.

. 1_

Available Now at the Field Museum Store

IRANIAN ADVENTURE

The First Street Expedition

by William S. and Janice K. Street
with Richard Sawyer

$14.95

10% discount for Field Museum members

softcover

320 pages, with color plates

and black-and-white illustrations

PUBLISHED BY FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

19

««.ii.

"Nicola," I asked, "what were they screaming at

us;

«

t^msi. ^PHiMgwKxj.*^' ^

Jan Street with labeled bat specimens on dryir^ board.

BiUStreet in camp; Explorers' Cbih flag flutters from tent pole.

"They were caUing us 'infidels,' " he replied
somberly.

"Just because Jan wanted to take a picture of them?"

When I thought of the millions of dollars in Point
Four aid that the United States had poured into Turkey
for agricultural development, I begun to get downright
mad.

"When I think of all our country has done for the
Turks," 1 told Nicola, "I've got a good mind to go back
there and tell those people a thing or two."

Nicola became deadly serious. "Don't do it, Mr.
Street. They will kill you if you do."

Unbelieving, I looked at Nicola and saw that he
meant every word he had said. And I realized that he was
right — they probably would have tried to kill us. 1 simply
had not taken account of the great differences in culture
and values between us and the people by the road. To us
a snapshot was a small thing; to them it was an unforgiv-
able violation of privacy — perhaps even a breach of their
religion's prohibition of graven images. If we had been
able to meet on a personal basis, the situation might
have been different. But the crowd reacted emotionally
to our strangeness and foreignness and there was no
opportunity to reach out across the barrier of our differ-
ent beliefs.

We didn't reach Samsun until nine o'clock that
night; there we stopped at Otel Vidinle and engaged two
rooms. We had our supper at the hotel, complete with
two aperitifs and two beers. When we checked out the
following morning, our bill for lodgings and for meals for
four people was $11.17! There are many places today
where you could spend that for just one round of drinks.

When we stopped for fuel and asked about the road
to Ankara, the attendant said, "Part of the road it is
asphalt; part of the road is good." We again headed in-
land on a southwesterly tack and made good time
through rolling hills. The land showed signs of a great
deal of cultivation, and we saw many fine flocks of sheep
and goats. Farming methods were primitive, and we
noted that oxen and water buffalo were drawing the
plows, harrows, and farm wagons.

Ankara (Angora) was a large and bustling city, and
we had some difficulty in finding a place to stay. We
finally landed at the Balin Oteli and were glad to have
found shelter, because the weather had again turned
overcast and drizzly. When we awakened in the morn-
ing, it was pouring rain, but we decided to see some of
the ancient city anyway. We had been told that break-
fast was served at 7:00 a. m. , but there was no sign of it or
of anyone who might have served it. We had a glass of

Tang, which we always carried with us, then went down-
stairs and rooted around in the refrigerators until we
found something that suited our fancy! Jan and 1 both
had bananas, and I also had a bowl of rice pudding. Very
satisfying; not your usual breakfast fare, but, all in all,
more than adequate for a self-service meal.

After a too brief stay in Ankara, we continued our
journey. Driving in a slight overcast, we made our way to
Istanbul and settled into the Otel Park. The hotel was a

About eleven o'clock the next morning, we set out
for Alexandroupolis, Greece, by a new road touted as
being shorter and faster than the old.

We thought little of it when a few flakes began to
fall, but as we drove on, the snow became heavier and
heavier. We began to encounter drifts across the road.
Suddenly, we came on a stalled car blocking much of the
road. The hapless driver was attempting to install his
chains and having an awful time of it. Nicola tried to

Selected specimens from
the first two months in
the field, on view at the
Streets' hotel in Tehran.

rather good one, and we felt the management must have
taken one look at us and put us as far out of sight as
possible. They relegated us to the catacombs. The hotel
was built into the side of a hill, and our rooms were down
three flights of stairs in one of the less desirable sections.
After the hotel accommodations we had seen in the last
seven months, being slighted at the Otel Park bothered
us not one whit.

Although we were to have little time in Istanbul,
there were a number of things we simply could not leave
without seeing. In the afternoon we took a sightseeing
bus for a tour of the city, visiting the Blue Mosque, the
old palace (now a museum) , St. Sophia Mosque, and the
bazaar. Amid the incredible crush of people and the
rumble of commerce, we could still catch glimpses of the
ancient city that had gone by at least three names. From
more than five centuries before the birth of Christ until
approximately A.D. 330 it was known as Byzantium;
from 330 to 1453 it wasContantinople; and since 1453 it
has been Istanbul. We walked through miles of jewelry
shops, rug shops, and the stores of brass merchants in the
sprawling bazaar. It has been estimated that the bazaar
alone holds some four thousand shops.

inch around cautiously on the right side of the other
vehicle, but we hadn't gone five feet before we too were
in a snowbank. Fortunately, a snowplow came along and
pulled us out. When the driver tried to pull out the first
car that was in trouble, the tire of the big machine simply
spun. Finally, we attached our rig to the first car, and the
snowplow put a line on us, and all of us managed to get
onto a cleared part of the highway.

Three snowplows were working in the area, and the
only safe course was to fall in behind one of the slow-
moving giants and keep our wheels turning. Every once
in a while one of the snowplows got stuck, and the other
had to rescue it. With all the slipping and sliding and
creeping along in low gears, it took us five hours to get
through that area.

We started to stay in one of the small towns on the
Turkish side of the border, but the hotels there looked
grimmer than any we had seen in all our journeys. On
inquiry, however, we learned that the roads were clear to
the Greek border, so we decided to attempt it, late as it
was. We picked up a hitchhiker who was going to Kesan,
dropped him off there, and paused long enough to have
supper. The weather had become sharper, colder, and

21

we again hesitated about pressing on. In the restaurant
we asked if the border was open. A young man heard our
question; he told us that he worked at the border and
assured us that the customs station was open all night
long. He even volunteered to take us there and help us
through. We felt that Lady Luck was again smiling on us.

When we reached the last town on the Turkish side
of the line, our young man took us to the local gendar-
merie where we were again told that the border was open
all night. The young man who had accompanied us,
however, left us at this point. It seemed that he didn't
work at the border at all — he just told us that so we would
give him a ride.

Armed with the best information obtainable, we

Col. Gaksorke, Iranian

manager offish and

wildlife (second from

right) , joins Doug Lay,

]an and Bill Street (from

left) during specimen

viewing at Tehran hotel.

pajamas and slippers. But the Greeks, too, were pleasant
to us and told us that regardless of the hour, we were sure
to find a hotel room in Alexandroupolis.

They were right. At one o'clock in the morning we
took rooms at the old-but-clean Metropole Hotel in
Alexandroupolis and tumbled into bed for a wonderful
night's sleep. We had left Asia and were once again back
in Europe. Our journey was truly nearing its end. The
following day we would arrive inThessaloniki, then take
the boat from Greece to Italy, and then make our way on
to Paris.

Beyond Paris, we looked forward to the cooling fogs
and soft rain of the Pacific Northwest of the United
States. We were ready to go home. And we would return

22

decided to proceed to the border. It was only a few miles
further on, but the wind was blowing a gale, and we
hoped to clear the boundary quickly and get into Alex-
androupolis and a hotel. When we arrived at the border
crossing we discovered, to our dismay, that all the border
guards had gone to bed. The gates would not officially
open again until morning. But our luck had not run out.
The border guards roused themselves and were very
accommodating; they invited us into the guard house
while they dressed and, after courteously looking over
our passports, they opened the gates and allowed us to
cross the bridge into Greece.

In the middle of the bridge were two sentry boxes —
one manned by a Turk, the other by a Greek. Past those,
on the Greek side, we pulled three more sleepy guards
out of bed. They didn't stand on formality, not even
bothering to put their robes on over their pajamas. It was
the only time in many years of world travel that I remem-
ber conducting official business with a man dressed in

to Seattle comfortable in the knowledge that we had
done something worthwhile.

Our expedition to Iran had brought immediate as
well as long-lasting rewards to Jan and me. We were at a
time in our life when many of our contemporaries were
beginning to redefine their goals, beginning to be less
adventuresome rather than more so. If there is a lesson
here, it is that one can resist the encroachments of age,
can expand personal horizons, and can not only seek
adventure but bring it off decisively.

In Iran, with good help, we had learned to live on
the land and on the terms the land laid down. The land
was uncompromising, and surviving and working on its
terms required resiliency and flexibility of a couple of
candidates for the rocking chair. Nevertheless, we did a
job of work and quite boldly, I thought, took the oppor-
tunity to explore and work in a land now so transformed
politically that what we did may never again be possible.
We got in just under the wire.

As we look back on our experience we found no
way to compare it with our earlier African safaris or
many hunting trips. Those had been personal quests,
and the decision to take or not to take a trophy was ours
alone to make. Now we were charged with finding each
specimen as a museum trophy. Not one was kept by us.

Our reward has been the relationship with our
associates and overseas friends as well as the continuing
flow of new knowledge brought forth by the publications
arising from the studies.

We treasure our experience. We liked it very
much. FM

Afterword A
The Streets and Their Expeditions

by Alan Solem
Curator and Head, Division of Invertebrates

As a very new assistant curator at Field Museum of
Natural History in the 1950s, 1 first heard of Bill and Jan
Street when they contemplated an expedition to Iran
and wanted to know whether somebody from Field
Museum who could skin and prepare mammals might be
available to participate. Although very eager to travel, I
was a land snail specialist and completely lacked the
necessary qualifications.

When their field program expanded in the mid-
1960s, more and more of Field Museum staff were con-
sulted by them before their trips. I thus made a special
plea that they try to collect land snails in Afghanistan
during their 1965 expedition. They found thirty-seven
species, four new to science, including Subzebrinus streeti
Solem (1979, Fieldiana: Zoology, New Series, 1:33-36),
and another ten new to Afghanistan, thus making a sig-
nificant addition to our knowledge of the Afghan snail
fauna.

By the early 1970s, we were well acquainted. When
they indicated a desire to sponsor another expedition,
and I was energetically trying to develop a multi-
disciplinary field program in Western Australia, it was
easy to combine planning efforts with the added
cooperation of the Western Australian Museum, Perth.
Sparked by the initial offer of mammal survey support by
the Streets, the largest inland scientific expedition in
Australian history converged on the Mitchell Plateau in
the northwest during October 1976.

Bill and Jan Street, I, and assistants shared the red
dust, fought the packs of flies, changed one another's flat
tires, made similar and different wrong turns off tracks,
contrasted and learned from the divergent Australian
and American camping styles, and felt the same sense of
fulfillment and joy during even the hottest of Kimberley
days.

On reading their Iran account, I became impatient
with the piles of papers, ringing telephone, and sched-

uled meetings in Chicago. I was — no, am — ready to
depart for another place from which we have too little
material for effective study. Be it North America, Afri-
ca, Asia, or Pacific Islands, no place in the world has had
its living secrets adequately revealed.

Who are these special people?

William Sherman Street was bom September 30,
1904, in Oakland, California. After receiving his col-
lege education at the University of California, Berkeley,
he began a merchandising career at Hale Brothers' Store
in Oakland. He eventually became president of
Frederick &. Nelson department stores, Seattle; served as
executive vice president of its parent store Marshall
Field & Company of Chicago; was general, manager of
the Chicago stores for three years; and served as director
of the parent company. During these career years. Bill
also took on numerous civic, community, and national
responsibilities. He is also a member of the Commercial
Club of Chicago.

He served eight years as a director of the U.S.
Chamber of Commerce during the Eisenhower
administration — six of these years as chairman of the
Committee for Economic Policy and one as chairman of
the Canadian- American Committee. From 1957 until
its opening in 1962, Bill Street was deeply involved in
the organization of the very successful Seattle World's
Fair — the Century 21 Exposition. In 1961-1962 he was
chairman of the operating organization. Century 21
Exposition, Inc.

After taking early retirement from Frederick &.
Nelson and mounting the first Iran expedition, Bill
Street assumed the presidency of United Pacific
Corporation, an investment banking firm now known as
Univar Corporation; he was later chairman of the board
until his next retirement in 1974. He also held direc-
torships in several corporate and civic organizations.

Jan Kergan was born in Oakland in 1902. She 23

graduated from the University of California in 1924 and
married Bill Street the next year. Her busy life has
woven together a great many interests. She has worked
extensively with the Red Cross and in the fields of com-
munity and children's health. She has been active in
Children's Orthopedic Hospital, the Arboretum
Foundation, and the National Society of Colonial
Dames; she has been president of the Seattle Children's
Home and a fellow of the Explorers' Club. After her ex-
perience as co-leader of Field Museum expeditions, she
lectured extensively before schools and clubs in Oregon
and Washington. She is an involved and resourceful
person.

Bill and Jan have seen their three children go on to
successful careers. Georgann Street Evans is a painter

and sculptor who has been on the faculty of the Univers-
ity of California; William K. Street is president of
Ostrom Company of Lacey, Washington; and John S.
Street is former president of Germaine Monteil, New
York City.

Today, nearly twenty-four years after the realiza-
tion of the 1962-1963 Iran Expedition, Bill and Jan
Street continue to enjoy their home near Oso, Wash-
ington, keep up with the many friends made on their
journeys, watch with quiet pride the stream of published
results from their expeditions, follow the careers of the
many students who worked with them, and observe the
progress of their twelve grandchildren and seven great-
grandsons.

Afterword C
Fruits of Their Labors

by Robert M. Timm

Curator-in-Charge of Mammals

Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas

(recently Head of Field Museum's Division

of Mammals)

William and Janice Street organized and led five differ-
ent foreign expeditions for Field Museum: two to Iran
(1962-1963 and 1968), one to Afghanistan (1965), one
to Peru (1975-76), and one to western Australia (1976-
77). This book reviews just the first of these — each was a
unique adventure of its own. The logistics of organizing
an international scientific expedition are truly phe-
nomenal. It takes special people with the right combina-
tion of patience, drive, political savvy, sensitivity, and
intestinal fortitude to pull it off. For those special few
who have led a successful expedition, there is probably
no greater thrill. It remains a highlight of their lives.
The inner satisfaction of successfully tackling formidable
odds, accomplishing goals, and producing a valuable
collection to be studied by generations of scientists is an
indescribable feeling. Often the people who work
together on such an expedition develop lifelong
friendships far stronger than bonds developed under
more normal circumstances.

Over two decades have passed since the Streets'

first Iranian Expedition. It is appropriate to ask what was

gained, what was learned, what was the long-term legacy

of their effort. What happened to the specimens, the

24 people ? What were the products ?

The most tangible products of an expedition are the
specimens brought back for study. The Street expedition
to Iran collected nearly thirty-five hundred specimens of
mammals; several hundred specimens of birds, reptiles,
amphibians, and fishes; and thousands of specimens of
parasitic arthropods — the fleas, lice, ticks, and mites. To
put this world in perspective. Field Museum's collections
now house one of the finest collections of these groups in
existence anywhere.

Preparation of specimens in the field requires a tre-
mendous amount of work; however, it is just the begin-
ning. Upon completion of the field work, all specimens
must be carefully labeled, fumigated to prevent damage
by insect pests, and packed for shipment home. Scien-
tific specimens must be packed well enough to withstand
the worst possible treatment at the hands of the shippers,
and often that seems to be just what they receive! Once
everything has arrived safely at the Museum, the
pleasurable but extremely laborious process of sorting,
labeling, and final preparation begins. Specimens that
have been improperly labeled or prepared are worthless;
thus these final steps are as critical as those that origi-
nally obtained the material. For the mammal specimens,
skeletons of the smaller species such as shrews and bats

are cleaned with the aid of dermestid beetles. Larger
skeletons such as the wild sheep are cleaned in huge
steam kettles. The result of both processes is beautiful
white clean bone that will be resistant to decomposition
when stored properly and will present scientists with
material that is easy to study with accuracy. For the Iran-
ian collections ten years were required for all specimens
to be completely processed and finally incorporated into
the research collections. They are now curated and
actively being studied by a wide array of investigators.

The Street expeditions were especially valuable in
that bright, young, enthusiastic, budding scientists were
full participants. They were carefully chosen, then given
full support both in direction by Museum staff and free-
dom to devote their energies totally to the project for
several months. The Street expeditions were distin-
guished by the financial support provided to the young
investigators afterward to prepare and study the collec-
tions in Chicago. This contributed significantly to the
overall success of the enterprises. Training of future sci-
entists, both in the United States and in the host coun-
tries, is one of the major roles of expeditions.

Doug Lay, the young mammalogist, went on to
complete his Ph.D. studies, relying heavily on materials
collected in Iran. He is now an active professional mam-
malogist, well respected as the world's foremost author-
ity on the Mideastem gerbillinae rodents that he first
met in Iran.

In addition, another Ph.D. dissertation study was
based entirely on the Iranian collections. Anthony F.
DeBlase's dissertation, a 424-page monograph entitled
"The bats of Iran: Systematics, distribution, and ecol-
ogy," was published in Field Museum's scientific series,
Fieldiana: Zoology. It is considered the most authoritative
work of its kind for all of Asia.

Fortuitously, Charles Reed, the Yale archaeologist,
moved to Chicago and has utilized the Iran collections
extensively in his studies to unravel the unknowns in
how, when, and where man first domesticated animals
such as goats, sheep, pigs, and dogs. With the aid of this
material, techniques have been developed to distinguish
bone fragments from archaeological sites that represent
man's earliest domesticated animals. Additionally, age,
sex, weight, and season of death can often be obtained
now from mere fragments of bone, thus providing insight
into the lives of ancient peoples and how they utilized
and modified their world — insights into how civilization
developed.

Carolyn RenzuUi, a doctoral candidate at the Uni-
versity of Chicago, currently is studying the wild sheep
collected by the Streets. Her dissertation will be a study
of the functional craniology of these sheep, and a test of

a biomechanical model that she has developed for skull
function in homed bovids. Her studies are possible only
because of the depth and strength of Field Museum's col-
lections. The current and future value of the specimens
is greatly enhanced because of the care taken in the field
to obtain the maximum data for each and to preserve
each specimen properly.

We are frequently asked, "Do scientists really study
all these things?" The answer is a resounding "Yes."

In addition to staff scientists at Field Museum, visit-
ing mammalogists, anatomists, archaeologists, paleon-
tologists, anthropologists, veterinarians, forensic scien-
tists, and an array of government agencies interested in
conservation, customs, and enforcement of wildlife laws
utilize Field Museum's collection of over 127,000 mam-
mals. During a recent twelve-month period, scientists
from twenty-eight states and eleven foreign countries
spent some eight hundred visitor-days examining our
mammal collections. In addition, we send out nearly a
hundred loans of specimens each year to other institu-
tions throughout the world. The loan and visitor use of
Field Museum's scientific collections is one of the most
extensive in the scientific world. And all of this goes on
behind-the-scenes, outside of public view on the
Museum's fourth and fifth floors.

The value of such an expedition is only partially
realized when the specimens are safely tucked away in
the Museum's collections. Their true value to science
can only be measured over time, after the scientists study
them. In recent years, an annual average of more than
fifty technical papers and scholarly books have involved
research in the mammal collections.

Tragically, Iran has been torn by war in recent
years. The few reports we have concerning the current
state of science and scientific collections in the country
are disheartening. Apparently all scientific study collec-
tions, once a rich reflection of the region's history, are
now destroyed and scattered. Additionally, many of the
areas studied by the Street expedition have been ravaged
by recent fighting. We must assume that the fighting and
political turmoil in Iran has taken as significant a toll on
wildlife and habitats necessary for wildlife as it has on
human lives. Thus, the collections made by the Streets
are truly irreplaceable.

Habitat destruction and the associated loss of wild-
life is not a problem unique to Iran but is a global prob-
lem. It has been estimated that 60 percent of all species
on the earth today will be extinct before scientist have a
chance to study them. Time is running out. Will there
be future people as farsighted as William and Janice
Street assisting tomorrow's scientists?

25

HELD
MUSEUM
TOURS^

Sailing to the Land of the Maya
Aboard the Tall Ship "Sea Cloud"
February 14-24

Itinerary

Dayl

Miami/Georgetown, Grand Cayman

Depart Miami on a regularly scheduled flight to George-
town, the principal town of Grand Cayman, largest of the
three Cayman Islands. Columbus named the island Las
Tortugas ("The Turtles") in 1503, for the giant sea turtles
that inhabit the region. The flat, sandy island is peopled by
descendants of Cromwell's soldiers, buccaneers, and ship-
wrecked sailors.

Upon arrival, transfer to the Sea Cloud and sail late
afternoon.

Day 2

At Sea

Sailing due southwest in the Western Caribbean.

Day 3

Swan Island

Morning arrival at tiny Swan Island, a yachtsman's para-
dise. The coral limestone island is only 1 Vi miles long and
60 feet high. Formerly the site of a plantation, today only
about 20 people inhabit the island.

Day 4

Roatan, Bay Islands

Morning at sea with afternoon arrival at Roatan, the larg-
est of the Bay Islands in the Gulf of Honduras. Roatan was
first settled by buccaneers who found the reef-locked har-
bors and lagoons perfect hideouts for raiding treasure
ships.

Swim or snorkel in the blue-green reefs and explore
the beautiful island on your own, enjoying the densely
wooded hills, mountainous terrain, and quiet unspoiled
atmosphere.

Day 5

Cochino Grande

Morning arrival at Cayos Cochinos, of Hog Cays. This
delightful archipelago between Roatan and the Honduran
mainland is an exotic tropical paradise reminiscent of the
South Pacific. Time at leisure for swimming off the mag-
nificent tranquil beaches and for snorkeling. Enjoy the
afternoon at sea.

Day 6

Puerto Barrios/Tikal/Puerto Barrios

Early morning arrival in the Guatemalan port of Puerto
Barrios for an optional full-day excursion by air to Tikal,

26

For reservations, call or write Dorothy Roder (322-8862), Tours Manager, Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr. , Chicago, 1160605

one of the oldest and most beautiful of all Mayan sites. Lo-
cated deep in the Peten Jungle, Tikal was occupied from
at least 600 B.C. through the ninth century A.D. It is
thought to have been the most important Mayan center
of the Classic period.

A tour of the site includes the Great Plaza and several
of the flat-topped pyramids towering above the rain forest.
The structures support beautifully decorated temples
where the priest-astronomers charted the motion of the
stars.

built to represent the Mayan calendar; the Temple of the
Warriors, scene of sacrificial rites; the ceremonial ball
court; and the astronomical observatory. Lunch is in-
cluded. In the evening attend a farewell cocktail reception.

Day 10

Chichen Itza/Cancun or Merida/Miami

Transfer to the airport for the regularly scheduled return
flight to Miami via Cancun or Merida.

Day?

Half Moon Cay, Lighthouse Reef, Barrier Reef of Belize

Morning arrival in Belize's barrier reef, the world's second
largest, stretching for more than 120 miles. Undiscovered
by the cruise liners and mass tourism, the area is a paradise
for sailors, snorkelers, and nature lovers. The reef com-
munity constitutes the earth's oldest and most complex
ecosystem, dating back two billion years. The inner man-
grove cays are covered with impenetrable growth, and on
the outer sandy cays tall palm trees fringe sandy beaches.

Spend the day at Lighthouse Reef exploring the
Blue Hole, a remarkable phenomenon that is part of an
underwater national park. More than 15 miles long, the
hole is surrounded by coral that rises to the surface of the
lagoon.

Also visit several atolls of Lighthouse Reef, including
Half Moon Cay, which has a large colony of red-footed
boobies.

Day 8

At Sea

Enjoy a magnificent full day at sea on board the Sea Cloud.

Day 9

Playa Del Carmen/Tulum/Coba/Chichen Itza

Disembark in the morning at Playa Del Carmen, a small
port on the Yucatan. Continue to Tulum, the City of
Dawn. This isolated city overlooking the Caribbean is the
only known Mayan shore-side settlement. Of the 50-plus
structures within the walls, the Watchtower, Temple of the
Frescoes, and Temple of the Descending God are the most
fascinating.

After lunch depart for the majestic site of Coba,
meaning "wind ruffled water." Situated amid five lakes,
Coba was one of the largest Late Classic centers and resem-
bles the site of Tikal in Guatemala in its numerous baffling
causeways. Visit the pyramids of El Castillo and Nohoch
Mai. Continue to Chichen Itza with accommodations at
the Hotel Mayaland.

Morning and afternoon tours explore Chichen Itza,
the magnificent metropolis and principal religious center
of ancient Yucatan. Evidence of Toltec influence is obvious
throughout the complex in motifs of feathered serpents,
warriors, eagles, and jaguars. Visit the Great Pyramid,

Guest Lecturer: John W.
Fitzpatrick is curator of Birds
and chairman of the Depart-
ment of Zoology at the Field
Museum. He received his
Ph.D. in biology from Prince-
ton in 1978. Fluent in Spanish,
Dr. Fitzpatrick has extensive
experience in Central and
South America and in the
Caribbean. He has lectured
on numerous Field Museum
tours, including a previous
tour of the Lesser Antilles
aboard the Sea Cloud. He is
the author of more than 50
articles on birds and recently
co-authored a prize-winning
book on Florida scrub jays,
published by Princeton
University Press.

Stateroom

Category Description

One
Person

Each of 2
Persons

Type C — Outside stateroom with one
lower bed and an upper berth, shower.
Staterooms 15, 17, 18, 20

$3,595

Type B — Outside stateroom with two lower beds,
shower. Staterooms 21, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 30

Single Type B — Outside stateroom with lower bed,
shower. Stateroom 29, 32

$3,995

$5,495

Type A — Outside stateroom with two lower beds,
shower. Staterooms 19, 22, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37,
38, 39, 40, 41

$4,395

Superior — Original outside stateroom with double
bed, shower. Staterooms 5 (bathtub), 6, 10, 14

Single Superior — Original outside stateroom with
lower bed, shower. Stateroom 1 1

$5,095

$6,595

Deluxe — Original outside stateroom with double
bed or two lower beds, private bathtub, shower.
Staterooms 3, 4, 7

Single Deluxe — Original outside stateroom with
lower bed, shower. Stateroom 8

$5,495

$6,995

Suite — Original owners' suite. Outside with double
bed, private bathtub, shower. Suites 1 , 2

$6,895

27

Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, IL 60605-2499

->;-

MISS MARITA MAXEY
7A11 NORTH GREENVIEW
CHICAGO IL 60626

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

February 1987

"Families: A Celebration of Love, Diversity and Commitment'*
Photographic Exhibit Now on View in Gallery 9

Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin

Published by

Field Museum of Natural History

Founded 1893

President: Willard L. Boyd

Editor/Designer: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa

CONTENTS

February 1987
Volume 58, Number 2

February Events at Field Museum

Bushman: A Sprucing Up

With a Memoir, "Bushman and the Presbyterian

Missionaries,"

by Marion Faulkner Miller

BOAKO OF TkuSTElS

Richard M. Jones,

Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Robert D. Cadieux
Henry T. Chandler
Worley H. Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
WilUam R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas R. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
John James Kinsella
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. MuUin
James J. O'Connor

Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
WiUiam L. Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leiand Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington

Life Trustees

Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Mrs. David W. Grainger
Chfford C. Gregg
WUliamV. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood

Owls of Chicago

by Jerry Sullivan

Absorbed in Sponges 22

by Mary R. Carmen and Susan Brotwi Roop

Field Museum Tours

26

COVER

"Families: A Celebration of Love, Diversity, and Com-
mitment" is a new photographic exhibit on view in Gallery
9 through April 15. Featuring 13 family groupings, the ex-
hibit affirms and celebrates the diversity of family life in
America today. Each photo grouping is illuminated by
comments from a child member of the family, with atten-
tion to differences and similarities between families. A
child from a racially mixed family, a child who just lost a
parent, an adopted child with a single parent — all have
much to share about the concept of a family. "Families"
explores issues of support, responsibility, affection, and
love, as well as some of the struggles shared by all family
groupings.

The exhibit space for "Families" includes an activity
center where parents and children can sit and talk about
the exhibit. Children (and adults) can add their comments
and family "portraits" to the exhibit, using the writing
materials provided.

"Families" is an example of Field Museum's com-
mitment to create more interaction between visitor and ex-
hibit subject matter. It is one of the many exciting new ex-
hibits and programs comprising Field Museum's "new look"
in 1987.

"Families" was conceived and designed by the Boston
Children's Museum. Photo by Aylette Jenness, Courtesy
Boston Children's Museum.

Fidd Museum of Natural Hislor, Builebn (USPS 898-9«) is published monthly, except combined July/August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Uke Shore Drive, Chicago. IL
60605-2496 Copyright © 1987 Field Museum of Natural History. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually. $3.00 for schooU. Museum membership includes Bulletin subscription. Opmions expressed by authors are their
own and do not necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone: (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to
Membership Department. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496. ISSN: 00I5-O703.

Events

ApUca^ ^i^knita^ Ceie^^uitum

Weekends in February

7he Extraordinary Richness and vitality
of African culture is explored in a series of week-
end performances and demonstrations at Field
Museum. Discover the often "secret" craft of creat-
ing vivid batik or tie-dye patterns on fabric. Watch
as Chicago artist Derrick Webster creates fantastic
and colorful caricatures of people from "found"
scraps of wood. Listen to Harvey Duckworth relate
the history of "Bow Tie" and "Trip around the
World" — two of the traditional quilt patterns
he uses.

Storytelling figures prominently in African
culture. Trace the history of "story cloths" tradi-
tionally made by the men of Dahomey. Against a
backdrop of American rhythm instruments, listen
to tales from Africa and the Caribbean, or add
your signature to one of Marva Jolly's ceramic
story pots.

All family activities are free with Museum
admission.

Saturday and Sunday,
February 7 and 8

Noon to 2:00pm: African Batik and Tie-
dye, withjahmila Kago
Norkware.

Folk Art, with Derrick
Webster.

Mandingo Griot Society,
with Foday Musa Suso.
Traditional African instru-
ments combine with elec-
tric bass and percussion to
produce this unique form
of "fusion" music. Foday
Musa Suso, a praise singer
and oral historian, is a
Griot from Gambia who
traces his ancestry back
4,000 years.

2:00pm:

Saturday and Sunday,
February 14 and 15

Noon to 2:00pm:
2:00pm:

Dahomy Applique, with
Lucille Graham.

Rhythms and Songs of
Childhood, with Ella
Jenkins.

The legendary Ella Jenkins
encourages you to snap
fingers, clap hands, stomp
feet, hum, and whistle in
this spontaneous and
impromptu sing-along
concert.

Saturday and Sunday,
February 21 and 22

Noon to 2:00pm:

2:00pm:

Stories and Songs of Afri-
can People, with Shanta
Nurullah.

Storytelling Pots, with
Marva Jolly.

Quilt and See, with
Harvey Duckworth.

Sounds In the Forest and
the New Yam Festival,
with Darlene Blackburn
Dance Troupe.

Sounds In the Forest uses
story, song, and dance in
telling this special chil-
dren's tale of Lion, Mon-
key, Rabbit and Bird. The
New Yam Festival presents
an exciting celebration just
before a new harvest.

CONTINUED -»

Svents

■X

^eSnuan^ ^ee^eW ^^lo^i^n^cuH^

^ACH Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free
tours, demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults.
Listed below are only a few of the numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Programs sheet upon
arrival for the complete schedule and program locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant
from the Illinois Arts Council.

February

1 1:00pm Welcome to the Field (tour). Enjoy a sam-
pling of our most significant exhibits as you
explore the scope of Field Museum.

7 11:30am Ancient Egypt (tour). Explore the
traditions of ancient Egypt from everyday life
to myths and mummies.

22 1:00pm Welcome to the Field (tour). Enjoy a sam-
pling of our most significant exhibits as you
explore the scope of Field Museum.

Weekends in February
1:00pm and 3:00pm

Encounter Music from around the world as
you travel through the great halls of Field Museum.
Experience the sounds and textures of India, China,
and Egypt through live musical demonstrations
and informal discussions. For further information,
S (312) 322-8854.

Chinese four-stringed guitar. Four
strings represent the four seasons.
Cat. 127541.

\

Events

'i^eHtie, CommcMcccUwe 7CiMe% TV^cUe^

tt

John Ford, Research Zoologist,

West Coast Whale Research Foundation,

Vancouver, B.C.

Saturday, February 21, 2:00pm

Sleek, powerful, and fearless, they rule the seas.
With swift thrusts of their tails, they leap from the
water or chase down their prey. Once creatures of
mystery seen as blood thirsty man-eaters, killer
whales have been found to be highly social, intelli-
gent, even gentle animals.

The Orinus orca (commonly call the killer
whale) has shed its aura of mystery and menace.
Extensive research has revealed not a single docu-
mented case of orca attacking or killing human
beings. During the mid-1960s popular press did
much to endear the orca to the general public and
fade their dreaded image.

Zoologist John Ford and his research col-
leagues have studied the behavior, population dy-
namics, and communication sounds of the whales
found off the coast of British Columbia. These 14
years of extensive research have contributed greatly
to increased knowledge of orcas. They have found
that these whales form "families," or pods, that are

remarkably stable units. It appears that the only
way a pod member arrives or leaves is by birth or
death. Pod communities are divided into residents —
orcas who do not actually migrate — and transients
who travel a much broader range and behave quite
differently.

One of the most striking differences between
individual whale pods is the variation in their com-
munication sounds. Dr. Ford has studied com-
munication sounds among orcas for the last eight
years. Through the use of hydrophone recordings,
he is able to demonstrate that each whale pod has its
own distinctive dialect. Dr. Ford discusses his most
recent research, documents his extensive observa-
tion with slides and tape, and shares with us some
of his incredible experiences with the orca whales.

Tickets: $6.00 ($4.00 members). This program
is funded in part by the Ray A. Kroc Environmental
Fund.

^

Registration

Be sure to complete all requested information on the
ticket application. If your request is received less than
one week before a program, tickets will be held in
your name at the West Entrance box office. Please

n Member D Nonmember

American Express/Visa/MasterCard

Card Number

Expiration Date

Signature

Return complete ticket application with
a self-addressed stamped envelope to:

Field Museum of Natural History
Public Programs: Department of Education
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, IL 60605-2497

Have you enclosed your self-addressed stamped envelope?

make checks payable to Field Museum. Tickets will
be mailed upon receipt of check. Refunds will be
made only if the program is sold out.

Address

City

State

Zip

Telephone: Daytime

"Centle, Communicative Killer Whales"
Members: $4.00 ea., nonmembers: $6.00 ea.

Evening

Member

Tickets

#Requested

Nonmember

Tickets
#Requested

Total

Tickets

Requested

Amount

Bushman

A Sprucing Up

I

.n life, Bushman was once voted as "the most out-
standing and most valuable single animal of its kind in
any zoo in the world." Indeed, the tall, powerful gorilla
(6'2" tall, 565 lbs. in his prime) had a charisma all his
own. Among the memorable events in the lives of many
Chicago-area children was first seeing this awesome
creature in Lincoln Park Zoo, where he lived from 1930
until New Year's Day, 195 1 , when death came to him at
age 23.

The Field Museum then acquired the body of the
world-renowned ape, and for 35 years he has continued
as one of the Museum's star attractions.

But 35 years of posing in a glass case can take its toll
— skin dries out, hair and eyes lose their lustre. So re-
cently, taxidermist Paul Brunsvold gave Bushman a
sprucing up. Brunsvold's treatment consisted of applying
a lanolin solution to soften and condition the skin, re-
painting certain skin areas, reglazing the eyes, and
brushing and combing his fur.

And to better show off his handsome new look,
Bushman has ambled down to the ground floor, not far
from the Children's Store, ready to greet more genera-
tions of admiring visitors.

The following anecdote concerning Bushman's infancy in

Africa and hou) he u/as adopted by missionaries was luritten

6 by Marion Faulkr\er MiUer, whose late sister, Annie Mary

Cosmetics for the male are heartily endorsed by Bushman, who
patiently submits to the meticulous handiwork of taxidermist Paul
Brunsvold. Photo by Ron Testa mtn

Mien, told her the story some years ago. Mrs. Allen was one
of those who found and took care of the infant gorilla when
fourxd in 1928. Mrs. Miller is now a resident of the Presbyte-
rian Home in Evanston, Illinois.

Bushman and the
Presbyterian Missionaries

by Marion Faulkner Miller

A baby gorilla toddled into the Presbyterian Missionary
compound in Cameroon, West Africa one afternoon
early in 1928. This little fellow proved to be the way to a
beautiful stained glass church window for the mis-
sionaries, James and Annie Mary Allen, stationed there
from the Fourth Presbyterian Church in Chicago.

The missionaries and native Africans took turns
cuddling and comforting this small gorilla while several
of the Africans set out into the jungle in search of its
mother. When darkness approached, they returned,
having found no trace of the adult gorilla. It was obvious
that the little fellow was hungry. Since he could not yet
eat solid food, what could he be fed? The missionary.
Dr. Johnson, prepared a baby formula as he would for a
human baby, and the gorilla devoured it with gusto.
Thereafter, Annie Mary Allen, the wife of James Allen,
continued to prepare the same formula for the infant
gorilla. Continued on p. 25

A Field Museum Feature
On Local Natural History

by JERRY SULLIVAN

We

'hen I was a volunteer at Lincoln Park Zoo, I used
to take owls to fifth grade classrooms around the city. We
were docents working in two-person teams, and we ar-
rived at each school with two cages and a bag. The cages
held a bird and a mammal. There was a snake in the bag,
usually a boa constrictor.

Boas were ideal for our purposes. They are big and
powerful looking. They are beautifully patterned. They
are creepy as the devil, flicking their forked tongues at
the kids. And they are docile enough to let the children
lightly stroke their smooth dry skin.

We used to do a 45-minute presentation, 15 min-
utes per animal, and experience quickly taught us to save
the snake for last. Nobody could follow his act. Nobody,
that is, except an owl. Bring out any other bird — and we
used parrots, sparrow hawks, crows, and even a toucan
— and we'd lose a third of the class. Bring out an owl and
you can reduce the most blase fifth grader to open-
mouthed wonder.

We used three different owls at various times, a red
phase screech owl, a great homed owl, and a barn owl,
but the reaction was the same no matter what owl we
showed them.

Our fifth graders were not the first humans to react
that way to members of the order Strigiformes. Owls
have been making strong impressions on people for as
long as people have been recording their impressions.
The ancient Egyptians identified one of the human souls
— they believed we have three — with the bam owl. This
particular soul stayed near the tomb after death, and we
can guess that bam owls did the same thing. The birds
got their common name from their habit of nesting in
buildings. Apparently they got the habit almost as soon
as there were any buildings to nest in.

In the Old Testament, owls were part of a standard-
ized curse the prophets would pronounce on rich and
powerful cities that had departed from the paths of
righteousness. Said Isaiah, speakingof thecity of Edom,
"And thorns shall come up in her palaces, nettles and

Chicago writer Jerry Sullivan writes frequently on birds for the Bul-
letin. He does a column, "Field and Street, " for the Chicago
Reader and has done features on birds for Audubon magazine and
other national publications. He was also editor of Chicago Area
Birds, published in 1985 by Chicago Review Press.

brambles in the fortresses thereof, and it shall be an
habitation of dragons and a court for owls."

Owls became wise birds in Greece. Athena, god-
dess of wisdom, was usually pictured with a small, earless
owl — perhaps a European little owl — sitting on her
shoulder. Athens, her city, stamped a picture of an owl
onto its coins.

Of course, owls have a dark side, a slightly creepy
edge that simultaneously attracts and repells us, just as
the boa constrictor does. They are birds of the darkness,
haunters of graveyards, screamers in the night. Their
calls are an augury of death. An owl is the familiar of one
of Macbeth's witches, and it is the "obscure bird" that
cries out when Macbeth kills the king.

I think their faces have a lot to do with the intensity
of our reactions to owls. Hawks and eagles, the hunters
of daylight, have birds' faces. Their foreheads slope
sharply back from the tops of their beaks. Their eyes are
set on the sides of their heads, and their throats recede
directly from their lower mandibles.

But put a pair of glasses or a hat on an owl, and you
have a human being with a big round face, a forehead at
the top, a chin at the bottom, two big eyes that look
directly at you, and, set below them, a hooked beak that
could stand for a nose.

That distinctive, almost human, face has been
shaped by natural selection, and many of the secrets of
owls' success as nocturnal hunters are hidden in it. Start
with the facial disk, a thin line of specialized feathers
that outlines the cheeks of that humanoid face. Facial
disk feathers grow very close together. They are roughly
paddle-shaped, narrow at the base and wide at the top.
The central quill of each feather is thickened and the
webbing is quite dense.

This dense wall of feathers serves as a barrier to
sound waves. Sounds hitting the disk bounce off and are
fiinneled inward toward the bird's ear. What we have
here, in other words, is a parabolic reflector just exactly
like the ones we use to pick up faint and distant sounds.

The only difference is that our reflectors concentrate the
sound toward a microphone rather than an ear.

And then there are the ears themselves. We can't
see them. They are completely hidden under the owl's
soft body plumage (the so-called ears of long-eared owls
are actually feather tufts). The external openings of the
ears are quite large, and, most remarkably, they are, in
various ways, asymmetrical. Bam owls have flaps of skin
along the edges of their ear openings, and the flaps are at
slightly different positions on each side of the skull.
Long-eared and short-eared owls go even further. The
external openings of their ears are of different shapes and
they are differently positioned on the sides of the skull.
The internal structures are also quite different.

All this variation provides the owl with an excel-
lent means of determining where a sound is coming
from. Any animal with two ears can do a certain amount
of direction finding. We can detect tiny differences in
the time of arrival of sound waves at our ears. If they get
to the left ear first, the sound is to the left; if they get to
the right ear first, it is to the right.

But as anyone who has ever tried to find a singing
bird in a tree can tell you, this system is considerably less
than foolproof.

An owl's system is much more sophisticated. The
variations in ear structure cause different frequencies to
be heard at different levels of intensity in one ear than in
the other. Experiments involving the planting of mi-
crophones in the ears of dead barn owls suggest that
these differences vanish when the bird is looking directly
at the source of the sound.

The effectiveness of this method of locating prey
was demonstrated several years ago at Cornell Univer-
sity when barn owls proved they could hunt very well by
ear. The birds were confined one at a time in a room as
close to absolute darkness as the researchers could man-
age. As a test for darkness, they exposed high speed film
in the room for one hour. It did not fog (fogging would
have indicated the presence of light) .

Chicago-Area Wildlife Series

This article is part of a continuing series on the wildlife of Chicago and the surrounding region. Previous articles
have included "Chicago's Parakeets," "Lake Renwick: Unlikely Haven for the Endangered," "The Wooded Island:
Chicago's Premier Birding Area," "Spring Wildflowers of the Chicago Area," and "Late Summer and Fall Flowers of
the Chicago Region." Articles scheduled to appear in the coming months cover the subjects of local water snakes,
spring bird migration, raising moths and butterflies, and a feature on one of our local native prairies.

Arrangements for additional copies or reprints, past or future (including bulk quantities for classroom use),
may be made by writing or calling (922-9410) the Bulletin editor at the Field Museum, Roosevelt Road at Lake
Shore Drive, Chicago, II 60605.

Copyright © 1984 Tom McHugtvPhoto Researchers Inc

The northern saw-uihet owl, Aegolius acadicus, is the only tiny, tuftless owl apt to be seen in the Chicago area. It nests most often in a hole
in a tree or stump and sometimes in an abandoned woodpecker's nest. Its usual call is a long series of short whistles.

With the bird in place on a perch at one end of the
room, the researchers scattered dead leaves on the floor
at the other end and released a mouse into the room.
The rustling of the mouse immediately attracted the
owl's attention, and when the bird left its perch to strike
at the mouse, it was successful 17 out of 21 times.

And then there are those eyes. They are quite large.

A snowy owl, which weighs three or four pounds, has
eyes as big as a grown man's, and those eyes are put
together in ways that make them especially efficient
when there is very little light. Like humans, owls have
two types of visual receptor cells in their eyes. Rods,
which are sensitive to changes in the intensity of light,
and cones, which are sensitive to different frequencies of

The Eastern screech-owl, Otus asio, red and gray phase. Frequents wooded areas, where mice and small birds such as the house sparrow
are favored food items. Its call is a soft, trilling note and sometimes a harsh cat'Uke screech. The two color phases seem to have no relation to
age or sex, both red and gray birds sometimes being found in the same nest.

10

light, which is to say, colors.

Diurnal creatures like us get our ability to see colors
and our visual acuity from cones. Owls, which have
enormous numbers of rods densely packed together, de-
rive their ability to see in low light from these. They do,
however, have enough cones to be able to see well in
daylight.

The forward look of those eyes matters too. Owls
have binocular vision over about 70 percent of their
visual field, so they can make very accurate judgements
about how far they are from anything they see. They
supplement their binocular vision by bobbing their
heads up and down or from side to side to get a good
angle on what they are looking at.

Those eyes cause some problems too. They are so
large that there doesn't seem to be any room for muscles

to move them, so they are fixed in their sockets. An owl
has a visual field of about 1 10 degrees, and to see to the
right or left, it must turn its head.

Our demonstration of silent flight was one of the
highlights of our owl show for the fifth graders. The bam
owl was the best for this. Our great homed owl had been
donated to the zoo after some idiot with a shotgun nearly
destroyed one wing, so it could not fly at all, silently or
otherwise.

The bam owl sat on my hand. I would wear a heavy
falconer's glove, and the bird was secured by jesses, or
straps. 1 would raise my arm high over my head, ask all
the kids to be silent, and then drop my hand almost to
the floor. The bird, to keep its balance would flap its
wings, and the fifth graders would hear only the merest
whisper.

Two characteristics of owl feathers are involved in
dampening the sound of flapping wings. The barbules,
the slender filaments attached to the central quills of the
flight feathers, are tipped with hairlike projections that
give the feathers a cushiony pile like velvet that effec-
tively dampens the sound of feathers striking each other.
One or more of the primary flight feathers at the tip of
the wing have edges like the teeth of a comb, a feature
that deadens the sound of air passing over the feather.

We used to ask the fifth graders what help silent

The world's smallest owl is the elf owl of the Amer-
ican Southwest. It is six inches long, about the size of a
house sparrow, and weighs less than two ounces. Decid-
ing on the biggest owl is a bit more difficult. The great
gray owl, two and a half feet long with a wingspan of five
feet, is the longest and widest North American owl, but
under all those feathers, the great gray is really a bit on
the spindly side. The stockier snowy owl outweighs it by
a pound.

The diets of these birds are just as varied as their

The bam owl, Tyto
alba, is nocturnal
and feeds largely on
rodents. Its call is a
soft, rising, wheeze-

flight would be to an animal that hunts in the dark and
they would usually figure out that a stealthy approach
would capture more prey, to which we might add that
silent flight would also be a big help to an animal that
hunts by ear. You can't hear a mouse if you are making
too much racket yourself.

Put together the keen eyes, the sharp ears, the
hooked beak, all the attributes of that face, add soft si-
lent plumage and talons as the major weapons for captur-
ing and killing prey and you have a sort of generic owl.
Real owls are, of course, quite specific, about 134 spe-
cies, and they have developed a number of variations on
this basic theme of owlness.

dimensions. The elf owl goes after grasshoppers and
other insects, which it captures owl-fashion with its feet,
sometimes while on the wing. Some tropical owls have
specialized in catching fish. The undersides of their toes
have developed corrugations, a tread for gripping slip-
pery fish. Most owls concentrate mainly on small mam-
mals, from mice and shrews up to rabbits, squirrels, and
even skunks.

Owls have occupied all the world's land areas ex-
cept Antarctica and some isolated oceanic islands. They
live in swampy river bottoms in the tropical forest and
on Arctic tundra. We have 19 species in North America
and 12 of them have been recorded in the Chicago area.

11

12

With some luck, and persistence, you might see seven or
eight in the course of a year, but several of those belong
to common and widespread genera, so looking at them
will give you a good introduction to the whole order.

The bam owl is likely to be the hardest of those
local possibilities to find. The genus Tyto is cosmopoli-
tan. Antarctica and New Zealand are the only signifi-
cant land masses without bam owls. However, the birds
stay out of the higher latitudes both here and in Eurasia,
and in the Midwest the northern edge of their range is
central Wisconsin, so we can guess that they were never
common here. They were present as resident birds as
recently as 30 years ago, but the last nest was discovered
15 years ago, and even sightings of vagrant birds have
declined.

Barn owls belong to a family of owls called the
Tytonidae which includes them, the closely related grass
owls, and the Asian bay owls. The only tytonid in North
America, the bam owl differs from all the rest of our owls
(the Strigidae family) chiefly in some points of skeletal
anatomy such as the shape of the sternum and the thick-
ness of the bones in the eye sockets. There are two visi-
ble differences between the bam owls and the rest of our
owls. The bam owl's thicker eye sockets produce corre-
spondingly smaller eyes, and the facial disk of the bam
owl is heart-shaped rather than round.

Bam owls hunt over open ground. Their wings are
long and broad and they can glide quite slowly without
stalling. They stay low, rarely rising as high as 15 feet,
searching the ground below as they go. This low, slow
method of hunting works quite well. One bird in Eng-
land was seen to capture nine small rodents in 55 min-
utes of hunting. That's just a bit over six minutes a
mouse, an amazing rate, especially when you consider
that the bird ate only one and brought the other eight
back to its nest. So there were eight flights from hunting
ground to nest and back included in that 55-minute
span.

When a bam owl sees a mouse scurrying through
the grass it dives toward it. Just before striking, the bird
swings its feet forward and pulls its head back so that the
talons hit the mouse and the head stays away from trou-
ble. As a further protection, the nictitating membrane
closes down over the eyes. The membrane is a sort of
second eyelid. In most birds, it is thin and transparent,
but in owls it is thick and opaque, so at the instant it
strikes its prey, the owl is blind.

The only wild bam owl 1 have ever seen around

Above: Burrowing owl, Athene cunicularia, seen only on rare
occasions in the Chicago area. Below: Long-eared owl, Asio otus,
recognizable by its large ear tufts, an inch long or more.

t

^^■>'^-

Barred owl, Strix varia, nearly as large as the great homed owl, but distinguishable by its lack of ear tufts and its dark eyes, a characteristic
it shares locally only with the bam owl.

Chicago was a very cooperative bird that showed up in
Lincoln Park Zoo, of all places, in December of 1982. It
hung around for a couple of weeks, roosting in the rafters
of the shed that shelters the Viking ship, and birders
came from all over to see it.

It is depressingly easy to assign causes to the decline
of the barn owl. We don't have as many bams as we used
to, and those we do have are probably too spruce and tidy
to have a hole in the wall big enough for a bam owl to get
through. We also don't have as many pastures and hay
fields as we used to for the birds to hunt over. The Illinois
Department of Conservation has begun putting out nest
boxes for barn owls, but with so few birds left, it is hard to

see where the breeding stock is going to come from.

The easiest owl to see around Chicago is Bubo virgi-
nianus, the undisputed king of the woods, the great
homed owl. This voracious hunter nests in every county
in the Chicago area. It is possible that it breeds in every
county in the U.S. outside of Hawaii. It regularly nests
within the city limits of Chicago.

A large female great homed owl — as in hawks and
eagles, female owls are generally larger and heavier than
males — might measure two feet from top of feather tufts
to tip of tail and its wingspan could reach five feet.
Pound for pound, it is the fiercest predator in North
America. Only the wolves, bears, and pumas regularly

13

14

3u) sjaqojeosay o)OMd/ll!tMB<H n us)4 9 igSuAdoo

CO

o

2
-5

c

1)

3
o
?-.

3

o

■c

CO

15

Great homed owl, Bubo virginianus, found throu^ut the con-
tinental U. S. except northernmost Alaska. Its call is commonly a
hud hoo-hoo, hoo-hcx), hoo, but it also utters a variety of un-
earthly screams.

take prey larger than this mighty owl. Just naming the
animals it is known to eat would take half this page. The
roster includes skunks, possums, snowshoe hares, large
snakes — including poisonous species — and a long list of
birds ranging in size up to the Canada goose. Like most
owls, the great homed is not much for nest building. It
often takes over the old nests of red-tailed hawks. If the
hawks try to protest this usurpation they are likely to lose
the contest. Red-tailed hawk is one of the birds on that
long list of food items for the great homed owl.

Great homed owls begin nesting as early as the end
of January around Chicago. They are most vocal during
the breeding season, so late winter is a good time to look
for them. The sheer arrogance, if I may anthropomor-
phize for a moment, of nesting in January, seems to fit a
bird as mighty as the great homed owl. Just when most
animals are pressed to the limit to survive, the owl de-
cides to start a family.

The female lays her clutch — usually two or three
eggs — and then sits on them for a month or more. She
has to stay on the nest, because even a short absence on a
cold February night could kill the developing embryos.
So the male hunts for two, somehow finding enough for
both his mate and himself through the most miserable
and difficult time of year.

After the young hatch, the parents combine their
efforts, delivering rabbits, squirrels, woodchucks, ducks,
skunks and almost anything else that moves. The young
birds stay with their parents through the summer, follow-
ing them through the woods, often screaming loudly to
be fed. They don't become fully independent until fall,
which may offer a more reasonable explanation than
arrogance for that early nesting date.

Great homed owls nest from Hudson Bay to Tierra
del Fuego at South America's tip. Other members of the
genus Bubo live in Asia, Africa, and Europe. Most of the
Old World species are called eagle owls in recognition of
their size and strength.

Barred owls are almost as big as great homed owls,
but their feet are noticeably smaller and weaker. In an
owl, small feet mean small prey Barred owls live mainly
in low, swampy woodlands, and much of their food is
frogs, salamanders, and small snakes. In the Chicago

16

Shcrrt-eared owl, Asio flammeus, is most often seen during sprir^
aruifall migrations, particularly in prcdrie or marshlarvi.

Copyright© 1962 AlvinE. Slatfan/Ptioto Researchers Inc.

Boreal owl, Aegolius fiinereus

area, they can usually be found along the Des Plaines
River in Lake County and at the Indiana Dunes, but not
in between those two places.
18 The barred owl is the classic hoot owl. You can

learn to imitate its standard nine-note hoot, and if you
get halfway decent at it, you can call a bird right out of
the woods.

Common screech owls are our most common local

owl. They are really misnamed. Their usual call is a sort
of eerie whinny rather than a screech. This is another
one you can learn to imitate without too much difficulty.
Screech owls will come when they are called, and many

for smaller prey than the great homed; but their tastes
are just as catholic. Among the food items they are
known to take are other screech owls.

Our screech owls belong to the genus Otus, a group

species of small songbirds will also respond. Many birds
mob predators such as owls. They don't dare attack an
owl, but they will crowd around it and holler at it as
loudly as they can. It seems an effective way to neutralize
a hunter that depends on stealth.

Screech owls are our smallest resident owls. They
are typically robin-sized — 8 to 10 inches long, with a
wingspan of 18 to 24 inches — or even smaller, so they go

Great gray owl,
Strix nebulosa

whose many species are distributed world-wide. Among
the screech owl's relatives is Otus petersoni, recently dis-
covered in South America by John Fitzpatrick of the
Field Museum and John P. O'Neill of Louisiana State
University.

Long-eared and short-eared owls, both of the genus
Asio are also quite cosmopolitan species. The long-eared
lives in mid-latitudes in both eastern and western hemi- 19

spheres. The short-eared is even more widespread. It
lives in North and South America and in Europe and
Asia and on several isolated islands, among them Hawaii
and the Galapagos.

The two birds are approximately the same size,
averaging about 15 inches long with wingspans of three
to three-and-a-half feet. Both of these birds used to be
regular nesters in the Chicago area, but they have grown
scarce in recent years and now we see them mainly dur-
ing migration and in winter. Short-eared owls are some-
times seen migrating along the lakefront, and in suitable
habitat — marsh or grassland — you may see one hunting
during the day. Like the barn owl, they fly low across the
fields looking for movement in the grass.

Snowy and saw-whet owls are northern species that
we see here fairly regularly in the winter. The giant
snowy owl is an irruptive species. Some years we see very
few; but from time to time, the lemmings that are one of
the owl's major food sources suffer a population crash,
and large numbers of owls then come south in search of
food. In peak years, they have been known to reach the
Gulf Coast.

The saw-whet, the smallest of our owls, measures 7
to 8 inches end-to-end and its wingspan is only 17 to 20
inches. Saw-whets are very tame birds, so if you can find
one you may be able to get quite close to it.

If you have real faith in long shots, you might hope
to see a burrowing owl. This is a species with a disjunct
population. Most of them live in the Southwest, but
there is also an isolated population in Florida. We don't
know where our local sightings came from, but we have
only about 10 records of the bird in the past 60 years, so if
you see one, you should think about the fact that you are
probably having a once-in-a-lifetime experience.

However, neat though it would be to see a burrow-
ing owl, there are even rarer experiences possible for the
lucky and assiduous owl-seeker.

Perhaps you will see a boreal owl, a species that has
been reported only four times in the Chicago area. Or a
hawk owl, seen four times for certain, most recently in
1914, and once, possibly, in 1977. That presumed sight-
ing often years ago was enjoyed by only one person. You
might even see a great gray owl, a bird listed by Chicago's
early naturalist, Robert Kennicott, in a compilation of
birds found in Cook County that he published in 1855.
It hasn't been seen since.

These extreme longshots carry a bigger charge of

excitement, not just because they are rare in these parts

but because they live in inaccessible places and they

aren't all that easy to see even there. If you really want to

20 see burrowing owls, you can fly to Florida, Texas, Arizo-

na, or various other states, and see lots of them. You
might not even have to get off the plane. They nest in
the artificial short-grass environments of airports.

But great grays and hawk and boreal owls are birds
of the northern forests. With the exception of a few
southern extensions in the western mountains — great
grays breed in Yosemite National Park in the Sierra
Nevada — their breeding range in the New World is en-
tirely in Canada and Alaska. They are likely to be un-
common even on their home ground, so you could travel
for days through the wilderness of, say, northern Ontar-
io, and never see one.

These three woodland owls are also much more
sedentary than the semi-migratory snowies, staying put
in winter; or, if they do come south, they don't venture
far. The winter of 1978-79 saw a great invasion of great
gray owls into the U.S., but few of them got south of
Duluth, Minnesota.

The giant great gray owl has one of the most highly
developed facial disks. Its fluffy feathers cover even its
toes, a useful trait in an animal that routinely winters in
northern Saskatchewan.

The boreal owl is the smallest of this trio. It is
screech owl-size, about 10 inches long. Like the saw-
whet, it is extremely tame. People have actually cap-
tured boreal owls by hand.

Hawk owls are a special case. They have gone diur-
nal, left the night to hunt during the day, and their way
of life has pushed them in some hawkish directions.
Their wings — the average span is a few inches under
three feet— are slender and pointed like a falcon's and
their flight is fast and direct. They use their eyes more
than their ears, and their ears are smaller and more sym-
metrical than those of more nocturnal owls. Their feath-
ers are also noisier; they have lost the velvety cushioning
typical of the rest of their family. FH

Northern hawk-owl, Sumia ulula

21

Copyright © 1976 G.C Kelly/Photo Researchers Inc.

Volunteers Bette Jarz (left) and Trace Clark-Petravick process the Schrammen fossil sponge collection, unpacking and catalo^ng speci-
mens, preserving accompanying documents, and translating labels from the German. Volunteer colleagues in this valuable work are Susan
Brcmm Roop and Lord Welsh. »i«d2

Absorbed in Sponges

by MAFY R. CARMAN and SUSAN BROWN ROOP

s.

'ponges, simple and primitive though they may seem,
have proven to be remarkably successful animals, sur-
viving all of the major extinctions that are part of the
earth's history since they first appeared nearly 600 mil-
lion years ago.

These interesting animals have succeeded in space
22 as well as time, occurring in every major ocean basin,

from abyssal depths to the tidal zone, as well as in fresh-
water lakes and streams. In some environments they are
the dominant organism.

Mary R. Connan is manc^er of the paleontology collectior\s; Susan
Brown Roop is a volunteer in the Department of Geology.

Fossil sponges are of particular interest to geolo-
gists, who have used them to interpret ancient environ-
ments. Among the most important collections of fossil
sponges is that acquired over a period of more than fifty
years by the Germsin collector Anton Schrammen
(1869-1953). During the last 18 years of his life, Schram-
men gradually sold off the collection to Princeton Uni-
versity, from which it was recently acquired by the Field
Museum.

A dentist by profession, Schrammen's greatest con-
tribution to science was through his avocation: the study
of fossil sponges, particularly those of the Jurassic and
Cretaceous periods (215-145 million years ago and 145-
65 million years ago, respectively). His collection is par-
ticularly rich in Cretaceous type specimens (those indi-
viduals on which original descriptions of species are
based).

As a young man, Schrammen collected specimens
from fossil beds within a ten-mile radius of his hometown
of Hildesheim, about 100 miles south of Hamburg. In
the 1890s he intensified his paleontological work, grad-
ually going further afield to collecting areas near Braun-
schweig, Miinsterland, and Oberschlesein — areas par-
ticularly well known to invertebrate paleontologists. By
chance or good fortune, Schrammen was living in the
heart of prolific fossil country.

Schrammen prepared his own sponge specimens
and perfected methods of cleaning them, etching with
acid and using needles to painstakingly scrape away the
matrix, grain by grain. He did independent research at
the Roemer Museum in Hildesheim, with the advice and
encouragement of Professor Karl A. von Zittel, then the
world's leading authority on fossil sponges and chairman
of paleontology at the University of Munich. For his sci-
entific contributions, Schrammen was awarded an hon-
orary Ph.D. in natural science from Tiibingen Univer-
sity in 1912, during what has been called die Bliitezeit der
deutschen Paldontologie — "the flowering time of German
paleontology." He wrote 18 scientific papers on fossil
sponges between 1899 and 1948.

Schrammen's remarkable collection first came to
this country as an addition to the paleontological hold-
ings of Princeton University, thanks to the guidance and
perseverance of Professor Benjamin Franklin Howell
(1890-1976), Curator of Paleontology at the Princeton
Museum. Between 1937 and 1955 Princeton acquired
the collection in installments. Although the two men
never met, they corresponded from 1935 until Schram-
men's death, 18 years later, except for the World War 11
years when their communication was interrupted. The
letters, which have been kept for their archival value.

Anton Schrammen (18694953).

provide interesting historical footnotes to those turbu-
lent years.

Howell's first contact with Schrammen came in
1935 when he sent a fossil sponge for identification, as
Schrammen had long been recognized as an expert in
this field. Along with Schrammen's response came an
offer to sell some of his Upper Cretaceous fossil speci-
mens. Howell jumped at the chance to acquire the val-
uable material, and the purchase was negotiated two
years later with funds provided by Princeton University
and the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
Schrammen followed this sale with an offer to sell the
other major part of his collection, the Upper Jurassic
material.

Following the war, Schrammen was again in touch
with Howell, seeking food goods as partial payment for
his specimens, since many basic food items were still
hard to come by in war-ravaged Germany. In a letter
dated April 1946, Schrammen specifically requests tea,
coffee, cocoa, lard, or sausage; but since Hildesheim lay
within the British Zone of Occupation, food parcels
could not be sent to him from the United States. Five
months later, as restrictions eased, the embargo on such
goods was lifted, and Howell was able to send CARE
packages to Schrammen.

23

Princeton Curator Benjamin F.
Howell, who first wrote Anton
Schrammen in 1935. Their corres'
por\dence continued (except for the
war years) until Schrammen s death
in 1953. Photo courtesy Princeton
University Department ofGeologi'
col and Geophysical Sciences.

Every kir\d of container from anchovy tins to photographic plate boxes was used to package the Schrammen nuiterial. These were then
packed into crates, such as the one in back, for transatlantic shipment. Photo by Ron Testa, avv

24

Food and money were, in fact, continual requests of
Schrammen's, but Howell's ability to respond as he
would like to the German's needs was limited by budget
cuts at Princeton; in any case, because of federal regula-
tions, no money could be sent. Howell found the means,
nonetheless, to send Schrammen food parcels through
U.S. government channels, and twice a month, from
September 1946 through October 1948, packages were
sent, though a constant problem was the disappearance
of parcels en route. Schrammen's letters, in turn delayed
by the Office of Censorship, revealed that his crowded
household included his wife, his daughter, a sister-in-
law, a granddaughter, and a great-grandchild.

In July 1947, the U.S. military government ap-
proved Schrammen's request to send paleontologic
specimens to Howell as a commercial transaction. Two
years before that, the same office had issued a declara-
tion that the "very fine paleontologic collection that
occupies two or three rooms in Dr. Schrammen's house is
free from any impositions, ... his house will not be req-
uisitioned." Among the 1948 food parcels, Howell in-
cluded four new pairs of shoes for the family members,
one pair per parcel, in the hope that some might find
their way to the Schrammen family. In due course, and
despite all difficulties, the fossils arrived at Princeton
and food and shoes arrived at Schrammen's home.

Schrammen had also reported that his financial re-
serves were wiped out by the Wdhrungreform — "currency
reform." So a letter from Howell in the fall of 1948 was
especially welcome: money could now be sent to Ger-
man citizens. Accordingly, Princeton initiated pay-

ments, at first small, in order to test the reliability of
transmitting funds via the American Express Company
— the procedure advised by UNESCO. By the time of
Schrammen's death in 1953, some of the specimens were
still in Hildesheim. By 1955 Princeton had received the
entire collection, with payments to his widow contin-
uing until 1963.

In 1985, when Princeton's Department of Geology
divested itself of most of its paleontological collections,
the Schrammen material was offered to the Field
Museum, and Scott Lidgard, Field Museum's Assistant
Curator of Fossil Invertebrates, arranged for its acquisi-
tion. That summer, some 6,000 specimens were trucked
from New Jersey to Chicago. A portion of the collection
was still in ten original crates that had arrived from Hil-
desheim three decades earlier — crates that had never
been opened. The whole collection, then, had never
been formally processed.

Under the direction of Paleontology Collection
Manager Mary R. Carman, volunteers Susan Brown
Roop, Trace Clark-Petravick, Bette Jarz, and Lori Welsh
have been involved in the long-term project of unpack-
ing and repairing the material, translating the German
script labels, preserving the accompanying journals, un-
completed manuscripts, the Schrammen-Howell corre-
spondence and other letters and documents, and cata-
loging the specimens. It is expected that the entire
project will be completed by the end of this year. The
specimens acquired by Anton Schrammen comprise a
rare and valuable addition to Field Museum's paleonto-
logical collections.

Bushman continued from p. 6

Now that the feeding problem was solved, how
would the missionaries keep the baby warm during the
long, cold African night? A mother gorilla holds her in-
fant during each night. James Allen finally located a
young African woman who volunteered to hold it close
to her as it slept.

The young gorilla grew rapidly. The personnel in
the Presbyterian Mission compound loved him and
taught him little tricks, such as how to ride a kiddy car
and how to comb and brush his hair while holding a
mirror.

One day a visitor from the United States stopped at
the compound and bought the little animal for $500.
Back in the United States, he sold him for $3,500 to
Chicago's Lincoln Park Zoo, where he was given the
name "Bushman. "

Dr. Johnson passed the $500 check on to Allen, a
professional architect doing missionary work, who used
it to commission a stained glass window for the Presby-
terian church he had just built in Yaounde. After a long
and careful search, James and Annie Mary found the
stained glass window maker they were looking for in
Wheaton, Illinois. During this trip, Allen also visited
Bushman at Lincoln Park Zoo, and the animal re-
sponded excitedly as he heard Allen speaking the famil-
iar Cameroon dialect. Allen stayed in the primate house
that evening until after closing hours as the two romped
and played together.

Allen's career was to be short-lived. About two
years later he died in Africa from an infected insect bite.
Annie Mary returned to the United States with their
infant son and daughter. 25

HELD
MUSEUM
TDUKS^

Explore the
primeval splendor
of the Canadian
Northwest.

Field Museum Tours invites you on an expedition
to the stunning Northwest, including Seattle, Prince
Rupert, Queen Charlotte Islands, Fitzhugh Sound,
Alert Bay, Princess Louisa Inlet and Victoria aboard
the Society Explorer.

PROJECT
CANADIAN
FJORDS & INSIDE
PASSAGE

Departing:

August 16, 9 Days

August 16, Seattle. Arrive and transfer to our deluxe
hotel. After a reception at the University of Washing-
ton's Burke Museum, enjoy dinner and Seattle's
nightlife.

August 17, Prince Rupert. Depart Seattle on morning
flight to Prince Rupert. After a ferry crossing to Prince
Rupert, board the Society Explorer for an evening depar-
ture. Enjoy the captain's welcome dinner as we set sail
at sunset for the Queen Charlotte Islands.

August 18-19, Queen Charlotte Islands. Journeying
south, we arrive at the unspoiled home of the Haida In-
dian Nation where braves erected countless totem poles,
each carved to tell its special story. Today these moss-
encrusted monuments testify to the centuries-old Haida
way of life. We explore these islands with their brood-
ing forests harboring ancient villages. Bald eagles, sea-
birds. Stellar sea lions and whales provide opportunities
for rewarding walks and beach hikes.

Society Explorer

26

For reservations, call or write Dorothy Roder (322-8862), Tours Manager, Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr , Chicago, 1160605

August 20, Fitzhugh Sound. This morning we sail into
the upper Fraser Reach and Grenville Channel for a day
of exploration among the magnificent wave-sculpted
canyons and craggy inlets of the Canadian ^ords. At
Kwakshua Inlet, an area rich in abalone and other
Northwest sea hfe, hikers will enjoy exploring the
coastal woods of 100-foot stands of red cedar, Sitka
spruce, western hemlock and Douglas fir. Our ship sails
south into a region of towering cliffs, and rushing
waterfalls.

August 21, Alert Bay. Following an afternoon cruising
the Inside Passage, our ship puts in at Alert Bay, ances-
tral island home of the Nimpkish, largest tribe of the
powerful Kwakiutl Indian Nation. According to
anthropologist Franz Boas, the word Kwakiutl means
Smokes of the World, which alludes to their ability to
attract huge throngs of people to their firelit potlatches
and ceremonials. We'll visit the U'mista Cultural
Center/ Alert Bay Museum. Here we see fine examples
of the distinctive ceremonial masks, utensils and bent-
wood boxes — important elements of the rich Kwakiutl
lifestyle — and have the opportunity to purchase native
handicrafts, jewelry and artwork.

After lunch, we'll move into the Queen Charlotte
Strait, the summer gathering place for close to 300 killer
whales, uncontested top predators of Canada's northern
waters. Roaming the protected waters of the Inside Pas-
sage in clearly defined pods, males, females and young
cooperate in hunting their prey. Killer whales have no
natural enemies other than man.

August 22, Princess Louisa Inlet. Passengers experi-
ence a realm of snowmelt cascades and 6,000-foot
mountains ringing this spectacular horseshoe-shaped
fjord. Overhead, bald eagles soar, slicing through the
coastal mists with their six-foot wing-spans. At the
tumultuous Chatterbox Falls, we'll go ashore to walk
alpine meadows full of lupine, dwarf dogwood and
chocolate lily. Others may follow the trail which ends
at the long abandoned Trapper's Cabin, built in the
shadow of scenic Mt. Albert.

August 23, Victoria. Midday arrival in Victoria, British
Columbia. Victoria's distinct English flavor is reflected
in the copper-domed Parliament buildings heralding
our entry into the harbor. This afternoon we tour the
Provincial Museum with its comprehensive collection
of coastal Indian art and artifacts and its life-sized replica
of a 19th-century frontier town. Stroll the cobbled
streets, perhaps stopping to sip tea at the ivy-covered
Empress Hotel. The captain hosts a farewell dinner
tonight as we sail for Seattle.

August 24, Seattle. Morning arrival and connection
with homeward flights.

This tour will be enhanced by a team of expert lecturers
in the region's natural history, native cultures, and wild-
life, including Dr. Scott M. Lanyon, Field Museum's assis-
tant curator and head of the Division of Birds.

CRUISE COST PER PERSON

Explorer

$1,790

Explorer Deluxe

$1,950

Yacht

$2,320

Boat Deluxe

$2,690

Suite

$3,190

Owner's Suite

$3,590

Yacht Deluxe

$2,490 Airfare (not incl. in rates)

$190

Rates are per person, double occupancy, and include group transfers, cruise accommoda-
tions, all meals including a welcome cocktail and dinner party and farewell dinner, lectures
by accompanying or visiting speakers, and all off-ship excursions. Amenities include travel
bag, backpack, documentation wallet, comprehensive guide book and daily log. Single
cabins are available at 1.5 times the above rates, except single suites which are 1.9 times the
above rates. Airfare is approximate and subject to change.

Deposit $500,000 per person

People's Republic of China

18 Days
September 16 - October 3, 1987

Customized Tour exclusively for Field Museum

Organized and accompanied by

Katharine Lee

X he itinerary for this exceptionally well conceived tour
covers the highlights of this fascinating country. We de-
part Chicago via Japan Air Lines. Our first stop will be
Tokyo, where we will enjoy a city tour. Chinese cities
to be visited include Shanghai, Wuxi, Beijing, Luoyang,

Xi'an, and Guilin, plus a boat ride on the Li River. We'll
exit through Hong Kong, a city full of Oriental trea-
sures and cultural heritage. This is a "not to be missed"
opportunity.

27

Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, IL 60605-2499

- s '**Nr>;

FIELD MUSEUM O

March 1987

■

K

^l^K

m

KE'

mm

IMi!c'_

m

1

f V H

W-i

^r i

m

II

\

itj

!*#■

Stories AND MYtHS

FROM AROUND THE WORLD

performed by

The Young People's Company

of the Piven Theatre Workshop

Saturday, March 14
see page 3

Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin

Published by

Field Museum of Natural History

Founded 1893

President: Willard L. Boyd

Editor/Designer: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Stearns
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa

CONTENTS

March 1987

Volume 58, Number 3

March Events at Field Museum

The Athapaskan Hunting Canoe 6

by James W. VanStone, Curator ofNorth American Archaeology
and Ethnology

Board of TIiustees

Richard M. Jones,

Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Robert D. Cadieux
Henry T. Chandler
Worley H. Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
WilUatn R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley 11
ThomasJ. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
John James Kinsella
HugoJ. Melvoin
Leo F MuUin
James J. O'Connor

Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
BlaineJ. Yarrington

Life Trustees

Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. EdwinJ. DeCosta
Mrs. David W. Grainger
CHfford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood

Water Snakes

by John C. Murphy

11

Featherwing Beetles and the

Remarkable Discoveries of Henry Dybas 1 7

from Dinosaurs in the Attic, fry Doughs]. Preston

Featherwing Beetles

by Henry S. Dybas

19

Henry Dybas: A Eulogy 22

by Rupert L. Wenzel, Curator Emeritus of Insects

COVER

Water SNAKES, that's right, water snakes are the subject of this
March view of the big pond in Indiana Dunes State Park, an
hour's drive southeast of Chicago. For with the first suggestions
of spring, these creatures, nestled in protected nooks along the
pond's edge, may already have urges to stir, as may the turtles,
frogs, fish, and other aquatic and semiaquatic creatures that call
the bog their home. Nine water snake species, some common,
some rare, occur in the Chicago area. For more on these elusive
(and harmless) reptiles, see John Murphy's article, pages 1 1-16.
Photo by D. Walsten.

Field Museum of Natural History Buiican {USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined July/ August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL
60605-2496. Copyright © 1987 Field Museum of Natural History. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually. $3. 00 for schools. Museum membership includes BuUelin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their
own and do not necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone: (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to
Membership Department. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496. ISSN : 0015-0703. Second class postage paid at
Chicago, Illinois.

Events

Stonier cutdTKcft^^to^Anou^

The Young People's Company of the Piven Theatre Workshop

Saturday, March 14, 2:00pm, James Simpson Theatre

Watch the Young People's Company
weave a spell of Magic with "Stories and Myths
from Around the World." This delightful col-
lection takes you to the four corners of the earth.
The afternoon begins with a tale about a mythi-
cal Indian maiden who is rewarded in the after-
life for her goodness and truthfulness. In the Far
East, we join a couple embarked on a perilous
journey to cure the bluebird who has suddenly
stopped singing. At journey's end they find that
all birds have been turned to stone. In "The Beg-
gar and the Gazelle" a man from the Middle East

learns about the importance of being a faithful
friend. A weaver, and a mysterious spider web
conclude this charming quartet of Tales.

The Young People's Company of the Piven
Theatre Workshop has been performing for
twelve years. Directed by Joyce Piven, this en-
chanting group is composed of 15 young people
between the ages of 15 and 18 years.

This performance is recommended for adults
and children age 6 and older.

Tickets: $7.00 (S5.00 members). To order tick-
ets, see coupon on next page. /- , .

^ ^ ° Continued —

Events

~X

Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field
Museum. Free tours, demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the museum are
designed for families and adults. Listed below are just two of the numerous activities each
weekend. Check the Weekend Programs sheet upon arrival for the complete schedule and program
locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois Arts Council.

I I Saturday, March 7, 1:30pm Tibet Today (slide lecture). See Lhasa and other towns now open to
tourists and Bhutan — "Land of the Thunder Dragon."

□ Sunday, March 15, 2:00pm Traditional China (tour). Examine the history and hfestyles repre-
sented by Chinese jades and other masterworks.

I I Sunday, March 29 2:00pm Treasures from the Totem Forest (tour). A walk through Museum
exhibits introduces the Indians of southeast Alaska and British Columbia, whose carved totem
poles and masks proclaim their pride of rank and their mystical ties to animals and spirits.

Saturdays and Sundays in March
1:00pm and 3:00pm

Music Communicates many different things

to many different people. It is something that
can be shared by aU of us, whether or not we
have common hfestyles, beliefs, even lan-
guages. Experience with us the music of differ-
ent cultures.

□ March 7, 8: Lincoln Beauchamp at 1 :00pm

Shanta Nurullah at 3:00pm

Phil Cohran at 1 :00pm and
3:00pm

Raices del Andes at 1:00pm
and 3:00pm

Don Moye at 1 :00pm and
3:00pm

The World Music Program is supported by
Kenneth and Harle Montgomery in honor of
E. Leland Webber, president emeritus of Field
Museum.

n March 14, 15:
n March 21, 22:
n March 28, 29:

^

Registration for "Stories and Myths from Around the World"

make checks payable to Field Museum. Tickets will

Be sure to complete all requested information on the
ticket application. If your request is received less than
one week before a program, tickets will be held in
your name at the West Entrance box office. Please

D Member D Nonmember

American Express/Visa/MasterCard

Card Number

Signature

Return complete ticket application with
a self-addressed stamped envelope to:

Field Museum of Natural History
Public Programs: Department of Education
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, IL 60605-2497

Expiration Date

be mailed upon receipt of check. Refunds will be
made only if the program is sold out.

Address

City

State

Zip

Telephone; Daytime

Evening

"Stories and Myths'*: Tickets — Members S5. 00, Nonmember S7. 00

Member

Tickets

#Requested

Nonmember

Tickets
#Requested

Total

Tickets

Requested

Amount

Have you enclosed your self-addressed stamped envelope?

Svents

Thursdays in March, 1:30pm

These programs are free

March 5

The Wonders of Ancient Egypt

Frank Yurco, Doctoral Candidate in
Egyptology, University of Chicago

The shadows of Egypt's mysterious
and glorious past still fascinate the
visitor to her cities and historical
monuments. Travel back through
time to this land of ancient pyramids,
tombs, and ancient ruins.

March 12

Canadian Holiday: A Trip Around

Gaspe Peninsula

Carolyn Dring, Naturalist

Canada's northeastern provinces are

home to some of the most scenic

parks in North America. From Bay of

Fundy to Cape Breton Island follow

the seascapes that are awash with

migratory birds.

March 19

China's Great Cities

Hau Kum Kneip, Instructor,
Continuing Education Division,
City College of Chicago

Mainland China is opening more and
more to the world. Its cities reveal
both China's future and its ancient
culture. Enjoy this journey through
the eyes of an experienced traveler.

March 26
The Culture of Japan

Kazuko Ernst, Master,
Ohara School oflkebana

Despite European and Western influ-
ence, Japanese culture remains rooted
in its history and traditions. Experi-
ence and enjoy the subtle beauty of
Japan's enduring culture through a
look at her arts, ceremonies, and

foods.

THE ATHAPASKAN HUNTING CANOE

fry James W. VanStone
Curator, North American Archaeology and Ethnology

A

Lmong the bark-covered watercraft employed by
North American Indians, the so-called kayak-form
canoe is perhaps the least familiar. It was primarily a
hunting craft used by Athapaskan Indians on the rivers
of interior Alaska and northwestern Canada and was
light enough (about 40 lbs. ) to be easily portaged. These
vessels ranged in length from 12 to 18 feet and in beam
from 24 to 27 inches. They were extremely shallow, the
depth seldom exceeding 12 inches. In addition to hunt-
ing, this type of craft was also used for transporting a
family and its possessions from one place to another.
Such cargo canoes were longer (22 to 24 feet) but the
basic construction was the same.

The kayak-form canoe had largely disappeared be-
fore the advent of modem ethnographic fieldwork and
they are known primarily from early photographs and
examples in museum collections. At one time the col-
lections of Field Museum contained three full-sized
Athapaskan canoes that had been obtained in Alaska
along the Yukon River for the 1893 World's Columbian
Exposition. Regrettably, these have long since dis-
appeared, but the collections still contain three model
canoes collected in the same area at about the same
time, and these models make it possible to understand
the major aspects of canoe construction. Also helpful
are historical photographs showing kayak-form canoes
in use and descriptions obtained by ethnographers from
elderly Indian informants in the 1920s and 1930s.

The manufacture of Athapaskan kayak-form hunt-
ing canoes was one of the most complicated procedures
in Athapaskan technology. The builders prepared most
of the several parts before they attempted to assemble
the canoe as a whole. Constuction of a hunting canoe
usually began with preparing birch bark for the cover.
Birch trees with bark suitable for canoes had straight
limb-free trunks. Ideally the sheets of bark were equal in
length to the canoe and only three were required. The
thickest sheet, turned up along each side, went on the
bottom, which was flat and diamond-shaped, though
exceedingly elongated. Two more long pieces were then
applied, one on each side and overlapping the tumed-up
edges of the bottom piece.

A floor rack, forming the bottom of the canoe,
consisted of two outer longitudinal pieces, three or four
inner longitudinal pieces, and three or more crosspieces.
All of these were made from straight-grained green
spruce. The bow and stem posts were then fashioned
from a large root near the base of the spruce tree trunk.

Each canoe had a pair of gunwales cut from
straight-grained green spruce, the rough work being
done with a stone adze and the trimming with a beaver
tooth chisel. The gunwales, extending from the top of
the bow post to the top of the stem post, were held apart
by four to six thwarts. A photo taken at Anvik, an Atha-
paskan village on the lower-middle Yukon River, in the
early years of this century, shows a canoe at this stage in
its construction. The completed floor rack is shown at
one side (fig. 1).

JamesW. VanStone, Field Museum's curator of North American archaeol-
ogy and ethnology

Fig.1

National Anthropological Archives. Smithsonian Institution

A pair of longitudinal side pieces equal in length to
the canoe were inserted on each side and held in place
by 1 1 to 13 ribs cut from flexible green spruce. The cen-
ter ribs were larger, with a broad U shape, while those
both fore and aft were smaller, becoming almost V
shaped. The bow of the canoe, to a length of about two
feet, was decked with a single piece of bark lashed to the
gunwales or held in place on each side with narrow strips
of wood pegged to the gunwales. All the lashing was
with spruce root and the canoe was completed by ap-
plying a coat of spruce gum on all the seams and holes of
the bark cover.

Ethnographers who interviewed Indian informants
on the Yukon River in the early 1930s were told that one
man, with reasonable minimum cooperation from his
family, could put the various parts of a canoe together in
about five days. To make the frame and prepare the
bark, of course, took much longer. Other factors con-
trolling the construction time were the craftman's skill
and the weather.

The three model kayak-form canoes in the
Museum's collection appear to be accurate as far as con-
struction is concerned, but they may not correctly re-
flect the extremely shallow draft of these vessels as de-
picted in historic photos. Also, each is covered with

only one piece of bark, instead of the three customarily
used for full-sized canoes.

The largest of these models is 47 '/z inches long with
a beam of 7 inches. There are six thwarts and 15 ribs. In
the center, lashed together with spruce root, are floor
boards on which the paddler would kneel or sit. The
bark decking, held in place on the sides with strips of
wood pegged to the gunwales, is ornamented with what
appear to be simulated animal tracks in dark brown pig-
ment (figs. 2A,B).

The second model canoe is 32 inches long with a
beam of 6 inches. There are six thwarts and eight ribs.
Faintly visible on the bark decking is a hunting scene
consisting of a hunter holding a bow and arrow, and four
unidentified animals each with an arrow through its
body (figs. 2C,D).

The third model is 22 '/2 inches long with a 4 '/2-inch
beam. There are nine ribs and originally four thwarts
(one is missing). The thwarts and spruce-root lashing on
the gunwales are ornamented with black pigment. On
the bark decking is a series of dots and a fishlike creature
in black pigment. The floor rack is clearly visible in this
model (figs. 2E,F).

Kayak-form canoes have been described by elderly
Yukon River Indians as extremely unstable and capable

Fig. 2

Photo negatives (from top) 110268. 110268, 109178. 109177. 109178. 109177.
Photos 2A. 2B by Diane Alexander White, photos 2C, 2D. 2E. 2F by Ron Testa.

Fig. 4

of holding one or two persons. The canoeman stepped
into his vessel by first grasping both gunwales with the
hands while placing one foot in the center of the floor
boards. He then either knelt in the bottom of the boat or
sat with his legs folded akimbo, controlling the tipping
of his fragile craft largely through his knees. Paddling
was done by taking a few strokes on one side alternately
with strokes on the other and without touching the
gunwale. A typical paddle had a crutch handle and
measured seven feet overall, the pointed blade was ap-
proximately two feet long and five inches wide. A pro-
nounced keel ran along one side of the blade. The keel
side was held to the rear when paddling.

Hunting canoes similar to those described above
were used by practically all Athapaskan-speaking peo-
ples. The Yukon River canoes are said to have been
lighter and more graceful than those used in the Mac-

kenzie River drainage. A well-made Yukon River canoe
could last as many as seven seasons, a poorly made canoe
only one. Presumably the test came with the cold water
of fall, which cracked bark of poorer quality.

In addition to its use for hunting, the kayak-form
canoe served for fishing and for visiting fish traps and
nets. Three photos reproduced here show hunting
canoes in use in the late nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries and were taken near the village of Anvik. In
the first photo, two men are dip net-fishing for silver
salmon. They are drifting downriver with the current
while holding long-handled nets in the water. When an
ascending salmon was caught, it was lifted out, killed,
and placed in the boat; then the operation was repeated.
Good balance was required to stand in these extremely
narrow, tippy vessels handling a heavy netted fish
(fig. 3).

Fig. 5

National Anthropological Archives. Smithsonian Inslitutkxi

In the second photo a man is checking a fish trap
(fig*. 4)- The shallow draft of his kayak-form canoe may
be clearly seen, a characteristic also indicated in the
third photo, in which a hunting canoe is shown next to a
decked wooden river boat of approximately the same
length (fig. 5).

Kayak-form canoes were in use on the Yukon River
and its tributaries as late as the 1920s, but by that time
these vessels were covered with canvas rather than birch
bark. They were replaced by narrow wooden river boats
which, after about 1918, were propelled with gasoline-
powered outboard motors. These useful machines great-
ly affected the mobility of the Indians throughout the
entire season when the Yukon and its tributaries were

ice-free. It would be difficult to imagine a more suc-
cessful and practical innovation than the outboard
motor. With it all summer and fall subsistence activities
were facilitated and the arduous efforts associated with
river transportation were eliminated. FH

Note

Additional information on Athapaskan hunting canoes can
be found in Ingalik Material Culture, by Cornelius Osgood
(Yale University Publications in Anthropology, no. 22,
1940) and The Upper Tanana Iruiians, by Robert A. McKen-
nan (Yale University Publications in Anthropology, no. 55,
1959).

10

Field Museum'

s Tenth Annual Spring Systematics Symposium

"Evolutionary Ideas of Progress"

Saturday, May 9

Speakers

Francisco J. Ayala
RoyJ. Britten
Robert Dunnell
Stephen J. Gould
David L. Hull

William Provine
David M. Raup
Robert J. Richards
Robert C. Richardson

John Maynard Smith
Adam Urbanek
E. O. Wiley
William Wimsatt

^^at'lpHC 7Hi^^ See Anwittd C^ioctaO'

by John C. Murphy

photos by author '

except where noted ; ■, ;

A go(A nuiny Qhicago-area resHjeMs, I suspect, have spent their entire lives here without having sighted a real live srxake; and
that probably suits them just fine. Those who appreciate snakes and have no fear of them are, unfortunately, among the
minority. All but one of the seventeen species of snakes that now occur in Cook, Lake, DuPage, Will, Kankakee, and
McHenry counties are harmless to man. The single exception is the eastern massasauga, a rattlesnake, which in any case is
highly local in distribution. Snakes are not only beneficial, ar\d a key to a balanced ecosystem, they also tend to go about their
own busir^ss, preferring to keep a very low profile (no pun) in the environmental scene. In the following essay, John Murphy
tells us just about everything we ought to know about local water snakes, which make up nine of the seventeen srmke species
occurring here. * Mr. Murphy teaches biology at Plainfield High School, Plainfield, Illinois and has served as herpetology
consultant for agencies such as the Illinois Department of Transportation and for the government of Trinidad and Tobago.
-Ed.

Northern water snake, Nerodia sipedon sipedon

A Field Museum Feature
On Local Naturtal History

'The other eight snake species in the Chicago region are the
eastern hognose snake (Heterodon platyrhinos), the western
smooth green snake (Opheodrys vemaiis hlanchardi), the east-
em yellowbelly racer {Coluber constrictor constrictor) , the black
rat snake (Elaphe obsoleta obsoleta), the western fox snake
(Ekphe vulpina vulpirui), the buUsnake (Pituophis rrielanoleucus
sayi), the eastern milk snake (Lampropeltis trianqulum trian-
qulum), and eastern massasauga (Sistrurus catenatus cateruitus).

11

W W ^/ost snake species that you are apt to come upon
in the Greater Chicago area belong to a group known as
natricines (formally the subfamily Natricinae), better
known as water snakes. Though some of these nine spe-
cies are seldom seen, even by herpetologists who search
for them, the group as a whole is abundant and, in the
warmer months, are easily observable by anyone who
knows where to seek them out.

'i^e.yodia: The Northern Water Snake

The Northern water snake (Nerodia sipedon sipedon),
when full grown, is 23 to 42 inches (61-107cm) long, the
record being 53 inches. Females are generally larger than
males, but the male's tail is proportionally longer. The
color and pattern are variable, but usually the upper sur-
face is'brown-black, with more than 30 bands and spots
that are lighter in color. The lower side of the body is
often yellow, with paired dark half-moon blotches on
each ventral scale. The scales are heavily keeled, and
adult males usually have knobs on the dorsal scales in the
anal region. As adults mature, the light-colored bands
often darken, and a snake with dry skin may appear to
lack a pattern completely; however, the pattern fre-
quently appears when the snake is placed in water.

Wherever water and shoreline vegetation are avail-
able, this snake can usually be found. Winter hiberna-
tion may occur under stream embankments, in rock
piles, or animal burrows. Depending on the weather, the
snake may be active until late October but it may ven-
ture out of the hibernaculum, or winter quarters, on
warm November-December days. January and February
are spent in torpor, which is broken with the warming
temperatures of March. Warm spring temperatures raise
the snake's body temperature enough so it can become
active for hunting and mating.

Fish make up most of the northern water snake's
diet. A study of a Kentucky population of this species
showed that 42.8 percent of the diet was minnows, 28.5
percent sunfishes, 14.3 percent frogs, and 14.3 percent
salamanders, by volume. A study of a Kansas population
revealed a similar diet, with 77 percent consisting of
fish. Feeding strategies of this water snake are varied.
Tongue flicking gathers molecules from the air and from
whatever the snake chooses to investigate. The tongue
transfers these molecules to a sensory organ in the roof of
the mouth (Jacobson's organ, sometimes called the
vomeronasal organ), and a message goes from there to
the brain. This system is undoubtedly very important in
natricines, but a study of captive northern water snakes
suggests that they use at least four feeding techniques
involving visual cues and that the tongue, in addition to
its chemosensory function, is used in another way as

well.

The first feeding technique is to simply lunge open-
mouthed at the fish, but this often fails. A second strat-
egy is to lie motionless at the bottom of the pond or
stream until a fish swims within two centimeters (less
than an inch) of the snake's mouth; the fish is then easily
captured. Occasionally the snake uses a "fishing" tech-
nique, which succeeds more often than not — the snake
goes after a fish, thrashing its head from side to side until
it strikes the prey. The fourth, most sophisticated tech-
nique has been termed "fly-casting. " Flattening its body,
the snake floats on the surface, flicking its tongue so that
the tip barely breaks the water's surface, enticing the
unwary fish close enough to grab. Lingual luring, as this
technique is known, seems to be used exclusively by
natricines.

The young of the northern water snake are bom in
August and early September; most litters number be-
tween 16 and 32. The snakes mature in about 21 to 24
months, but most females do not reproduce until their
third year.

12

Chicago- Area Wildlife Series

This article is part of a continuing series on the wildlife of Chicago and the surrounding region. Previous articles
have included "Chicago's Parakeets," "Lake Renwick: Unlikely Haven for the Endangered," "The Wooded Island:
Chicago's Premier Birding Area," "Spring Wildflowers of the Chicago Area," and "Late Summer and Fall Flowers of
the Chicago Region. " Articles scheduled to appear in the coming months cover the subjects of spring bird migra-
tion, raising moths and butterflies, and a feature on one of our local native prairies.

Arrangements for additional copies or reprints, past or future (including bulk quantities for classroom use),
may be made by writing or calling (922-9410) the Bulletin editor at the Field Museum, Roosevelt Road at Lake
Shore Drive, Chicago, II 60605.

Occasionally, persons in the Chicago area report
that they have sighted or perhaps killed a water mocca-
sin (also known as the cottonmouth). The snake in
question, however, often turns out to be the northern
water snake, a mistake attributable to the latter's aquatic
tendencies, dark coloration, stout body, and bad temper
when disturbed. Except in zoos, the venomous water
moccasin doesn't occur anywhere near Chicago.

Regina: The Crayfish Snakes

Four species of crayfish snakes make up the genus Regina,
of which two are found in the Chicago region. As a
group, these are relatively slender, brown in color, and
striped. The common name indicates their food pref-
erence. They are more aquatic that Nerodia, rarely
wandering more than a few yards from the water's edge.
Graham's crayfish snake (Regina grahamii) in-
habits prairie marshes and ponds from central Texas and
southwestern Nebraska to Louisiana and the Chicago
area. The most northeastern population of this snake
probably occurs in Lake County, Illinois. The queen
snake (Regina septemvittata) has a distribution and habi-
tat that somewhat compliments those of Graham's cray-
fish snake. Queen snakes inhabit forest streams from
southern Quebec to the Florida panhandle and from Illi-
nois eastward to eastern Pennsylvania and central Geor-
gia. An amateur may have trouble telling these two
snakes apart, but the queen has a yellow side stripe on
the first two scale rows, while Graham's has its stripe on
the first three rows. There are also some differences in
the belly pattern. Graham's tends to grow larger — 18 to

Graham's crayfish snake, Regina grahamii. Note deformed head.

28 inches (44-71cm), while queen snakes are 15 to 24
inches (38-61 cm) in length.

Both snakes show a decided preference for crayfish
that have recently molted. Crayfish with a hard exo-
skeleton would be difficult for most snakes to subdue and
swallow, but just-molted crayfish are soft and vul-
nerable. On hot summer days, during the early morning
hours, it is not uncommon to see queen snakes investi-
gating the shorelines of creeks and quarries, probing the
undersides of rocks for the distinctive odor of molted
crayfish. Laboratory studies of inexperienced, newborn
queen snakes and Graham's crayfish snakes have shown
that even from birth they are able to discriminate be-
tween the odor of molted and nonmolted crayfish. But it
seems improbable that these newborn could find enough
small, newly molted crayfish to avoid starvation. More
than likely, they supplement this diet with dragonfly and
damselfly nymphs.

Queen snake, Regina septemvittata

13

14

Western ribbon snake, Thamnophis proximus proximus

Graham's differs from the queen in its daily activity
pattern. Queen snakes are decidedly diurnal, spending
the night under rocks or in bushes or trees along the
shoreline, while Graham's crayfish snakes are nocturnal
in the summer, shifting to daytime activity in the fall
and spring. This may be an artifact of the habitat differ-
ence. Prairies are open habitats where a snake may be
easily seen by diurnal predators, while the shrub-lined
shores of streams provide good cover, even during the
day. Because both snakes are relatively small and crypti-
cally colored, they have been able to survive in and
around cities. I have seen fishermen standing next to
bushes containing queen snakes, oblivious to the ser-
pent's presence. At a quarry popular with fishermen in
the DesPlaines River Valley, 1 estimated that there was
one queen snake for every 30 feet of shoreline. Graham's
crayfish snake, however, may not be faring as well in the
Chicago area. Many of the local prairie wetlands have
been drained for agriculture or suburban development,
seriously depleting this snake's habitat.

Thamnophis: Garter Snakes and Ribbon Snakes

Garter snakes and ribbon snakes are probably the best
known snakes in America. They comprise the genus
Thamnophis, numbering about 25 species distributed
from southeastern Alaska and Nova Scotia to Costa
Rica. It is the largest and most successful genus of New
World natricines, some species attaining dense pop-
ulation in and around cities. Three species of this group
inhabit Chicagoland.

The western ribbon snake, Thamnophis proximus

proximus, is rare in the Chicago area. There are speci-
mens from Cook County and reliable reports from Will
County, but its status in northeastern Illinois is a mys-
tery. It is a slender, medium-sized snake, 19 to 48 inches
(48-123cm) long, that is black with three light stripes.
The green-white side stripes are on the third and fourth
scale rows; the dorsal stripe is orange.

Ribbon snakes feed heavily on frogs and tadpoles
and are frequently found at the margins of ponds and
streams. In Texas a ribbon snake was seen attempting to

Eastern plains garter snake, Thamnophis radix radix

flush cricket frogs from cover by thrusting its head into
clumps of grass.

The young are probably bom in late July or in Au-
gust; the litter size ranges from 4 to 27, the average being
about 12.

Eastern garter snake, Thamnophis sirtalis sirtalis

The eastern garter snake, Thamnophis sirtalis sirta-
lis, and the eastern plains garter snake, Thamnophis
radix radix, are extermely common in northeastern lUi-
nois, including densely populated areas. In some locali-
ties the two species live together, although the eastern
garter snake prefers forest while the eastern plains garter
snake prefers prairie. Both feed on a variety of animals,
with their diets undoubtedly overlapping; but sirtalis pre-
fers aquatic prey such as frogs and leeches while radix
depends more on terrestrial prey, especially earthworms.
One study suggests that radix is also a major predator of
nestling field sparrows.

Sirtalis has the side stripe on the second and third
scale rows, while in radix the side stripe is on the third
and fourth rows. Another difference is behavior when
disturbed: sirtalis strikes repeatedly as it tries to escape;
radix usually does not strike, but thrashes back and forth
while releasing a foul-smelling anal musk.

Upon emergence from hibernation in March or
April, male garter snakes await the female outside the
den. Females exit the den emitting a male-attracting
pheromone from a network of capillaries in the back.
The pheromone is probably vitellogenin, a substance
which is converted into egg yolk. Males detect the pher-
omone with the tongue and transport it to the Jacobson's
organ. The pheromone is species specific; thus, there is
little chance of interbreeding between species living
together. The male, or males, trail the female and
courtship follows. Courting consists of the male rubbing
his chin up and down the female's back and aligning his
urogenital opening with hers. During copulation the
male supplies the female with sperm and a material made
in the renal sex segment of his kidney. This material
coagulates into a plug that mechanically prevents other
males from mating with the female; it also contains a
pheromone that makes the female unattractive to other
males. In May or early June the female produces the
eggs. In June the eggs are fertilized with the sperm that
the female has stored since spring. At about this same
time, the male is producing sperm he will need for the
following spring. In the Chicago area most young are

Northern redbeUy snake, Storeria occipitomaculata
occipitomaculata

bom in early August. This pattern of reproduction is
very unusual in vertebrates, but may be widespread in
natricines.

Litter size in garter snakes is much larger than in
most other snakes. Sirtalis litters range from 7 to 103 in-
dividuals, and averages vary with age, older females pro-
ducing larger litters; in radix, litters range from 5 to 92,
with the average near 30.

Storeria: The Brown Snake and
The RedbeUy Snake

Two species of Storeria occur in the Chicago area. They
are the smallest of New World natricines, rarely exceed-
ing 20 inches (52cm). They have 15 to 17 rows of keeled,
dorsal scales and are usually dull brown or red. The mid-
land brown snake, Storeria dekayi wrightorum, and the
northern redbeUy snake, Storeria occipitomaculata occipi-
tomaculata, are easily distinguished from one another.
The brown snake has an indistinct light mid-dorsal
stripe bordered by two rows of spots that have fused into
crossbands, while the redbeUy has three spots on the
nape of the neck, two dark stripes bordering the light
mid-dorsal stripe, and a bright red belly.

The midland brown snake, also called Dekay's
snake, occurs widely in the Chicago area — in forest,
grassland, marsh, and human-modified environments.
Piles of roofing shingles, boards, and other man-made
materials seem to create favorable habitats and man may
have actually increased the brown snake's population

Midland brown snake, Storeria dekayi wrightorum

15

density by discarding these materials in vacant city lots
and suburban areas. Captive snakes readily accept
earthworms and slugs, but turn down insects, frogs, and
fish.

Mating in this species has been reported to occur
before and after hibernation. In the Chicago area most
young are bom from late July to early August. Litter sizes
range from 3 to 27, but most often are 11 to 18. The
newborn are dark in color, with distinctive light-colored
collars.

The northern redbelly snake is not found around
Chicago as often as the brown snake, but it is locally
abundant. The redbelly is often considered a forest spe-

opening. The pungent material is smeared over the
snake's body and onto the predator by the snake's
twisting.

Clotwphis: Kirtland's Snake

Kirtland's snake, Clonophis kirtlandi, is an enigma
among North American snakes. Rarely encountered, it
is represented by few specimens in museums, despite the
fact that its distribution includes large midwestem cities.
Kirtland's snake rarely exceeds 24 inches (62cm) in
length. It has 17 to 19 rows of heavily keeled scales. On
the back are four rows of alternating blotches that num-

16

cies, but it also occurs in more open habitats such as
pastures and weedy fields. Hibernation aggregations
have been found in ant hills. In Manitoba, 101 redbelly
snakes were found in a single ant hill, together with 8
eastern plains garter snakes and 148 smooth green
snakes. Like the brown snake, the northern redbelly pre-
fers slugs and earthworms.

Young redbelly snakes are bom in August and Sep-
tember. Litter sizes range from 2 to 21, with the average
probably about 10.

Brown snakes and redbelly snakes fall prey to a suit
of predators because of their small size. The black widow
spider has been reported to feed on brown snakes, and
large wolf spiders are certainly capable of overpowering
one of these snakes. Lizards, snakes, birds, and mammals
also prey upon Storeria, but they have evolved some de-
fense behaviors. When disturbed, Storeria flare their la-
bial scales (bordering the mouth) to intimidate the pre-
dator. If disturbance continues, the snake may writhe,
roll over, and gape the mouth while protruding the
tongue; the body then becomes rigid. When seized by a
predator (or human hand) natricine snakes customarily
release musk from two glands on either side of the anal

ber 47 to 60, the belly is pink to brick red. The habitat is
wet meadows, sometimes wet wooded areas. It is often
found in newly developed areas, but specimens may be
found years apart at one location, all of this suggesting
that Kirtland's snake spends its life underground.

The snake has been observed mating in early May.
The young have been bom from late July to September
in litters ranging from 4 to 22, with an average of about
10. Kirtland's snake was first described by Robert Kenni-
cott in 1856 from specimens he collected near his home
in West Northfield (now Glenview), Illinois. ¥n

Suggested Readings

R. Conant: A Field Guide to Reptiles and Amphibians of East-
em and Central North America, 429 pp., 1975, Houghton
Mifflin.

C. Pope: Amphibians arvi Reptiles of the Chicago Area, 275
pp., 1944, Chicago Museum of Natural History (Field
Museum).

P. Smith: The Amphibians and Reptiles of Illinois, 298 pp. ,
1961, State of Illinois, Dept. of Registration and Education,
Natural History Survey Division.

Featherwing Beetles

And the Remarkable Discoveries

Of Henry Dybas

ft

lenry Dybas (1915-81) belonged to that select group of
curators whose entire professional life was given to Field
Museum. He is perhaps best known for his studies on peri-
odical cicadas (a.k.a. "17-year locusts"). His most impor-
tant work, however, may well have been on the featherwing
beetles, the Ptiliidae family; Dybas was, in fact, the world's
leading authority on this extraordinary group.

The following essay by Douglas J. Preston, which deals
largely with Dybas and his work on the featherwings, is ex-
erpted from the recently published Dinosaurs in the Attic:
An Excursion into the American Museum of Natural
History, * in which it is entitled "The History. " — Ed.

As I write this, I am in New York City, sitting in a deck
chair on the roof of a building physically larger than the
Empire State Building. It is sunset. Central Park stretch-
es before me, a cold expanse of leafless trees, winding
paths, and dark ponds; just the tips of the bare branches
catch the autumn light. Beyond the park is a row of
buildings along Fifth Avenue, their windows flashing
gold, reflecting the setting sun. To my left I can see West
81st Street, with its row of elegant old apartment build-
ings, and behind me stretches a patchwork of Upper
West Side rooftops. Beyond the rooftops, straight down
79th Street, lies the Hudson River, heaving slowly along
like the gray back of some ancient, sluggish reptile.

I am on the roof of the largest private museum in
the world — the American Museum of Natural History.
Below me lies a fantastic complex of intersecting roof-
lines, greenhouses, Cothic arches, and towers festooned
with granite eagles and copper globes. Far below are hid-
den courtyards, tiny parking lots, dumpsters, and low
roofs. 1 can see people working behind hundreds of win-
dows grayed with Manhattan soot: hunched over desks,
typing on computer terminals, or fussing with animals in
aquaria.

Beneath me, somewhere in this vast maze of build-
ings— the largest repository of scientific collections in
the world — is a beetle. This beetle is no bigger than a
grain of sand; to the naked eye it is merely a brown dot,
the size of the period at the end of this sentence. Sand-
wiched between glass on a slide, it can be identified only
with the aid of a microscope.

I have chosen this fellow — perversely, you might
think — as the starting point for our exploration of this
gigantic and unclassifiable storehouse of nature. I have
chosen it because it is the meanest, tiniest, and ugliest
specimen I could find in the Museum. Indeed, the beetle
seems to lack any redeeming quality whatsoever; aside
from being small and insignificant, it is also boring.

This creature is a common insect known to science
as Bambara intricata. It belongs to the family of "feath-
erwing" beetles, so called because they possess long
feathery hairs on their wings. These hairs enable them to
drift on the wind, much like dandelion seeds. This par-
ticular specimen is locked up with moth flakes in a clean
white cabinet along with tens of thousands of other in-
sects. Like all the Museum's specimens, it is carefully
preserved to last for an eternity — or at least for as long as
modem technology can afford.

This species spends its three-week life span buried
in the decaying litter of the forest floor, feeding mostly
on fungus spores. It is a peaceful insect, neither an
annoying pest nor a crop destroyer. Although it is ex-
tremely common (literally billions can be found in most
continents of the world), its existence is unknown to all
humanity save for a dozen or so entomologists; and of
these, only two or three have any real interest in the bug.
As I sit on the roof of this Museum and consider that
here, beneath me, are some of the most beautiful, rare,
and extravagant creations of nature and man, 1 wonder
what could possibly be important enough about this
little beetle to warrant its inclusion in the Museum's
collections.

To answer this question, we must look back thirty
or so years to the discovery of Bambara intricata. This
particular bug hails from the Bimini islands, a low, wind-
swept string of cays in the Bahamas, not far from Florida.
In 1947 the Museum established a research station on
North Bimini (now closed) named the Lemer Marine
Laboratory. Before then, the area had seen little scien-

This essay is from Dinosaurs in the Attic: An Excursion into
the American Museum of Natural History, by Douglas ].
Preston, copyri^t © 1986 by Douglas ]. Preston, St. Martins
Press, Inc., New York. 17

18

The fealherwing beetle Eurygyne intricata, dorsal view left; partial
ventral view right, showing relative size of the single egg (dotted line) .

The beetle is about 0. 6mm in kngth — less than 1/40 inch. This arui
seven other species comprised the new genus Eurygyne, first described

by Dybas in 1966.

tific exploration, and only two insects had been reported
from the island: the mosquito (whose presence was im-
mediately and unpleasantly apparent to the visitor) and
a pretty species of butterfly. Thus, one of the first priori-
ties was to do an insect "inventory" of the islands to col-
lect and record the species that lived there. In 1951 a
group of Museum entomologists went to Bimini and
spent four months luring and trapping as many insects as
they could, using nets, funnels, ultraviolet lights, and
white sheets. When they were finished they had col-
lected 109,718 insects and 27,839 arachnids, including
thousands of featherwing beetles. (To capture feath-
erwings, they used an ingenious contraption called a
Berlese funnel, which drives tiny insects out of decaying
leaves, bark, and soil. ) They caught so many tiny feath-
erwings that the beetles "formed a black cloud" when the
collecting vials of alcohol were shaken.

Among these thousands of specimens, the Museum
scientists found that six species of featherwing beetle
were present on the island. Eventually the vials of alco-
hol were transferred to the main entomology storage area
in New York City, where for fifteen years they rested in a
dark cabinet.

In the mid-sixties, someone finally took an interest

in the insects. A curator at the Field Museum of Natural
History in Chicago, Henry Dybas, borrowed a number
of the vials containing the featherwings for a research
project on a strange phenomenon known as parthe-
nogenesis— the reproduction of an animal without fer-
tilization by the male. Dybas had evidence that many
species of the featherwing beetle exist in all-female
populations, reproducing without the aid of males. He
wanted to examine a large number of specimens col-
lected at the same time to see if indeed they were all
female. In doing so, he developed several startling
theories.

Through his examination of featherwing beetles,
Dybas was able to illuminate the complex workings of a
small comer of the natural world. He wondered, for ex-
ample, why the beetles were so small. He wanted to
know why many species or populations seemed to have
done away with males. Finally, he had observed that the
featherwing beetles from Bimini had no feather wings,
even though the same species on the mainland possessed
them. After some thought, Dybas came up with an
interesting interlocking theory that explained these
three questions.

First, he had reason to believe that the beetles had
evolved from a larger into a smaller size, primarily be-
cause they needed to be light enough to float on the
wind, and thus to occupy a niche in which smallness was
an advantage. In becoming small, however, the feath-
erwings could carry fewer and fewer eggs, since the eggs
could not be "miniaturized" the way the insect could.
Thus, the Bimini beetles lost the ability to carry
thousands of eggs and produce many offspring at a single
time, as most other insects do. Indeed, they became
so small that the female was only able to carry one egg
at a time. That single egg became much more biologi-
cally precious when it was the only one available — and
thus the female had to ensure that it was fertilized and
hatched. Unfortunately, this structure made finding a
male to fertilize the egg quickly rather important.
Indeed, finding a male became such a matter of incon-
venience for the female of a species with such limited
mobility that the population eventually did away with
males entirely. Instead, the egg matures without being
fertilized, by the process called parthenogensis. And
when the males were bypassed in the reproductive pro-
cess, they eventually died out.

To corroborate his theory, Dybas looked to see if
other extremely small insects had developed parthe-
nogensis. Just as he suspected, he found other species
that had done away with males.

Next, he addressed the riddle of why 80 percent of

the Bimini beetles lacked the feathery wings that were
present on the same mainland species. The obvious
answer came to him in a sudden flash. On a low, wind-
swept island such as Bimini, beetles dispersed by air cur-
rents stood a great chance of being blown out to sea and
certain death. (On the mainland, of course, dispersal
would be a favorable adaption, allowing the beetles to
spread to new habitats. )

Dybas's research, however, did more than just
prove his hypothesis. While researching his theories,
Dybas examined one vial of American Museum speci-
mens in detail, all supposedly of the same species. He
noticed that a particular internal organ in some of them
differed markedly from the same organ in others from the
same vial. He realized that one of the groups was a new
species, entirely unknown to science.

The science of zoology has established that certain
things must be done when a new species is discovered. In
the first step, the discoverer must select one organism as
the "type" specimen. The type specimen then becomes
the physical and legal representative of all of its kind. It
will be the actual specimen the scientist uses to describe
what the new species looks like, and it is the individual
that all others will be compared or contrasted with, and
measured against, for the rest of time. Today, most spe-
cies of animal are represented somewhere by a type speci-
men, many of which date back several centuries or

more.

Thus, from the hundreds of specimens of the new
insect, Dybas selected the most normal, the most average
individual he could find, and designated it the type. In

doing so, he made an utterly insignificant beetle — an
almost invisible brown period — a scientifically priceless
specimen. Underneath me somewhere is that tiny brown
beetle, locked up in its cabinet, resting in perpetuity as
the official representive of all of its kind.

The Museum is the guardian of thousands of such
seemingly insignificant specimens, but as each bone in
the mighty Tyrannosaunis is just a piece in the puzzle of
the whole, each tiny bug is an indispensable link in the
chain of knowledge that exists in the collections of the
American Museum. Like the beetle, virtually every
Museum specimen is invested with significance and a
history. (Indeed, specimens without a history are often
thrown out. ) I opened this book with B. intricata because
it is an example, in microcosm, of what the Museum is.
Most of the Museum's more exciting specimens don't
have the kind of calm, rational history that B. intricata
possesses. Roy Chapman Andrews fought gun battles
with Mongolian bandits to protect his dinosaur spe-
cimens; Carl Akeley lost his life in the Belgian Congo
collecting for the Museum's African Hall; Fitzhugh
Green lost his mind while searching for a continent that
didn't exist. These stories seem superficially very diffe-
rent from the story of B. intricata — but they all are links
in the vastly complex history of the American Museum.

'Homo sapiens was lacking a type specimen until one waggish
zoologist proclaimed his body as the type for the human species and
issued directions that his body be preserved after death for the edi-
fication of future scientists.

Featherwing Beetles

by Henry S. Dybas

This essay ori^ruxlly appeared in the April 1966 Bulletin,
vol. 37, no. 4. Later that year Dybas published the formal
paper "Evidence for Parthenogensis in the Featherwing Bee-
tles, with a Taxonomic Review of a New Genus and Eight
New Species (Coleoptera: Ptiliidae)" in Fieldiana: Zoology
(vol.51, no. 2)— Ed.

One of my special research interests is in the smallest
known beetles, the featherwing beetles (scientific name:

Ptiliidae). The common name derives from the curious
structure of the wings .... These beetles are minute; the
smallest are only one seventy-fifth of an inch long. This
is less than the size of some single-celled Protozoa, yet
they have compound eyes, antennae of many segments,
complex mouthparts, wings, and all other essential parts
of their larger relatives. Almost none are longer than
one twenty-fifth of an inch. They are truly remarkable
examples of biological miniaturization.

Because featherwing beetles are so small, most
biologists never see them in the field, even though they 19

Wing of the featherwing beetle Eurygyne lutea (total length of wing 0. 9mm) . The "conventional" airfoil structure of the uiing in larger insects has been
replaced in the Ptiliidae with a featherlike structure, better utilizing the lift effect of even slight breezes.

20

may be very abundant. The family is world-wide in dis-
tribution and occurs in moist places like the leaf litter of
the forest floor, tree-holes, under bark, logs, or decaying
seaweed on beaches. Each situation will have its own
particular kinds of featherwing beetles. Sometimes
several hundred can be found in a square foot of forest
floor. It seems that they feed chiefly on spores and
hyphal threads of molds and other fungi in decaying
organic materials. They form a component of a complex,
but little understood, web of life that is the biology of our
soils. One of the attractions of investigating such little-
known creatures is that so much remains to be dis-
covered about them. Some of our commonest species
have not been described or named yet, and almost noth-
ing is known of their life-cycles, behavior, or modes of
life. Nearly everything one learns about them is com-
pletely new.

Recently, I have been reviewing a genus of feath-
erwing beetles that is very abundant in Florida and the
adjacent Gulf States, in decay ing^ leaves and other mate-
rials on the ground, but that has completely escaped rec-
ord in the United states. I now know of seven species in

Florida, and another from the nearby Bahama Islands,
which need to be described and named for the first time.
In large part, these new species are the result of intensive
and specialized collecting by Dr. Walter Suter, a young
biology professor at Carthage College in Kenosha, Wis-
consin and by Mr. J. Harrison Steeves, Jr. , a prominent
architect in Birmingham, Alabama. Mr. Steeves' hobby
of collecting and studying beetles must appear remark-
ably esoteric to his business associates.

The main collecting technique involves the use of
the insect funnel. The principle of the funnel is very
simple. Moist forest floor or other debris likely to con-
tain insects is placed in a shallow layer on a screen in a
large funnel. Heat, usually from an electric lightbulb, is
applied from above. As the debris gradually dries or heats
up, the tiny insects move down deeper through the de-
bris where, in nature, it would ordinarily be more moist
and cool. In the funnel, though, they pass through the
screen and fall down the steep slopes and collect in a vial
attached to the spout. An astonishing number and vari-
ety of tiny insects and mites can be extracted in this way
from small amounts of debris. There may be several

thousand in a square foot of forest floor a few inches
thick. This simple technique, originally devised by an
Italian entomologist named Berlese, made it possible for
the first time to sample systematically the microhabitats
of an area for tiny insects and related arthropods and to
obtain adequate series for study.

Tiny beetles like the featherwings must be prepared
as microscope slide mounts for study. This is somewhat
more delicate and tedious than mounting insects of
ordinary size. But it provides a wealth of information,
not only about the structure and relationships of these
little animals, but indirectly about their biology. For in-
stance, it soon became evident, in my examination of
this genus, that there was never more than one egg in the
abdomen of the female, for the simple reason that the
egg was relatively huge — fully half the length of the bee-
tle! The explanation for this phenomenon was pointed
out for some other kinds of arthropods not too many
years ago by the noted biologist Bernard Rensch, who
stated that each egg needs to be provided with enough
yolk for the embryo to develop and hatch into a self-
sufficient larva. Hence there is a size-limit beyond which
the egg cannot be reduced in most insects and related
forms. Evolution of small size open up many new food
sources and living spaces. In the process, however, the
number of eggs that can be accommodated and matured
in the abdomen must become fewer and fewer until,
finally, the irreducible minimum of one egg is reached
and a limit to further reduction in size is imposed. Pre-
sumably, featherwing beetles are now at the size limits
dictated by their mode of development and way of life.
No one knows how long a female featherwing beetle can
live and reproduce, nor how long it takes a single egg to
mature or a larva to develop. Yet it would seem that the
total egg output per female must be very low in com-
parison with that of many other insects. So the abun-
dance of featherwing beetles in some situations becomes
something of a problem to explain. There must be some
compensatory mechanisms such as increased speed of
development, continuous (rather than seasonal) repro-
duction, and other factors, but at present we know too
little about their biology to know what these com-
pensatory mechanisms might be.

Another consequence of small size is its effect on
wings and flight. The normal insect wing acts aerody-
namically like that of a bird or airplane wing — a flow of
air over the surfaces provides lift. In the size range of the
featherwing beetles, though, the viscous drag forces of
the air are evidently much greater than any possible lift
forces, and the wings can no longer function in the same
way.

Flight in such microscopic forms has never been
directly observed; it would be technically difficult. The
long marginal hairs of the featherwing account for most
of its expanse. If, as has been suggested, these hairs bend
more easily on the upstroke than on the down, the lift
forces may exceed the dragforces and the insect may be
able to "row" its way through the air. Other very small
insects evidently have encountered the same problems,
because a similar "featherwing" has been evolved in-
dependently in several unrelated groups of insects, most
notably in tiny wasps that are parasitic in the eggs of
other insects. Flight of featherwinged insects would
seem possible only in still air over short distances. The
featherwing is probably an adaptation for floating in the
air like a dandelion seed and for dispersing over distances
by means of air currents. Such passive dispersal implies
wastage, because many featherwing beetles must be
wafted to unfavorable places and lost. This adds to the
problem of how featherwing beetles manage to get along
with such an apparently low egg production.

Another curious feature that emerged in the course
of studying these tiny Florida featherwings was the com-
plete absence of males in at least five of the new species.
This can not be attributed to accidents of sampling be-
cause in one species there were over 9,000 specimens
collected in more than 30 countries, over a span of eight
months of the year, and all were females. I was forced to
conclude that these species were able to reproduce with-
out males — a phenomenon that is well-known, though
spotty, in the animal kingdom and which is termed
parthenogensis.

Why is there such an unusually high incidence of
parthenogensis in these tiny animals? In the long run,
parthenogensis is considered an evolutionary dead end
because it precludes exchange and recombination of
hereditary materials between different individuals
through mating and this inhibits adaptation to changing
circumstances. In the short run, though, there may be
several advantages. One that is particularly relevant is
that all the eggs produce reproductive females; none are
wasted on males. In effect parthenogensis doubles the
reproductive potential of a population in one jump — an
enormous advantage to insects that mature one egg at a
time. So I arrive at a final thesis. Obscure as they are,
there may be a real relevance is studying such tiny in-
sects. They are important in their own right because of
their activities and because of their complex relations
with other forms of life in our fields and forests. And
because they are faced with extreme problems as a result
of their small size, their study can provide insights into
problems of general biological interest.

21

Henry Dybas

A Eulogy

by Rupert L. Wenzel
Curator Emeritus of Insects

This eulogy was delivered by Dr. Wenzel at Bond Memorial
Chapel, the University of Chicago, on October 9, 1981, at
memorial services for Dybas. The two men had been col-
leagues in the Museum's Division of Insects for over four
decades. With some emendations, it is reproduced here
largely for the additional perspective it provides in viewing

Henry Dybas in Panama, 1959, collecting featherwing beetles from
mushrooms. 8895?

22

Dybas' s valuable contributions to parthenogensis research. It
is also a warm, sensitive portrait of Henry Dybas, the man. —
Ed.

When word of Henry's death came to us in Maine, it was
not entirely unexpected. While there was a sudden sense
of emptiness and sadness, there was also the realization
that just as the lives of his family, and those close to him,
would in some ways be irrevocably changed by his going,
our lives had been affected, in many ways irrevocably,
too, by having known him.

On our way home, I constantly reflected on the
events which had brought us together nearly half a cen-
tury ago and which inextricably interwove our lives —
through college, courtship, marriage and families, milit-
ary service, our professional careers, and retirement — a
long personal and professional relationship, which like
many marriages, had its rocky periods, but which ma-
tured and endured.

Henry was born in Chicago July 10, 1915. He
attended Chicago public schools and graduated from
Lindblom High School in 1933. He received his B.S.
degree from the old Central YMCA College, Chicago in
1940, and an honorary Doctor of Science from Tri-State
University, Angola, Indiana in 1980.

His interest in natural history developed early. In
high school he was especially influenced by two
teachers, Messrs. Johnston and Croft. During this time a
close friend, Bill Neitzel, an engaging and brilliant
young man, introduced Henry to the Division of En-
tomology at Field Museum, which from then on played a
major influence in shaping his life and career. He was
much influenced by Curator William Gerhard, Assis-
tant Curator Emil Liljblad, A. B. Wolcott of Harris Ex-
tension, and Karl P. Schmidt, chief curator of Zoology.

Henry and I met as a consequence of a political act.
In 1933, some of the faculty of Crane Junior College,
including Lillian Hirstein, a labor spokesperson and
one-time legislator, had the "nerve" to organize a Chica-
go teachers protest parade because they had not been
paid (except in scrip) for a couple of years. To show his
displeasure and to eliminate and/or disperse the faculty,
Mayor Cermak closed Crane, citing "economic" rea-

sons. (A year later, after getting rid of the dissidents, he
opened three new city junior colleges. )

In the fall of 1933, the Federal Civil Works Educa-
tional Service opened a temporary college at the Uni-
versity of Chicago downtown "campus." This was cre-
ated in order to take care of students who had been "left
in the cold" by the closing of Crane, and to employ un-
employed college professors. As a displaced Crane stu-
dent, I enrolled.

While talking to another student in the hallway be-
tween classes one day, I was trying to describe the
appearance of something and compared its shape to that
of the antenna of a cecropia moth. A young man next to
us turned around and said "What do you know about
cecropia moths?" In this way. Hank and I were brought
together.

Shortly thereafter, Henry introduced me to the
Division of Entomology, as it was then called, at Field
Museum. In June, 1934, the CWES college was closed.
Henry enrolled in one of the new junior colleges (Wil-
son), and 1 began a year at the Museum as a volunteer
in the Division of Insects. At Wilson Junior College,
Henry's interest in insects was furthered by Dr. Frank
Schuett.

Following his graduation from Wilson Junior Col-
lege, Henry got a job in the Museum Division of En-
tomology on the Works Project Administration Program
and was married. With his wife's encouragement, he
continued his education at the Central YMCA College
as a student, teaching assistant, and later as a close per-
sonal friend and colleague of Dr. Charles Seevers.

Following graduation, he worked temporarily at the
Museum as an assistant in the Division of Entomology,
and then, briefly, as a payroll clerk at Crane & Com-
pany, before again returning to the Museum as a tempo-
rary employee. Following military service in World War
II, he was appointed to the regular staff, and continued
his education part time at the University of Chicago.
Unfortunately, circumstances did not permit him to
complete his doctorate, but the training and guid-
ance under Prof. Alfred Emerson and Dr. Thomas Park
were invaluable.

In 1980, Henry received an honorary D.Sc. from
Tri-State University, Angola, Indiana, in recognition of
his research contributions. A symposium dealing chiefly
with periodical cicadas was arranged in his honor.

Fieldwork

One of Henry's greatest loves was fieldwork. He did field
collecting in Panama, Mexico, Colombia, the United
States, and Micronesia. 1 remember how jealous I was,

when he and Charles Seevers arranged to go on their first
foreign field collecting trip to Colombia, while 1 had to
stay behind to continue my studies.

Henry was an outstanding field man, one of the best
insect collectors in the world. During World War II he
was fortunate to be assigned to a malaria survey unit that
was sent to the Mariannas to cope with an outbreak of
dengue fever. By the time they arrived, the epidemic had
subsided and there was little for the unit to do. Henry
spent a great deal of time collecting. The collections he
made in the Mariannas and Palaus during this time, and
again following the war under the auspices of the Pacific
Science Board, provided the impetus for the survey and
the resulting volumes of the publication Insects of Mic-
ronesia. An estimate of Henry's expertise as a collector
may be gained from the fact that even though a number
of other entomologists collected in Micronesia as par-
ticipants in the survey, Henry's collections alone con-
tained about 40 percent of all the species now known
from these islands, and between 20 and 24 percent are
known only from his collections.

His greatest success as a field collector was due to
his almost innate appreciation of ecology, especially as
regards niche specialization and diversity. He was a born
ecologist.

His background of insect ecology stood him in espe-
cially good stead when, with Dr. Monte Lloyd, the late
Dwight David, and others, he undertook the now classic
studies on the population ecology and evolution of peri-
odical cicadas — perhaps his greatest scientific con-
tributions. They are models of field observation and
analysis.

Henry transmitted his love of nature and biology to
his daughters. One of them, Dr. Linda Dybas, received a
doctorate from the University of Ulm, Germany, and is
an assistant professor of biology at Knox College, while
his daughter Marcia earned a degree in environmental
biology at the University of Santa Cruz.

Henry was a member of and supported a number of
ecological and conservation related groups. He was an
early critic of some of the major pesticide programs and
was an influence in eliminating the use of DDT for mos-
quito control in his own Mosquito Abatement District
and in Illinois.

Research

Henry's research interests developed through his field-
work. As noted before, his work on periodical cicadas
from 1956 on, resulted in publications that were models
in population biology and ecology.

He was, however, primarily interested in the sys- 23

Rupert L. Wen^ei (left) and Henry Dybas in their kbinthe Field Museum, 1947.

tematics, biology, and evolution of ptiliid beetles. Henry
believed that systematics required the integration of all
sources of information — ecological, physiological, and
anatomical — and his research on these beetles reflected
this.

He became especially interested in problems con-
cerned with evolution of small size. A recent and most
stimulating paper dealt with parthenogensis in these
beetles.

One of his great satisfactions was his work with his
daughter Linda, with whom he recently co-authored a
fascinating paper on the sperm structure of a group of
ptiliid beetles and its relation to their taxonomy.

Teaching

Henry enjoyed teaching and working with students. He

held adjunct faculty appointments at the University of

Chicago and Northwestern University, He participated

24 in teaching courses for the University of Chicago,

taught in the evening division at Northwestern, was a
visiting summer professor, teaching ecology, at Knox
College and also at Southern Illinois University, and
gave numerous invited seminars at various institutions.

Professional Studies

Henry was a member of a number of professional so-
cfeties. He was a founding member of the Society for
the Study of Evolution and a fellow of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science. He served
as chairman of Section A of the Entomological Society
of America, our largest national professional entomo-
logical organization, and served on its governing board
for two years.

Museum

While the Museum played a profound role in shaping his
life, Henry also played an important role in helping
shape the Museum. He was an invaluable partner in

planning and molding the revitalization and growth of
the Division of Insects. I couldn't tell you how many
countless hours we spent over the years discussing goals
and means of achieving them.

Since its inception, he served on the Schmidt Fund
Committee, which made monetary awards to students
and professionals who wish to study at the Museum.

He helped plan and prepare various of the insect
exhibits presently on display, as well as a number of tem-
porary exhibits, including what was probably one of the
most successfijl in the history of the Museum, the 1973
multi-media exhibit on the periodical cicadas. He was
also instrumental, with Rainer Zangerl, in initiating the
Man In His Environment exhibit. One of his greatest dis-
appointments was our inability to move ahead on the
execution of a Hall of Insects, which we had planned in
considerable detail.

Henry played an active role in departmental and
museum-wide affairs. He was an effective and con-
structive critic.

He prepared the first successful grant proposal to
the National Science Foundation for support of a Field
Museum collection. This has been renewed twice since.

Henry as a Person

Henry was a modest and quiet man. He abhorred blow-
ing his own horn. He was friendly, open, very social. He
was also strong-minded and at times could be dis-
concertingly frank. He enjoyed conversation with
fi-iends and colleagues, whether it be intellectual ex-
change or tidbits of information about colleagues at the
Museum.

He was intellectually alert, always interested in
new findings and developments, even to the end. He
both stimulated and was stimulated by his colleagues and
met with them regularly at lunchtime sessions.

He was concerned about people and always willing
to lend an ear to their problems, especially of the young.
He served as a sounding board for ideas, and he was a
valuable resource for advice and criticism — scientific,
professional, and personal.

He carried on an extensive correspondence and
maintained lasting friendships with many colleagues,
here and abroad.

Wide Interests

Music was a crucial need in Henry's life. He loved music
with a passion, a love he probably inherited from his

'Deceased 1985

father, who still composes songs. * He shared this love
with his wife, Milada, who as a precocious young musi-
cian, was a gifted concert pianist and later, teacher. Mil-
lie tells how, while courting, Henry would lie on a couch
for hours listening to her practice. Henry studied the
French horn under Philip Farkas, former principal horn
player with the Chicago Symphony Orchestra, and was a
member of his high school and college symphony orches-
tras. He and Mil belonged to a "record club" of music
devotees, who, for many years, met socially to listen to
good music. They formed lasting friendships through
this group.

He had a lively interest in politics. I well remember
the sessions we had meeting at homes with friends on
Saturday nights, drinking a few beers, sitting around
telling jokes, discussing everything from music to poli-
tics, dissecting the problems of the world and solving
them.

Henry helped organize the South Cook County
Mosquito Abatement District. He was a member of its
board of trustees for 22 years, serving as secretary, vice
president, and president. He did much to help formulate
its goals and policies.

Henry played football in college.

He also served as a Boy Scout counselor in South
Cook County.

Health

Henry had been seriously ill for some time. A number
of years ago, he had major surgery for bone cancer, an
experience that was terribly traumatic for him physically
and emotionally. Later, he experienced chronic pain
which so incapacitated him that at one point we thought
he might never return to the Museum. But he made it.
He would be up on his feet for limited periods, then lie
on his "pad," to read, take care of his correspondence,
and write his manuscripts.

A couple of years ago he became ill from Walden-
strom's anemia, possibly as a result of X-ray treatments
given earlier at the time of his bone cancer. He met this
crisis with great courage. One of the, to me, astonishing
things, for a man who had a dread of illness and found it
difficult to discuss illness or death, was the remarkable
way in which he was reconciled to his condition and
made peace with himself.

During his final illness, we had great hopes that he
would experience a remission that would permit him to
complete a number unfinished projects. This was not to
be. Through all of this his life was made endurable
through the love and support of his family, especially of
his wife Milada. Ftl 25

FIELD

MUSEUM
TOUR§^

Explore the
primeval splendor
of the Canadian
North^vest.

Field Museum Tours invites you on an expedition
to the stunning Northwest, including Seattle, Prince
Rupert, Queen Charlotte Islands, Fitzhugh Sound,
Alert Bay, Princess Louisa Inlet and Victoria aboard
the Society Explorer.

PROJECT
CANADIAN
FJORDS & INSIDE
PASSAGE

Departing:

August 16, 9 Days

August 16, Seattle. Arrive and transfer to our deluxe
hotel. After a reception at the University of Washing-
ton's Burke Museum, enjoy dinner and Seattle's
nightlife.

August 17, Prince Rupert. Depart Seattle on morning
flight to Prince Rupert. After a ferry crossing to Prince
Rupert, board the Society Explorer for an evening depar-
ture. Enjoy the captain's welcome dinner as we set sail
at sunset for the Queen Charlotte Islands.

August 18-19, Queen Charlotte Islands. Journeying
south, we arrive at the unspoiled home of the Haida In-
dian Nation where braves erected countless totem poles,
each carved to tell its special story Today these moss-
encrusted monuments testify to the centuries-old Haida
way of life. We explore these islands with their brood-
ing forests harboring ancient villages. Bald eagles, sea-
birds. Stellar sea lions and whales provide opportunities
for rewarding walks and beach hikes.

Society Explorer

26

For reservations, call or write Dorothy Roder (322-8862), Tours Manager, Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr, Chicago, II 60605

August 20, Fitzhugh Sound. This morning we sail into
the upper Fraser Reach and Grenville Channel for a day
of exploration among the magnificent wave-sculpted
canyons and craggy inlets of the Canadian fjords. At
Kwakshua Inlet, an area rich in abalone and other
Northwest sea Hfe, hikers will enjoy exploring the
coastal woods of 100-foot stands of red cedar, Sitka
spruce, western hemlock and Douglas fir. Our ship sails
south into a region of towering cliffs, and rushing
waterfalls.

August 21, Alert Bay. Following an afternoon cruising
the Inside Passage, our ship puts in at Alert Bay, ances-
tral island home of the Nimpkish, largest tribe of the
powerful Kwakiutl Indian Nation. According to
anthropologist Franz Boas, the word Kwakiutl means
Smokes of the World, which alludes to their ability to
attract huge throngs of people to their firelit potlatches
and ceremonials. We'll visit the U'mista Cultural
Center/ Alert Bay Museum. Here we see fine examples
of the distinctive ceremonial masks, utensils and bent-
wood boxes — important elements of the rich Kwakiutl
lifestyle — and have the opportunity to purchase native
handicrafts, jewelry and artwork.

After lunch, we'll move into the Queen Charlotte
Strait, the summer gathering place for close to 300 killer
whales, uncontested top predators of Canada's northern
waters. Roaming the protected waters of the Inside Pas-
sage in clearly defined pods, males, females and young
cooperate in hunting their prey. Killer whales have no
natural enemies other than man.

August 22, Princess Louisa Inlet. Passengers experi-
ence a realm of snowmelt cascades and 6,000-foot
mountains ringing this spectacular horseshoe-shaped
fjord. Overhead, bald eagles soar, slicing through the
coastal mists with their six-foot wing-spans. At the
tumultuous Chatterbox Falls, we'll go ashore to walk
alpine meadows full of lupine, dwarf dogwood and
chocolate lily. Others may follow the trail which ends
at the long abandoned Trapper's Cabin, built in the
shadow of scenic Mt. Albert.

August 23, Victoria. Midday arrival in Victoria, British
Columbia. Victoria's distinct English flavor is reflected
in the copper-domed Parliament buildings heralding
our entry into the harbor. This afternoon we tour the
Provincial Museum with its comprehensive collection
of coastal Indian art and artifacts and its life-sized replica
of a 19th-century frontier town. Stroll the cobbled
streets, perhaps stopping to sip tea at the ivy-covered
Empress Hotel. The captain hosts a farewell dinner
tonight as we sail for Seattle.

August 24, Seattle. Morning arrival and connection
with homeward flights.

This tour will be enhanced by a team of expert lecturers
in the region's natural history, native cultures, and wild-
life, including Dr. Scott M. Lanyon, Field Museum's assis-
tant curator and head of the Division of Birds.

CRUISE COST PER PERSON

Explorer

$1,790

Explorer Deluxe

$1,950

Yacht

$2,320

Boat Deluxe

$2,690

Suite

$3,190

Owner's Suite

$3,590

Yacht Deluxe

$2,490 Airfare (not incl. in rates)

$190

Rates are per person, double occupancy, and include group transfers, cruise accommoda-
tions, all meals including a welcome cocktail and dinner party and farewell dinner, lectures
by accompanying or visiting speakers, and all off-ship excursions. Amenities include travel
bag, backpack, documentation wallet, comprehensive guide book and daily log. Single
cabins are available at 1.5 times the above rates, except single suites which are 1.9 times the
above rates. Airfare is approximate and subject to change.

Deposit $500,000 per person

People's Republic of China

18 Days
September 16 - October 3, 1987

Customized Tour exclusively for Field Museum

Organized and accompanied by

Katharine Lee

1 he itinerary for this exceptionally well conceived tour
covers the highlights of this fascinating country. We de-
part Chicago via Japan Air Lines. Our first stop will be
Tokyo, where we will enjoy a city tour. Chinese cities
to be visited include Shanghai, Wuxi, Beijing, Luoyang,

Xi'an, and Guilin, plus a boat ride on the Li River. We'll
exit through Hong Kong, a city full of Oriental trea-
sures and cultural heritage. This is a "not to be missed"
opportunity.

27

Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, IL 60605-2499

MISS MARITA MAXEY
7411 NORTH GREENVIEU
CHICAGO IL 60626

-^»1^'

t^ELD MUSn^lW^ OFlNlATtl^jL HISTORY BUlf ^Tll|

. ^'3>^i>^^^ *• April1987 i '(

■■i* - /

^\1(*^

-^ 4±

r-rr*-^

a New Guinea

Open% April 29

Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin

Published by

Field Museum of Natural History

Founded 1893

President: Willard L. Boyd

Editor/Designer: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa

Board of Trustees

Richard M. Jones,

Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. PhiUp D. Block III
WUlard L. Boyd
Robert D. Cadieux
Henry T. Chandler
Worlcy H.Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
John James Kinsella
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. MuUin
James J. O'Connor

Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
WilHam L. Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington

Life Trustees

Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. EdwinJ. DeCosta
Mrs. David W. Grainger
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood

CONTENTS

April 1987

Volume 58, Number 4

April Events at Field Museum

The Ancient Villages of Southern Peru

by Charles Stanish

Bird Migration at the Foot of Lake Michigan 1 1

by Kenneth]. Brock

Texas Mushrooms Come to Field Museum 20

by Gregory M. Mueller, Assistant Curator of Mycology

Field Museum Tours

26

COVER

The Snowdrop (Galanthus nivalis), a bulbous, introduced
plant of the amaryllis family, is among the first flowers, culti-
vated or otherwise, to let us know that spring is almost upon
us. These were photographed in Chicago in mid-February,
but some continue to be seen in April.

Field Museum of Natural Hiswry Buileon (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except coitlbined July/ August issue, by Field Museum of Natural Histoty, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL
60605-2496. Copyright © 1987 Field Museum of Natural History. Subscriptions; $6.00 annually. $3.00 for schools. Museum membei^hip includes BuJietin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their
own and do not necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone: (312)922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to
Membership Department. Postmaster; Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496. ISSN; 0015-0703.

Events

■^

Thomas Waller

TftcfAtic^a^iefiSMAt^

Saturday and Sunday, April 4 and 5, 2:00pm
Stanley Field Hall

Mystic Paper Beasts with performance artists and masters of disguise Melisande and Daniel Potter,
create astonishing masks and costumes that redesign the human body and bring the inanimate to Ufe.
Ingenious use of paper and fabric, with inventive sounds and mime, miraculously transform the two
into a violin and sheet of music, a cow, a bear, or one enormous face. The Beasts present humor ranging
from everyday life to Greek mythology, while transformed in completely unexpected ways. Enjoy with
us their comic adaptation oi Rappacdni's Daughter by Nathaniel Hawthorne. This program is free with
Museum admission and tickets are not required.

Continued —

J

Stents

~x

A/!i/uC Tt/ed^end ^tofn€UH4^

Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field
Museum. Free tours, demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed
for families and adults. Listed below are only a few of the numerous activities each weekend. Check the
Weekend Programs sheet upon arrival for the complete schedule and program locations. The programs
are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois Arts Council.

April

11 impm " Spring Wildflowers"{s[ide\QCX.ur€). 25

Slide lecture featuring the wildflowers

found in Chicago's woods, meadows, and

prairies. 26

18 2:00pm "Spring Wildflowers" (slide lecture) .

Slide lecture featuring the wildflowers

found in Chicago's woods, meadows, and

prairies.

11:30am "Ancient Egypt" {tour) . Explore
the traditions of ancient Egypt from every-
day life to myths and mummies.

2:00pm "Malvina Hoffman: Portraits in
Bronze" (slide lecture). Examine the life
and works of Malvina Hoffman, con-
centrating on the "Portraits of Mankind"
collection commissioned by Field
Museum.

AdcdtCounM^

Learn techniques of Chinese ceramic glazing, delve into life in ancient Egypt, or begin to master the
graceful movements of Tai Chi Chuan. Adult programs continue in April and May with exciting new
six-week, three-week, and one-day classes. Course fees range from $30 to $80. Consult the April/May
Adult Course program brochure for details to register.

SfieciaJt CoufiAe

"Birds in Music and Musical Aspects of Bird
Song"

Thursday, 7:00-9:00 pm; April 9; $7 for mem-
bers, $10 for nonmembers.
The aesthetic qualities of bird songs have in-
spired composers of both classical and con-
temporary music. Dr. James Gibson, assistant
professor of music and amateur ornithologist,
explores the fascinating relationship between the
lyrical notes of bird songs and the music that re-
flects them.

'pecUuned Coufue

"Crisis on the Lakefront"

Tuesdays, 7:00-9:00 pm; April 28-June 2; $50 for
members, $60 for nonmembers.
Rising lake levels have brought a flurry of public
debate over how to protect the lakefront from
further erosion. This six-part lecture series
brings together environmentalists, geologists,
and other specialists to discuss causes of this nat-
ural phenomenon and ways Chicago and other
lakefront communities can work together to
cope with the crisis.

s.

Svents

S^^^o'^i^ S' A^^^iscCune Se^ue4^

The first four Thursdays in April mark the con-
tinuation of the free Edward E. Ayer Lecture
Series. The narrated shde programs begin at 1:30

pm and meet in Lecture Hall 1. Included are pre-
sentations on India, the Western National Parks
of the United States, wildflowers, and Mexico.

April 2 "Spring Wildflowers"

Peter Dring, Naturalist, Cook County
Forest Preserve.

Welcome the coming of Spring with
a visual walk through Illinois' wood-
lands, prairies, and wetlands admir-
ing and identifying a wide variety
of spring wildflowers. Learn more
about their natural habitats, folk
history, their medicinal uses, and
when they bloom in the area.

April 9 "Western National Parks"

Paul Sipiera, Associate Professor, De-
partment of Physical Sciences, Harper
College.

Enjoy the majestic landscapes of
America's Western National Parks
while discovering their fascinating
geological history. Why did the
Grand Canyon form? How did
Yosemite achieve its breathtaking
beauty? Answer these questions and
more while you tour our Western
geologic wonders.

April 16 "Traveling in India"

Vincent Michael, Director of Chicago
Programs, Landmark Preservation
Council of Illinois.

The art and architecture found in
modern India reveals its enduring
rich cultural and religious heritage.
Visit ancient Buddhist shrines, Hin-
du temples of the North, and the
famous Taj Mahal at Agra, in this
tour of India's religious temples and
art.

April 23 "A Modern Look at Ancient Mexico "

Don McVicker, Professor, Department
of Sociology and Anthropology, North
Central College

A visitor to modern Mexico can still
experience the glory of cultures past.
In southern Mexico, evidence of the
high Mayan civilization remains
apparent. See the monuments built
by these remarkable people and the
sun-baked countryside that was their
home.

Music communicates in many ways. It is some-
thing that can be shared by all of us, whether or
not we have common lifestyles, beliefs, or even
languages. April's World Music Programs fea-
ture the brilliant percussion of Famoudou Don
Moye, Ravanna I3ey, and Ansari Abdul Sabur.

All programs are at 1 :00pm and 3:00pm on Sat-
urdays and Sundays. For a complete schedule
call Public Program (312) 322-8854.

The World Music Program is supported by
Kenneth and Harle Montgomery in honor of
E. Leland Webber, president emeritus of Field
Museum.

\

The Ancient Villages

OF

Southern Peru

by Charles Stanish

k

according to historical legends recorded by Spanish
chroniclers in the 16th century, the armies of the Inca
Empire entered the vast Titicaca Basin in the latter half
of the 15th century. For more than 2,500 years prior to
the Inca conquest, the cultures which developed along
the shores of Lake Titicaca and its surrounding country-
side had dominated the entire South Central Andes, an
area as large as modem California and encompassing
parts of the four modem nations of Peru, Bolivia, Chile,
and Argentina. The incorporation of the Titicaca Basin
by the Inca Empire marked a tuming point in Andean
history: for the first time in almost three millennia of
human occupation, a foreign polity conquered this rich
and populous region.

During their expansion into the South Central
Andes, the Incas confronted two major polities which
together controlled the western half of the entire Titica-
ca Basin. These two groups, known as the Lupaqa and
CoUa, were bitter enemies. According to the Spanish
chroniclers, the Inca took advantage of this rivalry and
allied themselves with the Lupaqa, essentially squeezing
their common enemy on the northern and southern
flanks. Together, these two allies crushed the CoUa and
surrounding populations. The Inca Empire then took
control of the Titicaca Basin, employing a form of "in-
direct rule," incorporating the Lupaqa into the imperial
bureaucracy, and permanently reducing the CoUa and
neighboring polities to the status of subject ethnic
groups in the huge imperial system.

Prior to the emergence of the Lupaqa and Colla in
the 12th or the 13th century A.D. , the Titicaca Basin was
home to a number of distinctive and dynamic polities
throughout its history. One of the most important and
impressive of these was Tiwanaku, located in the valley
of the same name in modem Bolivia.
6 A century or two after the birth of Christ, the set-

tlement at Tiwanaku began a process of regional power
consolidation that culminated in the development of
the first and only autochthonous empire (i.e., ruled by
natives of the region) in the South Central Andes. By
approximately A.D. 400, the entire Titicaca Basin and
surrounding areas were under the geo-political control of
the Tiwanaku state. The Classic and Expansive Periods
of Tiwanaku (A.D. 375-1100) were times of intense
growth of the economic base and political power of the
state characterized by the initiation of massive agricul-
tural projects near the lake, the founding of major poli-
tical centers away from the capital itself, and the expan-
sion of economic and political networks throughout the
South Central Andes. (See "Tiwanaku: Portrait of an
Andean Civilization," by Alan L. Kolata, Field Museum
Builetin, September 1982.)

This vast, 1,000-year-old empire had virtually col-
lapsed by A.D. 1100, and perhaps earlier. The cause (or
causes) of the collapse of the Tiwanaku Empire remains
one of the great mysteries in South Central Andean
archaeology. What is clear, however, is that the fall of
Tiwanaku ushered in a period of cultural fragmentation
and the emergence (or reemergence) of dozens of local
polities and ethnic groups throughout the areas of former
control. Throughout the entire South Central Andean
region, the primary archaeological indicator — ceramics
— displayed a marked homogeneity during the Tiwana-
ku Expansive Period; but the post-Tiwanaku periods are
characterized by vigorous local traditions that are evi-
dent in design motifs, shape, color, and overall assem-
blage characteristics. Similar differences may be de-
tected in settlement patterns and domestic architecture.

Charles Stanish is a post-doctoral research fellow at the Uni-
versity of Illinois at Chicago and in September will be assum-
ing the position of assistant curator of Middle and South
American Archaeology and Ethnology at Field Museum.

Presumably, this material heterogeneity corresponded
to differences in other nonmaterial aspects of post-
Tiwanaku cultural life.

The post-Tiwanaku periods in the South Central
Andes represent almost 500 years of intensive cultural
growth and elaboration after the collapse of a major pre-
industrial empire. The diversity of political systems,
economic networks, art style, artifacts, and other cul-
tural features in this region are as vast and complex as
any in the prehispanic New World. A major method-
ological and conceptual problem for prehistorians,
therefore, is how to approach this complexity in the
archaeological record. In the past two decades, Andean
scholars have developed a conceptual framework,
known as zonal complementarity, which provides us
with a means to understand these vast and complex
changes that have occurred through time.

Zonal Complementarity
in the South Central Andes

Throughout the history of modem archaeological schol-
arship of the Titicaca Basin and South Central Andes,
one major theme consistently stands out: the lake settle-
ments did not exist in isolation but depended in large
part upon access to the ecologically diverse areas of the
lower valleys in surrounding regions. That is, the politi-
cal and economic fortunes of the Titicaca Basin pop-
ulations through time depended in large part upon their
ability to construct and maintain interregional networks
throughout the surrounding ecological zones.

The process whereby Andean societies politically
control populations (or access to their goods) , located in
different ecological zones in an effort to ensure a diver-
sified economic base, is known as "vertical control," or
"zonal complementarity," in the anthropological litera-
ture. The basic premise of verticality begins with the
stark nature of Andean environments in which pro-
ductive regions are largely a function of altitude. Com-
munities seek to "complement" their economic base by
gaining access to different altitudinal zones. Over time,
the hypothetical result of such a process is a patchwork of
colonies and/or alliance networks throughout the sur-
rounding region, connecting diverse ecological areas
into a single, productive, and "complementary" whole.

This model of Andean political economy was first
suggested by a geographer named Carl Troll in 1931 and
developed by the Andean scholar John Murra in a series
of articles and books beginning in the 1950s. Subsequent
research by later scholars has expanded our empirical
knowledge and refined our conceptual tools. Zonal com-

BOLIVIA

>

X

o

m

z
>

0 lOOi

The South Central Andes

plementarity has since become one of the most powerful
theoretical means of understanding the history and pro-
cess of indigenous Andean political economies.

Since its original formulation, zonal comple-
mentarity has been expanded to include a wider variety
of regional interrelationships. We now speak of "direct"
versus "indirect" control, which occur in a number of
cultural and temporal contexts. Direct control is an ex-
ample of the classic colonization process which involved
the actual geo-political control of territory outside of the
Titicaca Basin. Indirect control, on the other hand, re-
fers to a series of mechanisms involving intenonal con-
tacts between politically and/or ethnically independent
groups. Examples of indirect mechanisms include elite
marital alliance, established trading partners, military
alliances, and so forth.

The structure of zonal complementarity mecha-
nisms in various contemporary and ethnohistoric pop-

i^l!

1
J

Vieu; of the Torata Valley, south oftheOtora. Lupaqa colonies were located here, according to the iisitu oj Chuxi Dic~. Photo by C. Stanish.

ulations of the South Central Andes has been consid-
erably researched. The dynamic or historical aspect of
zonal complementarity, however, remains considerably
less well understood. In an effort to define the changes in
regional political economic configurations as under-
stood under the concept of zonal complementarity, a
series of archaeological research projects were developed
and were (or are) being conducted in the Moquegua Val-
ley of southern Peru.

Moquegua is an ideal area to test verticality models
because it is prominently mentioned in the Garci Diez de
San Miguel Visita* of 1567 as an area in which Titicaca
Basin polities held agricultural lands. This splendid
document was the final report of a crown official to the

* A "Visita" was an inspection of a royal province by any crown
official. The reforms instituted by Viceroy Toledo are consid-
ered an historical watershed in Andean society and were
accompanied by profound changes in the cultural life of the
native populations.

Spanish Court on the status of the Lupaqa kingdom in
the pre-Toledo Colonial Period. In his report, Garci Diez
indicated (at least 23 times in fact) that the Lupaqa had
sent mitinxae, or colonists, to grow maize and wheat in
the lower elevations of the Moquegua Valley, crops that
cannot be grown in the high, cold plateau country of the
Titicaca Basin.

This pattern of Lupaqa colonization of the maize-
producing zones outside of the Titicaca Basin during the
Spanish Colonial Period has been used as a model for the
prehispanic periods in the Moquegua Drainage and
other coastal valleys. This region, therefore, serves as an
ideal area for testing the nature of zonal comple-
mentarity mechanisms through time.

The Moquegua Drainage is one of the south-
ernmost valleys of Peru. Located at 17° latitude, the
drainage is bounded by the deeply incised Tambo Valley
on the north and the smaller Rio Locumba to the south.
Rivers and tributaries of Moquegua stretch from the
town of Ilo on the coast to the 5,000-meter peak of

Nevada Arundane, a distance of less than 125 km.
Several tributaries of the principal river are found in the
upper sierra. One of these valleys, known as Otora, was
selected for intensive archaeological investigations in
order to test the model of zonal complementarity in the
Moquegua Drainage.

A Test of Zonal Complementarity
in the Otora Valley

The Otora Valley was chosen on the basis of preliminary
investigations for an intensive archaeological investiga-
tion of the nature of prehispanic zonal complementarity.
The valley contained numerous archaeological sites, in-
cluding several that were dated to the immediate pre-
Inca periods by other investigators. The existence of pre-
Inca sites therefore raised the possibility of testing zonal
complementarity through time; that is, a test of the
dynamic or historical component of the model in an area
ethnohistorically identified as an important zone of Titi-
caca Basin colonization in the Spanish Colonial periods.

Results of the Otora Investigations

An intensive surface survey located 17 sites in the valley
ranging from small sherd scatters to a large pre-lnca site
of more than 100 structures (below) . Five prehispanic
periods were defined on the basis of ceramic and
architectural criteria. In each of these periods the settle-

ments in Otora maintained complementary political
and economic relationships with the Titicaca Basin and
coast. But in each of these periods the nature of the ver-
ticality mechanisms differed in fundamental ways. It is
this 400 + -year history of changing regional political
economic configurations that serves to expand our
understanding of the dynamics of prehispanic zonal
complementarity in the South Central Andes.

The earliest period of human occupation of the val-
ley has only one site. Designated P5 and dated to the
Tumilaca Period, it represents a localized and very late
Tiwanaku polity in areas of former imperial control. The
site is composed of several small rooms located on a small
hill or knoll. P5 is completely open and presents no in-
dications of defensive posturing, nor did excavations re-
veal any offensive weaponry.

P5 is best interpreted as a pioneering settlement
during the latest phases of the local Tiwanaku occupa-
tion of the Moquegua Drainage and which was founded
in an area of high agricultural potential. From a broad,
regional perspective, the site is an example of an expan-
sion process into the upper sierra from the earlier and
well established settlements in the lower and mid-valley.
Embedded within a more complex political system, P5
served to incorporate the Otora Valley into the regional
economic system of the local Moquegua Tiwanaku
settlements.

The Esuujuina Period site ofPorobaya (PI)

9

The subsequent Otora Period falls between the
well-defined Tumilaca and Estuquina Periods (see be-
low) and is represented by at least five, possibly six, sites
in the Otora Valley. Three of these sites (P4, P7, and P8)
were permanent residential settlements which were in-
tensively investigated. Several other sites (P9, P12, and
P16) have been provisionally dated to this period and are
special-activity, nonresidential sites such as quarries and
corrals.

The site of Cuesta Alta de Otora (P7), is on the
flanks of a low hill at the southwest end of the valley
where Cerro Cuajone descends into neighboring Parala-

immediate post-Tiwanaku periods and is either contem-
porary with or slightly later than P7.

The site of Cuajone, or P8, has approximately 16
domestic units located high on the hill of the same
name. Like the other Otora Period sites in the valley,
Cuajone is unfortified and there was no other indepen-
dent indication of regional or local competition. Its hill-
top location can be explained as the attempt to be near
the extensive terraced fields immediately below the site.
On the basis of several decorated ceramics, architecture,
and tomb styles, Cuajone was also dated to the immedi-
ate post-Tiwanaku periods of the Moquegua Drainage.

Regional Political Economies
As Reflected in the Otora Valley

Period

Sites

Political Economy

Colonial

PIO, P11,P14

Spanish colonial ecomienda, Toledo Reducciones,
Lupaqa colonies in Torata Valley.

Inca

P11,P13,P15

Imperial administration with marked Lupaqa
influence. Major Inca-Lupaqa site in Torata
Valley

Estuquiha-
Inca

P1,P3,P6

Independent polities engaged in intensive inter-
zonal exhange. Marked Colla influence from
Titicaca Basin. First evidence of Inca influence
in valley.

Estuquiiia

PI, P2,P3

Independent polities engaged in intensive inter-
zonal exchange. Probably Colla influence from
Titicaca Basin.

Otora

P4, P7, P8,
P9, P12, P15

Multi-ethnic colonization by Titicaca Basin and
coastal polities. Chiribaya and Colla influence.

Tumilaca

P5

Colony of local Tiwanaku settlers from middle
and lower Moquequa Valley

10

que. Cuesta Alta developed directly out of the Tiwanaku
hamlet of P5 as it was abandoned, a conclusion based
upon ceramic criteria, agricultural canal use, funerary
patterns, and domestic architecture. The site is also un-
defended and was constructed on a very open hill flank;
as with the Tumilaca Period hamlet, there is no evidence
of inter- or intra-regional competition.

Porobaya Chica, or P4, is a small, undefended resi-
dential and cemetery site situated on a small hill several
hundred meters up- valley from P7. Excavations at P4 re-
vealed a number of Chiribaya-style ceramic fragments in
both domestic and non-domestic contexts. Chiribaya is
a post-Tiwanaku polity which developed out of its impe-
rial predecessor. Major Chiribaya settlements are found
throughout the Moquegua Drainage, particularly near
the coast at Ilo. Porobaya Chica, therefore, dates to the

The domestic architecture of P8 is quite distinctive
from that of P5, P7, or P4. On these latter three sites,
there is a fairly consistent pattern of rectangular, joined
structures built on artificial terraces. On P8, however,
the household architectural pattern consists of joined
pairs of one large and one small room, which are further
grouped into larger complexes spatially segregated from
each other. There also seems to be a common patio area
outside of the room complexes. It is curious that in the
area of all Otora Period sites, there is ample room to
build houses on either flat or steep land. The decision to
terrace the residential area with individual household
units or with clustering structures is one not dictated by
topographic considerations, but by cultural choice.

Continued on p. 23

Migrating Canada geese at dawn

Copyright © Gregory G Dimijian/Photo Researchers Inc.

Sfinati^ Send 7Hi^natco«t

,_.. h^ KENNETH J. BROCK

A Field Museum Feature On Local Natural History

"It's for you!" my wife called from the kitchen. My re-
sponse was immediate and excited. May is a time when
the woods abound with birds and the sightings of rarities
reach a crescendo; a time when early morning phone
calls invariably bring news of some extraordinary dis-
covery. It was, therefore, with great anticipation that I
grabbed the phone. "Ken, this is Pete. Get over to the
harbor, a big wave has hit the lakefront." This message,
couched in birder jargon, translated into "the lake
Michigan shoreline at Michigan City Harbor is awash
with migrating birds. " The voice belonged to my good

friend Peter Grube and his measured excitement re-
vealed that something quite unusual was occurring.

Within minutes I joined Pete at Washington Park,
a small lakeside park adjacent to Michigan City Harbor.
Trees within the park were alive with flycatchers, war-

Kenneth J. Brock is on the faculty of the Department of Geosciences,
Irviiana University Northwest, Gary, Indiana. He is author of Birds
of the Indiana Dunes (178 pp.), published 1986 by Indiana Univer-
sity Press, and has led birding tours for Field Museum's Department of
Education. 11

biers, vireos, and orioles. Flocksof sparrows covered the
lawns and every shrub sheltered a thrush or wren. Our
attention was focused on the birds within the park; con-
sequently, almost an hour passed before we noticed that
hundreds of birds were still in the air, migrating west-
ward along the shoreline just above the treetops.

To better observe the airborne migrants we moved
north of the Northern Indiana Public Service Company
plant. This proved to be an especially good vantage

point as the migrants, forced to veer northward around
the power plant, converged into a narrow stream almost
directly above our heads. Although most of the birds
flew several yards above the ground, a few were at eye
level.

Periodically, a bird landed in the nearby cotton-
wood saplings, allowing us a leisurely look; but most
were seen only fleetingly as they passed overhead. Only
the distinctively marked birds could be identified in

12

Birdwatching:

How to Prepare Yourself

The best places to observe spring bird migrants are as
varied as the migrants themselves. For a thorough list-
ing of good birding sites, how to find them and what
birds to expect, an excellent source is Chicago Area
Birds by Steve Mlodinow (published 1984 by Chicago
Review Press) . This work provides detailed maps and
descriptive material on the best birding sites in the
Chicago area.

Migration observers will also need binoculars to
assist in viewing the birds. A number of excellent in-
struments are available on today's market; unfortu-
nately, a complexity of technical nomenclature often
overwhelms beginning shoppers. There is no "best"
binoculars for birding; instead, several closely related
factors, each of which is maximized only at the ex-
pense of others, are involved.

There are two main types of binoculars: roof
prism and porro prism. The former type has straight
barrels, the latter has off-set barrels in which the
objective (front) lenses are further apart than the eye-
pieces. Advantages of the roof prism design are gener-
ally higher quality optics and lighter weight; dis-
advantages include greater cost (for top quality) and
limitations on the closest focus distance. Porro prism
binoculars are usually less expensive and able to focus
to within 12 feet. Their construction does incorporate
extra glass (the porro prisms) and accordingly they are
typically heavier than roof prism binoculars.

Optical power is important to consider in choos-
ing a binocular. Binocular "size" is described by two
numbers that are usually stamped on the instrument,
for example, 7 X 35. The "7" represents the magnify-
ing power, in this case reducing the observer-to-bird
distance by 1/7. Clearly, the larger the magnification
the closer the bird will appear. Unfortunately, as with
cameras, magnification also narrows the field of view

and amplifies the unsteadiness of your hand; generally,
magnifications greater than 10 cannot be used without
a steady rest. The second number, "35," gives the
diameter (in millimeters) of the objective lens. The
larger the objective lens the more light collected and
the brighter the image. On the down side, big objec-
tives increase two undesirable factors, weight and cost.

Together, these two numbers determine the light
gathering capability (exit pupil) of the binoculars.
Exit pupil is obtained by dividing the first number into
the second, that is 35/7 = 5. Binoculars with exit
pupil below 5 are generally unsuited for birding, espe-
cially for deep woods, early morning, late evening, or
cloudy days. Modem technology has provided a partial
solution to the light-gathering problem through the
development of optical coatings. Coated optics allow
more light to pass through the lenses, thereby increas-
ing the light gathering by about 22%.

One possible way around this number game is to
use zoom binoculars (variable magnification). Unfor-
tunately, reports on zoom instruments are not favor-
able. They tend to be bulky and highly subject to de-
fects.

How then do you choose your binoculars? The
best approach is to try several different models and
magnifications. If possible, join an organized field trip;
the participating birders are usually willing to let you
test their glasses. Most birders usually start with 7 X
35 porro prisms, but many ultimately graduate to 10
power glasses. A recent survey in Great Britain, where
birders are notoriously meticulous, reveals that the
most popular instrument by far was the Zeiss 10 x 40
BOAT (roof prism). The B refers to binoculars with
fold-down rubber eye-cups for viewing with eye-
glasses; GAT means the binoculars are coated with rub-
ber for shock protection.

flight. Small groups of fiery orioles streamed past, occa-
sionally pausing to call from the saplings. Garish scarlet
tanagers and flashing rose-breasted grosbeaks were de-
tected in the current. Raucous scolds announced the
presence of boisterous blue jays within the seemingly
endless flow. Also recognized were scores of darting
swallows, compact flocks of cedar waxwings, numerous
blackbirds, several eastern kingbirds, and a sprinkling of
bobolinks. The vast majority of the migrants, however,
remained unidentified as they disappeared quickly from
view. No attempt was made to count the birds, but they
passed at a rate of easily several hundred per hour. I recall
thinking how perfectly Lewis Carroll's memorable words
fit the solution:

And thick and fast they came at last,
Artd more, and more, and more

Careful counts in recent years have yielded incredi-
ble results: 1,370 cedar waxwings in slightly more than
an hour, 1,055 American goldfinches in four hours, 122
northern orioles during a single morning, and 104 indigo
buntings in less than three hours. Even higher tallies
have been made on the lakefront in nearby Berrien
County, Michigan. May flights of 20,000 blue jays,
5,000 cedar waxwings, 600 northern orioles, 150 eastern
kingbirds, and 100 rose-breasted grosbeaks have been re-
ported at the latter site.

The thrill of watching a massive lakefront flight is
enhanced when one realizes that most of the passing
birds began their marathon weeks earlier in some remote
tropical jungle. Slight changes in the sunlight there trig-

Baltimore oriok

Copyright © Ron Austing/Photo Researchers Inc

Copyright ^ 1982 Bill Dyer/Photo Researchers Inc

gered cryptic stirrings, announcing the time to head
north. Answering the call of subtle changes in blood
chemistry, the birds took flight. Their journey might
have carried them on an island-hopping course across
the Caribbean or perhaps they skirted the Gulf, along
Mexico's east coast. Some may even have taken the very
risky flight directly from the Yucatan over the Gulf wa-
ters to the Texas coast. Regardless of the route, each has
its perils.

Why a one-third-ounce warbler would leave a cozy
rain forest and face the rigors of a 5,000-mile round-trip
journey fraught with hazards, poses an intriguing ques-
tion. Untold numbers doubtlessly perish along the fly-
ways and many of the survivors arrive greatly emaciated.
However, the northern latitude advantages of long sum-
mer days, abundant food supplies, and low nest-site
competition, apparently render the risks worthwhile.
Despite the many dangers, the migrants sing enthusiasti-
cally, perhaps with visions of balmy summer days in
Canada, as they transit our area.

A second question lakefront watchers might pon-

13

der is how the birds navigate the migratory track.
Accounts of banded birds returning to the same nesting
site year after year after year abound; some birds
apparently also select the same winter territories. Color-
banded golden plovers, for example, wintered on exactly
the same Honolulu lawns for several years in a row. How

The cause of this odd behavior remains obscure, though
some authorities suggest that it may be related to wind
direction.

The spring migration of birds at the foot of Lake
Michigan often begins with the appearance of ducks
when the ice breaks in late February. The arrival of meti-

Scarkt tanager

Copyright © Leonard Lee Rue/Ptiolo Researchers Inc.

14

do the migrants find their way between wintering and
breeding grounds with such unerring precision? Studies
suggest that birds have several modes of navigation, in-
cluding celestial (using both the sun and stars), mag-
netic, and visual (following conspicuous geographic fea-
tures, called "leading lines"). This navigational system
redundancy apparently greatly increases the chances of a
successful flight.

Reversed migration is an intriguing local phenom-
enon in which birds fly in the wrong direction. Several
southwestward flights have been observed in the spring-
time along the lakefront at Michigan City Harbor. Odd-
ly, in each case the birds flew almost directly into a
strong headwind. In addition to the disadvantage of
struggling against a headwind, the southerly component
of this course carried the birds southward, seemingly the
direction opposite to that desired by spring migrants.

culously plumed ring-necked ducks on the freshly
opened ponds is a certain harbinger of spring. The ducks
are closely followed by loons and grebes on the deep wa-
ters of Lake Michigan. By late March, phoebes, van-
guards of the passerine ("perching bird") migration, seek
insects in sheltered woods, and in early April the first
hermit thrushes peer covertly from dense thickets.
March and April are also the months in which migrating
hawks cleave the zephyrs above the Indiana Dunes.

Throughout April the migration rapidly gains
momentum. Enormous flocks of red-breasted mergansers
appear on Lake Michigan and we see the arrival of the
warblers. The zenith of the passerine flight occurs in
May, as untold millions of small birds pass through, espe-
cially on clear nights with southerly breezes. By mid-
June the migration is virtually complete, though a few
stragglers may linger until almost July. By this time the

first fall shorebird migrants are already southbound.
Thus, spring migration, which is really the composite of
many smaller migrations, spans at least four months.

Across much of the Midwest, observers rarely have
the opportunity to observe actively migrating birds;
more often, resting or feeding birds are noted only as
they briefly pause in their journey. The shores of Lake
Michigan provide a notable exception to this rule; day-
time migrations occur regularly along the lakefront. In
addition to the teeming flights at Michigan City Harbor,
numerous diurnal migrants can be observed from the
sand dunes in Indiana. From the dune brow, birders are
often treated to an almost continuous procession of
migrants.

March flights can yield calling killdeer, hundreds of
robins and clouds of blackbirds. Eighty-three migrating
eastern bluebirds, detected by their mellow calls, were
once counted on a single morning. April brings hordes of
swallows, flickers, and meadowlarks. Hundreds, even
thousands, of these species have been observed from the
dune crests in a single day. Some species normally re-
garded as sedentary are occasionally also noted migrat-
ing along the dunes. Black-capped chickadee flights,
with counts numbering in the hundreds, and blue jay
counts of four figures, have been recorded by dune-top
observers.

These longshore flights underscore Lake Michi-
gan's powerful influence upon the migrating birds. The
water-land boundary in concert with idiosyncrasies of
the passerine migration effectively concentrates these
small birds along the lake's edge. At least two con-
centrating mechanisms seem to operate along Lake
Michigan's shores. The first mechanism accounts for the
longshore flights. Migrating birds are known to follow
geographic leading lines, including rivers, mountain
ranges, and seacoasts. In our area the shores of Lake
Michigan form prominent leading lines, creating air-
ways along which myriads of birds navigate. Although
Lake Michigan's leading lines are probably far more
important in fall than spring, they almost certainly
account for the diurnal flights observed in spring.

A second concentrating mechanism might be
termed the lake-edge effect. Most migrants apparently
prefer to fly above land; however, in the darkness of
night many are swept out over the lake. There are
numerous instances of passerines landing on ships or
boats far out on Lake Michigan. Small birds stranded
over the lake at sunrise make the nearest shore, where
they often descend immediately upon gaining landfall.
This produces an unusually high density of small birds in
lakeside parks and woods.

The best time to observe uiarblers is in early morning. The magnificent
Blackhwmian warbler is most often sighted in early May.

The lake-edge effect is further enhanced if the
parks or woodlands are isolated by factories or urban de-
velopment. Under these circumstances the birds crowd
into the scant cover available within these oases. Thus,
heavy flights can transform unlikely sites such as scrubby
lakefront woodlots or lakeside parks into cauldrons of
birding activity. Chicago birders have long recognized
the extraordinary quality of these locations; indeed,
highly productive sites have been christened with
special names — for example the "Magic Hedge" at
Chicago's Montrose Beach — reflecting their birding
potential.

Weather plays a strategic role in migration, espe-
cially on the regional scale. Radar studies indicate that
the relatively weak flying passerines are primarily noc-
turnal migrants. Flights of these birds are most intense

The arrival of ring-necked ducks on the freshly opened portds is a certain
harbinger of spring.

Copyright © 1 977 G C, Kelley/Photo Researchers Inc.

Pileated woodpecker

Copyright tg 1981 Gregory Scott/Photo Researchers Inc

16

on clear nights when trailing winds are available. Fair
skies and southerly winds generally prevail ahead of cold
fronts, while north winds and inclement weather follow
frontal passage. Accordingly, heavy spring flights usually
precede a cold front and migration often stalls after the
front passes. The northward movement of passerines
from the Gulf of Mexico can then be visualized as a leap-
frogging action, orchestrated with passing frontal sys-
tems. This irregular progression often sweeps the birds
into broad accumulations called waves. Once formed, a
wave presses northward under favorable conditions and
is grounded during adverse weather. So it behooves the
birder to carefully monitor spring weather conditions;
the reward of being inundated by a heavy migratory
wave is well worth the time required to scan daily
meteorological reports.

Although the lake-weather alliance provides a
migratory spectacle along the lakefront, it also holds a
dark side. There are many accounts of massive bird kills
on the lake. Among the most noteworthy occurred
April 16, 1960, when a powerful thunderstorm de-
veloped over Lake Michigan during the night. In the

next few days more than 3,900 dead birds washed up on
eleven miles of Indiana's beaches (remaining shoreline
was not surveyed) . The most common species found was
the junco, but several rare species, including a saw-whet
owl, 14 yellow rails, 32 Henslow's sparrows, and 10
LeConte's sparrows were also among the casualties.
Clearly, storms take a devastating toll.

With the exception of Lake Michigan's beaches,
which regularly attract ruddy tumstones, sanderlings,
semipalmated sandpipers, and dunlin, there is precious
little reliable shorebird habitat in our area. Large num-
bers of shorebirds do traverse southern Lake Michigan,
however, and these birds are notoriously opportunistic.
If spring rains create suitable habitat, shorebirds can
appear almost anywhere. In 1978, for example, heavy
rains flooded an athletic field in Gary. Taking full advan-
tage of these new mudflats were hundreds of pectoral
sandpipers and yellowlegs, scores of dowitchers, a few
Wilson's phalaropes, and a single Hudsonian godwit.
Birders from as far away as Indianapolis and Fort Wayne
came to see the godwit; detailed directions to the bird
included the final instruction, ". . . then look under the
yellow goalpost."

The wood warblers, called "butterflies o£ the bird
world," by RogerTory Peterson, are the essence of spring
migration. These delightful woodland birds are in crisp
breeding plumage as they arrive fresh from the Central
and South American jungles. Warblers feed almost ex-
clusively on insects; consequently, their arrival coin-
cides with the leafing and blossoming of local plants, the
"real springtime" in the minds of many. Warblers also
appear about the time most residents of the frost belt are
thirsting for their first post-winter walk in the sunshine.
So it is not surprising that warblers are the most popular
of all spring migrants. For many birders the sighting of a
splendid Blackburnian, on a frosty morning in early
May, renders the entire migration a roaring success. The
fascination with warblers is also reflected by the com-
mon practice of gauging birding quality by the number of
warbler species observed in an outing. In mid-May a
count of 15 is about average, 20 constitutes a fine day,
and a "25 warbler day" approaches the ultimate.

The earliest spring warbler, the yellow-rumped
(formerly myrtle warbler), can be expected during the
second week of April and is a welcome sight after a long
hard winter. The most intense warbler flights occur in
mid-May and a few species, the furtive mourning and
Connecticut warblers for example, do not pass through
until the last week in May.

Like most passerines, warblers are nocturnal mi-
grants; birders afield at sunrise may well observe the "fall

out" as these tiny birds descend into the trees. During
the day they typically forage in loose flocks that invari-
ably contain several different species. These flocks,
which can usually be located by songs and chips, com-
prise the key to spring warbler watching. Birders search
for a flock, then follow the flock until each bird has been
examined.

For many northwestern Indiana birders the March-
April hawk flights are the highlight of spring migration.
The excitement of a dozen buteos soaring overhead or a
sharpie streaking past so close that its yellow eyes are
visible without the aid of binoculars, draws them back to
the hawk-watch sites year after year. The occurrence of
spring hawk flights represents another artifact of Lake
Michigan's presence. Migrating hawks normally waft
cross-country on clear spring days with southerly winds.
The raptors do, however, have a strong aversion to
flying over broad expanses of water; consequently, upon
reaching Lake Michigan they abruptly alter course to
avoid the lake. As a result, the hawks accumulate along
the lake, forming a narrow flight corridor that roughly
parallels the shoreline. This effect seems most pro-
nounced on the southeastern comer of the lake; spring
hawk flights are rare in Chicago and Gary.

The passing hawks can be easily observed from the
sand dunes along Indiana's eastern lakeshore. Any van-
tage point allowing a wide view of the surrounding area
will suffice, but the two most popular Indiana sites are
Mount Baldy and Johnson Beach; both are within the
Indiana Dunes National Lakeshore. The latter consists
of a stabilized dune immediately west of Indiana Dunes
State Park. On some days when winds seem favorable,
hawks fail to appear; observers do get skunked. These
disappointments are more than compensated for when a
"good" flight occurs. Good daily counts consist of 200 to
300 birds; the largest recorded single day count was
slightly less than a thousand hawks. The most common
species are red-tailed, sharp-shinned, and broad-winged
hawks, but all of the regular species, including northern
goshawk, golden eagle, and peregrine falcon, have been
observed. An additional bonus of dune-top hawkwatch-
ing is that the birds sometimes pass remarkably close,
allowing excellent views. Adult goshawks, red eyes blaz-
ing, have passed within 75 feet of observers on the dune
coast.

The heaviest Indiana flights generally occur on
clear days when moderately strong winds blow from the
south. These are of course fine days to be outdoors; hawk
observers often take lawn chairs, a thermos of coffee,
and sunglasses and enjoy the day atop a dune. In addi-
tion to the hawks, the aforementioned longshore migra-

tions can be simultaneously enjoyed. Almost everything
can appear; I still recall my delight when a pileated
woodpecker flew past on a clear April morning.

Even larger spring hawk flights have been observed
in Berrien County, Michigan, where local experts Roy
Smith and Walter Booth have recorded single day counts
exceeding 4,000 birds. These heavy flights consist main-
ly of broad-winged hawks, but daily counts of 300 to 500
sharp-shinned hawks and 100 northern harriers have
also been tallied. In contrast to Indiana, where southerly
breezes bring the hawks, the best Michigan flights take
place on days with east winds, which apparently sweep
the soaring birds up against the eastern shoreline.

An exciting element in watching the spring migra-
tion is the possibility of spotting a rarity; indeed, it is the
dream of most serious birders to discover a truly rare bird.
Rarities are species that do not normally occur in our
area, though they may be common in other parts of the
country. Southern Lake Michigan seems to have a mag-
netic attraction for these wanderers, as a surprising num-
ber of rare birds have appeared over the years. Exotic
species that have been identified along or near the shores
of southern Lake Michigan during spring migration

Passing raptors, such as this red-tailed hawk, may be observed from the
sar\d dunes along Indiana's eastern lakeshore.

Copyright © CO Harris/Photo Researchers Inc

include: magnificent firigatebird, white-faced ibis, gar-
gany, common eider, purple gallinule, common black-
headed gull, arctic tern. Say's phoebe, scissor-tailed
flycatcher, sage thrasher, Virginia's warbler, western
tanager, painted bunting, Brewer's sparrow, and lark
bunting.

Rarities appear at the most unexpected moments
and locations. I recall one May morning when I was
struggling to identify a western sandpiper through the
telescope. My efforts were continually thwarted by
another sandpiper that kept walking directly across my
line of sight obscuring the view. Finally, out of frustra-
tion, I took a look at the intruder, which turned out to be
a curlew sandpiper; the first ever recorded in Indiana.
On another occasion, observers in Chicago's Olive Park
noted an unusually drab, nondescript sparrow working
the grassy strip at the north end of Navy Pier. Identifica-
tion of this bird proved to be quite perplexing; finally,
with help of Sebastian Patti and Jim Landing it was mist-
netted and examined in hand. Measurements and
photographs, taken before the bird was released, proved
that it was the first Cassin's sparrow ever reported in the
Mississippi Valley.

My favorite rarity story, however, involves another
of those early morning phone calls in May. This time the
caller spoke breathlessly in a voice that contained an
element of uncertainty, "Ken, I'm phoning from the
parking lot at Michigan City Harbor. I'm almost certain
that 1 have a singing Kirtland's warbler by the yacht
basin." If true, this was a phenomenal report; Kirtland's

warbler is a bird that is truly rare, not just an out-of-range
common bird. Only about 400 individuals of this en-
dangered species remain. The caller was Tim Coslet, a
birder with keen ability but only limited experience.
Tim's answers to several specific questions convinced me
that his identification was indeed accurate.

A quick drive to the harbor revealed a male Kirt-
land's warbler hopping on the beach and flitting about
the small shrubs along the thin strip of sand that sepa-
rates the yacht basin from Lake Michigan. Periodically
the bird gave forth its ringing song. The warbler was
remarkably tame; photographers could easily approach
so close that they were unable to bring cameras into
focus. On one occasion, during a brief rainstorm, the
bird hopped to within ten inches of the boot of an admir-
er. The warbler remained on the beach for two days,
during which scores of observers enjoyed its presence; it
became known as the "friendliest bird on the beach. "

Jim Bull, a staff naturalist for the Indiana Dunes
National Lakeshore who has a penchant for the Kirt-
land's warbler, took the bird under his wing, so to speak,
monitoring it throughout the daylight hours of its stay.
Jim was concerned that the trusting bird might be
snapped up by a dog or stepped on by a passerby as it
hopped on the sidewalk. The story apparently has a hap-
py ending. After seeing that the warbler was properly
tucked in on the second evening, Jim was unable to
locate the bird at sunrise on the following morning. Pre-
sumably, it continued northward to join others of its
kind on the Michigan breeding grounds. FH

Scissor-tailed flycatcher

18

Copyright C Charlie Ott/Photo Researchers IrK

Kirtland's warbler

19

Texas Mushrooms
Come to Field Museum

by Gregory M. Mueller, Assistant Curator, Mycology

photos by the author

o,

ne would not normally think of Texas as a para-
dise for mushroom hunters or as a place where fungi can
be found in abundance. When most people think of
Texas, they conjure up thoughts of barren deserts with
cactus, not dense forests with mushrooms. In southeast
Texas, however, there is an area of moist forests called
the Big Thicket, complete with wildflowers, mosses, and
mushrooms. This area extends from the Trinity River
east to Beaumont and up to Livingston and Jasper in the
north. Within this area are ten major plant associations
including bogs, swamps, hardwood stream bottoms,
magnolia/loblolly pine forests, and arid sandy lands.
Each of these habitats has its own particular mushroom
flora and thus is truly a mushroom-hunter's paradise.

Unfortunately, we do not know much about the
mushrooms and other fungi that inhabit this area or even
what fungi grow there. Most mycological fieldwork in

this country has been performed in the cool, relatively
snake-free, northern states. The fungal collections at
Field Museum, and most other herbaria, are well sup-
plied with fungi from the Northeast, Great Lakes states,
and Pacific Northwest, but few herbaria have a signifi-
cant collection of fungi from the Gulf Coast states, in-
cluding east Texas.

With the receipt of the first shipment of east Texas
mushrooms from Mr. David Lewis, the first step to rec-
tifying this problem here at Field Museum has now
started. Dave Lewis is a chemist by profession and an
avid mycologist by avocation. He has been collecting
fungi for 12 years. During this time Dave has accumu-
lated one of the finest and largest collections of fungi
from east Texas. This collection of approximately 4,000
specimens is especially strong in specimens of the genus
Amanita and of members of the Boletaceae.

20

Amanita mus-
caria, thefy
aganc, beautiful
hutmmedMe,
(Kcurs over a
wide area, in-
cluding the Mid-
west. T/k bright
red cap is dotted
with white
patches.

Dave received a MS degree in biology from Lamar
University, for which he undertook a floristic survey of
the mushrooms of the Big Thicket. He has done further
graduate work at Texas A&M on boletes (pore mush-
rooms) of east Texas. He is a founding and very active
member of the Texas Mycological Society and a strong
proponent of mycologists increasing their study of Gulf
Coast fungi. Dave decided to place his valuable col-
lection in a major museum because he wanted to ensure
that it would be available for study by scientists from
around the world and that it would be well maintained.
Field Museum was chosen as the repository because it is
acknowledged as an international center for mycology
and it has a long-term commitment to build upon its
already fine mycological holdings.

Lewis. The first batch consisted of 225 collections of the
genus Amanita. Amanita is one of the most easily recog-
nized genera of mushrooms. It contains probably the
most photographed mushroom, the fly agaric, Amanita
muscaria. Almost everyone has seen a picture of this spe-
cies with its bright red cap covered with pure white
patches, obvious ring on the stem, and cup at its base.
This genus also contains some of the most deadly
mushrooms; the majority of mushroom-caused deaths in
the U.S. are attributable to species in this genus. One
would assume, therefore, that the identity and taxon-
omy of such a showy and important genus would be com-
pletely worked out by now. This, however, is not the
case. In a paper that Dave Lewis co-authored on the
Amanita of the Big Thicket (The Southwest Naturalist,

David Lewis (rt. ) with
author, at Big Thicket
National Preserve,
Texas.

A collection such as the one being donated to Field
Museum by Dave Lewis is of great scientific value. Well
documented herbarium specimens that were collected
over a number of years are necessary for scientists to de-
termine what occurs in a particular area, what changes
in species distribution has occurred over a period of time,
and to make conjectures regarding the ecology and inter-
specific relationships of the organisms. Such collections
are also essential to scientists who are revising the taxon-
omy of specific groups of fiingi. The work done so far on
Gulf Coast fungi indicate that there are numerous spe-
cies not yet known to science or not yet reported from
the U.S.A.

To give an example of our state of knowledge re-
garding Gulf Coast fiingi, let us look at the first shipment
of specimens that Field Museum has received from Dave

vol. 26, 1981), 23 species were reported, 13 of these
being reported from Texas for the first time. In this
paper, Dave also reports that there are several groups in
the genus that need flirther study and that very likely
there are many more species than the 23 he reported.
The North American expert on the genus. Dr. David
Jenkins at University of Alabama, Birmingham, be-
lieves that the southeastern U.S. may have the greatest
diversity of Amanita species of any similar size region
in the world and that there are probably many "new
species" in the Gulf Coast area. Further collecting and
an exhaustive study of major collections such as Dave
Lewis's will be necessary before we know how many cur-
rently unknown species are in the area. Only time and
work will tell how many treasures are included within
Field Museum's new acquisition. FM

21

Music and Dance in Papua Neiv Guinea

April 29 through July 12

22

ijixty-five brilliant color photographs by photog-
rapher Jordan Wright, showing traditions and changing
lifestyles in Papua New Guinea, will be on display from
April 29 through July 12.

The special exhibit, "Music and Dance in Papua
New Guinea," combines photography, everyday ob-
jects, and tape-recorded traditional music to present
one aspect of a little-known people.

The exhibit has been organized by the Smithso-
nian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service (SITES)
in cooperation with the University Museum of
Archaeology/Anthropology of the University of Penn-
sylvania. The show is derived from the more than
4,000 photographs taken by Jordan Wright during the
spring and summer of 1982.

The highland people of Papua New Guinea were
once divided into hostile tribes that spent much of

their time in warfare and ritual preparation for warfare.
Dances, elaborate costumes, and colorful body painting
were part of this ritual. Today, however, these lavish
displays are part of friendly competitions, and serve to
preserve cultural behavior.

The photographs in "Music and Dance in Papua
New Guinea" convey the warmth and beauty of life to-
day in the Highland Sepik villages of New Guinea.
Highlights include exclusive photographs of the Sepik
"welcome dance" and a series of photographs telling the
story of a marriage.

Jordan Wright's pictures also show the festive
events at the annual Mt. Hagen/Goroka Fair — an ex-
travaganza of parading, dancing and singing. The
elaborate music and dance competitions shown give
evidence of a traditional life that has only recently
been touched by contact with the 20th century.

PERUVIAN VILLAGES, con't from p. 10

These two architectural patterns represent ideal or
normative types of household construction which pre-
dominate on each site in the Otora Valley. As with any
human settlement, there is variation around this ideal.
The first type, as found at P5, P7, and P4 and character-
ized by domestic terraces, is common on local Tiwanaku
and post-Tiwanaku sites throughout the Moquegua
Drainage. The second type, as seen at P8 and later sites
(see below) , has been reported from archaeological set-
tlements in the circum-Titicaca Basin.

These architectural data, the existence of above-
ground tomb types, and the construction of an indepen-
dent canal system, strongly suggest that Cuajone was a
colony which originated from somewhere in the north-
em side of the Titicaca Basin. Likewise, the discovery of
decorated and plainware Chiribaya Pottery at P4, canal
placement, and similarities to domestic architecture at
known Chiribaya sites suggests that it too was a colony,
in this case one which originated from the lower Mo-
quegua Drainage. Presuming the validity of this recon-
struction, the existence of these two colonies alongside
P7 — a local settlement which developed out of the ear-
lier Tumilaca Period hamlet — makes the Otora Period in
the valley a classic instance of multi-ethnic land use in a
prime agricultural area — a circumstance hypothesized by
J. Murra in his formulation of verticality models. The
Otora Period would therefore seem to represent a con-
firmation of the hypothesis for the immediate post-
Tiwanaku periods in the South Central Andes.

Chirihaya polychrome vessel. Courtesy Instituto Naaonal de Cultura
(Peru) — Tacna.

The following Estuquina and Estuquina-Inca peri-
ods are named after the type site located in the mid-
Moquegua Valley. These periods are represented by four
major sites in the Otora and surrounding valleys. The

Excavation of house on Porobaya site in Otora Valley Photo by C. Stanish.

23

largest settlement is Porobaya (PI), a fortified, hilltop
site with more than 100 structures. Porobaya was the
political center of prehispanic Otora and typifies a num-
ber of other sites throughout the Moquegua and south-
em Tambo drainages. The site of Sajena (P3) is almost
identical to PI, except that it is smaller and located
higher up in the valley. Two other sites in the Otora
Valley, Colana (P2) and Paralaque (P6), seem to be
slightly earlier and later respectively.

One of the principal means of dating the Estuquina
sites was through analysis of the exotic and decorated
ceramics discovered in domestic structure excavations,
tombs, surface, and other contexts. Locally man-
ufactured polychrome ceramic pieces are characterized
by black and fugitive white linear designs over a bur-
nished, red-slipped surface. This type has been named
"Tricolor Porobaya" after the more general ceramic style
known as "Tricolor del Sur." The principal exotic ce-
ramic type is Sillustani, a northern Titicaca Basin tradi-
tion beginning in the immediate pre-lnca periods and
continuing on into the Late Horizon. The second larg-
est class of decorated, exotic ceramics are Inca
polychromes. Another style found in Moquegua Chu-

A chulpa — stone tower or tomb typical of those found in Otora Valley,
ca. A.D. 1200-MOO. Photo by C. Stanish.

*:^>*«

-"'iC

24

quito ceramics. This style is associated with the Lupaqa
kingdom in the Titicaca Basin when it was incorporated
into the Inca Empire. Chuquito polychromes are found
in abundance in the large site of Torata Alta south of
Otora as well as on the Otora sites of P6, Pll, and P13.
These are interpreted as being truly Late Horizon in
date; that is, contemporary with Inca geo-political con-
trol of the Moquegua Drainage.

The Estuquina-Inca period is distinguished by the
presence of Inca pottery on sites otherwise characterized
by pre-lnca traits, such as fortified, hilltop locations,
pre-lnca pottery, pre-lnca tombs, and so forth. One site,
known as Colana (P2), has all of these pre-lnca charac-
teristics without having any Late Horizon pottery. It
therefore has only the Estuquina component. The rest of
the Estuquifia sites all have later Estuquina-Inca phases.

The accumulated evidence from the Otora excava-
tions indicates that the Estuquina period settlements are
autochthonous, independent polities which developed
out of a multi-ethnic cultural context characteristic of
the earlier Otora Period. These sites had a vigorous eco-
nomic relationship with both the coast and the altiplano
as indicated by fish vertebrae and the bones of certain
mammals in the kitchen remains. Unlike their ancestors
in the Otora Period, however, they were not colonists
but independent groups engaged in some form of econo-
mic exchange with these other regions.

The intrusion of the Inca Empire into the Otora
Valley was accompanied by profound changes in the loc-
al culture. Two sites discovered in the valley are inter-
preted as strictly Late Horizon (caA.D. 1475-1532), local
settlements. Both sites have not only Inca Imperial ce-
ramics but also Chuquito polychromes, the style associ-
ated with the Lupaqa polity. The architecture on the
relatively undisturbed site of Polverin (P13) is similar to
the local Estuquifia settlements suggesting that these are
indigenous populations who built their sites under Inca
supervision. Sites with Chuquito polychromes are found
only on the valley bottoms. This conforms to pre-lnca/
Inca settlement pattern shifts discovered in other areas
of the Andes in which sites were moved to lower, open,
and indefensible locations.

Zonal Complementarity
as Reflected in the Otora Data

If anything, the data from Otora teaches us that the
ancient farmers and herders of the Moquegua region
were smarter than the archaeologists trying to study
them. They did not conform to the neat scientific mod-
els originally proposed to explain strategies to survive in
the arid sierras of southern Peru. Rather, the Otora data

indicate that the nature of the local and regional politi-
cal economies developed by the ancient populations
fluctuated throughout the half-millennium of human
prehispanic occupation in the valley, demonstrating a
sophisticated flexibility in local and regional political
and economic organization (chart p. 10). During this time,
both direct and indirect vertical control mechanisms
operated to economically integrate the altiplano, sierra,
and coast, allowing access to their ecologically specific
agricultural and natural products. At no period in the
entire cultural history of Otora is there any evidence of
the valley being economically isolated from neighboring
ecological zones. The local economy was, as it is today,
dependent heavily upon access to the other regions.

The first phase, Tumilaca, is an example of col-
onization from the lower Moquegua Valley to control the
rich and then unexploited maize zones at a key area with
access to grazing lands. The only Otora Valley site, P5, is
a colonial extension of the more complex settlement
system in the post-Tiwanaku period of the Moquegua
Valley.

The Otora Period is a classic example of multi-
ethnic colonization of a key maize producing zone in the
upper sierra. In the political vacuum created by the col-
lapse of the local Tumilaca Period settlement system in
Moquegua and the Tiwanaku Empire in the region as a
whole, both coastal and Titicaca Basin polities sent col-
onists in an attempt to maintain or gain access to this
critical area between two major ecological zones.

The Estuquina and Estuquifia-Inca periods rep-
resent the emergence of an autochthonous polity out of
the multi-ethnic context of the earlier period. In spite of
their political independence, the Otora settlements
maintained economic contact or control of the coastal
and highland regions. The major external influence in
this period is from the northern side of the Lake Titicaca
Basin, the area of the CoUa polity. The CoUa were one of
the two major groups the Inca encountered in their ex-
pansion into the Titicaca Basin.

After the incorporation of the region by the Inca
Empire, the CoUa influence was replaced by their bitter
rival — the Lupaqa Kingdom. This is evidenced in the
Moquegua region by the replacement of Sillustani pot-
tery, associated with the CoUa, by Chuquito style
sherds, geographically linked with the Lupaqa. The
alliance between the Inca and Lupaqa that the chroni-
cles speak of had profound implications for the Mo-
quegua Drainage. The administrative system set up by
the Inca was clearly influenced by their allies, the Lupa-
qa, and is reflected in the overwhelming occurrence of
Chuquito ceramics on the Late Horizon site of Torata
Alta in the Torata Valley, directly south of Otora. (See

San Miguel fioK'c/irome vessel. Courtesy Institute Nacional de Cultura
(Peru) — Tacna.

"Archaeological Reconnaissance in Southern Peru," by
Charles Stanish and Irene Pritzker, in the Bulletin, June
1983.)

As with all scientific research, the Otora investiga-
tions raise a dozen questions for each one they answer.
The influence of the Lake Titicaca Basin was sustained
and intense throughout the entire cultural sequence in
Otora. Our future research plans therefore will focus on
the Lake region. Specifically, we will initiate field re-
search on the Lupaqa area in the southwestern portion of
the Titicaca Basin. There, large sites, far more massive
than those found in Otora, were established around A.D.
1200. The Lupaqa eventually developed into the king-
dom described in the 16th-century accounts. We will
therefore begin intensive research on key Lupaqa sites in
an effort to understand the nature of this large polity
whose influence reached as far as the small valley in the
upper Moquegua Drainage. FH

Acknowledgements

The Otora research was supported by the Henry and
Grace Doherty Foundation, the National Science
Foundation, the University of Chicago, Robert and
Irene Pritzker, Victor Barua R. , Lucy Barua, the Field
Museum, the Instituto Nacional de Cultura (Peru), the
Museo Peruano de Ciencias de la Salud, and the Tinker
Foundation. 25

HELD
MUSEUM
TDURS^

Explore the
primeval splendor
of the Canadian
Northw^est.

Field Museum Tours invites you on an expedition
to the stunning Northwest, including Seattle, Prince
Rupert, Queen Charlotte Islands, Fitzhugh Sound,
Alert Bay, Princess Louisa Inlet and Victoria aboard
the Society Explorer.

PROJECT
CANADIAN
FJORDS & INSIDE
PASSAGE

Departing:
August 16, 9 Days

August 16, Seattle. Arrive and transfer to our deluxe
hotel. After a reception at the University of Washing-
ton's Burke Museum, enjoy dinner and Seattle's
nightlife.

August 17, Prince Rupert. Depart Seattle on morning
flight to Prince Rupert. After a ferry crossing to Prince
Rupert, board the Society Explorer for an evening depar-
ture. Enjoy the captain's welcome dinner as we set sail
at sunset for the Queen Charlotte Islands.

August 18-19, Queen Charlotte Islands. Journeying
south, we arrive at the unspoiled home of the Haida In-
dian Nation where braves erected countless totem poles,
each carved to tell its special story. Today these moss-
encrusted monuments testify to the centuries-old Haida
way of life. We explore these islands with their brood-
ing forests harboring ancient villages. Bald eagles, sea-
birds. Stellar sea lions and whales provide opportunities
for rewarding walks and beach hikes.

Society Explorer

26

For reservations, call or write Dorothy Roder (322-8862), Tours Manager, Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr., Chicago, II 60605

August 20, Fitzhugh Sound. This morning we sail into
the upper Fraser Reach and Grenville Channel for a day
of exploration among the magnificent wave-sculpted
canyons and craggy inlets of the Canadian fjords. At
Kwakshua Inlet, an area rich in abalone and other
Northwest sea hfe, hikers will enjoy exploring the
coastal woods of 100-foot stands of red cedar, Sitka
spruce, western hemlock and Douglas fir. Our ship sails
south into a region of towering cliffs, and rushing
waterfalls.

August 21, Alert Bay. Following an afternoon cruising
the Inside Passage, our ship puts in at Alert Bay, ances-
tral island home of the Nimpkish, largest tribe of the
powerful Kwakiutl Indian Nation. According to
anthropologist Franz Boas, the word Kwakiutl means
Smokes of the World, which alludes to their ability to
attract huge throngs of people to their firelit potlatches
and ceremonials. We'll visit the U'mista Cultural
Center/ Alert Bay Museum. Here we see fine examples
of the distinctive ceremonial masks, utensils and bent-
wood boxes — important elements of the rich Kwakiutl
Hfestyle — and have the opportunity to purchase native
handicrafts, jewelry and artwork.

After lunch, we'll move into the Queen Charlotte
Strait, the summer gathering place for close to 300 killer
whales, uncontested top predators of Canada's northern
waters. Roaming the protected waters of the Inside Pas-
sage in clearly defined pods, males, females and young
cooperate in hunting their prey. Killer whales have no
natural enemies other than man.

CRUISE COST PER PERSON

August 22, Princess Louisa Inlet. Passengers experi-
ence a realm of snowmelt cascades and 6,000-foot
mountains ringing this spectacular horseshoe-shaped
fjord. Overhead, bald eagles soar, slicing through the
coastal mists with their six-foot wing-spans. At the
tumultuous Chatterbox Falls, we'll go ashore to walk
alpine meadows full of lupine, dwarf dogwood and
chocolate lily. Others may follow the trail which ends
at the long abandoned Trapper's Cabin, built in the
shadow of scenic Mt. Albert.

August 23, Victoria. Midday arrival in Victoria, British
Columbia. Victoria's distinct English flavor is reflected
in the copper-domed Parliament buildings heralding
our entry into the harbor. This afternoon we tour the
Provincial Museum with its comprehensive collection
of coastal Indian art and artifacts and its life-sized replica
of a 19th-century frontier town. Stroll the cobbled
streets, perhaps stopping to sip tea at the ivy-covered
Empress Hotel. The captain hosts a farewell dinner
tonight as we sail for Seattle.

August 24, Seattle. Morning arrival and connection
with homeward flights.

This tour will be enhanced by a team of expert lecturers
in the region's natural history, native cultures, and wild-
life, including Dr. Scott M. Lanyon, Field Museum's assis-
tant curator and head of the Division of Birds.

Explorer

$1,790

Explorer Deluxe

$1,950

Yacht

$2,320

Boat Deluxe

$2,690

Suite

$3,190

Owner's Suite

$3,590

Yacht Deluxe

$2,490 Airfare (not incl. in rates)

$190

Rates are per person, double occupancy, and include group transfers, cruise accommoda-
tions, all meals including a welcome cocktail and dinner party and farewell dinner, lectures
by accompanying or visiting speakers, and all off-ship excursions. Amenities include travel
bag, backpack, documentation wallet, comprehensive guide book and daily log. Single
cabins are available at 1.5 times the above rates, except single suites which are 1.9 times the
above rates. Airfare is approximate and subject to change.

Deposit $500.00 per person

People's Republic of China

September 12 - October 2

Customized Tour exclusively for Field Museum

Organized and accompanied by

Katharine Lee

The itinerary for this exceptionally well conceived tour
covers the highlights of this fascinating country. We de-
part Chicago via Japan Air Lines. Our first stop will be
Tokyo, where we will enjoy a city tour. Chinese cities
to be visited include Shanghai, Wuxi, Beijing, Luoyang,

Xi'an, and GuiHn, plus a boat ride on the Li River. We'll
exit through Hong Kong, a city full of Oriental trea-
sures and cultural heritage. This is a "not to be missed"
opportunity.

27

Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
ChicasoJL 60605-2499

Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin

Published since 1930 by

Field Museum of Natural History

Founded 1893

President: Willard L. Boyd

Editor/Designer: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
St«^ Photographer: Ron Testa

CONTENTS

May 1987

Volume 58, Number 5

May Events at Field Museum

William H. Mitchell, 1895-1987

In Memoriam

by E. Leland Webber

Field Museum President Emeritus

Board of Trustees

Richard M. Jones,

Chwrman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Robert D. Cadieux
Henry T. Chandler
Worley H. Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas]. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
John James Kinsella
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
JamesJ. O'Connor

Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
BlaineJ. Yarrington

Life Trustees

Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Mrs. David W. Grainger
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood

Capital Campaign Approaches
The $40,000,000 Mark

The North Branch Prairies

by Jerry Sullivan

12

Field Museum Tours to China, Kenya/Tanzania

25

COVER

Stanley Field Hall, minutes before the Museum opens
for the day, basks in its own warmth and atmosphere of
banners blazing— the Capital Campaign banners at the
north, the Donors' banner at the south — creating an excit-
ing, yet restful, and always promising, ambience that will
greet visitors throughout the day. For more on the Capital
Campaign see page 7. Photo by D. Walsten.

Field Museum of Natural History BuUean (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined July/ August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL
60605-2496. Copyright © 1987 Field Museum of Natural History. Subscriptior\s; $6.00 annually $3,00 for schools. Museum memberehip includes BuiUtm subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their
own and do not necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone; (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address labc! and be sent to
Membership Depattment. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496. ISSN: 0015-0703. Secorwi class postage paid ar
Chicago, Illinois.

Events

T

jC^leSnacioKf

Weekends in May

Come hear the sounds of Mexico — from the Uvely rhythms of mariachi music to the centuries-old
sounds of an ancient Aztec dance ceremony. Experience the colorful ballet folkloric, a Mexican
form of folk dance. Artists demonstrate sculpture, wood cut, and weaving. Watch a clever but
funny puppet show and find out how the puppeteer brings his puppets to life. All events are free
with Museum admission.

Saturday and Sunday
May 2 and 3
12:00noon-2:00pm

Sra. Maria Louisa Almonte

Brilliant handmade paper flowers enhance the
lights, colors, sounds, smells, and fireworks of a
fiesta. Sra. Almonte demonstrates this tradi-
tional folk art of Mexico.

North Shore Weavers' Guild

The brightest and boldest woven designs of
ancient Mexico are reproduced today by the
North Shore Weavers' Guild on a traditional
Mexican loom.

ReneArceo

The expressive prints of Rene Arceo begin as
pictures carved in wood. Experiment with
woodcarving tools while the artist demonstrates
the process of woodcut printing.

2:00pm

IHexCceiK 'poi(U(yUc ^cutce ComfKXtuf

A special program of music and dance features
the colorful ballet folkloric of Mexico. Per-
formance pieces by this 50-member company
include the mask dances "Los Moros" and "Los
Viejitos," as well as "Chinelos" and "Parachicos."

Continued —>■

Stents

~\.

'Ce^ednaccoH/

Weekends in May

Saturday and Sunday

May 9 and 10

12 :00noon-2 :00pm

Michael Montenegro

Practice your skill as a puppeteer as Michael
Montenegro of Zapato Puppet Theatre works
his particular type of magic, creating mario-
nette, hand, rod, and shadow puppets.

^c^ €utd 'pci^nic of TfUxcco-

North Shore Weavers' Guild
2:00pm

"The Rickity Wheel Makes the Most Noise"
Portrayed by marionettes, enormous masks,
and more, the characters in this puppet per-
formance range from the amusing Saldania, a
Chilean storyteller, and his dog, Hueso, to
La Llorona, the mythical crying woman of
Hispanic folklore.

Saturday and Sunday
May 16 and 17
12:00noon-2:00pm

C(axf, Stone, und TiJood

Roman Villarreal

Sculptor Roman Villarreal brings life to clay,
wood, and stone. As Roman works on a new
clay sculpture, examine the tools he uses to
transform raw materials into sculptures that
beautify our city.

^6^ and ^a^'tcc of THexcco-

North Shore Weavers' Guild
2:00pm

t2Metfajtc<MU S^fi^^e*tdofi Afteca.

Wearing magnificent feather headdresses and in-
tricately beaded costumes, Quetzalcoatl Esplen-
dor Azteca performs the ancient Indian dances
of the Mayas, Chichimecha, Aztec, andXochi-
pitzahua. Visually exciting and laden with
mystery, these dances portray deities, the sun,
the moon, the four corners of the earth, life,
death, and one's place in the cosmos.

\

Demanstraakms by North Shore Weavers' GuUd first 3 weekends in May

Stents

7(Jonid THu^ ^n(Uj^ficupt AduCt Cia^4e4.

Weekends in May
1:00pm and 3:00pm

Join us for the World Music Program in May
and enjoy folk music from South America.
Experience the rich sounds of Raices del Ande
and Peru Folkloric through live musical demon-
strations and informal discussions. The World
Music Program is supported by CityArts III and
IV. For further information, call (312) 322-8854.

Spring Adult Classes continue through May
with lots of opportunities for weekend learning.
One day, weekend classes include a special look
at coffee complete with taste testing, a unique
photography workshop geared towards the
collector, and a class for adults looking for ways
to better share the Museum with the children in
their lives. Evening classes include a fascinating
study of the domestic cat and the natural history
of our Northwest National Parks. Consult the
April/May class brochure for details.

Cosmology and Architecture
in Indian America

Peter Nabokov, Fellow,
Newberry Library

A Broad Range of Indian Cultures across
America are covered. Focusing on how architec-
ture reflects understandings and relationships
with the supernatural world, see how traditional
philosophies speak of the sacred and inseparable
bond between people and the land. Saturday,
May 30; 10:00 am-4:30 pm; $50 ($40 members).

Peter Nabokov leads May 30 seminar

Tficuf TiJee^imcC ^no^^nam^

Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field
Museum. Free tours, demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are
designed for families and adults. Listed below are only a few of the numerous activities each
weekend. Check the Weekend Programs sheet upon arrival for the complete schedule and program
locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois Arts Council.

May

11:30am "Ancient Egypt" (tour). Explore
the traditions of ancient Egypt from
everyday life to myths and mummies.

1:00pm "Flowers and Food Plants from
Latin America" (tour). In a brief tour,
see some exotic and amazing flowering

plants that are at home in Central and
South America.

10 1:00pm "Flowers and Food Plants from
Latin America" (tour).

23 2:00pm "Flowers and Food Plants from
Latin America" (tour).

William H. Mitchell

1895-1987

1 he death of William H. Mitchell on March 21
marked the close of a 59-year record of service to Field
Museum. Mr. Mitchell joined the Field Museum Board
of Trustees in 1928. He served actively until 1980,
when he was elected a Life Trustee.

Mr. Mitchell attended Harvard University, then
served as a U.S. Navy aviator during World War I as a
member of the Navy's first stunt flying team, the "Blue
Devils. " After a short period in the banking business,
he co-founded the investment banking firm, Mitchell

Trustee he served in many capacities — as a member of
the Building, Investment, Resource Planning, and
Executive committees. He was a generous donor over
many years, in recognition of which he and Mrs.
Mitchell were elected benefactors in 1974.

Bill Mitchell was a warm and engaging person. He
enjoyed a good story and always enjoyed telling of his
early years as a trustee in comparison to the somewhat
more demanding pace of later years. Although remain-
ing a resident of Lake Forest, he and Mrs. Mitchell had

Hutchins & Co. The firm became one of Chicago's
leading investment houses until it was acquired by
Paine Webber in 1977. He remained as the firm's chair-
man until 1964 and as honorary chairman thereafter.
He also was a director of Texaco, Inc. , the Continental
Illinois National Bank and Trust Co. and, in the non-
profit sector, a trustee of Northwestern University and
of Northwestern Memorial Hospital.

Mr. Mitchell's 59-year service as trustee and life
trustee of Field Museum was the longest in the Mu-
seum's history. His father, John J. Mitchell, was one of
the founders of the Museum in 1893, continuing his tie
with the institution as a trustee until his death in 1927.
This extraordinary 94-year father-son tenure from the
Museum's founding until 1987 is unequalled in Field
Museum's history and may well be unique among Chi-
cago institutions. During William Mitchell's years as a

spent much of their time in Santa Barbara, California,
in consideration of his health. Sandy Boyd, Field
Museum's president, visited them once or twice a year
and always reported Mr. Mitchell's continued and
active interest in the Museum and its progress.

William H. Mitchell's death breaks a family con-
tinuum that takes us back to the years of Marshall Field
I, Edward E. Ayer, Stanley Field, and the other early
builders of Field Museum. It is a legacy that all Chica-
goans may cherish and recall as they look forward to
the Museum's centennial in 1993. One of the greatest
testimonials to the leadership of Bill Mitchell, his
father John J. Mitchell, and their colleagues through
the years, is the calibre of those outstanding and tal-
ented persons now continuing to build an even greater
Field Museum on the foundation bequeathed to them.
— E. Leland Webber, Field Museum President Emeritus.

Like the "horse of a different color, " the purple horse in The Wizard of Oz, the campaign mascot "Denny Dinomometer" never fails to
attract attention of visitors. The extent to which Denny is covered indicates the progress of "Time Future from Time Past. " When
completely purple, Denny will proclaim that 100 percent of the $40'million goal has been met. Here, visitors check out the progress of
the campaign.

Capital Campaign Update

The Kresge Foundation

Issues Field Museum a

$1.5 Million Campaign Challenge

M

-arathon runners say the hardest leg of any race
is the last leg. The same could be said of an ambitious
undertaking such as the Museum's Capital Campaign,
"Time Future from Time Past. " The real test is still

to come: Field Museum must raise the final ten percent
of its goal.

The Kresge Foundation has formally challenged
Field Museum members to achieve what would be a 7

new Museum fund-raising record — full funding for the
$40 million Campaign. The challenge comes in the
form of a challenge grant, which stipulates that when
the Museum meets its goal, the Foundation will give
the Museum $1.5 million to make the Campaign a
100+ percent success. The grant, one of the largest to
be given by the Kresge Foundation this year, is ear-
marked for building restoration.

"The Kresge Foundation grant is an incentive.

"Denny Dinomometer" Registers $36 Million

Currently the most important "dinosaur" in Field
Museum's collection, "Denny Dinomometer" is a nine-
by-twelve-foot replica of a tyrannosaur that tracks the
progress of the Capital Campaign. Denny is now 90
percent purple, indicating that the Campaign has
reached the $36 million mark. When Denny is purple
from head to tail, the Campaign will have met its $40
million goal.

Visitors Rachael BurUngham (left) and Grace Air add their names
to history at the Banner Booth in Star^ley Field Hall. More than
1,000 names quickly filled one banner, ar\d this second one is in
process of being completed.

a challenge and a vote of confidence in the Museum
and its members all in one," says Campaign Chairman
Richard M. Jones. "We fiiUy expect it to spark enough
additional support to make this Campaign the most
successful fund-raising effort ever launched by Field
Museum.

"With the target date for the Campaign's windup
just around the comer, the timing of the challenge
grant is perfect," says Thomas R. Sanders, vice presi-
dent of Development. "It gives our members a wonder-
fill opportunity to maximize the impact of their gifts be-
fore the Campaign's end.

An outgrowth of a long-range plan designed to
prepare Field Museum for its centennial, the Capital
Campaign seeks philanthropic support to preserve its
structure ... to add interesting and informative new
public exhibits and programs for the people of Chicago
and beyond . . . and to maintain its international
reputation as a center of scholarly research.

Telemarketing Proves a Capital Idea for Museum

The key to meeting the Kresge Challenge — and put-
ting the Campaign over the top — is full member

There's Never Been
A Better Time to Contribute

1/ you have not yet made your gift to the Cam-
paign, the time to contribute is now. That's
because your gift will increase in value as a result
of the Kresge Foundation challenge grant, the
payment of which is contingent upon a 100 per-
cent success rate for the $40 million Campaign.
The Kresge Challenge offers you an opportunity
to maximize the impact of your gift, and to par-
ticipate in the most important furvi-raising effort
in Field Museum's history. To make a gift to
the Campaign, please call Tom Sanders at
322-8857.

William Burlinghain

Three of the many volunteers who have spearheaded the Capital
Campaign are, left to right, Richard M. Jones, chairman of the
Board of Trustees and Capital Campaign chairman; William L.
Searle, trustee, Leadership Divisicm chairman of the Campaign,
who led the way with a $2.5-million gift throu^ the Searle Family
Trust; and James]. O'Connor, trustee, and immediate past chair-
man of the Board.

participation in the Campaign. That is the aim of the
Museum's Capital-By-Phone program. Running con-
current with personal solicitations by volunteers, this
telemarketing effort, the Museum's first, has brought
the news of the Campaign to an unprecedented number
of members.

Museum representatives working on behalf of
Capital-By-Phone have contacted over 40 percent of
all Museum members, raising over one-half million
dollars toward the Campaign's $40 million goal. The
Museum hopes to reach the remaining members before
the end of the phone campaign.

"The concept behind the phone campaign is quite
simple," says Museum President Willard L. (Sandy)
Boyd. "Our members are our strongest supporters, and
we want to give all of them the opportunity to give, not
only those we have been able to visit personally. The
Campaign is at a critical point, and we need the
involvement of our members to reach our goal."

Members Invest Themselves in Campaign

Indeed, the Campaign's tremendous progress is due in
large part to the loyalty of the Museum's members —

Preservation of the Museum's classic structure is one of the Capi-
tal Campaign's primary goals. Here, workers remove balustrades
and panels from the top of the Museum, lowering them by crane
to the ground for cleaning and repair.

-Jl^^'

n..

■■«-.-

am

mmm

9b4

:!»

P ^^.y«_

^•iiSJli

J^^

m

n

t/

m.j^:

'^^SZZ

In

y^

niMl

llll» -"-

il-l;.--

young and old. The Campaign banners, which hang in
Stanley Field Hall, serve as colorful symbols of the
Campaign's broad base of support (see cover). More
than 2,000 visitors have decorated the banners with
their autographs, designs, and personal "logos" for a
contribution of $5 or more to the Campaign. Children
are among the most frequent signers, with drawings of
dinosaurs, rainbows, and hearts taking the lead as the
most popular form of signature.

"While the exciting progress toward our Cam-
paign goal captures the spirit of growth at the Museum,
it doesn't begin to convey the full impact of the Cam-
paign," says Tom Sanders. "Nor does it adequately re-
flect the personal commitment of the many members
who have worked to make this Campaign a success. "

Sandy Boyd agrees: "Like other Field Museum
activities, the real vitality of this Campaign is a direct
result of the individual and collective efforts of our
members. They are our alumni — investing their time,
energy, talents, and support in the Museum year after
year. Field Museum is indebted to them. "

Campaign Shapes Field Museum of Future

While the restoration of the Museum's landmark home
may be the most visible sign of the Campaign's impact,
it is only one area where Campaign funds are already
making an important difference.

For example, the Museum will have a new face in-
side as well as out as a result of the renewal of numerous
public exhibits and programs:

^ Through the generosity of Juli and David Grainger,
the Museum has transformed the Gem Hall into a
showcase that rivals the beauty of the gems it displays.
^ The Webber Resource Center, the first of several
such centers for in-depth exploration of Museum col-
lections, will open this summer.
^ "Size," an informal exhibit devoted to issues of size
and scale, will open next fall thanks to a generous grant
from the Oscar G. and Elsa S. Mayer Charitable Trust.
^ 1988 will witness the opening of "Rearing Young,"
a special exhibit and visitors center funded by the
Elizabeth Ferguson Trust.

According to Michael Spock, vice president of Pub-
lic Programs, these exhibits offer only a hint of the new
educational efforts being planned by the Museum as a re-
sult of the campaign.

Behind the scenes, Museum research scientists are
pursuing important new lines of inquiry with the help of
new endowed funds, like the Elliot Donnelley Family
Research Fund. For example, Museum scientists were

Scaffolding on the east wall as renovation proceeds.

Workmen pour foundation for new south steps, using a steel
frame made especially for the project.

recently able to make a last-minute trip into the Brazilian
Amazon to inventory a forest before it was destroyed in
order to make way for commercial development. The trip
yielded an important discovery: scientists uncovered a rare
pocket of high-diversity bird life.

In addition to providing seed money for research ex-
peditions, the Campaign will also make a critical differ-
ence to the training and development of future scientists.
The Lester Armour Family Graduate Fellowship Program
will enable the Museum to support the work of young sci-
entists, today and in the future, for whom the collections
will form the basis of research. A Visiting Scholars Fund
established by the Prince Charitable Trusts, will enable
more scientists and scholars from around the world to
come to Chicago to study and offer fresh interpretations of
the Museum's collections. The result of these endowment
fiinds and other sources of philanthropic support: The
Museum will be able to fulfill its obligation to friture gen-
erations to advance and preserve the knowledge of natural
history.

"A masterfully restored home . . . informative new
exhibits that bring our visitors closer than ever to the
mysteries of nature . . . research that may uncover the
answers to tomorrow's greatest medical or environmental
challenges . . . and ongoing operating support from our
generous members," says Sandy Boyd. "Thanks to the tre-
mendous response to our Capital Campaign, Field
Museum is going to be at the forefront of the world's most
important museums of natural history. FM 11

Somme Woods Prairie and Savanna, seen here in the lushness of summer growth, is the largest of the areas being managed and restored
by the North Branch Prairie Project.

12

The North
Branch

PRAIRIES

by JERRY SULLIVAN
Photography by Steve Packard

0,

n the North Branch prairies, the work starts
promptly at nine on Sunday mornings. We work through
the spring and fall — certain frost-proof zealots work even
in the winter — in sunshine and rain, warmth and cold.
"Dress appropriately for the weather" warns the printed
work schedule that goes out to all the prairie volunteers.
Our only concession to the elements is to call off winter
work days when the windchill falls below zero. Building
an ecosystem is not a job for the faint-hearted or thin-
blooded.

Of course, the work is usually of a nature to keep
you warm whatever the wind chill. Felling a small tree
with a handsaw or cutting down a buckthorn thicket
with a lopping shears will put color in your cheeks and
sweat on your brow during the coldest and dampest days.

But somehow the work doesn't seem hard when
you're doing it. This is partly because you are surrounded
by friendly and convivial fellow workers, and it's partly
because if you spend most of your life sitting in a chair
shuffling papers or beating on a keyboard, manning a
lopping shears for a day is more therapeutic than
arduous.

And if your back does start to ache from too much
stoop labor, you can draw comfort from thinking about

Chicago writer Jerry Sullivan writes frequently on natural history for the
Bulletin. He does a column, "Field and Street, " for the Chicago Reader
and has done features on birds for Audubon rruigazine and other natiorud
publications. He was also editor of Chicago Area Birds, published in
1985 fry Chicago Review Press.

13

Volunteer worker Judith Kiriazis examines spike of blazing star.

14

where all this hacking and hewing is leading: to the re-
creation of the sublimely beautiful native landscape of
northern Illinois.

Some of you are probably thinking that last sen-
tence must be a misprint. "Sublimely beautiful" is the
sort of phrase you might use to describe, say, Big Sur, or
Rocky Mountain National Park, or the Grand Canyon,
but Illinois is about as sublime as a pool table. Other
places have scenery; we have com.

But the beauty of natural Illinois, pre-settlement
Illinois, was less in the shape of the land than in the
things that grew on it. Our native prairies and savannas
held an assortment of plants and animals whose precise
configuration was unique. A deadly combination of his-
torical and ecological forces destroyed almost all of
them, destroyed them so thoroughly that for a time they
vanished from the historical memory of lUinoians,
destroyed them so thoroughly that our ideas about what
things were like 200 years ago must always contain an
element of surmise.

Our work along the North Branch of the Chicago
River, the goal of all those rainy Sundays, is to rebuild as
nearly as we can the ecosystem that existed there when
the Potawatomis were evicted from the state. The North
Branch Prairie Project, to give the organization its for-
mal title, has been on the job for ten years, reshaping the
plant communities at seven separate sites on Cook
County Forest Preserve land from the Sauganash Prairie
at Bryn Mawr and Kostner avenues in Chicago to Som-
me Woods Prairie at Dundee and Waukegan roads in
Northbrook.

Our work has already made some major changes in
the way things look. Fields that used to be weed patches
with a few prairie plants are now weedy prairies, and that
is a major, and hard-won, advance. The work days are
actually fun — lunch is particularly festive — and we have
picnics and potluck dinners besides. We have had at
least one marriage of prairie people, and the times being
what they are, a couple of divorces.

Lately we have expanded into the creation of
prairie gardens, not for decoration, but to supply us with
seeds. We have a large garden at North Park Village Na-
ture Center at Peterson and Pulaski in Chicago, and a
couple of dozen volunteers are growing prairie species in
their back yards, so far with mixed results. We collected
the seeds for these gardens from unprotected prairie rem-
nants within 15 miles of our North Branch prairies. By
staying close to home, we hope to keep our ecotypes con-
sistent. We will sow seeds collected in these gardens into
our prairie reconstructions.

The tall-grass prairies of Illinois amazed the first set-

tiers with their beauty. Open, sunny, breezy, they were
quite a change from the shady woods of the east. The
world opened up on the prairie, the sky expanded into an
enormous dome over the verdant earth. The wind rip-
pled the grasses as it sped over the ground. And the flow-
ers bloomed in numberless profusion. Today, woodlands
are bright with hepatica and trout lily and trillium for a
few weeks in spring, but the show ends when the leaves
emerge from the trees. The prairies bloom from last frost
to first frost. Every month has its specialties, from the
bird's-foot violets of spring to the orange prairie lilies of
July, the golden prairie docks of August, and the pale
asters of October.

About 300 species of plants are known to have
grown on the Illinois prairies, and as many as 20 species
of flowering plants could be found in a square yard of
prairie sod. Grasses were the most common, with such
species as big bluestem, little bluestem, and Indian grass
acting as dominants in the community. The grasses
might account for half — or more — of the individual
plants on the prairie, but they represent only about 10

Coral hairstreak butterfly on butterfly weed. The larvae feed on
developing fruit of wild plum arui wild cherry.

"The tall-grass prairies of Illinois amazed the first settlers widi their beauty. The
world opened up on the prairie, the sky expanded into an enormous dome over
the verdant earth. The wind rippled the grasses as it sped over the ground. And
the flowers bloomed in numberless profusion." Such vistas have come close to
total disappearance in Illinois, but a remarkable program, now in its tenth year,

is doing much to bring them back.

percent of the species. The remaining 90 percent were
forbs, to give them their proper botanical designation.
In ordinary language, we would call them wildflowers.

Illinois also had its woodlands. They dominated the
southern end of the state. In the northern and central
sections, the woodlands were concentrated mainly in
the relatively wet areas on the flood plains of rivers.

There was a third major community in primeval
Illinois, a savanna community that people here in the
northern part of the state called an "oak opening. " In
central and southern Illinois, the savannas were known
as "barrens. "

Savannas are intermediate in structure between an
open prairie and a woodland. They have some trees, but
the trees are too widely separated to shade all the ground
beneath them. Defining the boundaries between wood-
lands, savannas, and prairies is necessarily a somewhat

arbitrary endeavor. According to one common defini-
tion, if the trees shade less than 50 percent of the ground
at noon in mid-summer, the place is a savanna. At the
other end of the scale , some investigators have settled on
a density of at least one tree per acre as the minimum for
a savanna.

Bur oaks were the most common trees in our savan-
nas, although white oaks and hickories also occurred in
some numbers and swamp white oak grew on wet sites.
Since the trees were widely spaced, they developed
broad, spreading crowns, and the lowest and largest
limbs often branched off the trunk quite near the
ground.

When the pioneers began moving onto this land,
the savannas were a prime attraction. The soils were as
rich as the prairies; the trees provided wood for building
and fuel, and cattle could graze on the grasses that grew

15

near the oaks. The open prairies went next.

The settlers' assault on the land was unremitting
and multifaceted. They plowed it; they paved it; they
overgrazed it; they sowed it — usually accidentally — with
alien weeds, and — the coup de grace — they protected it
from fire.

The tall'grass prairie and the oak savanna were fire-

Smad white lady's slipper

The prairies did little better. The few remnants that
survive escaped the general destruction purely by acci-
dent, and until quite recently, almost no one knew what
these survivors were or where they were. Around the
time of World War I, when some enlightened souls de-
cided to set up a system of natural parks for the benefit of
Chicagoans, they called it the Cook County Forest Pre-

16

dependent ecosystems. Prairie plants are almost all per-
ennials. Their root systems live for many years. Each
spring, they send up new green shoots to flower, set seed,
and die. From fall until spring, the prairie is clothed in
the russets, browns, and golds of these dead plants. It is a
beautiful display, and incidentally, quite flammable. Be-
fore settlement, fires, natural or man-made, could sweep
across the state, feeding on all these plant remains. The
fires cleared the ground for the new year's growth and
also incinerated any cottonwood seedling temerarious
enough to try to invade the grasslands.

The savannas usually grew in places that were
somewhat protected from fires. Given a few wet years
with no flames, the oaks could climb above the sur-
rounding grasses. Bur oaks have very thick and fire-
resistant bark, so they could survive all but the hottest
blazes once they gained a little height. The roots of bur
oaks could also survive a fire, just as the roots of prairie
grasses did, and send up new shoots the next spring.

Assaulted from every direction at once, the savan-
nas had practically ceased to exist by the time of the
Civil War. They became cornfields or pastures where
grazing animals destroyed the plants of the understory, or
if they were left alone but protected from fire, they be-
came closed-canopy woodlands. They survive today
only as place names: Long Grove, Elk Grove, Downer's
Grove, or as individual trees, the gnarled old oaks that
decorate parks and front yards all over northeastern
Illinois.

serve system and set about buying woodlands. They
totally ignored the open areas they called meadows.

The land they bought along the North Branch of
the Chicago was a mixture of woods, old fields, and
former cow pastures. Much of it was covered with alien
plants like the pestiferous shrub called European buck-
thorn. The open fields were mostly depauperate places
filled with weedy herbs and grasses.

But somehow, a few forlorn bits of natural Illinois
had managed to hang on along the North Branch, and in
the summer of 1975, Steve Packard discovered them.
Packard is now a field representative for the Illinois Na-
ture Conservancy, but at that time, he was new to field
botany. His major interest in the North Branch forest
preserves was the bicycle trail where he rode for relaxa-
tion in the evening.

He made his first discovery on June 22 of that year,
when he noticed some unusual flowers blooming near
the trail. With some help from Roger Tory Peterson's
wildflower guide and Robert Betz's book Prairie Plants of
the Chicago Region, he identified them as ragged fringed
orchids, native plants, and rather special ones.

Other discoveries followed until he had identified
all seven of the areas currently being managed and re-
stored by the North Branch Prairie Project.

Sauganash Prairie, the southernmost site, is wet
prairie and what appears to be a wet savanna, a commu-
nity so rare that no one has been able to find one to
study.

Bunker Hill Prairie at Caldwell and Devon ave-
nues, is a diverse area supporting, among other notable
species, a population of mountain blue-eyed grass, en-
dangered in Illinois and known from only two sites here.

Miami Woods and Indigo Prairies lie between

The Milwaukee Road Prairie is a tiny but rich rem-
nant along the Milwaukee Road railroad tracks just east
of Wayside Woods. Its assortment of prairie species in-
cludes such rarities as Leiberg's panic grass, prairie
coreopsis, shooting-star, and prairie betony.

Smooth phlox
(pink) and hoary
puccoon

Oakton and Dempster streets in Morton Grove. Miami
Woods is the other site known for mountain blue-eyed
grass. Large old bur oaks and northern pin oaks remain
to mark the location of an old savanna.

Wayside Prairie is just north of Dempster Street.
Northern dropseed grass grows there along with such
species as purple prairie clover.

Somme Woods Prairie and Savanna is the north-
ernmost site and the largest. Its botanical attractions
include cream gentian and the endangered small
sundrops.

Having discovered these sites, Packard decided to
try to do something to preserve and restore them. He
went first to Cook County Forest Preserve headquarters

17

in search of permission to sow the seeds of additional
prairie species onto his remnants. Then, drawing on his
experiences in the anti-war movement, he set about de-
veloping a constituency for his prairies. He contacted
groups as diverse as the Sierra Club and the Sauganash
Garden Club and led them on tours of the North Branch
prairies. Next he got volunteers from these groups to
come out and help him gather and sow seeds and clean
up trash, moves that helped the prairies and also created
a group of people who had gotten their hands dirty and
their feet wet working on the land.

The Forest Preserve District had agreed not to mow
these sensitive areas, but somehow the word didn't get
down the chain of command, and one morning Packard
arrived at Miami Woods Prairie and found the whole
place had been mowed.

"1 looked at it," he recalls, "and I knew we had
made it. " He started to call all the people who had taken
a tour of the prairies, and they began to call and write to
the Forest Preserve District, asking them to stop the
mowing. In response to all this attention, the Forest Pre-
serve District decided to take a longer look at the North
Branch prairies.

Roland Eisenbeis, the superintendent of con-

servation, and Sam Gabriel, the chief forester, toured
the sites along with Packard and Dr. Robert Betz of
Northeastern Illinois University, the reigning local ex-
pert on prairies, and the man whose book had helped
Packard discover these remnants. Betz looked them
over, made allowances for all the weeds, and declared
that these places were excellent examples of "incipient
prairies. "

So the FPD issued permits allowing the North
Branch Prairie Project to gather and sow seeds and to use
hand tools to clear brush and trees from places that ought
to be prairie.

Packard organized the first work day on August 6,
1977, with a 13-person crew he picked up at a Sierra Club
membership meeting. Since then nearly 600 volunteers
have taken part in work days, gardening, and other
project tasks, donating over 15,000 hours of labor to the
job. We have had some ups and downs, some dis-
appointments and some pleasant surprises. The cumula-
tive effects of all this work are beginning to make a real
difference in the look of the land along the North
Branch. Fields that used to be weed patches with a few
prairie plants hanging on in them are now prairies with a
few weeds. Prairie grasses grow now where buckthorn

Cutting brush from grade A prairie (fire does it better).

18

thickets used to cast a shade so dense that nothing could
survive under it. Stately old oaks that were once hidden
by the scruffy second-growth woods surrounding them
are in the open now. And for the past three years, we
have been working on the most ambitious savanna res-
toration ever attempted.

The volunteers have accumulated a vast amount of
communal knowledge, although most of it exists mainly
as oral tradition. Nobody has had a chance to write it
down yet. The thing we have learned above all is to have
patience.

On that very first work day in 1977, Steve's 13
volunteers spent a day gathering about 2,000 seeds of the
smooth phlox from an unprotected prairie site. On the
next work day, the same 13 volunteers planted those
seeds in Bunker Hill Prairie. It was the last they saw of
the phlox for four years. "If you are looking for instant
gratification," Steve told me, "this is not the job for
you."

The disappearing phlox were just lying low. Do-
mestic plants are bred and planted to produce seeds that
germinate all at once; wild plants hedge their bets. Ger-
mination is all or nothing. A seedling can't poke its
cotyledons above ground for a look around and then
crawl back in the seed coat if the rains stop.

So the phlox seeds waited for the right moment.
Some came up the first year, and some the second, and
so on. For the first couple of years, they hid near ground,
each plant a few tiny leaves and a two-inch stem. Prairie
plants are conservative. They invest most of their energy
in roots. A one-year-old plant may be two inches tall and
have roots that reach down two feet. After four years,
some of the phlox had a base solid enough to let them
produce flowers. Now they bloom every year, in con-
siderable numbers. You can see them in June. That kind
of story can be told about most of the 200 or so species of
prairie and savanna plants the North Branch Prairie
Project has sown into its plots. After 10 years, those slow
growers are starting to show up in numbers.

In the North Branch Phrase Book, the words
"Somebody should ... ," as in "Somebody should start
growing these plants in his backyard," is always trans-
lated as "I volunteer," as in "I volunteer to grow these
plants in my backyard. "

Preston Spinks, a volunteer who lives in Morton
Grove near Wayside Woods Prairie, spoke more or less
those very words one day, and thus was bom what might
be called the North Branch captive breeding program.
Spinks has a very green thumb. He has managed to coax
dozens of species of prairie and savanna plants into ger-
minating in flats in his backyard. His methods are suf-

Take an Inventory

Storekeepers take inventory so that supplies,
equipment, and merchandise that is actually on
hand can be compared to what should be on
hand.

Homeowners take inventory when their insur-
ance is to be increased.

Yet, persons with wills often forget to keep
inventories current. When that happens, their
families may be left with the same unnecessary
problems that the persons who originally made
wills intended to avoid.

Don't take chances with your will being out of
balance with your family's needs and your
assets. Schedule a meeting with your attorney to
take an inventory of what you think your will
contains and what it may now actually contain.
An out-of-date will is often as ineffective as no
will at all, so don't neglect one of the most
important inventories you will ever make.

For suggestions on preparing or revising your
will, mail the coupon below for the booklet
"How to Make a Will that Works."

clip and mail today

To: Clifford Buzard

Planned Giving Office
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60605-2496

D Please send me a complimentary copy of "How to Make a
Will that Works," at no obligation.

Name

(please print)

Address

City.

. State -

.Zip.

Phone: (home) _

.(office).

Best time to call: (day) _

. (hour) .

19

Planting phlox seed m Wayside Prairie. Some of the prairies had
been mowed "hums, " because nearby residents had complained
that they looked messy. The Forest Preserve District was pleased
to let them grow when volunteers offered to restore them to good
health.

ficiently reliable to allow him to turn out hundreds of
seedlings every spring. Volunteers plant these in the
prairies using tools designed by the North Branch Prairie
Project. Seedlings have a much better chance in life
than seeds, and captive-bred wildflowers are now bloom-
ing all over the North Branch.

The captive breeding program is vital now because
so many of the old seed sources are gone. The volunteers
used to collect most of their seed from five unprotected
prairies within 15 miles of the North Branch. All of
those prairies have now been largely destroyed. Gardens
will help to replace them.

The group tends its own garden at North Park Vil-
lage Nature Center, and an expanding network of back-
yard gardeners is helping keep these gene pools alive.

The relationship between the NBPP and FPD has
evolved in interesting ways. There was a certain mutual
wariness at first, but that dissipated with the passage of
time. The district has supported the project strongly.
Those initial grants of permits were expanded in 1981
with a permit to bum the North Branch prairies. The
bums are carried out by volunteer crews from the North
Branch Prairie Project. The volunteers are bright, high-
ly motivated, and — heading into the sixth year of burn-
ing — experienced. Steve Packard is proud of the fact
that "we've never burned a foot of ground we didn't want
to bum."

The District has also placed concrete posts at vul-
nerable places to keep off-road vehicles out of the
prairies. The biggest contribution has been to let this
group of volunteers manage 200 acres of Forest Preserve
land in the interest of recreating a piece of natural Illi-
nois. Bureaucrats aren't usually that bold.

The NBPP pays back this trust by being very discreet.
Hand tools are part of that discretion — no loud motors
in the woods. Making gradual changes in the land is
another. "We spend years clearing places that you could

Chicago Area Wildlife Series

Reprints of recent articles on Chicago-area wildlife are available by writing the Bulletin editor, Field Museum of
Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2499- Titles available include: "Chicago's
Parakeets," by David M. Walsten (May 1985); "Spring Wildflowers of the Chicago Area," by Floyd A. Swink (April
1986); "Owls of Chicago," by Jerry Sullivan (Feb. 1987), "Water Snakes that You Might See Around Chicago," by
John C. Murphy (March 1987); and "Spring Bird Migration at the Foot of I^e Michigan," by Kenneth J. Brock
(April 1987).

Prices: 1-5 copies: 75<t ea. plus 75* shipping and handling; 6-10 copies: 70<t ea. plus $1.25 shipping and
handling; 1 1-25 copies: 65<t ea., plus $1 .50 for shipping and handling. Since supplies are limited, 25 copies is the
maximum for a single order. Check or money order made payable to Field Museum.

20

Prairie Uly (orange), black-eyed susan (yeUow), ar\d pale-
spike lobelia (blue) shown with leaves of wild quinine arvi
prairie dock.

Prairie white-fringed orchid, an endangered species. This plant grew from
seed scattered in Somme Prairie, where there had been none. It took five
years to bloom.

Raking seed after fire, Miami Woods.
Most fires are set in early spring, before
migratory birds return, before sruikes,
insects, and other creatures have
emerged from hibernation, and before
the growing season has begun for native
prairie plants. A mix of more than 100
species of rare local plants, gathered the
previous fall, is raked into the estab-
lished turf. In the long run, these plants
will easily out-compete the weeds.

21

clear in a weekend," Ross Sweeny, one of the project's
leaders, once told me. "People get upset when they see
falling trees."

The attempt is to avoid doing anything that could
cause trouble for the District. They have enough prob-
lems operating a system this big in a county this
crowded.

The big excitement on the North Branch these
days is over savanna restoration. The natural savannas of
our state vanished so quickly that almost nobody with
any botanical knowledge ever had a chance to look at
one. By the time serious botanical work started in the
late 19th century, the savannas were either cow pastures
or forests. The question of what grew there before settle-
ment couldn't be conclusively answered.

Opinion leaned to the idea that savannas were
essentially prairies with a few trees. Experience on the
North Branch suggested that was not the case. Prairie
plants grew quite well away from the trees in full sun-,
light. Back in the woods, plants like jack-in-the-pulpit
returned on their own after fire and brush cutting re-
moved the buckthorn. But there was a space of scattered
trees and woodland edges, the sort of space whose mix-
ture of light and shade would qualify it as a savanna,
where almost nothing grew. The volunteers raked both
prairie and woodland seeds into these sites, but they just
wouldn't come up. A few plants appeared spontaneous-

ly, cream gentian was one — it is now common at Somme
Woods — yellow pimpernel was another. And some rari-
ties showed up, eared gerardia and small sundrops.

Using their presence as a starting point, Steve
Packard tried to figure out what kinds of plants grew in
the savannas. His information source was Plants of the
Chicago Region by Floyd A. Swink and Gerould
Wilhelm, published by Morton Arboretum. The book is
an alphabetical listing of all the vascular plants known to
grow in the Chicago area. Under each listing are remarks
on habitat and lists of typical associates. Working out-
ward from what grew in the North Branch savannas, he
put together a hypothetical list of savanna species.

It would have stayed hypothetical if Packard hadn't
also discovered an article published in an 1846 issue of
The Prairie Farmer magazine by a Dr. S. B. Mead of Han-
cock County, Illinois. Mead's article contains a list of
the plants Mead found growing in the "barrens" in Han-
cock County. This is the only list we have of savanna
species compiled by someone who actually saw a savan-
na. Doctors got around in the days of house calls by horse
and buggy, and Mead must have done a lot of botanizing
along the way. His list includes 106 species. Many of
them are also on Steve Packard's list.

Starting in 1985, a savanna seed mix of about 100
species began to be planted in appropriate locations
along the North Branch. It's coming up like crazy. ¥H

22

Music and Dance in Papua Ncyi" Guinea

April 29 through July 12

ijixty-five brilliant color photographs by photog-
rapher Jordan Wright, showing traditions and changing
lifestyles in Papua New Guinea, will be on display from
April 29 through July 12.

The special exhibit, "Music and Dance in Papua
New Guinea," combines photography, everyday ob-
jects, and tape-recorded traditional music to present
one aspect of a little-known people.

The exhibit has been organized by the Smithso-
nian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service (SITES)
in cooperation with the University Museum of
Archaeology/Anthropology of the University of Penn-
sylvania. The show is derived from the more than
4,000 photographs taken by Jordan Wright during the
spring and summer of 1982.

The highland people of Papua New Guinea were
once divided into hostile tribes that spent much of

their time in warfare and ritual preparation for warfare.
Dances, elaborate costumes, and colorful body painting
were part of this ritual. Today, however, these lavish
displays are part of friendly competitions, and serve to
preserve cultural behavior.

The photographs in "Music and Dance in Papua
New Guinea" convey the warmth and beauty of life to-
day in the Highland Sepik villages of New Guinea.
Highlights include exclusive photographs of the Sepik
"welcome dance" and a series of photographs telling the
story of a marriage.

Jordan Wright's pictures also show the festive
events at the annual Mt. Hagen/Goroka Fair — an ex-
travaganza of parading, dancing and singing. The
elaborate music and dance competitions shown give
evidence of a traditional life that has only recently
been touched by contact with the 20th century. 23

A

natural history museum's great value, aside
from standing as a wonderful warehouse of treasures, is
to inspire our imagination and to arouse our curiosity in
our environment.

A museum helps us explain scientific discoveries
that once seemed beyond our understanding and it in-
spires our awe at the wonders of our everyday world.

Join us on Members' Night at Field Museum and
visit with our curators, researchers, and entire Museum
staff and find out why their work is so important to you
and to the world.

There will be special exhibits, activities and
entertainment all evening, including Filipino dancing
by the Lakambini Performing Arts group; singing and
dancing by the Varblomman Swedish Children's Club
Vasa #45; and light classical and contemporary music
by the Paganini Ensemble.

If you are coming by car, you may park free of
24 charge in the Museum's north lot or Soldier Field lot.

Simply show your Member card or invitation.

Free bus service will be operating between the
Loop and our south door. These CTA buses, marked
"Field Museum" will originate at the Canal Street
entrance of Union Station (Canal at Jackson) and stop
at the Canal Street entrance of Northwestern Station
(Canal at Washington); Washington and State; Wash-
ington and Michigan; Adams and Michigan; Balbo and
Michigan.

Buses will begin running at 4:45 P.M. and con-
tinue at approximately 20-minute intervals until the
Museum closes at 10:00 P.M. You may board the free
"Field Museum" CTA bus by showing your Member
card or invitation.

Members are invited to bring family and up to four
guests at no additional charge. Special arrangements
for handicapped persons can be made by calling 922-
9410 extension 453, beginning May 4. "Behind-the-
Scenes" activities will end at 9:00 P.M.

FIELD
MUSEUM
TDURS^

An Extraordinary
Exploration of

CHINA

September 12 to October 2
$4,345 per person
Leader: Katherine Lee

^ Marcello Berlinetti/Photo Researchers Inc

September 12: Departure from Chicago O'Hare at 12:00 noon
via Japan Air Lines 747 (fit. #9). We'll fly non-stop to Tokyo.
JAL's gracious inflight service will help the time pass quickly, and
you'll hardly notice that we lose a day crossing the International
Date Line.

September 13: Arrive in Tokyo at 2:40 pm. After clearing cus-
toms, you will be met and assisted in the transfer to the Nikko
Narita Hotel, near the airport. Your evening should be leisurely,
and after a good night's sleep you'll be ready the next morning to
go on to Shanghai and the delights of China.

September 14: Depart Narita International Airport (Tokyo) at
9:00 a.m. en route non-stop to Shanghai, arriving about 1:00 pm.
You will be met by China International Travel Service guides and
transferred to your hotel, the Hua Ting Sheraton. The remainder
of the day is at leisure. Tonight you will enjoy dinner at your
hotel.

September 15: Today visit points of interest in Shanghai, includ-
ing the carpet factory, jade factory, and the Jade Buddha Temple,
in the western part of the city. Lunch at the hotel. This afternoon
you will visit the Shanghai Museum, one of the richest in the
country and outstanding for its bronzes and paintings. Many of

you will remember "The Great Bronze Age of China" exhibition
at Field Museum in 1980 which featured Shanghai Museum arti-
facts. Dinner will be enjoyed at a local restaurant. This evening
we will attend a performance of Chinese acrobats or folk opera.

September 16: We will transfer to the station for our train ride to
Suzhou. After checking into our hotel, we will have lunch there.
Because of its extensive network of canals, Suzhou has been
called "The Venice of the East." Suzhou is especially renowned
for the quality of its embroidery. This afternoon we will visit the
Silk Institute and factory. Dinner at the hotel.

September 17: The remainder of the morning is free for brows-
ing through shops and bazaars. Lunch will be at the hotel too, and
in the afternoon we will visit the famed gardens of Suzhou. Din-
ner at the hotel.

September 18: Today we'll leave Suzhou. We'll enjoy a cruise on
the Grand Canal to one of China's magnificent silk cities — Wuxi.
In Wuxi, we'll be met by our guide and transferred to the hotel.
Coming into Wuxi is like stepping into a traditional Chinese
water painting, showing water scenery and mountains. The main
attraction of Wuxi is Lake Taihu, China's fourth largest fresh-
water lake. Lunch at the Lake; dinner at the hotel. 25

£l FIELD

MUSEUM

TOUR3^

September 19: This morning we will visit the pottery factory.
We'll return to Shanghai by train, then continue on to Beijing by
air. Lunch will be planned too. Upon arrival in Beijing, we'll be
met by our guide and transferred to the Jing Lun Hotel. We'll
have dinner at a local restaurant in Beijing.

September 20: Our morning tour will include visits to the For-
bidden City (Old Imperial Palace), Tien An Men Square, the
Temple of Heaven, and other points of interest. Again we have an
opportunity to enjoy lunch in a local restaurant. This afternoon,
visit the Summer Palace with its famous marble boat and the
Beijing Zoo with its popular panda bears. A special dinner,
featuring a menu prepared for the Dowager Empress will be
served to you at the Summer Palace, after which we will return
to the hotel.

September 21: We will leave for our visit to the Great Wall of
China and the nearby Ming Tombs, travelling by train and
motorcoach. Lunch during tour — probably at the Badaling Sta-
tion at the Great Wall. This evening we'll enjoy the now famous
Peking duck dinner at a local restaurant.

September 22: We'll transfer to the station for our train ride to
Luoyang. We'll be met in Louyang and have lunch en route to the
hotel; dinner this evening will be at our hotel.

September 23: Although a quiet city today, during the Chou and
Han dynasties Louyang was China's capital. It was also flourish-
ing during the Sung Dynasty, when an impressive number of
buddhas were carved in the caves at neighboring Longmen (A.D.
550-600). You will see one buddha 60 feet high, as well as a cave
containing 10,000 small buddhas. Lunch at a local restaurant near
the caves, return to the hotel for dinner.

September 24: We will depart to the train station. Upon arrival,
we will transfer to the Golden Flower Hotel. Lunch will be
scheduled at a convenient time, and we will have dinner at the
hotel.

September 25: Xian is the principal center of ancient Chinese cul-
ture. We will have a full day visiting a good number of the impor-
tant sites. Those of you who saw the exciting Chinese exhibit of
the life-size warriors and horses at the Field Museum in 1983-84
must surely be anticipating your visit to this site. It is here where
the pottery figures were unearthed from guarding the Emperor's
tomb. Nearby are the scenic Huaging Pools, the Greater and
Lesser Wild Goose Pagodas, the Forest of Steles (the oldest and
best collection in China and a treasure house of ancient callig-
raphy, art classics, and stone engravings), and the Bell and Drum
Towers. We will also visit the Banpo Museum, one of China's
finest. We will lunch at a restaurant in Banpo village, and dinner
at a local restaurant.

September 26: We will continue our sightseeing adventure in
Xian. Lunch will be at one of the sites and we will return to the
hotel for dinner.

September 27: Today we leave Xian. We will transfer to the air-
port for our flight to Guilin. Lunch will be scheduled later. The
afternoon will be spent sightseeing, including the exotic lime-
stone caverns, museum, and the city market. Dinner will be at
the hotel.

September 28: You will enjoy another highlight of your trip to
China! You'll have a full-day cruising on the beautiful Li River.
You will observe cormorant fishing in addition to viewing the
steep karst mountains which form the exotic terrain as seen in
many famous Chinese paintings. A box lunch will be served en
route; dinner at the hotel.

September 29: Today we leave the Peoples Republic of China.
After breakfast, we will transfer to the airport for our flight to
Hong Kong via a connection in Guangzhou. In Hong Kong, we
will transfer to the Shangri-La Hotel.

September 30: This day is at leisure for pursuit of your own per-
sonal interests — relaxing or shopping. Optional tour programs
are available at additional cost. Tonight we will enjoy a farewell
banquet at the hotel.

October 1: Today we start home. We will transfer to Kai Tak
International Airport and board our flight to Tokyo (JAL flight
#64 leaves at 2:35 pm — arriving in Tokyo at 7:30 pm). Upon
arrival we'll transfer to the Nikko Narita Hotel.

October 2: We'll transfer to the airport for our homeward flight
on Japan Air Lines flight #10, which departs Tokyo at 12:00 noon
and arrives at Chicago O'Hare at 9:30 a.m. the same day (we re-
gain the day lost when we crossed the International Date Line).
Welcome Home.

The price includes air fare and all meals while in China. Breakfast
will be at your hotel each day.

Kenya Tanzania Safari

February 20 to March 10, 1988
$5,245 per person
Leader: Audry Faden

February 20: Your safari begins when you board your British
Airways flight to London this evening.

February 21: Arrive London's Heathrow Airport this morning.
You will be met and transferred to the Sheraton Skyline Hotel,
where day-rooms will be provided until your British Airways
flight to Nairobi this evening.

February 22: Upon arrival in Nairobi, you will be met and trans-
ferred to the luxurious Norfolk Hotel — a famous colonial land-
mark and one-time haunt of Teddy Roosevelt, Ernest Heming-
way, and Robert Ruark. This afternoon, enjoy a half-day tour

26

For reservations, call or write Dorothy Roder (322-8862), Tours Manager, Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr. , Chicago, II 60605

of Nairobi, visiting the colorful African market, the unique Ken-
yatta Conference Center, Nairobi University, and the famed
National Museum, known for its superb natural history collec-
tion and watercolors by Joy Adamson. Continue your tour by
driving through the suburb of Karen, where you will see Isak
Dinesen's original home, now a museum. This evening there is a
welcome cocktail party and dinner at the Norfolk, with guests of
the East African Wildhfe Society.

February 23: Today you head toward the famed Tsavo West
National Park, Kenya's largest national park. View game
through the park before arriving at Kilaguni Lodge for lunch.
From the lodge, watch the game come to the nearby waterhole.
After lunch, go out in search of the great elephant herds. Your
drive takes you to Mzima Springs, where large pools of clear
spring water surface at the rate of 50 million gallons a day. Oc-
casionally hippos can be viewed from the tank and cormorants
swim by.

February 24: Today you drive to Amboseli National Park, justly
famous for its big game and superb views of Kilimanjaro. The
150 square miles of park embody four main wildlife habitats
including open plains, acacia woodland, scrub brush, and fresh-
water swamps. Spend the afternoon viewing animals such as
wildebeest, zebra, giraffe, lion, cheetah, elephant, and rhino.
Amboseh Serena Lodge.

February 25: Start the day with a dawn game drive in this beauti-
ful park. Early morning is also the best time to view Kilimanjaro
before the clouds build up over the summit. Game drive in the
late afternoon — the best time to see lion and cheetah as they begin
to stir from the shade.

February 26: Today you drive to Tanzania via the Namanga bor-
der, passing through minimal immigration formalities. Continue
on to Gibbs Farm, a small, quaint farm in the midst of coffee
plantations.

February 27: Today transfer to Ndutu Safari Lodge, situated on
the shores of Lake Lgarya near the southeastern corner of
Serengeti National Park. Here you will enjoy game-viewing
drives both morning and afternoon.

February 28: Today you have game-viewing drives both mor-
ning and afternoon to explore the vast Serengeti plains. Here mil-
lions of wildebeest and zebra mill across the plains, seeking fresh
grasses. You see large prides of lion, perhaps a leopard resting in a
tree, groups of hyena, a mother cheetah teaching her cubs to
hunt, giraffe, gazelle, topi, and kongoni — the list is endless.
Ndutu Safari Lodge.

February 29: This morning you will drive into the Olduvai
Gorge, the site of Dr. and Mrs. L. S. B. Leakey's famous discov-
ery of the fossil he called "Zinjanchropus boisei" {now classified
Australopithecus boisei). Here you will enjoy a visit to the small
but very informative museum and a short talk by one of Mrs.
Leakey's assistants, who will escort you to the site of the "Zinj"
discovery. Continue on to one of the natural wonders of the
world, the Ngorongoro Crater, a caldera created by the pre-
historic collapse of a volcano cone. On the crater floor, herds of
typical plains mammals live out their destinies: buffalo, zebra,
wildebeest. Grant's Gazelle, Thomson's Gazelle, hon, and hyena.
Ngorongoro Wildlife Lodge.

March 1: Today we spend down in the crater, tracking and
photographing the animals. This great caldera contains some of
Africa's finest black-maned lion. Rhino can be seen with calves.

and waterbuck appear not to notice the visitors, enabling photog-
raphers to shoot at ease. On the lake in the middle of the crater,
you can watch thousands of flamingos.

March 2: Descend into the crater once more early this morning
for your last game drive here. Later depart to Lake Manyara
Hotel, set on the edge of the Great Rift Valley and overlooking
Lake Manyara National Park.

March 3: Enjoy a full day exploring the Lake Manyara National
Park. This park contains five vegetation zones, thus supporting a
large variety of fauna. Notable are the elephant herds and the
tree-climbing lions.

March 4: Drive to the Namanga border where your Kenyan driv-
ers will meet you for the drive back to Nairobi.

March 5: This morning you head northwest through undulating
Kikuyu farming country, reaching the Aberdare Country Club in
time for lunch. Transfer to special club vehicles for your game
run to the Ark, which will take you into a deep forested area alive
with some of the finest game viewing in Kenya. Driving along
the animal trails and paths, you may suddenly come upon ele-
phant, rhino, giant forest hog. Cape buffalo, waterbuck, bush-
buck, warthog, colobus monkey, cerval cat, leopard, and perhaps
the bongo antelope. The Ark is 'berthed' over a waterhole where
the animals come to drink. From an underground dungeon you
have an eye-to-eye view of this constantly changing scenario.
Darkness descends, but floodlights permit game viewing well
into the early morning hours!

March 6: Return to the Aberdare Country Club through the for-
est and clearings bright with clear morning light. Your safari
driver will be at the club to greet you and you head north along
the slopes of Mt. Kenya, then continue on, descending nearly
6,000 feet, passing through the town of Isiolo where your vehicle
will suddenly be surrounded by smiling Kenyans holding out
wares for you to buy, such as copper bracelets, necklaces, and
bangles. Bargain away if you wish, it's expected. View game as
you drive through Samburu Game Reserve to the lovely Sam-
buru River Lodge, located on the Uaso Nyiro River.

March 7: Today you have both morning and afternoon game
viewing of Samburu 's typically 'northern' game — reticulated
giraffe, Grevy's zebra, graceful long-necked gerenuk, Somali
ostrich and vulturine guinea fowl, none of which you will see
further south. Samburu is also a very good park for elephant and
the elusive leopard. It is an excellent place for the photographer,
with the park's vivid colors and the contrasts between sky, bush,
and sand. Bird enthusiasts will be well rewarded with over 300
species, including the martial eagle, in this reserve.

March 8: Board minibus and drive to the famous Mount Kenya
Safari Club. Here you have the remainder of the day to luxuriate
at this private club made famous by the late William Holden.
There is golf, tennis, heated swimming pool, horseback riding,
two lovely shops, a beauty salon, sauna, and many attractive
rooms set aside for drinking tea or something stronger. The view
of Mount Kenya is awesome as are the finely manicured grounds.

March 9: Drive back to Nairobi where rooms will be provided at
the Norfolk Hotel until your transfer to the airport for your
flight to London.

March 10: Arrive London, where you will connect with your
British Airways flight to Chicago arriving later the same day.

This tour will be operated by Abercrombie & Kent.

We Still have space on the "Project Canadian Fjords" scheduled for August 16 to 24,
aboard the Society Explorer. Please call for further information. Field Museum's leader is

Dr. Scott M. Lanyon.

27

Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Depiartment
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
ChicasoJL 60605-2499

HISS HARITA >'AXEY
Till NORTH GREENVIEW
CHICAGO IL 60626

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

June 1987

1

Friday Evening Features in June
Films from Brazil

see pages 3-5

Field Museum

of Natural History

Bulletin

Published since 1930 by

Field Museum of Natural History

Founded 1893

President: Willard L. Boyd

Editor/Designer: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa

Board of Trustees

Richard M. Jones,

Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
WlUard L. Boyd
Robert D. Cadieux
Henry T. Chandler
Woriey H.Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
^Mlliam R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley 11
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
John James Kinsetla
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
James J. O'Connor

Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N, Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
BlaineJ. Yarrington

Life Trustees

Harry O. Elercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Mrs. David W. Grainger
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J . Howard Wood

CONTENTS

June 1987

Volume 58, Number 6

June Events at Field Museum

Stone Tikis of the Marquesas Islands

by Jordan M. Wright

3
6

TheTiti 11

by PhiUp Hershkovitz, Curator Emeritus of Mammals
paintings by Staff Artist Zorica G. Dabich

Will Chalmers, Field Museum's
First Mineral Collector

by Edward Olsen, Curator of Mineralogy

16

1986 Volunteers Honored

Injury and Diseases in Fossil Animals

by Glen T. Sawyer and Bruce R. Erickson

Field Museum Tours

19

20

26

COVER

"The Noblest Bequest of All," or "Our Share," cartoon, ca.
1910, by John T. McCutcheon (1870-1949), showing Field
Museum not long after its name was changed from Field
Columbian Museum. The cartoon depicts the original
building, in Chicago's Jackson Park, occupied today (after
radical reconstruction) by the Museum of Science and
Industry. The Field Museum reopened at its present Grant
Park location in 1921.

Arguably the greatest political cartoonist of this cen-
tury, McCutcheon served on the Chicago Tribune staff from
1903 on. He won the Pulitzer Prize for cartoons in 1932
and, as this month's cover demonstrates, did not confine
himself to subjects of a political nature. He was perhaps
equally noted for his warmly sympathetic depictions of
rural Midwestern life. His best known work, "Injun Sum-
mer" ( 1907), is republished every year around Halloween
time in the Chicago Tribune. The original of "The Noblest
Bequest of All" is in the Field Museum archives. 84776

Field Museum of Natural History Bultetm (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined July/ August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History. Roosevelt Road at Lake Shoie Drive, Chicago, IL
60605-2496. Copyright® 1987 Field Museum of Natural History Subscriptions: $6.00 annually $3.00 for schools. Museum membership includes Builelin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their
own and do not necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone: (312)922-9410. Notification ofaddress change should include address label and be sent to
Membership Department. Postmaster: Please send fbcm 3579 to Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive. Chicago, IL 60605-2496. ISSN: 0015-0703. Second class postage paid at .
Chicago, llliiK)is.

T

events!

After Hours at the Field

Fridays in June
5:30pm, West Entrance

FREE

Field Museum inaugurates a new program of films fi-om around the world. Friday evenings in June feature
films about Brazil. The series continues in July with films from Australia and New Zealand. Light refresh-
ments are available for purchase before and after the films. Be sure to use the West Entrance to the Museum.
For more information call (312) 322-8855.

Bye Bye Brazil

"One of the year's best films" — Roger Ebert and Gene Siskel, Sneak Previews
"A rare treat. ..an earthy, exotic comedy. .hums with vitality" — Playboy.

June 5

1980. 110 minutes. Color. Brazil. Director:

Carlos Diegues. Portuguese with English
subtitles.

This Carlos Diegues film blends the powerful
Cinema Novo style with lively and colorful

entertainment full of humor, sensuality, and real-
ism. The story follows a shabby carnival group
over 9,000 miles of lush Brazilian countryside,
where they discover that modernization is quickly
changing rural life styles and that past, present,
and future must all now somehow coexist.

Continued -—

7'

EVENTS

♦

^K.%

y « '- ' '

B

*

/

*Hour of the Star

June 26

1986. 96 minutes. Color. Brazil. Director:

Suzanna Amaral. Portuguese with English

subtitles.

"I am a typist and a virgin, and I like Coca-Cola."
So Suzanna Amaral's delicately naive anti-heroine
describes herself in the beginning of this painfully
honest film of a poor young girl who courageous-
ly tries to become a modern woman in the big
city. How oj the Star'xs this year's Brazilian
nominee for the Oscar for Best Foreign Film.

T

^

EVENTS

Black Orpheus

June 12

1959. 98 minutes. Color. Brazil. Director: Marcel

Camus. Portuguese with English subtitles.

This classic film retells the legend of Orpheus
and Eurydice in modern Afi-o-Brazilian Rio de
Janeiro. Orpheus, the handsome streetcar conduc-
tor, falls in love with the beautiful but troubled
country girl, Eurydice, who is stalked by a
mysterious masked killer. Winner of an Academy
Award for Best Foreign Film for its electric and
colorful rendering of Brazil's carnival.

*How Tasty Was My Little
Frenchman

June 19

1971. 80 minutes. Color. Brazil. Director:
Nelson Pereira dos Santos. In Tupi (a Brazilian
language) and French with English subtitles.

A 16th-century Frenchman, captured by Tupi In-
dians, tries nobly to integrate himself into the In-
dian culture but discovers that true incorporation
into the tribe is only possible in one way: through
the stomach. This unusual film uses black comedy
and vivid Brazilian scenery to make an allegorical
point about Brazil's cultural development by
Europeans. The cast is naked throughout as Per-
iera dos Santos's aim is to show the innocence and
sensuaHty of the Tupis while maintaining anthro-
pological accuracy.

*Short ethnographic films of the Yanomamo Indi-
ans of Northwest Brazil and Venezuela proceed
these films. Filmed by Timothy Asch with
anthropologist Napoleon Chagnon.

June Weekend Programs

Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum.
Free tours, demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families
and adults. Listed below are only a few of the numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Programs
sheet upon arrival for the complete schedule and program locations. The programs are partially supported by
a grant from the Illinois Arts Council.

June

7

20

2:00pm Malvina Hoffman: Portraits in Bronze
(slide lecture). Examine the life and works of
Malvina Hoffman, concentrating on the Por-
traits of Mankind Collection commissioned
by Field Museum.

11:30am Ancient Egypt (tour). Explore the
traditions of ancient Egypt from everyday life
to myths and mummies.

STONE TIKIS

of the

MARQUESAS ISLANDS

by Jordan M. Wright

photos by the author

The Marquesas Islands comprise, together with the
Society, Tuamotu/Gambier and Austral Islands,
one of the five archipelagos of French Polynesia.
This group is made up of six main islands (Nuku Hiva,
Ua Pou, Ua Huka, Tahuata, Hiva Oa and Fatu Hiva)
and a half dozen small ones situated to the north of Tahi-
ti, about 1,000 miles. The total surface of the archipela-
go covers in all not more than 807 square miles. The
islands are bound by dark cliffs that fall sharply into the
sea. The principal valleys on each of the islands resemble
great amphitheatres.

The Marquesas has been the name of these islands
since 1595, when they were visited by the Spaniard,
Alvaro Mendana de Neira, who baptized them in honor

of the viceroy of Peru's wife, the marchioness of Mendo-
za, who had organized the expedition. They were more
truly discovered 1600 years before by some canoe blown
on a west wind from as far away as Samoa or Tonga.
What they called the islands then is unknown, although
not too long afterward the islands were referred to as
Tettenua, Te Enata, the Land of Men.

From 1774 to 1791, Cook, Ingraham and Marchand
visited the islands. Before missionaries converted the
islanders to Christianity, the Marquesans fought many
wars among themselves and were noted cannibals, but
the diseases and vices introduced by the white man had a
more devastating effect on the population than earlier
practices. The Marquesas became a French protectorate

in 1842, after a treaty was signed between Admiral du
Petit Thouars and the local chiefs. The population at
one time was more than 100,000, but today is only
5,400.

The ancient Marquesans lived not in villages or in
hamlets but in separate households located in the valleys
or beside waterways. All houses were built on stone plat-

forms, known as paepae. They are visible now among the
coconut trees, often in ruins, symbols of how the Mar-
quesans once were. The households in a valley would
share a tohou, or public place, where the people danced
and feasted. Their stone platforms were arranged around
the tohou like grandstands, on which they built tempo-
rary shelters. In the remotest parts of the valley were the

me'ae (marae), where the holy men performed sacred
rituals. Here they made offerings of pigs or breadfruit or
their most sacred sacrifice, heanna: humans who had
been caught to celebrate the death of a chief or the mak-
ing of a god.

All of the constructions were made without mortar,
but the stones destined for visible surfaces were often

trimmed in a way which presented a more regular
appearance. The sacred enclosures, surrounded by low
rectangular walls, were generally paved. The great step
platforms observed by Captain Cook and other voyagers
seemed to have belonged to particularly important
me'ea of late construction. In the enclosure of the me'ea
stood the 'unu — carved posts or planks dyed red, which

are known only from descriptions and old illustrations.
Certain posts were surmounted by a wooden bird, meant
to attract or to symbolize living birds — messengers of the
gods. Other columns, very simply carved, supported
platforms destined to receive offerings.

Numerous plants, ornaments, tresses, and garlands
of coconut leaves were added to the wooden sculptures
on ceremonial days. Sculptures in human form, only
moderately sized examples of which have survived,
formed a varied range, from plain posts of the human
figure scarcely roughed out, to more or less realistic sta-
tuettes, sometimes dressed in tapa bark cloth, which the
Marquesans called tiki.

Stone statues of the gods watched over the sacred
sites. The more important tikis were kept on the me'ea
and were used in various cannibalistic rituals. Certain of
these tikis served as boundary signs to mark the limits of
properties or as markers indicating an area in which the
animal or vegetable resources were temporarily stricken
with disease. The tikis apparently symbolized the dead
and the divinized ancestors as a symbol of fecundity. The
tiki appears to be a synthesis of all the signs of fertility: to

its fetal appearance are often added feminine attributes,
more rarely masculine.

The tikis have common characteristics: the low
head, elongated in the front and back, lies immediately
on the shoulders; the face, triangular in shape, is
finished at the base almost in a point. The features,
which are not always clearly designed, vary from one
example to another; but in most cases, goggle-rimmed
eyes bulge over flaring nostrils and a half-opened mouth
through which a tongue tip protrudes. The ears were in-
dicated by earphone-like projections. The body is squat;
the line of the shoulders, which is horizontal, is marked
on either side of the head by a flat ledge, which is often
prolonged onto the back. The tiny arms were flexed,
while the hands, in highly stylized form, were clasped
over the protruding abdomen. The legs — very bent — are
scarcely marked or even non-existent on the stone tiki.

The photos shown here were taken in Nuku Hiva in
December 1983. The tikis may be seen beneath the ever-
encroaching brush, arranged alone or in small groups.
Most are about three feet high, although a couple are as
large as six feet.

NOLU Shoiuing:

Music and Dance in
Papua New Guinea

The color photos of Jordan Wright — 65 in number — are included in the current exhibit, "Music and Dance in
Papua New Guinea," on view in Gallery 9 through July 12.

The exhibit combines photography, everyday objects, and tape-recorded traditional music to present
one aspect of a little-known people.

TTie exhibit has been organized by the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service (SITES) in
cooperation with the University Museum of Archaeology/Anthropology of the University of Pennsylvania.
The show is derived from the more than 4,000 photographs taken by Jordan Wright during the spring and
summer of 1982.

The highland people of Papua New Guinea were once divided into hostile tribes that spent much of their
time in warfare and ritual preparation for warfare. Dances, elaborate costumes, and colorful body painting
were part of this ritual. Today, however, these lavish displays are part of friendly competitions, and serve to
preserve cultural behavior.

Mr. Wright's brilliant photographs convey the warmth and beauty of life today in the Highland Sepik
villages of New Guinea. Highlights include exclusive photographs of the Sepik "welcome dance" and a series
of photographs telling the story of a marriage.

Jordan Wright's pictures also show the festive events at the annual Mt. Hagen/Goroka Fair — an extrava-
ganza of parading, dancing and singing. The elaborate music and dance competitions shown give evidence of
a traditional life that has only recently been touched by contact with the 20th century.

10

THE TITI

South American monkeys remarkable for
their monogamy and for an enduring
union marked with special affection

The small, colorful South
American monkeys
of the genus Callicebus (family
Cebidae), commonly
known as titis, live in tropical
forests east of the Andes
Mountains in Colombia,
Venezuela, Ecuador, Peru,
Bolivia, northern Paraguay, and
most of Brazil.

At least ten species are _^

distinguishable, some of them with
two or more subspecies. The copp-
ery titis, illustrated here by Staff
Artist Zorica G.Dabich, are the buff-
headed (Callicebus cupreus cupreus) ,
the white-fronted red-handed (Callicebus
cupreus discolor), and the white-fronted white-
handed (Callicebus cupreus omatus). As indi-
cated by their scientific names, the three are sub-
species of the species Callicebus cupreus. Their
geographic distribution is shown on the map,
page 13.

Titis are long-haired, long-tailed quadrupeds,
most of them with colorful, mane-like sideburns.
A full-grown titi of the species Callicebus cupreus
is the size of a rabbit, and weighs about two pounds.
An adult of the largest species, Callicebus persona'
tus, of eastern Brazil, may weigh three pounds
or more. Sexual dimorphism, that is, physical
differences between the sexes, other than
those of the reproductive system, are not apparent.

by Philip Hershkovitz
Curator Emeritus ofMommais

Vfe>^,

Mated male and female in a
usual posture, side by side with
tails entwined.

All titis share a number
of behavioral characters
that distinguish the genus.
Titis are monogamous,
an uncommon relation-
ship among primates. Most
particular is a close
and enduring bond
between titi pairs
unmatched in
other New World
monkeys. The
male and female
stay close whether
traveling, eating,
resting, or sleep-
ing. They hold hands,
grasp feet, smack lips,
sing together, and when resting side by side
twine their hanging tails together in what may
seem a loving embrace. Separation causes
great distress for both individuals that not even
a substitute mate can alleviate.

The normal titi group is a family unit made
up of the parental pair and infant of the year. To
this may be added the young of the previous
year, and sometimes the offspring of the year be-
fore, but this oldest one is on its way out to start
its own family.
The territory of one to a few acres occupied
by a family group is jealously guarded against
trespass by titis of neighboring groups. Home

pointings by Zorica G. Dabich

Staff Artist

11

Northern South America, with bold outUne delineating known limits of geographic range of the genus Callicebus. Dark
shaded areas show range o/ Callicebus cupreus with its subspecies omatus, discolor, and cupreus. The light shaded areas
include ranges of species o/ Callicebus tOFquatus, C. oenanthe, C. caligatus, C. moloch, C. brunneus, C. modestus,
C. olallae, C. donacophilus, and C. personatus. Two species of ur\determined status are omitted. Titis may also occur in
the unshaded area marked "?" Note gap in distribution between Callicebus cupreus omatus and C. cupreus discolor, arvi
between Callicebus personatus arui remaining species of the genus. Map by ]ennifer Blitz.

range limits are staked out by force of voice. At the break
of dawn, the awakened family unit makes its stand on a
tree limb at the periphery of its home ground. From this
vantage point it engages in a duetting duel, pitching
voices against response in kind by confronting neighbors
perched in another tree at the boundary. Vocalizations
can carry for a mile and often stimulate answering calls
from distant groups. There is little overt aggression dur-
ing confrontations. There may be some chasing and
brawling, with the invader of either side quickly repel-
led, usually with little or no damage to either party. It
has been observed, however, that during the height of
battle and the heat of breeding season, a gallant from

one side may make a quick end run to the other side,
hurriedly pay his respects to a receptive female, and
dodge back to his lines before the momentarily dis-
tracted consort becomes aware of any transgression.

Duetting as performed daily by titis is a rare mam-
malian phenomenon. Only some Asiatic gibbons among
nonhuman primates practice it, and probably not for the
same purpose. Duetting by a titi pair, often with
accompaniment by offspring, ensures the exclusiveness
and stability of the group's home range and, except for
an occasional peccadillo, the integrity of the monog-
amous bond.

One young is produced each year toward the begin- 13

Buff 'heeded titi, Callicebus cupreus cupreus

'""^s^^^^^^^^^Hl

HiHBBI^^-

S^H^^^^^^aj^^K

BH^^

J-

• :/'

1^^

:'^^^^^H^^^M

^^^Hrb^ ^ ^^P'

PK^

^'r^^rffT'T' '

,■.-■

White-fronted red-handed ati, Callicebus cupreus discolor

ning of the rainy season. Gestation is roughly 5Vi
months. The neonate, bom with eyes open, weighs 90-
100 grams, or about a tenth of its mother's weight. Fol-
lowing the first nursing, which occurs within 2 to 4
hours, the infant is picked up by the father, who takes
over completely except for the daily nursing and groom-
ing periods provided by the mother. The young clings to
its father's back for about a month before venturing to
move about independently, a few minutes at a time. By
the age of four or five months, or when weaned, the
young is completely independent. The whitish frontal
band characteristic of adult omatus and discolcn may not
appear until the fifth or sixth week of postnatal develop-
ment. Complete adulthood is attained during the third
year.
14 Food taken in the wild consists mainly of fruit.

flowers, buds, and leaves. A small quantity of insects
may be ingested, but in captivity meat in some form is
eaten regularly.

It is a joy to watch these beautiful, peaceful, engag-
ing monkeys and a delight to hear them. Their activities-
provide a wealth of knowledge of the world we live in
and, as exemplified by a plucky female, how to live in it.
This individual, a wild-bom captive of the subspecies
Cdlicehus cupreus omatus, was in poor flesh and fur. It
was losing strength rapidly despite every care received
during six weeks in the hospital of a primate research
center in Covington, Louisiana. As a final resort, it was
let loose in the center's outdoor enclosure. This titi was
last seen in the station 10 June 1968. Five months later,
on 6 November, it was brought to the center by a local
squirrel hunter who had shot it in a wooded area six miles

_^iU^jjAaU,tA^i

- \^j;^^^^^

IJHHHHHw^gg:

^ . '~^^^«|9

^^^^^^KBSmb

^^^^^^^^^^^^HnB

»l

>L%:: ' ^«^H

^^^^^^^^HH

K-

- -"- -^^sSsHi

■^■^^^^^^^^^I^^^^H

^B^

'* -^r^mWM

3^^hHHH^b^^I

^He.

^ :_^_^^^^^^g^^g^a^BB|^

|||M^^^^8BH|

HE'

— z^^^^^^^^^l^H

't^^^y|Mj|Bfc,.^^--:^^^gH

Hp

~^'^^^3^^^^^^H^^s^;dBv-^B^Br

^^^^^^^^^1

Hr

' ^^^^SB3^^B^'i~

^^->>..^'' 'iK^^^^^^^^^^^^H

^^K^'

^■^J^r^^SSS^m^^^BS^^*^'-'^

- > (^^'^.^^^^^^^^^^1

^^^F

- i^^-'L^^S^^^^HI^HMtt'^^

' - ^^^bwH^^I^^^^I

^^^

Zg^^^mKMBH^.Tjra

f^J^P^H

w

■p?^

f -'^'

^^I^^^&^'

/^ i'^7r/wi0nBH^^H^H

^^^^^^E^B^^^B^

^^^^B&C-?^

'/

'^l-MIRI

^^^BB^HP^

^^^^^^^^^^K .'

H^^^§^^«^S^sl^^^^

F"

'•"■'■- ■;"--'j;i£^3

^^^^^i^^^^^Hmfl

^^K^i^nbk^<^9i^^^MHS^^^

-'^#iii9

^^^^^^^^^^Iht ^ '"^

^^^^SiwiH^^ftv

'-'^ '^^i%f^^^H

^^^^^^^^■^^VV

" •-' *i^HB^^B

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^HH^

" /i^^^^^^l

^^^^^Kf^^^^^m"

j^^^r^

W^^^Sm^

«^:^^-.;i>

' '''■-^TvT^v??*'!?^'/ ■

■" ^^r^ tSBB^

^^^r~ * -^^V-^

c^^^^^Bh^B^^T^'' '

Jp

^^^^HHm^^-^

y

"'^

p-r*'*^

White'fronted uihite-harukd titi, Callicebus cupreus omatus

to the south. The autopsy revealed a miraculous recov-
ery. The animal was in excellent physical condition, fat,
well-muscled, with fur coat in prime condition, and a
voracious appetite proven by a stomach full of partially
digested fruit, acorns, flowers, leaves, pollen, and insect
wings.

The most valuable sources used in the preparation
of this article are published accounts by Dr. William A.
Mason and Dr. Warren G. Kinzey. Dr. Mason spent most
of 1964 in eastern Colombia in pioneer studies of titis in
their natural habitat. His labors in comparative behavior
continued in the primate centers of Tulane University
and is ongoing in the University of California at Davis.
Dr. Kinzey, of the City College of New York, initiated
studies of wild-living Callicebus cupreus discolor and Cal-
Ucebus torquatus in Amazonian Peru during 1974, with

continuations into 1981. During 1977 he studied the
eastern Brazilian Callicebus personatus in its natural habi-
tat. My encounters with titis were in Colombia,
Ecuador, Peru, and Brazil.

Callicebus is one of six genera of cebid monkeys
treated in the second volume (in preparation) of my
monograph Living New World Monkeys. The first
volume, on marmosets, tamarins, and the callimico, was
published in 1977 by the University of Chicago Press. *

I am indebted to Zorica G. Dabich for the paintings
of the three titis, each a masterpiece, and sketch of the
tail-twining titis, and to Jennifer Blitz for the geographic
distribution map. FM

'Availabk at the Museum Store, $110.00, ten percent discount for
members. 15

WILL CHALMERS
Field Museum's
First Mineral
Collector

by Edwarck)lsen
Curator of Mineralogy

People collect everything. There are collectors of
bottle caps, stamps, matchbooks, barbed wire, fos-
sils, antique cars, beer cans, minerals, Aztec pottery,
swizzle sticks, bubble gum cards — to list only a few. It
seems to be some kind of instinct. Some of us return from
a summer vacation with pockets full of pretty pebbles
picked up from the beaches and stream bottoms of the
world. The instinct goes far back into our history on this
planet. A Stone Age burial site in Europe contains the
remains of a man surrounded by a collection of pretty
pebbles, bits of mineral crystals, and some fossils. We
can speculate that he was buried with his personal
collection — an early attempt to flout the maxim about
not being able to "take it with you."

Collections are the bread and butter of natural his-
tory museums. Inveterate collectors regard the museum
curator as having the ultimate job. Imagine, getting paid
to collect! The collections in natural history museums
are, hopefully, made more carefully than the pockets full
of pebbles. The reasons for museum collections are more
than just to satisfy a long-held human instinct. Natural
history museums have become the storehouses of mate-
rials on which a portion of the scientific community de-
pends for its research. The curators have to know the
materials in their collections, and know how to intel-
ligently add to them. Adding objects to a given collec-
tion isn't always easy. It may turn out that sources don't
exist for some items — as, for example, some minerals
once known from long closed-down mining operations,
or are from parts of the world that are currently politi-
cally unstable.

Adding to collections is done in several ways —
collecting yourself, purchasing required items from per-
sons, trading with other museums or individual coUec-
16 tors. One of the most successful ways, however, is to seek

to become the place where serious collectors leave their
collections, either during their lifetimes or in bequests.
After any good collector has spent a large part of his life
getting together a top-notch collection, sooner or later
he becomes concerned about its future status — after he
is no longer around. It often happens that family mem-
bers are not particularly interested in such collections
and it becomes clear to the collector that one day it will
all be sold off or, worse, tossed out by an unknowledge-
able relative. At this stage, some collectors make an
approach to a large museum. Through its almost
century-long history the Field Museum has been the
repository of some outstanding collections, received in
just this way, from collectors looking for a good home for
them.

When the Museum was very new, back in 1894,
one of its first trustees was also a shrewd collector of
mineral specimens. William J. Chalmers, known to his
friends as Will, got into mineral collecting through his
business operation. He was a partner in the company of
Fraser &. Chalmers, which manufactured heavy mining
machinery. In those days the Great American West, as
well as much of the Middle West and the East, was
heavily worked by numerous metal mining operations.
In the course of selling equipment to mining companies,
Will Chalmers traveled and visited many operating
mines. In the process he became aware of beautiful
minerals that are sometimes the ores being mined, but
more often are the minerals associated with the ores —
what miners call gangue minerals. Gradually, he picked
up the best examples of many minerals and started what
was to grow into a first-rate collection.

In those days, getting together a good mineral
collection was generally not done by midwesterners.
Chicago is located right in the heart of a mineralogical
wasteland! For many hundreds of miles in all directions
around Chicago there are very few really interesting
mineral collecting localities. East coasters, on the other
hand, are located close to dozens of well-known mineral
collecting localities. The difference is in the rock types
of the region. A New Yorker can go out on a weekend to
a dozen localities and find many fine mineral specimens.
A Chicagoan can't. Considering his roots in Chicago,
Will Chalmers would probably never have collected
minerals had he not been in the mining machinery
business.

He was bom in 1852 on what is now the near west
side of Chicago, the area of the present University of
Illinois-Chicago Campus. His father, Tom Chalmers,
had come there from Glasgow, Scotland in 1842 and was
settled into a small enclave of Scots, Welsh, and Eng-
lish. After high school. Will was apprenticed to the

Eagle Works Manufacturing Co. , where he learned to be
a skilled mechanic. His father was the general superin-
tendent at Eagle Works. At the age of 20 he and his
father started the business that became the Eraser &
Chalmers Co. The company became the world's largest
manufacturer of mining machinery. He became presi-
dent of the company in 1891.

Right in his own neighborhood, Will met a
fascinating young woman. Joan Pinkerton was the
daughter of Allan Pinkerton. She was bom in a house at
Monroe and Laflin Streets, and lived with her family on
what was then called Reuben Street — the present-day
Ashland Avenue. Her father had started America's most
famous detective agency, Pinkerton's. It was his agency,
and he himself on many occasions, that became the first
bodyguards of American presidents. This force of body-
guards later evolved into the present-day Secret Service.
Young Joan, through her father's business, met many of
the famous men of her day. When she was young. Gener-
al Phil Sheridan would come to visit and sit on the porch
of the Pinkerton house, watching in wonder as Joan
wildly raced her horse up and down Ashland Avenue!
Sheridan, at the time, was in charge of the western
department of the Army, which was involved in the
tragic wars with the Plains Indians.

Joan and Will were married in 1878 and Joan
assumed the role of social arbiter of the Western Division
of Chicago society. In those days there were three divi-
sions— the West, the North and the South. Today, it
seems strange to think of a near west side high society,
because the area has been commercialized for so many
years. In those days the Western Division was a force to
be considered. It was the area of the famous Bertha Hon-
ore, daughter of Henry H. Honore (there's a street
named after him), who built a southern-style mansion
plunked in the middle of a whole square block edged by
Ashland Avenue and Jackson Boulevard. Bertha mar-
ried Potter Palmer, and became the formidable Mrs. Pot-
ter Palmer, the first real queen of Chicago society.

Joan was interested in charity functions. In those
days, Chicago was the destination of many national
groups from Europe seeking homes and jobs. There were
essentially no government social programs. Settlement
depended on the efforts of people like Jane Addams,
with funding from private individuals, especially Chi-
cago society. Will became involved in a number of civic
activities. He served as a director of the World's Co-
lumbian Exposition in 1893 and was, for a time, a mem-
ber of the Chicago Board of Education. When the Field
Museum was formed (then called the Field Columbian
Museum) he became a member of its board of trustees.

His business grew, as did his mineral collection;

William]. Chalmers

however, as time went on, new mining operations in the
United States were not starting up as often as in the past.
Large regions of America were becoming more and more
agricultural. Other mining machinery companies
emerged and offered stiff competition. With the gradual
change. Eraser & Chalmers began to suffer difficulties.
Just about that time. Will Chalmers met a man named
Edwin Reynolds. Reynolds was the senior engineer for
the Edward P. Allis Company of Milwaukee, a company
that manufactured heavy machinery. The result of their
casual meeting was ultimately a merging, in 1901 , of four
machinery companies, the Allis Co. of Milwaukee, Eras-
er & Chalmers and the Gates Iron Works — both of
Chicago, and the Dickson Manufacturing Co. , of Scran-
ton, Pennsylvania. The new company was called the
AUis-Chalmers Company. As the years went by, this
company evolved into a leading maker of farm imple-
ments, as well as a line of heavy industrial machines.
Mergers of large companies often create difficulties for
the individuals involved. After several years of problems

17

along the management of the four companies, Will
Chalmers, who had become vice president of AUis-
Chalmers, decided to resign in 1905.

His interest in minerals continued, and his wife had
caught the "bug" during the years of their marriage —
they both had mineral collections! He served on the

The 5, 900'carat Chalmers

Topaz, on view in the

Grainger Hall of Gems

done with simple tools and microscopes. By the late
1950s, however, no serious research could be done with-
out the use of X-ray diffraction equipment. With the
accumulated endowment earnings of the Chalmers Fund
the Museum could easily afford to purchase an X-ray
diffraction laboratory. From it, dozens of research papers

18

Field Museum Board of Trustees until his death in 1938,
at the age of 86. In his will be bequeathed his mineral
collection to the Field Museum, and made an initial
endowment of funds to help with the upkeep of the
collection, additions to the mineralogical collections,
and research on minerals. Later, in Joan Chalmers' will,
she also gave the Museum her mineral collection, and
made an additional endowment fund for the same pur-
poses.

Over the years, the Chalmers mineral collection
has been a strong asset to the Field Museum. Besides
giving us great specimens for exhibit, it has provided
faculties and students with many samples for research.
Projects such as crystal structure determinations, crystal
structure refinements, analytical standards, lead isotope
measurements, and oxygen isotope homogeneity studies
have been made using specimens from the Chalmers
collection. The Chalmers Fund has been equally valu-
able. In Will Chalmers' day, mineralogical research was

have resulted, and new minerals have been discovered.
Today, research on minerals involves the use of large
machines like electron microprobes, analytical electron
microscopes, electron diffraction equipment, and ion
microprobes. These machines, ranging in price from
$200,000 to $1.5 million, are too expensive to be sup-
ported by any one institution, with annual upkeep costs
that range in the hundreds of thousands of dollars. With
Chalmers Fund monies it has been possible to pay for use
time on this entire array of equipment in different lab-
oratories around Chicago. The research yield, over the
decades, has been impressive.

Some years ago, the Museum had the chance to
purchase a spectacular, 5,900-carat faceted topaz for its
exhibit collection. It was purchased using earnings from
the Chalmers Fund and was suitably given the name, the
Chalmers Topaz. It is the centerpiece of the Museum's
new Grainger Hall of Gems. We know that Will and
Joan Chalmers would have been pleased with it. FM

1986 Volunteers Honored

Field Museum honored its 1986 volunteers at a special buf-
fet supper on April 28 in Stanley Field Hall. It was fitting
that the event recognizing the volunteers for their service to
Field Museum was held during National Volunteer Week
1987.

In a brief ceremony, Ellen Zebrun, volunteer coordina-
tor, welcomed the volunteers to the evening's festivities. Wil-
lard L. Boyd, president, speaking on behalf of the trustees and
staff, expressed the gratitude felt for the invaluable contribu-
tion made by the volunteers. Noting the importance of the
volunteers to the ongoing success of Field Museum, Dr. Boyd
highlighted the volunteer activities in 1986. He then recog-
nized the six volunteers who had given over 500 hours of
service.

During 1986 the volunteer contribution of 37,686 hours
of service was the equivalent of 21 additional full-time staff
members. Last year's special exhibit, "Te Maori: Maori Art
from New Zealand Collections" was staffed entirely by
volunteers. This volunteer force gave 1,900 hours of service,
including tours of the Museum's Maori meeting house for
30,000 visitors.

These figures are impressive; equally impressive are the
number of years the volunteers stay with the program. Of the
250 current volunteers, 20 percent have been volunteering for
over three years, 25 percent for over five years, and 1 8 percent
for over 10 years. TTie volunteer program at Field Museum is

now in its nineteenth year, and 4 percent of the volunteers
have been with the program for over 15 years.

Volunteer opportunities at Field Museum are diverse —
volunteers work in the scientific and administrative areas as
well as in the public areas such as the Education Department
and Membership. Volunteers catalog, label, prepare speci-
mens, charts, maps, and scientific illustrations, do research,
edit, type, and file. They also lead tours for school groups and
the public, and staff the Pawnee Earth Lodge and Place for
Wonder. Many of the volunteers, esp)ecially those serving on
weekends, have full-time employment in addition to their
contribution of time and service to Field Museum; they are
excellent role models for others to follow.

Because of the wide range of opportunities, Field
Museum volunteers cover a broad spectrum of experience,
education, vocation, and interest. Some volunteers are now
or have been executives in the private sector or educators, for
others this is a first work experience. Most volunteers come
from Chicago and its suburbs, but some come from downstate
Illinois, southern Wisconsin, and northern Indiana.

TTiere are volunteers with doctoral degrees, while others
never finished high school. Some volunteers are still in
school, gaining experience for their resumes; some volunteers
are retired and looking to explore new interests. The volun-
teer program at Field Museum has something to offer every-
one.— E.Z.

Volunteers with More than 500 Hours of Services

Barbara Beardsley — Education: Jaci Tomulonis, supervisor
Sophie Ann Brunner — Amphibians and Reptiles: Hymen Marx,

supervisor
David Matusik — Insects: Stephen Ashe, supervisor
William Roder — Tours: Dorothy Roder, supervisor
Llois Stein — Anthropology: Phillip Lewis, supervisor
Tom Tatner — Botany: John Engel and Honora Murphy, supervisors;

— Birds: David Willard, supervisor

More than 400 Hours

Sol Century — Anthropology: Bennet Bronson, supervisor
Peter Gayford — Anthropology: Bennet Bronson, supervisor
Frank A. Greene, Jr. — Geology: Mary Carman, supervisor
Lillian Kreitman — Membership: Gregory Porter, supervisor

More than 300 Hours

Jackie Arnold — Education: Mary Ann Bloom and Marcia MacRae,

supervisors
Margaret Axelrod — Education: Mary Ann Bloom and Edith

Fleming, supervisors
Dennis Bara- -Membership: Gregory Porter, supervisor
Larry Berman — Fishes: Terry Grande, supervisor
Ingrid Fauci — Amphibians and Reptiles: Hymen Marx, supervisor
Halina Goldsmith — Education: Mary Ann Bloom, supervisor
Robert Gowland — Anthropology: Ronald Weber and Christine

Gross, supervisors
Margaret Martling — Botany: William Burger, supervisor
Carolyn Moore — Anthropology: Bennet Bronson, supervisor
Dorothy Oliver — Library: Michele Calhoun, supervisor
Naomi Pruchnik — Botany: Stephen Dercole, supervisor
Sara Rosenbloom — Education: Mary Ann Bloom and Philip

Hanson, supervisors
Carol Schneider — Botany: Michael Huft, supervisor
Maxine Walter — Zoology: Anita del Genio, supervisor
Mary Wenzel — Insects: Rupert Wenzel, supervisor

A complete listing of Field Museum volunteers will be pub-
lished in the July- August 1987 issue of the Bulletin, which is
the 1985-86 Biennial Report.

19

Injury and Diseases
In Fossil Animals

The Intriguing Worid of Paleopathology

try Glen T Sawyer and Bruce R. Erickson

We must understand the past in order to arrive at a
complete understanding of the world in which we
live. The environments of the distant past, the plants
and animals that existed then, their relationships to one
another and to their surroundings — all should be con-
sidered when studying the physical world.

Disease states in animals that are a result of be-
havioral characteristics or environmental factors are cer-
tainly of interest in such studies. Any branch of pathol-
ogy, whether it be human or veterinary pathology.

should include an extensive in-depth investigation into
comparative pathology. The study of the nature of dis-
ease in the distant as well as the more recent past gives
historical perspective and adds greatly to pathology as a
scholarly discipline.

Paleopathology, as a branch of vertebrate
paleontology, has been relatively neglected in scientific

T/iii axude is reproduced, with slig/it emendations, from Encounters,
courtesy of the publisher, the Science Museum of Minnesota.

I . Exhibits for analyzing a healed fracture of the tibia (large bone of lower hind leg) of the fossil crocodile Leidyosuchus: (a) positive print of X-ray,
(b) scientific illustration, ar\d (c) photograph. The same view is presented in each case.

20

2. American aihgatar
uii^ right hind foot mus-
ing {healed amputation).

literature. Descriptions of abnormal fossilized bones and
teeth have usually been appended to papers on other
subjects or merely dismissed as interesting oddities. Only
in recent years has science come to realize the impor-
tance of the wealth of information contained in this part
of the fossil record.

Paleontologists at the Science Museum of Minne-

3. American dligator with dislocated lower jaui.

sota have recently begun to catalog and systematically
study all non-human vertebrate paleopathology in its
collections. Any deviation from the "healthy," or nor-
mal, state which has left a visible imprint on the fossil-
ized animal remains is being considered. Some examples
are described and illustrated here.

These fossilized remains are parts of once living
animals and when examined in this context, it is inevi-
table that one question the causes of death. The most
common causes of death in wild animals are disease and
trauma. Trauma includes predation, environmental

Bruce R. Erickson

5. Motc/iing punctured fossH turtle shell with fossil crocodile teeth.

22

accidents, and injuries that are a result of conflicts be-
tween individuals of the same or different species.
Although the evidence of predation may be spectacular,
individuals dying as a result of predation usually leave
few remains. Their carcasses are usually consumed by the
predator. When evidence of predation is recognized it
usually indicates that the prey survived the encounter.
When disease or trauma is relatively slow and/or spo-
radic in expression, the fossil record is often remarkable.

Non-human paleopathologic studies are often lim-
ited because only isolated fossil bones and teeth are
available for study. Entire fossilized skeletons are rarely
found with soft tissues, such as muscle, heart, lungs, and
so forth, preserved. When a research project, such as
one which has been carried out in western North Dakota
at Wannagan Creek Quarry during the past twelve years,
results in a massive collection of closely associated fos-
sils, unique opportunities are presented for the study
of an extinct environment with many examples of
the animals that lived there, their diseases, and their
injuries.

Like most tissue, bone is able to react to diseases or
insult in only a limited number of ways. There may be

localized or generalized excessive bone formation or a
reduction in the amount of bone. The pattern of abnor-
mal tissue change, its structure, and its distribution sug-
gest the type of disease process involved. In general,
disease processes fall into broad categories including
traumatic (injuries), developmental, infectious,
neoplastic ("tumors"), degenerative, metabolic, and
vascular. The last three categories produce bone changes

6. Section of fossil turtle shell showir^ heeded puncture wound.

that are less specific, while traumatic, developmental,
infectious, or neoplastic disease is somewhat easier to
identify. There is no structural change that is absolutely
specific for any disease, however.

In some cases fossil evidence of injuries, such as
amputations, fractures, or puncture wounds, are inter-
preted after comparison to similar conditions in living
relatives. For example, within a population of the living
Indo Australian crocodile Crocodylus porosus, injuries
occur more frequently in certain size groups. Young indi-
viduals of 10 to 20 inches in length (post-hatching) and
individuals of five feet or more in length show the great-
est number of head, limb, and tail injuries. This is attri-
buted to the susceptibility of the former to attack from
larger predators such as fishes, birds, and other croco-
diles and, in the latter case, to encounters with prey
species or conflict with their fellows related to social
behavior and territoriality.

Similar circumstances resulting in injury and be-
havior of the same kind were present 58 million years
ago and involved the large Paleocene crocodile
Leidyosuchus. A healed fracture of a tibia (fig. 1 ) be-
longing to this form is typical of the type of inca-
pacitating injury that occurs in living crocodiles as well.
In addition to a photograph of the actual specimen, a
technical drawing and an x-ray of the same specimen are
shown. The drawing represents a technique useful in
emphasizing detailed features for scientific publication
and x-rays are, of course, helpful in scientific analysis.
X-rays often indicate the nature and extent of a patho-
logic process in the substance of a tissue such as bone
that cannot be seen with the unaided eye.

Figure 2 shows a living alligator with a right hind
food amputation that most probably resulted from an
encounter with another alligator or crocodile. We can
only speculate about the coexistence of alligators and
crocodile in the past, but today when they come
together violent confrontations usually occur. Disloca-
tion of an alligator's jaw, a common condition, is well
seen in figure 3. This is most likely secondary to trauma.

Puncture wounds are frequently found in the upper
shells of both fossil and living turtles. This feature relates
strongly to behavior. A living pond turtle with such a
wound is seen in a Florida river (fig. 4). Its close associa-
tion with alligators leaves little doubt as to the cause
of this injury. Our research at Wannagan Creek Quarry
reveals that the same conditions are present in fossil tur-
tles. Such turtle shell wounds often match, in size and

7. Heakd fracture of radius (large bone of lower fore leg) of crested dino-
saur (indicated b^i arrow).

23

8. Compression fracture of dorsal vertebra of dmosaur Camptosaurus.

9. Arthritic joint between two toe bones of fossil crocodile Leidyosuchus;
(a) scientific illustration, (b) photo of same.

spacing, large caniniform teeth in fossil crocodile skulls
found in abundance in the same quarry (fig. 5). A fossil
turtle shell with a partially healed puncture wound is
seen in figure 6.

Dinosaurs also sustained injuries. Figure 7 shows a
radius (a front limb bone) of a crested dinosaur from the
Cretaceous beds of Alberta, Canada. This bone shows a
healed fracture. There is angulation of the shaft and
enlargement at the point of angulation strongly suggest-
ing the formation of a healing "callus." As this hadro-
saurian dinosaur was bipedal and walked mostly on its
hind legs, the injury to its forelimb probably presented
only a minor inconvenience, whereas the fractured tibia
of the crocodile (fig. 1), which is quadrupedal in its
locomotion, probably caused gait difficulty during the
healing process.

Figure 8 shows another common dinosaur injury.
This is a compression fracture of a back vertebra in
Camptosaurus, a small iguanodont dinosaur that lived in
Wyoming during the Jurassic period 140 million years
ago. This type of fracture may often be associated with
some localized degenerative arthritis of neighboring
joints with excessive bone forming as spurs or lips around
the joints.

Degenerative arthritis is a common condition in
many vertebrates, including humans. It usually is char-
acterized by erosion of surfaces of weight-bearing joints,
with associated chronic inflammatory changes. How-
ever, localized trauma affecting a joint, such as a ver-
tebral compression fracture, causes more wear at a joint
than would otherwise occur.

Fossil vertebrates often have this type of arthritis.
The most abundant large animal at Wannagan Creek

24

W. Tooth abscess in lower jaui of young adult fossil bison (indicated b^i
arrow).

1 1 . Osteoma on hone fragment from late Cretaceous dinosaur
(indicated by arrow).

Quarry, the crocodile Leidyosuchus, is no exception. An
articulated metatarsal and phalange (a portion of a foot)
in figure 9 are selected to show marked arthritis of the
joint with extra bone formation around the joint but no
obvious evidence of previous fracture.

Inflammation occurs when an injurious agent
comes in contact with normal tissue. This defensive
reaction by an organism may not be successful until after
local tissue destruction creates a cavity. Attempts at re-
pair and regeneration often follow and, in the case of
bone, sometimes result in excess bone formation around
or near the cavity.

Bacterial infection of bone may produce irregular
cavities or draining canals with or without excess bone
formation nearby (as a reaction to the inflammation).
Figure 10 shows the results of a tooth abscess in a bison
specimen of late glacial times found in Steams County,
Minnesota. The location of the pathologic process and
the local bone destruction with irregular cavity walls
suggest a localized bacterial infection.

Neoplasms (or "true tumors") have been defined as
new and abnormal tissue growths which serve no useful
biologic function and develop at the expense of the heal-
thy organism. Neoplasms of bone tissue may be either
benign or malignant. Probably the most frequent neo-
plasm found in both fossil and living vertebrate bone is
the osteoma. This benign growth is illustrated well by
figure 1 1 , which shows a Cretaceous dinosaur bone frag-
ment with probable osteoma, found in Garfield County,
Montana.

Vertebrate paleopathological information greatly
expands the basic pool of knowledge in general pathol-
ogy. It is also used for paleoecological purposes. How
plants and animals adapted to their environment, with
their injuries and diseases, in the distant past has con-
siderable bearing on present-day adaptation.

Why did the dinosaurs become extinct? This is an
intriguing question but one that cannot be yet satis-
factorily answered despite all of the theories. What ailed
the dinosaurs and how their longevity might have been
affected by injury or disease are questions which might
be answered first. When answers are not found for such
questions, they will likely come from the comparatively
small but expanding collections of abnormal fossils in
the museums of the world.

Glen T Sawyer is research associate in paleontology at the Science
Museum of Minrwsota ar\d assistant chief, Neurology Service, at
V. A. Medical Center, Minneapolis. BruceR. Erickson is curator of
paleontology and head of the Science Division at the Science
Museum of Minnesota.

25

FIELD
MUSEUM
TDUR3^

Kenya Tanzania Safari

February 20 to March 10. 1988
$5,245 per person
Leader: Audrey Faden

February 20: Your safari begins when you board your British
Airways flight to London this evening.

February 21: Arrive London's Heathrow Airport this morning.
You will be met and transferred to the Sheraton Skyline Hotel,
where day-rooms will be provided until your British Airways
flight to Nairobi this evening.

February 22: Upon arrival in Nairobi, you will be met and trans-
ferred to the luxurious Norfolk Hotel — a famous colonial land-

mark and one-time haunt of Teddy Roosevelt, Ernest Heming-
way, and Robert Ruark. This afternoon, enjoy a half-day tour
of Nairobi, visiting the colorful African market, the unique Ken-
yatta Conference Center, Nairobi University, and the famed
National Museum, known for its superb natural history collec-
tion and watercolors by Joy Adamson. Continue your tour by
driving through the suburb of Karen, where you will see Isak
Dinesen's original home, now a museum. This evening there is a
welcome cocktail party and dinner at the Norfolk, with guests of
the East African Wildlife Society.

February 23: Today you head toward the famed Tsavo West
National Park, Kenya's largest national park. View game
through the park before arriving at Kilaguni Lodge for lunch.
From the lodge, watch the game come to the nearby waterhole.
After lunch, go out in search of the great elephant herds. Your
drive takes you to Mzima Springs, where large pools of clear
spring water surface at the rate of 50 milhon gallons a day. Oc-
casionally hippos can be viewed from the tank and cormorants
swim by.

February 24: Today you drive to AmboseH National Park, justly
famous for its big game and superb views of Kilimanjaro. The
150 square miles of park embody four main wildlife habitats
including open plains, acacia woodland, scrub brush, and fresh-
water swamps. Spend the afternoon viewing animals such as
wildebeest, zebra, giraffe, lion, cheetah, elephant, and rhino.
Amboseli Serena Lodge.

February 25: Start the day with a dawn game drive in this beauti-
ful park. Early morning is also the best time to view Kilimanjaro
before the clouds build up over the summit. Game drive in the
late afternoon — the best time to see lion and cheetah as they begin
to stir from the shade.

1

^■4

■•

,

^1^^

^d

^^^^KB^^^^..

•

w^

\

^^^^^K^^

%

..^-li^yja

" !

\.

H>i

^^Hh^

Ik.'

^w

^^

■ /

V

^. ..i-fcaB^^^B^^^^B

Wk

vff •

*>

. ^

^^'

■ /

»-^4.

. ' '^BhI ' M

W

^^^^^mIH

w^

m '-

y "

' :^^ J^

^

1^ ..^itfH

Pis

JVi'

1^^^'

1

--" ^" •i»yyjB ~.

Ik

\ ■ ^

^

- -^^. ^

<^

•if

MUH

26

For reservations, call or write Dorothy Roder (322-8862), Tours Manager, Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr., Chicago, II 60605

February 26: Today you drive to Tanzania via the Namanga bor-
der, passing through minimal immigration formahties. Continue
on to Gibbs Farm, a small, quaint farm in the midst of coffee
plantations.

February 27: Today transfer to Ndutu Safari Lodge, situated on
the shores of Lake Lgarya near the southeastern corner of
Serengeti National Park. Here you will enjoy game-viewing
drives both morning and afternoon.

February 28: Today you have game-viewing drives both mor-
ning and afternoon to explore the vast Serengeti plains. Here mil-
lions of wildebeest and zebra mill across the plains, seeking fresh
grasses. You see large prides of lion, perhaps a leopard resting in a
tree, groups of hyena, a mother cheetah teaching her cubs to
hunt, giraffe, gazelle, topi, and kongoni — the list is endless.
Ndutu Safari Lodge.

February 29: This morning you will drive into the Olduvai
Gorge, the site of Dr. and Mrs. L. S. B. Leakey's famous discov-
ery of the fossil he called "Zinjanthropus boisei" (no-w classified
Australopithecus boisei). Here you will enjoy a visit to the small
but very informative museum and a short talk by one of Mrs.
Leakey's assistants, who will escort you to the site of the "Zinj"
discovery. Continue on to one of the natural wonders of the
world, the Ngorongoro Crater, a caldera created by the pre-
historic collapse of a volcano cone. On the crater floor, herds of
typical plains mammals live out their destinies: buffalo, zebra,
wildebeest. Grant's Gazelle, Thomson's Gazelle, lion, and hyena.
Ngorongoro Wildhfe Lodge.

March 1: Today we spend down in the crater, tracking and
photographing the animals. This great caldera contains some of
Africa's finest black-maned Hon. Rhino can be seen with calves,
and waterbuck appear not to notice the visitors, enabling photog-
raphers to shoot at ease. On the lake in the middle of the crater,
you can watch thousands of flamingos.

March 2: Descend into the crater once more early this morning
for your last game drive here. Later depart to Lake Manyara
Hotel, set on the edge of the Great Rift Valley and overlooking
Lake Manyara National Park.

March 3: Enjoy a full day exploring the Lake Manyara National
Park. This park contains five vegetation zones, thus supporting a
large variety of fauna. Notable are the elephant herds and the
tree-climbing lions.

March 4: Drive to the Namanga border where your Kenyan driv-
ers will meet you for the drive back to Nairobi.

March 5: This morning you head northwest through undulating
Kikuyu farming country, reaching the Aberdare Country Club in
time for lunch. Transfer to special club vehicles for your game
run to the Ark, which will take you into a deep forested area alive
with some of the finest game viewing in Kenya. Driving along
the animal trails and paths, you may suddenly come upon ele-
phant, rhino, giant forest hog. Cape buffalo, waterbuck, bush-
buck, warthog, colobus monkey, cerval cat, leopard, and perhaps
the bongo antelope. The Ark is 'berthed' over a waterhole where
the animals come to drink. From an underground dungeon you
have an eye-to-eye view of this constantly changing scenario.
Darkness descends, but floodlights permit game viewing well
into the early morning hours!

March 6: Return to the Aberdare Country Club through the for-
est and clearings bright with clear morning light. Your safari
driver will be at the club to greet you and you head north along

the slopes of Mt. Kenya, then continue on, descending nearly
6,000 feet, passing through the town of Isiolo where your vehicle
will suddenly be surrounded by smiling Kenyans holding out
wares for you to buy, such as copper bracelets, necklaces, and
bangles. Bargain away if you wish, it's expected. View game as
you drive through Samburu Game Reserve to the lovely Sam-
buru River Lodge, located on the Uaso Nyiro River.

March 7: Today you have both morning and afternoon game
viewing of Samburu 's typically 'northern' game — reticulated
giraffe, Grevy's zebra, graceful long-necked gerenuk, Somali
ostrich and vulturine guinea fowl, none of which you will see
further south. Samburu is also a very good park for elephant and
the elusive leopard. It is an excellent place for the photographer,
with the park's vivid colors and the contrasts between sky, bush,
and sand. Bird enthusiasts will be well rewarded with over 300
species, including the martial eagle, in this reserve.

March 8: Board minibus and drive to the famous Mount Kenya
Safari Club. Here you have the remainder of the day to luxuriate
at this private club made famous by the late William Holden.
There is golf, tennis, heated swimming pool, horseback riding,
two lovely shops, a beauty salon, sauna, and many attractive
rooms set aside for drinking tea or something stronger. The view
of Mount Kenya is awesome as are the finely manicured grounds.

March 9: Drive back to Nairobi where rooms will be provided at
the Norfolk Hotel until your transfer to the airport for your
flight to London.

March 10: Arrive London, where you will connect with your
British Airways flight to Chicago arriving later the same day.

This tour will be operated by Abercrombie & Kent.

We still have space on the "Project Canadian Fjords" scheduled for August 16 to 24,
aboard the Society Explorer. Please call for further information. Field Museum's leader is

Dr. Scott M. Lanyon.

27

Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, I L 60605-2499

MISS MARITA MAXEY
T'Hl NORTH GREENVIEy
CHICAGO IL 60626

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

July/August 1987

■iMti

v\.

-M^

9

£d

■ ^*rj^ jr^'SS

i,v:,«:i

^ A

1

1

%..^ m

^^^

1

1

r,

Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin

Published since 1930 by

Field Museum of Natural History

Founded 1893

CONTENTS

July/August 1987
Volume 58, Number 7

Events

Editor/Designer: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
St<^ Photographer: Ron Testa

Field Museum of Natural History
Biennial Report for 1985-1986

Board of Trustees

Richard M. Jones,

Cbarrman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd,

President
Robert D. Cadieux
Henry T. Chandler
Worley H. Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley 11
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
John James Kinselta
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. MuUin
James J. O'Connor

Field Museum Tours

62

Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ranst^m
John S. RunnelU
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Tlietxiore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington

Life Trustees

Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Mrs. David W. Grainger
Clifford C. Gregg
William V.Kahler
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J . Howard Wood

COVER

A photo montage suggesting the breadth of activity at the Field
Museum of Natural History during the last biennium. Each of
the photos appears in the body of the report.

Field Museum of hiaturai History BuUetm (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined July/August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL
60605-2496. Copyright® 1987 Field Museum of Natural History. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually. $3.00 for schtxiis. Museum membership includes Btilieim subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their
own and do not necessarily reflect thepolicy of Field Museum. Ur\solicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone: (M2) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to
Membership Department. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive. Chicago, IL 60605-2496. ISSN: 0015-0703. Second class postage paid at
Chicago, Illinois.

lEVENTSi

After Hours at the Field

Fridays* in July

5:30pm, West Entrance

*no film July 3

FREE

Feature-length films from around thie world continue! On Friday evenings in July films from New Zealand and Australia will
be shown. Light refreshments are available for purchase during the evening. Be sure to use the West Entrance to the
Museum. For more information call (312) 322-8855.

"The Last Wave"

July 10

1978. 106 minutes. Color

Australia.

Director: Peter Weir

In this supernatural thriller, an Australian lawyer becomes
involved in the Aboriginal spirit world when he defends five
Aborigines accused of a ritual murder of another tribe mem-
ber Dreamlike and fantastic, this film mesmerizes and terri-
fies as It explores ancient Aboriginal mythology.

"Uta"

July 17

1984. 104 minutes. Color
New Zealand.
Director: Geoff Murphy

In the late 1800s, a Maori village is destroyed and its inhabi-
tants massacred by colonial troops. The slaughter is dis-
covered by Te Wheke, a Maori warrior now working for the
soldiers. The dead are Te Wheke's own people. In grief and
rage, the Shakespeare-quoting warrior prepares his revenge.
Note: This film opens with graphic violence.

"The Chant ofJimmie
Blacksmith "

July 24

1978. 108 minutes. Color

Australia.

Director: Fred Schepisi.

In 1900, on the eve of the birth of the Australian nation, a half-
caste Aborigine named Jimmie Blacksmith, after enduring a
life of racism, murders the family of his employer He then
embarks on a bloody flight across thousands of miles of the
breathtaking countryside of New South Wales. Based on a
true incident, this powerful film delves into the hero's motiva-
tions and is underscored with a pervasive sense of tribal and
natural mystery

"Walkabout"

July 31

1971. 88 minutes. Color

Australia.

Director: Nicolas Roeg.

Set in Australia's outback, Walkabout is Nicolas Roeg's
magical exploration of the rites of passage ot three young
children and the changing world around them. Two European
children, abandoned by their father in the desert, are found
by a young Aborigine boy Together they enjoy the beauty of
the unspoiled natural world until they happen upon civiliza-
tion.

This film is preceded by an ethnographic film on the Wal-
biri Society of Central Austraia, A Walbiri Fire Ceremony:
Ngatjakula, 1977 21 minutes, color directed by Roger San-
dall, edited from a version by Kim McKenzie.

Continued -»

T

EVENTS

■^

Summer at the
Field

Hall Interpreters Programs

Thursday through Sunday
July and August

Spend your summer exploring the wonders of Field
Museum. Young and old delight in discovering fossils in the
Museum's marble floor, participating in a shadow puppet
performance, comparing the horns and antlers of mammals,
and watching the many ways seeds travel. Hall interpreters,
dressed in blue aprons and located throughout the exhibits,
help you experience the wonders of the world. Join a hands-
on journey through the Museum. Watch Indian food being
prepared. Try your hand at carving, using an Indian adze.
These exciting programs are available to all visitors Thurs-
day through Sunday Please consult the television monitors
throughout the Museum for activity locations.

World Music
Programs

Music communicates in many ways. It is something that can
be shared by all of us, whether or not we have common life-
styles, beliefs, or even languages. The July and August pro-
grams feature the lively percussion of Don Moye, the songs
and stories of Keith Eric and Shanta Nurullah, and the blues
of Chicago Beaux. All programs are at 1 :00pm and at
3:00pm on Saturdays and Sundays. For more information
call Public Programs (312) 322-8854. This program is par-
tially supported by the Kenneth and Harle Montgomery
Fund and a CityArts II & IV grant from the Chicago Office of
Fine Arts, Department of Cultural Affairs.

July & August Weekend Programs

Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free tours, demonstrations,
and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed below are only a few of the
numerous activities each weekend. Check the \Neeker\di Programs sheet upon arrival for the complete schedule and program
locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois Arts Council.

July

11

12

18

25

1 :30pm Tibet Today and Bhutan (slide lecture). See
Lhasa and other towns now open to the public, as well
as Bhutan, land of the Thunder Dragon.
12:00noon Brontosaurus Story {tour). A fascinating
look at some of the newest discoveries about the
"thunder lizard."

1 :00pm Fireballs and Shooting Stars: Keys to the Uni-
verse Hour). Discover the origins, types, sizes, and im-
portance of meteorites.

1 1 :30am Ancient Egypt (tour). Explore the traditions
of ancient Egypt from everyday life to myths and
mummies.

1 :30pm Tibet Today and A Faith in Exile (slide lecture).
Investigate Lhasa and refugees in Dharmsala (home
of the Dalai Lama), Darjeeling, and Sikkim.

August

1 1 1 :30am Ancient Egypt (tour). Explore the traditions
of ancient Egypt from everyday life to myths and
mummies.
8 1 :30pm Tibet Today and Tour of Tibet (slide lecture and
tour). Tour through the Tibet exhibit after looking at
Lhasa and other towns now open to the public.
These programs are free with museum admission and tickets
are not required.

Field Museum of Natural History

Biennial Report
1985-1986

FROM THE CHAIRMAN

The years 1985-1986 have been significant ones for
Field Museum of Natural History. During the past bien-
nium, the Museum has taken two major steps into its
future. With the completion and publication of our
Centennial Directions study we have clearly charted
our programmatic course. To implement that course of
action, we have undertaken to raise $40 million for
capital and operating support. We expect that our
capital campaign will be completed by the end of 1987.

In 1985 and 1986 we have set the stage for the
Museum to continue its vital role as a center for basic
research and public education. Now more than ever,
we need to know more about the cultures and physical
environments of our world. Field Museum is prepared
to help us secure the knowledge we need in the years
ahead. Our programmatic plans are bold. Our financial
approach is conservative.

We are deeply indebted to the Museum's members
for their support, to the 223 individuals who volunteered
their time to make projects possible throughout the
Museum, and to the 4,759 individual, corporate, and
foundation donors who contributed their funds to
finance these programs. In addition, we are grateful to

the Chicago Park District, whose core base of support
allows us to heat, light, and maintain a structure of
nearly one million square feet. We are also thankful for
the support of the Illinois State Museum Grant, Illinois
Arts Council, Illinois Humanities Council, City of Chi-
cago Office of Fine Arts, National Science Foundation,
National Endowment for the Arts, National Endowment
for the Humanities, and the Institute of Museum
Services.

The varied contributions of many people and orga-
nizations are needed to assure that Field Museum of
Natural History will serve even more effectively in the
years ahead.

Sincerely yours,

Richard M. Jones
Chairman

BOARD OF TRUSTEES, December 31, 1986

Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Henry T. Chandler
Worley H. Clark
Frank William Considine
Stanton R, Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr

Thomas E. Donnelley I
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
Richard M. Jones
John James Kinsella
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F Mullin
James J. O'Connor

Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leiand Webber
Blaine J. Yarrlngton

LIFE TRUSTEES

Harry 0. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin DeCosta
Joseph N. Field*
Clifford 0. Gregg
William V.Kahler
William H. Mitchell
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood

'Deceased

OFFICERS

Richard M. Jones,

Board Chairman

Marshall Field,

Vice Chairman

Blaine J. Yarringfon,

Vice Chairman & Treasurer

Robert A. Pritzker,

Vice Chairman

Frank William Considine,

Vice Chairman

Richard M. Jones,

Vice Chairman

John S. Runnells,

Secretary

Willard L. Boyd,

President

Executive Committee

Richard M. Jones,

Board Chairman

Marshall Field,

Vice Chairman

Blaine J. Yarrlngton,

Vice Chairman & Treasurer

Robert A. Pritzker,

Vice Chairman

Frank William Considine,

Vice Chairman

Richard M. Jones,

Vice Chairman

James J. O'Connor,

Ex-Officio

John S. Runnells,

Secretary

Willard L. Boyd,

President, Staff

Liaison

Collections & Research
Committee

Robert A. Pritzker,
Vice Chairman

Henry T. Chandler
Stanton R. Cook
Thomas J. Eyerman
Hugo J. Melvoin
John S. Runnells
Theodore Van Zelst

Harold K. Voris,
Staff Liaison

Development Committee

Richard M. Jones,
Vice Chairman

Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
Robert 0. Bass
Willard L. Boyd
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Marshall Field
Clarence E. Johnson
James J. O'Connor
William L. Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
E. Leiand Webber
Blaine J. Yarrlngton
Theodore Van Zelst

Thomas R. Sanders,
Staff Liaison

Public Programs
Committee

Marshall Field,
Vice Chairman

Mrs. T Stanton Armour
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Mrs. Edwin DeCosta
Ronald J. Gidwitz
LeoF. Mullin
James H. Ransom
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken

Michael Spock,
Staff Liaison

Marketing Subcommittee

Marshall Field,
Vice Chairman

Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Ronald Gidwitz
Leo F. Mullin
James H. Ransom
Mrs. Michael Bilandic
Mrs. Newton N. Minow
Terrence A. Santo
Staff Liaison:
Willard L. Boyd,
John Economos

Finance Committee

Blaine J. Yarrlngton,
Vice Chairman

George R. Baker
Gordon Bent
Robert D. Cadieux
Worley H.Clark
Frank William Considine
Hugo J. Melvoin
Robert H. Strotz
E. Leiand Webber

JimmieW. Croft,
Staff Liaison

Audit and Pension
Subcommittee

Hugo J. Melvoin,
Vice Chairman

George R. Baker
E. Leiand Webber

JimmieW. Croft,
Staff Liaison

Museum Services
Committee

Frank William Considine,
Vice Chairman

George R. Baker
Harry O. Bercher
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
E. Leiand Webber
Robert L. Wesley

JimmieW. Croft,
Staff Liaison

Nominating Committee

Marshall Field,
Chairman

Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
Gordon Bent
E. Leiand Webber
Blaine J. Yarrlngton

Willard L. Boyd,
Staff Liaison

DEVELOPMENT

A dinosaur fashioned of wood serves as a prog re; < ,.•,,■•■ ■jrttie$40 million capital campaign, begun in May. 1986. As funds mounted,
purple coloring advanced upward from the tail of ine dinosaur, on view in Stanley Field Hall, pnoio by oiane Alexander wh,ie 84395

Time Future From Time Past: The Campaign for Field
Museum. "There is a Chinese proverb which states 'To
understand a man or a nation, you have to understand
his or their memories.' Field Museum is filled not only
with personal memories, but also with the memories of
men and women stretching back to the dawn of time.

"We at the MacArthur Foundation want to be effec-
tive partners in making Chicago a rich and rewarding
place to live — for us, for our children, and for future
generations. We want to help foster understanding of
our roots, through preservation of the artifacts of the
past, because we believe it is that process which holds
the key to a better future. It is in this spirit that I am espe-
cially pleased to announce that the MacArthur Foun-

dation is making a $2.5 million challenge grant to the
Campaign for Field Museum." — James M. Furman,
executive vice president of the John D. and Catherine
I MacArthur Foundation (May 15, 1986).

Throughout 1985 and 1986, Field Museum v\/as
deeply involved in the most ambitious fund-raising
effort in its history Launched in 1985, "TIME FUTURE
FROM TIME PAST; The Campaign for Field Museum"
seeks $40,000,000 in capital, endowment, program-
ming, and operating support.

The success of TIME FUTURE FROM TIME PAST is
directly attributable to the strong commitment to the
Museum on the part of Chicago's civic, corporate, and
philanthropic communities. In the early months of 1 985

DEVELOPMENT

Richard M. Jones, chairman of the Board of Trustees
and campaign chairman, enlisted other trustees and
community leaders to chair specific divisions of the
campaign: William L. Searle — chairman. Leadership
Gifts Division; Thomas E. Donnelley II — vice chairman.
Individual Leadership Gifts; Robert A. Pritzker — vice
chairman, Corporate Leadership Gifts; Marshall Field
— chairman. Board Fund Division; Mrs. T Stanton Ar-
mour— chairman. Individuals Division; Leo F Mullin —
chairman, Corporate Division; Willard L, Boyd —
chairman, Foundation Division; Theodore W. Van Zelst
— chairman. Collectors Division.

Each of these individuals enlisted a group of inter-
ested Museum members and friends to assist in their
efforts. In all, 225 dedicated individuals volunteered to
help with the campaign. The divisions held organiza-
tional meetings throughout the year, and made early
leadership solicitations prior to the official kick-off and
public announcement of the campaign on May 15,
1986.

The Chicago Park District contributed $6,700,000
toward the Museum's restoration projects. In addition to
the $2,500,000 from the John D. and Catherine T
MacArthur Foundation for endowed curatorships,
many important leadership gifts helped set the pace for
the campaign. Notable among these were $2,500,000
in unrestricted support from Mr and Mrs. William L.
Searle through the Searle Family Trust, $1 ,000,000 for
the new Gem Hall and Gallery from Mr and Mrs. David
W. Grainger and the W.W. Grainger Foundation, and
$1 ,000,000 for building restoration and exhibit renewal
from The Robert R. McCormick Charitable Trust.
Through the efforts of its many friends, by December
31, 1986 the Museum had raised over $32,000,000—
more than 80 percent of its goal. A complete listing of
donors to the campaign can be found on page 46.

The National Endowment for the Arts awarded the
Field Museum a $500,000 challenge grant for endow-
ment purposes. The grant recognizes the national im-
portance of the Museum's anthropological collections.
Endowment funds from the grant and corresponding
matching funds campaign will enable Field Museum to
ensure continued and proper care for these invaluable
collections through research and conservation.

While the Development Office, under the direction
of Vice President Thomas R. Sanders, devoted the
greatest percentage of its energies toward the cam-
paign during the biennium, the office undertook a vari-
ety of important activities of other sorts as well. The two-
year period was marked by significant changes and
growth in many areas.

Annual Fund and Planned Giving

Even with the capital campaign as top priority, the
Annual Fund continued to provide vital operating sup-
port for the Museum. Many of the Museum's donors
continued their unrestricted or restricted support in
addition to their campaign contributions. Contributions
from Chicago's corporate community has long been a
steady, reliable source of funding support for the
Museum. Many corporations have taken leadership

roles in this area, pledging continuing operating sup-
port beyond their generous campaign gifts.

The Founders' Council, consisting of the Museum's
principal individual, corporate, and foundation donors,
continued to expand in size and scope of activities.
Henry T Chandler assumed the role of Founders' Coun-
cil Chairman in September, 1985; he succeeded Tho-
mas J. Eyerman, who had provided strong leadership
for the group since the fall of 1983. Membership in the
council grew significantly over the period, from the ini-
tial 250 charter members in 1 983 to 355 by the end of
1986 — a dramatic 62 fSfrcent increase.

During 1985, the Founders' Council began an
active schedule of programming which included
special previews, receptions, and lectures by staff and
distinguished visitors, and a luncheon/seminar series
covering varied topics ranging from the unique hold-
ings of the Mary W. Runnells Rare Book Room, to bota-
nical and ornithological research in South America.The
highlight of the Council's year was the inauguration of
the first "Field Museum; Ambassador to the World" pro-
gram. During the evening cosponsored with the Mid-
America Committee, the Founders' Council presented
its first "Ambassador to the World" award to their very
special guest. His Excellency Fernando Belaunde Ter-
ry, former president of Peru.

In early 1986, Susan E. VandenBosch, after many
years of ably assisting the Women's Board, assumed
staff responsibilities for the Council and all individual
giving. The "Luncheon in the Loop" seminar series,
hosted by First National Bank, Commonwealth Edison,
and Borg-Warner Corporation, brought material from
Field Museum's collections and new results from field
research to convenient lunch-time locations for Found-
ers' Council members during 1 986. At its annual dinner
in September, the Council presented its "Award of
Merit" to renowned naturalist/artist Dr. Roger Tory
Peterson, author of the famous Peterson's Field Guides.
The program for the evening highlighted the newly dis-
covered cinnamon screech owl, Otus Petersoni,
named by its discoverers (Field Museum Curator John
W Fitzpatrick and Research Associate Glen Woolfen-
den) in honor of Dr Peterson.

The Planned Giving Program, under the direction
of Clifford Buzard since its inception in 1 981 , continues
to work with interested members and donors in arrang-
ing for bequests or deferred gifts through the Field
Museum Pooled Income Fund, charitable remainder
annuity trusts, unitrusts, and life insurance.

Sponsored Programs

The biennium was a period of change and growth in the
Sponsored Programs Office. Established late in 1983
as the Grants Office, the office was expanded and re-
named in early 1985 based on the success of its initial
efforts and the larger role it took on for proposal
development and prospect research. Glenn S. Pare,
who had been the Museum's Grants Officer, assumed
the position of director of the office following the
restructuring.

Sponsored Programs coordinates all grant re-

DEVELOPMENT

The Field Museum Women's Board
hosted its annual Family Christmas
Tea in December of 1985 and 1986.
Shown here (I. to r) are the 1986
Tea chairman, Mrs. James J.
Glasser, Women s Board President
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith, and Tea co-
chairman Mrs. Harrington Bischol.

PTioto by Diane Alexander White 84646

10

DEVELOPMENT

quests emanating from the Museum and is the
Museum's chief liaison with government agencies and
philanthropic foundations. In addition to providing the
majority of proposals and written reports for the cam-
paign, Sponsored Programs worked closely with the
scientific and programmatic staff to develop funding
and grant support for research projects, collection
care, and programming efforts museumwide.

The Museum has achieved a high level of success
in this effort, even during the period of sharp govern-
ment cutbacks; operating and restricted grant support
from federal and state sources approached
$3,000,000 — representing a notable increase in grant
support over the prior period. Grant support for proj-
ects and programs from philanthropic foundations in-
creased significantly during the period as well.

Membership

Field Museum has long enjoyed the support of many
friends through Membership. Although escalating
operating costs mandated increases in membership
dues during 1985, most Members continued their
strong support of the Museum through dues.

in 1985, Marilyn E. Cahill assumed the manage-
ment for the Department of Membership, which offered
a wide range of activities for Museum Members during
1985 and 1986. Over 2,000 Members previewed the
special exhibit, "The Art of Cameroon," on March 8,
1985; and the 5,215 Members who attended the
special preview of "Te Maori; Maori Art from New Zea-
land Collections" were delighted by the enchanting
songs and performances of the Museum's Maori
guests. Members also enjoyed special previews of
newly opened permanent exhibits at the Museum,
including a two-day preview of the newly opened
Grainger Hall of Gems in November, 1985 and the eve-
ning preview of "Gods, Spirits, and People; The Human
Image in Traditional Art" on November 21 , 1 986.

More than 10,000 Members attended the popular
Members' Nights held annually in May In 1 985, in addi-
tion to viewing the collections and research areas
closed to the public, Members were entertained by the
Chicago Lion Dancers and the Susie Hanson Or-
chestra. In 1986, the evening's entertainment included
the Mexican Folkloric Dancers, Wesoly Lud Polish Folk
Dancers, and the Absolute Music string quartet.

The Women's Board

The biennium was a lively and exciting period for the
Women's Board. On November 1, 1985, the Women's
Board sponsored one of the most spectacular events of
the social season, the gala Gem Ball. The dazzling eve-
ning celebrated the opening of the newly renovated
Grainger Hall of Gems. Co-chaired by Mrs. Gerald S.
Gidwitz and Mrs. Edward Byron Smith, Jr., the affair was
especially impressive; Field Museum's own permanent
collections of gems were augmented by outstanding
pieces on loan from the Smithsonian Institution and
complemented by a fabulous display by Harry Win-
ston, Inc. of "Rare Jewels of the World." Over 1 ,000 peo-
ple attended the ball.

The splendor of the Gem Ball was perhaps
matched only by the November 7, 1 986 Treasures Ball.
The very special event, planned especially by and for
the Women's Board, highlighted rare and exotic pieces
from Field Museum's permanent collections. Mrs.
Robert C. Ferris served as chairman of the committee.
Special exhibits of unique specimens and artifacts sel-
dom seen in public were displayed for the evening of
the ball only

The highlight of the biennium for the Women's
Board was the annual meeting in July 1986. At that
meeting. The Women's Board celebrated twenty years
of service to Field Museum — renewing its commitment
of support in the spirit of its founder, Mrs. Hermon Dun-
lap Smith. At that meeting, Mrs. Philip D. Block III com-
pleted her term of office as president, and was feted for
her hard work and leadership into the Women's Board's
third decade. She was succeeded as Women's Board
president by Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith.

Tours and Special Events

Field Museum's Tour Program, coordinated by Dorothy
S. Roder, sponsored 18 separate trips duhng the bien-
nium. All of the guided tours offered through the
Museum are intended as both enjoyable and educa-
tional. The trips feature active itineraries of scientific
and cultural note, and are led by scholars or scientists
— primarily Field Museum curators — who specialize in
one of the Museum's disciplines or have a particular
familiarity with the region visited.

Trips around the United States during the period
included rafting through the Grand Canyon, sailing
aboard the Nantucket Clipper through the Colonial
South, birdwatching during the migration period along
the upper Texas coast and Rio Grande Valley an Alas-
kan trip including the Pribilof Islands, and a weekend
"birding" excursion to Wisconsin's Horicon Marsh and
the Crane Foundation. Trips abroad involved touring
through China and Tibet, visiting ancient sites in Egypt,
whale watching in Baja, sailing to the great Mayan ruins
of Yucatan, cruising through Norway's magnificent
fjords, taking a safari in Kenya, and discovering art and
culture of Indonesia.

One special tour, to New Zealand in April-May,
1986, was arranged to correspond to the Museum's
hosting of the special exhibit "Te Maori." Tour partici-
pants were guests of the Museum during the ceremo-
nies opening and closing the exhibit, and became
close friends with the Maori people. The group has re-
mained active within the Museum and on November 20,
1986, the group spent the night sleeping within the
Maori House at the Museum.

The Collectors' Committee, established under the
capital campaign, was also active during the period. In
1985, the group previewed "The Art of Cameroon" ex-
hibit and were treated to a special presentation by visit-
ing curator Tamara Northern. In November, 1986, the
Collector's Committee also previewed the new installa-
tion from Field Museum's anthropological collection,
"Gods, Spirits, and People."

11

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

Dance headgear of the Ekpo Society, men 's secret society of the tbibio Tribe, Nigeria, on view in the exhibit "Gods, Spirits, and People, " which
opened November 22, 1986. Gift of Calvin S. Smith (1915). Cat. 25038. Photo by R<yi Testa 109452

12

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

ANTHROPOLOGY

Curators. Bennet Bronson, associate curator of Asian
Archaeology and Ethnology, continued his laboratory,
library, and field research on preindustrial metallurgy in
Asia, resulting in articles on the history of iron in Thai-
land, early steel production in China, and crucible steel
processes in India, plus a short book (with P. Charoen-
wongsa as junior author) titled Eyewitness Accounts of
Early Mining and Metailurgy in Mainland Southeast
Asia. Related research on early trade patterns in the
Indian Ocean area has yielded two published articles
thus far His current fieldwork, carried out in collabora-
tion with and funded by the Fine Arts Department of the
Thai government, includes survey and excavation at
protohistoric commercial/industrial sites in southern
and western Thailand. He has also just finished a pri-
vately funded pilot ethnographic study of traditional
iron smelting in Luzon, conducted jointly with staff of the
National Museum of the Philippines.

Glen Cole, curator of Prehistory and department
chair through June 1986, finished study and prepara-
tion for publication (Bahn, Paul G. and Cole, G. H.,
1986, La Prehistoire Pyreneenne aux Etats-Unis, Bulle-
tin de la Societe Prehistorique Ariege-Pyrenees 41:95-
149.) of Upper Paleolithic materials in Field Museum's
collections from the Pyrenees area of southern France.
This work was done in collaboration with Dr Paul Bahn
of Hull, England, a specialist in the prehistory of the
Pyrenees area. With that project completed, Cole be-
gan preparing a symposium presentation based on
fieldwork and museum studies of prehistoric artifactual
materials from the Sango Hills and neighboring areas of
southern Uganda. Also, a grant proposal was prepared
for submission to the National Science Foundation's
program for "Support for Systematic Anthropological
Collections" to provide support for completion of
cataloging of a large collection of Middle Stone Age
artifacts from the Nelson Bay Cave on the southern Afri-
can coast.

Phillip H. Lewis, curator of Primitive Art and
Melanesian Ethnology, continued research on settle-
ment patterns and social change in New Ireland. The
research covers a 53-year period beginning with the
work of anthropologist Hortense Powdermaker Pow-
dermaker conducted fieldwork at Lossu Village in 1929
and published Life in Lesu in 1933. Lewis conducted
fieldwork at Losau Village in 1953-54, 1970, and 1981.
Both anthropologists mapped the village settlement
patterns and recorded census figures. Lewis's
research involves tracking the changes in settlement
patterns and population and the effects these had on
memorial ceremonies called malanggan. He is also
studying the impact of the settlement and population
changes on the painted, carved images made for the
memorial ceremonies.

In 1985 John Terrell, curator of Oceanic Archaeol-
ogy and Ethnology, and department chairman since
July 1986, served on the Museum's negotiating team
that succeeded in bringing the major exhibition "Te
Maori; Maori Art from New Zealand Collections" to Chi-

cago during March-June 1986. Twice Fulbright Fellow
to New Zealand (1965, 1981), Terrell's intimate knowl-
edge of the Pacific gained over the last twenty years
proved instrumental both in convincing the Maori to
allow their cultural treasures to visit Chicago and in
helping Museum staff welcome the Maori themselves
when they came to Chicago in March 1986 for the open-
ing of "Te Maori." In April 1986 Terrell led a delegation of
Museum members to Tokomaru Bay on the North Island
of New Zealand: the original locale where the
Museum's Maori meeting house Ruatepupuke II once
stood. This cultural mission was warmly received by the
people of Tokomaru Bay and has helped cement the
partnership between the Maori and the Museum initi-
ated by the "Te Maori" exhibition. Thereafter, Terrell
went on to the Fiji Islands to lay the foundations for a
new field research program to study that important
ethnic crossroads in the central Pacific. His book Pre-
history in the Pacific Islands was published by Cam-
bridge University Press in April 1986 and has since
been heralded by reviewers in the scientific press as a
"stimulating and critical assessment" {New Scientist)
that is "a must for every scholar of Pacific prehistory"
{Science).

James VanStone, curator of North American
Ethnology and Archaeology, conducted fieldwork in
Paugvik Village, Alaska, with Dr Donald E. Dumond of
the University of Oregon. The Paugvik site is believed to
be one of the major native villages in the Naknek River
region during the period of local control by Russian
traders and missionaries (1818-67). Three large house
pits were excavated, two more partially excavated, and
four trenches were dug through the extensive midden
deposit. Twenty-six boxes of excavated materials were
shipped to Field Museum for analysis. In addition to ex-
cavations, the precise boundaries of the site were de-
termined and the entire area of occupation mapped.
VanStone also completed and published a monograph
on contemporary Athapaskan material culture (Field-
iana: Anthropology n.s. no. 10). His study of southwest-
ern Chippewa material culture in the Museum's collec-
tions is near completion as is a similar study of the tech-
nology of Nunivak Island Eskimos. VanStone also had
an edited translation of two 19th-century Russian travel
journals in southwest Alaska accepted for publication
by the University of Alaska Library.

Research Associates. Robert A. Feldman, visiting
assistant curator (1985) and research associate (1986),
continued archaeological fieldwork in Peru. With the
assistance of Peruvian students from Cuzco and Are-
quipa and of personnel of the Southern Peru Copper .
Corporation, he conducted excavations at a cemetary
{ca. A.D. 1200) on the Pacific coast north of llo, in far
southern Peru. Pottery from this site shows a transition
between two local styles: the earlier Chiribaya style and
the late pre-lnca Estuquiha style. Feldman assisted in
excavations directed by Or James Richardson III of the
Carnegie Museum of Natural History in Pittsburgh at
Ring Site, an 11,000-year-old shell midden located on
the coast south of llo. And he conducted a limited site 13

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

World renowned paleoanthropologlst Donald Johanson (center), guest of the Founders ' Council, lectured on ancient man to a standing-room-
only audience on March 23, 1985. With him are Reception Chairman Henry T. Chandler (left) and Founders' Council Chairman Thomas J.

Eyerman. Photo by Diane Alexander While 83893

14

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

survey around Cerro Baul, a flat-topped mesa that is
the location of an important intrusive outpost of the Wari
empire {ca ad. 700). Feldman continues analysis of
artifacts from 1985 and earlier excavations in Mo-
quegua, Peru, and has submitted tw/o articles for
publication, one in the U.S. and one in Peru.

David S. Reese, research associate (in residence)
in archeozoology and paleomalacology, has been
analyzing Field Museum archaeological bone and shell
collections from Paugvik (Alaska), Hopewell (Ohio),
and Kish (Iraq) in preparation for publication. He is also
studying bone and shell collections from archaeologic-
al sites in Tunisia, Egypt, Lebanon, Cyprus, Greece,
and Italy and shells from sites in Libya, Turkey Syria,
and Iran.

Reese presented papers at the University of Virgi-
nia, a conference on Pompeii in Washington, DC, and at
a shell bead conference in Rochester, New York. In
1985 and 1986 he conducted fieldwork at various
archaeological sites in Italy Greece, and Cyprus.

Robert L. Welsch, research associate (in resi-
dence) in Oceanic and Southeast Asian Ethnology re-
turned from Indonesia after 16 months of field research
among the Mandar people of South Sulawesi. During
his stay in Indonesia, he collected about 500 Mandar
specimens for Field Museum's collections, including a
collection of nearly 100 silk sarongs, three back-tension
looms, and many other samples of Mandar textile
motifs as well as smaller collections of baskets, knives,
ceramics, and other specimens. This collection of tex-
tiles is the largest in the world outside Indonesia and
represents nearly all of the traditional motifs and many
newer ones.

Collections Management. From September 1985
through 1986 Lyie Konigsberg was emioyed as a physi-
cal anthropologist under a National Science Founda-
tion grant. Konigsberg, a Ph.D. candidate in anthropol-
ogy at Northwestern University, was responsible for
inventory, redistribution, and storage of human skel-
tons.

During the inventory a considerable number of hu-
man bones were identified and assigned to their cor-
rect locations. Detailed summaries of provenience,
age-at-death, sex, bones present, pathologies, associ-
ated material, and problems with the cataloging were
collected on standardized forms. These data were later
entered into a microcomputer database and used to
generate a new storeroom catalog as well as identify
the correct locations for some misplaced bones.
Because of the large size of the collection (3,964 crania
alone were enumerated), the microcomputer files were
later uploaded to the Museum's mainframe computer

A 1985 Institute of Museum Services grant en-
abled Christine Danziger, conservator, and Kathleen
Christen, technical assistant, to clean, conserve, re-
label, and properly store some 1,000 Peruvian Central
Coast textiles. The project was directed at textiles
accessioned from the 1890s-1930s, and was a con-
tinuation of interest in and conservation of South Amer-
ican textiles. Earlier conservation projects involved 600
textiles from Chile and South Central Peru.

In 1986 the National Science Foundation awarded
the Anthropology Department $153,800 for the "Sup-
port of New Collection Storage Facility for Pacific
Southeast Asian and African Collections." Construction
of the storage facility should be completed in late 1987.

In November 1986 Janet Miller was appointed de-
partmental archivist and registrar Miller's background
is in art history and archival management, having
received an M.A. in art history from the American Uni-
versity (1978) and an M.S. in archival administration
from Columbia University (1986). She will be respons-
ible for all facets of information management on the de-
partmental level.

Among the noteworthy gifts of 1985 and 1986 were
1,255 Japanese objects, including masks, books,
prints, sculpture, and carvings from Katharine and the
late Commander G. E. Boone of Monmouth, Illinois and
180 Japanese inro with ojime and netsuke from Mr and
Mrs. Carl A. Kroch, of Chicago.

BOTANY

The research effort in the Department of Botany con-
tinued at a steady pace as reflected in the numerous
staff publications (see page 37). A large part of
research in Botany is concerned with the rich flora of
the American tropics, which is fast disappearing as for-
ests are cleared for human settlement and economic
development. During the biennium, staff members par-
ticipated in collecting expeditions to a number of areas
of tropical America, including Brazil, northern Chile,
Peru, Ecuador, Panama, and Costa Rica.

William Burger neared completion of his intensive
study of the Lauraceae Family for the Flora of Costa
Rica project. The classification of this large and eco-
nomically important but taxonomically difficult family of
tropical trees has long presented a major challenge to
botanists. Michael Dillon continued to pursue his stud-
ies of the sunflower family (Compositae), with special
emphasis on the Andean and Peruvian species. He
completed a treatment of the large tribe Inuleae for the
ongoing Flora of Peru. He also continued his work on
the biogeography and evolution of the lomas forma-
tions in the coastal deserts of Peru and Chile, and he
initiated a survey of a relict forest in the upper Rio Zaha
in northwestern Peru. Timothy Plowman continued his
work on the ethnobotany of the coca plant and his tax-
onomic studies of this family (Erythroxylaceae), con-
centrating on the numerous species of the Amazon
Basin and eastern Brazil. In collaboration with a group
of anthropologists and botanists, he completed a com-
prehensive study of the native Andean uses of plants
in Chinchero, near Cuzco, Peru. Dr Plowman was
selected as the new chair of the Department of Botany
succeeding William Burger

John Engel (with R. M. Schuster of the University of
Massachusetts) completed the second part of a major

15

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

16

The new Grainger Hall of Gems opened November 5, 1985. pnoto by Ron Testa and soo« Fonseca 84i7o

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

monograph of the liverwort family Schistochilaceae,
making that family the best known of any group of
Hepaticae. He is proceeding with monographic studies
in other liverwort groups of the Southern Hemisphere,
especially Tasmania and New Zealand. Patricio Ponce
de Leon continued to work on the puffballs and earth
star fungi (Gasteromycetes), then retired at the end of
1985. In August, 1985, Gregory Mueller joined the staff
from University of Washington as assistant curator in
Mycology He concluded his work on the North Temper-
ate species of Laccaria (Laccariaceae) and began a
long-term project on the biology and taxonomy of the
Central and South American species of this large group
of mushrooms. He also aided local physicians in
identifying mushrooms in cases of suspected poison-
ing. Robert Stoize, collection manager for pterido-
phytes, completed his study of the Asplenioideae
(Polypodiaceae) for the Flora of Ecuador and began an
ambitious, five-year project to prepare an account of all
the ferns and fern allies of Peru. This study undertaken
jointly with Prof. Rolla Tryon of Harvard University is ex-
pected to include nearly 1,000 species and will be the
first modern pteridophyte flora for an Andean region.

A number of visiting assistant curators augmented
our regular staff during 1985-86. Kerry Barringer con-
tinued his work on Orchidaceae and Scrophulariaceae
for the Flora of Costa Rica project and also completed
treatments of several small families for the Flora of
Veracruz. Sylvia Feuer-Forster proceeded with her de-
tailed studies of pollen morphology and evolution of the
mistletoe (Loranthaceae) and protea (Proteaceae)
families. Nancy Garwood, based in Panama, initiated a
four-year project to prepare an illustrated manual of
seedlings of the Panamanian rain forest, with special
emphasis on Barro Colorado Island. Michael Huft, of
the Missouri Botanical Garden, continued to be sta-
tioned at Field Museum in connection with his work on
the Flora Mesoamericana project. He completed treat-
ments of several groups for this project, including
Eriocaulaceae, Loganiaceae and Sm/7ax(Liliaceae), as
well as the large family Euphorbiaceae for the Flora of
Nicaragua.

Our collections also saw growth and activity during
1985-86. In 1986, Honora Murphy joined our staff from
the Missouri Botanical Garden as collections manager,
and she made great strides in reorganizing the collec-
tions, reducing the backlog of unmounted specimens,
and generally improving the level of specimen care and
usefulness. Botany has one of the most active loan pro-
grams in the Museum, as we strive to make our collec-
tions available to researchers worldwide. During this
period, we sent out 464 loans that included more than
50,000 herbarium specimens. Our loan program alone
occupies four staff members nearly full-time. During
this same period, we took in more than 86,000 new
specimens through exchanges, gifts, purchases, and
Museum expeditions. This is more than twice the num-
ber of specimens that were received during the previ-
ous biennium and reflects in part a substantial increase
in activity among botanists collecting in the tropics.
More and more our staff are involved in the identifica-

tion of specimens, particularly from the tropics. This
time-consuming work is not only a vital service to our
colleagues but also attracts significant numbers of new
specimens for the collections.

in June, 1986, the Museum honored Rolf Singer,
research associate in Mycology, with a testimonial din-
ner in appreciation of his many years of outstanding
service to science and to Field Museum, an event
which coincided with his 80th birthday Rolf Singer's
contributions to the classification of fungi are exempli-
fied by the 1986 publication of a fourth, fully revised
edition of his monumental work Ttie Agaricales in Mod-
ern Taxonomy.

GEOLOGY

The Department of Geology was involved in a wide
range of research, collecting, and public-program
activities. Ms. Mary Carman was hired as the collec-
tions manager of Fossil Invertebrates and Paleobotany
She soon added fossil vertebrates to her purview,
becoming collections manager. Paleontology. Depart-
ment members were notably footloose during this
period, and several curators did research abroad for
extended periods. Published research covered
meteoritics, metamorphic petrology fossil vertebrates
and invertebrates, and fossil plants. All areas of depart-
mental collections experienced some growth, which
was especially significant in fossil invertebrates, fishes,
and amphibians. Department members made numer-
ous contributions to the Museum's public programs. In
particular. Curator Edward Olsen and Dorothy Eatough
(collections manager, Mineralogy/Petrology) were
heavily involved in production of the new Grainger Hall
of Gems, and in planning the forthcoming (1987-) Tiffany
exhibit. Peter Crane, Matthew Nitecki, and Bertram
Woodland led Museum tours to England, the Grand
Canyon, and northern Norway and Spitsbergen,
respectively.

Invertebrate Paleontology and Paleobotany. Scott
Lidgard, assistant curator of Fossil Invertebrates, pur-
sued research on colony evolution and biogeography
of bryozoans ("moss animals"). Scott spent six months
at the British Museum (Natural History) as a nato Post-
doctoral Fellow. Matthew Nitecki, curator of Fossil In-
vertebrates, continued his research on the
evolution, morphology and systematics of Lower Paleo-
zoic algae. Following his return from an extended
research trip to the Soviet Academy of Sciences, he
spent nine months in Oslo, Norway as a Fulbright Fel-
low. In the midst of these activities, Nitecki continued as
the organizer of the very successful Spring Systema-
tics Symposia at Field Museum, which as in past years
were supported by National Science Foundation (NSF)
grants to him. Symposium topics were "Neutral Models
in Evolutionary Biology" (1985) and "Evolution of Hu-
man Hunting" (1986). Peter Crane, associate curator of
Fossil Plants, completed papers on fossil plant remains

17

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

Guests at the Members ' Preview of "The Art of Cameroon " exhibit (March 6-June 16. 1985) included IHarold Washington (with bool<). mayor of
Chicago. To Mr Washington's right is Dr Tamara Northern, curator of ethnographies at Dartmouth College, who also served as curator of the

exhibit. Ptiolo by Diane Alexander While.

18

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

of Cretaceous and early Tertiary age from localities
worldwide. These studies include descriptions and dis-
cussion of very early (Lower Cretaceous) flowers,
which provide important data regarding the evolution of
flowering plants, and NSF-supported studies on the
evolution of the birches. Peter Crane may win the
Department of Geology's Peripatetic Scholar Award for
this period; among othertravels, he made research and
lecture trips to the University of Arhus (Denmark), Uni-
versity of Gdttingen (W. Germany), Halle (E. Germany),
Montpellier (France), and the British Museum, plus a
collecting expedition to north Texas. He served as co-
editor of the journal Paleobiology, and as associate edi-
tor of several other scientific journals. In 1985, Peter
Crane was named one of 10 "Outstanding Young
Citizens" by the Chicago Junior Association of Com-
merce and Industry
Vertebrate Paleontology. John Bolt, associate cura-
tor of Fossil Reptiles and Amphibians and department
chairman, continued research on evolution of the tetra-
pod auditory system. He and a colleague from the Uni-
versity of Chicago presented a paper at a conference
on the evolution of the amphibian ear, at Bielefeld (W.
Germany). In 1985, Bolt began a new project — collect-
ing very early fossil amphibian material at a newly dis-
covered locality in the Mississippian of Iowa, working
with the Iowa Geological Survey Bureau. In 1986, he
spent three months at the site with a crew, under a grant
from the National Geographic Society By the end of the
summer, some 100 drawers of specimens had been
recovered. This (very rare) material represents the old-
est well-preserved and abundant tetrapod fauna ever
found in continental North America, and will make an
important contribution to our knowledge of the early his-
tory of land-living vertebrates. Lance Grande, assistant
curator of Fossil Fish, continued his very successful
program of research and collecting in the famous
Eocene Green River deposits of Wyoming. Thanks to
his efforts. Field Museum now has the finest collection
in the world of this spectacularly preserved material.
Lance also began a research and collecting program
involving a recently discovered Cretaceous fish locality
in southern Mexico, with David Bardack, a research
associate of the Department of Geology who is a pro-
fessor of biology at the University of Illinois, Chicago.
Their work is supported by a grant from the National
Science Foundation. Under a separate NSF grant,
Grande is continuing to reorganize the fossil fish collec-
tion. In addition to Grande's collecting activities, this
collection has been augmented during the past two
years by important donations of excellent Cretaceous
fish specimens from northeastern Brazil. Grande has
also spent considerable time on public programs,
where his activities have included work on a new
Eocene hall that will include many fossil fish speci-
mens. He was recently appointed an associate editor of
the Jouma/ of Vertebrate Pa/eon/o/ogy William Turnbull,
curator of Fossil Mammals, continued his research on
Eocene mammals from the Washakie Basin of Wyom-
ing and on Australian fossil marsupials. The Australian
work has been carried out jointly with one of the depart-

ment's research associates, Ernest Lundelius of the
University of Texas. In 1985, Turnbull spent three weeks
in China as part of his work on Eocene mammals. The
trip included fieldwork, as well as study in the collec-
tions of the Institute of Vertebrate Paleontology and
Paleoanthropology in Beijing.

Meteoritics, Mineralogy, and Petrology. Edward
Olsen, curator of Mineralogy was involved in a number
of meteorite-related and geochemical studies. These
included investigation of the possibility that some
meteorite samples actually come from Mars, and a
study of the distribution of uranium isotopes in the
Earth's crust. The uranium-isotope studies, being pur-
sued with a colleague from Argonne National Labora-
tory may have a major impact on dating techniques,
because they question some of the fundamental
assumptions on which certain isotope-dating tech-
niques are based. Olsen has also been studying (with
George McGhee, a Department of Geology research
associate from Rutgers University), the possibility of a
major extinction due to asteroid impact in the late Devo-
nian. He became an associate editor of the journal
Geochemica et Cosmochemica Acta in 1985. In 1985,
he was appointed chairman of the Nomenclature Com-
mittee of the Meteoritical Society As mentioned above,
Olsen has had major involvement in public programs in
this period. Bertram Woodland, curator of Igneous and
Metamorphic Petrology pursued studies on texture of
low-grade metamorphic rocks, including samples from
Arkansas and from Cornwall, England. A separate
project was study of possible tidal laminations in sedi-
ments from the Middle Pennsylvanian of Illinois. This
reflected Woodland's continuing interest in the forma-
tion of the famous Mazon Creek fossil deposits, of
which the Museum has a large and important collec-
tion. Woodland's involvement in public programs
included leadership of a tour to northern Norway and
Spitsbergen.

19

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

David Lewis (rt.), shown with Greg-
ory M. Mueller, assistant curator of
mycology, gave Field Museum his
collection of some 4.000 fungi, one
of the finest collections of such
matenal from east Texas. Such gifts
of specimens from private collectors
contribute immeasurably to the
Field Museum 's holdings, and are a
valued source of continued growth.

20

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

ZOOLOGY

The Department of Zoology is the largest of the
Museum's four curatorial departments and consists of
six divisions: Amphibians and Reptiles, Birds, Fishes,
Insects, Invertebrates, and Mammals, staffed by
twelve curators, six collection managers, and support
personnel in various technical and nontechnical posi-
tions. The department changed markedly during the
1985-86 biennium with the appointment of two assistant
curators, and looks forward to the appointment of two
new curators in 1987.

Amphibians and Reptiles. Harold Voris studied sea
snake populations in Malaya and Borneo. He also stu-
died aspects of the biology of sea snakes and
developed procedures for marking live sea snakes,
thus solving a major problem in ecological studies of
this group. Robert Inger continued an ecological analy-
sis of frogs of Southeast Asia and Borneo. He also com-
pleted a key to the frogs of Sarawak and studies on
paternal care in Sarawak frog species. Hymen Marx
completed (with James Ashe) studies of the phylogeny
of vipers. Research Associate Sharon Emerson studied
the biomechanics and development of frog pectoral
girdle morphology — work supported by a National Sci-
ence Foundation grant. In addition, the division
appointed two new field associates, Bruce Jayne and
Robert Steubing.

Birds. John Fitzpatrick was promoted to curator
and elected chairman of the Zoology Department. De-
spite the added administrative responsibilities, John
completed fieldwork tor the large-scale inventory and
analysis of bird communities in the Andean foothills,
and made significant scientific contributions with his
study of Florida scrub jay social systems. In recog-
nition of these contributions, John and Research Asso-
ciate Glen Woolfenden were awarded the Brewster
Medal in 1985, the highest honor bestowed by the
American Ornithologists' Union. Also in 1985, Scott
Lanyon joined the staff as assistant curator and head of
the division. Scott received his Ph.D. in May 1985 from
Louisiana State University for his work on biochemical
systematics of the Tyrannoidea. Since arriving at Field
Museum, Scott has established a collection of frozen
tissues to provide the material necessary for bioche-
mical investigations of avian evolutionary history and
began a study of the evolutionary relationships within
the New World blackbirds (Icterinae). David Willard
continued his long-term study of measurements of
spring versus fall migrant birds salvaged from the Chi-
cago area. David has also been coordinating the
publication of a survey of the avifauna of Venezuela's
Cerro de la Neblina jointly conducted in 1984 and 1985
by Field Museum, the Smithsonian Institution, and the
American Museum of Natural History Finally, the divi-
sion is proud to announce the appointment of two new
field associates, Manuel Plenge and Barbara Clauson;
and three research associates, Peter Ames, William
Beecher, and Debra Moskovits.

Fishes. Robert Johnson continued his studies on
the shore fishes of Belize and Honduras. As the result of

Johnson's collecting expedition in Central America,
Field Museum now houses the largest and most diverse
collection of Caribbean fishes from Central America in
the country Johnson also received an NSF grant to col-
lect and study reef fishes from Cuba. In 1986 he
resigned his position as curator of Fishes to join the fac-
ulty at the College of Charleston. During 1985 and 1986,
the division renovated its entire collection in terms of
maintenance of specimens, housing of specimens,
reorganization of its type collection, updating nomencl-
ature, and building new collection management facili-
ties and offices. The collection is now more accessible
and workable for visiting scientists; it also provides well
equipped modern office facilities for students and visi-
tors. Cataloged data were entered into the division's
computer system for its type and tank collections. A
database system was developed for these two collec-
tions by Terry Grande and the results were presented at
the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpeto-
logists meeting last year. Grande also worked with
other collection managers of major museums through-
out the country in setting up a computer-based
networking system that can interface and exchange
specimen information with all museums, thus eliminat-
ing the need for invoices and paperwork. The division
appointed John Clay Bruner as associate and Myriam
Ibarra and Donald Stewart as research associates.

Insects. James S. Ashe began a three-year study
supported by a grant from the NSF on the systematics,
evolution, and fungus host relationships of bolitochar-
ine staphylinids ("rove beetles") and began a
collaborative project (with mammalogist R. M. Timm)
on the evolution and ecology of amblyopinine staphyli-
nids that are supposedly parasitic on mammals. Ashe
conducted extensive fieldwork in the United States and
Costa Rica in connection with both projects. He also
completed and published a monograph on phylogene-
tic relationships of larvae of gyrophaenine staphylinids,
as well as several smaller articles on Staphylinidae
(with H. Marx) on the phylogeny of viperine snakes.
John Kethley continued comparative developmental
studies on prostigmatid soil mites with an emphasis on
taxa found only in nutrient-poor ecosystems such as
very sandy soils. Kethley also refined flotation tech-
niques to collect the inactive stages of soil micro-
arthropods and found (in a joint study with D. E. Walter
and J. Moore, Colorado State University) the flotation
procedure to be considerably more effective than pro-
cedures traditionally employed by soil ecologists.
Alfred Newton and Research Associate Margaret
Thayer continued their long-term study of the systema-
tics and biogeography of the poorly known staphylinoid
beetle fauna of the Southern Hemisphere, and their first
large publication on this subject apeared in 1985. They
completed ten weeks of fieldwork in New Zealand in
early 1985, collecting over 158,000 specimens of
Staphylinoidea and began a similar survey of south-
eastern Australia in late 1986. Newton continued stud-
ies on the higher classification and evolution of Staphy-
linoidea, including completion of a world generic cata-
log of the large family Pselaphidae (with D. S. Chand-

21

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

A fossil fish specimen intrigues a guest at ttie Treasures Ball. November 7, 1986, sponsored by the Museum Women 's Board, pnoto by Diane Alexander

While 84604-2

22

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

ler). Thayer published papers on two unusual North
American species of Staphylinidae and continued work
on the systematics and phylogeny of the subfamily
Omaliinae. The division appointed research associates
Warren Atyeo and Margaret Thayer

Invertebrates. Alan Solem published Part V of his
Camaenid Land Snails from Western and central Au-
stralia, thus completing survey of the Kimberley
camaenids; a report on Simultaneous Character Con-
vergence and Divergence in Western Australian Land
Snails'in the Biological Journal of the Linnean Society of
London; a report coauthored with F. M. Climo on Struc-
ture and Habitat Correlations of Sympatric New Zea-
land Land Snail Species in Malacologica; and a review
article Origin and diversification of pulmonate land
snails in an Academic Press Symposium volume. In
new research, Solem completed a 314-page review of
Non-camaenid Land snails of the Kimberley and North-
ern Territory Australia for the Australian Journal of Zool-
ogy and has nearly completed a several-hundred-
page monographic review of the South Australian
camaenid land snails. His long-range project of
inventorying and describing the major land snail
groups of Western and central Australia is nearly com-
plete and the intellectual challenge of interpreting their
biogeographical and evolutionary patterns is under-
way Use of a computer mapping program to summar-
ize and interpret distributions is accelerating this pro-
cess. Solem chaired the Curator's Colloquium and
spoke at the Introduced Molluscs Symposium at the 9th
International Malacological Congress, Edinburgh in
September 1986.

Mammals. Bruce Patterson continued work on the
morphology and distribution of small mammals in North
and South America. He conducted a faunal survey in
western Brazil in 1986 and gathered further data in the
western U.S. in 1985 for studies on the evolution of chip-
munks. The book Island Biogeography of Mammals,
which he co-edited, was published in 1986 by Aca-
demic Press. Robert Timm also made collections in the
western U.S. in 1985 for studies on gophers and ground
squirrels and led fieldwork in Costa Rica in 1986. His
research topics include ecology and systematics of
Neotropical bats and the ecology and distribution of a
group of beetles which are parasitic on Central and
South American rodents. In 1986 he resigned his posi-
tion as associate curator of Mammals and head of the
Division of Mammals to join the faculty at the University
of Kansas.

SCIENTIFIC SUPPORT SERVICES

Scientific Support Services includes the scientific com-
puting, the scanning electron microscope, scientific
illustration, the histological and biochemical labora-
tories, and Field Museum Press.

During 1985-86 computing at Field Museum
underwent a number of changes. In the fall of 1985 the
ancient PDP 11/40, supporting 8 users, was replaced
by a VAX 11/750, supporting 40 users. The new
machine is used principally to manage the substantial
collection data bases, but also to support research and
administrative functions. In late fall of 1986 the Museum
was awarded a substantial grant from the National Sci-
ence Foundation to improve research and collections
computing facilities by way of an additional CPU, a lar-
ger disk capacity for the expanding collection data, a
tape drive, printers, and terminals. Provision was also
made for better communication between devices such
as terminals, printers, and personal computers via a
local area network or similar system. When the new
CPU is purchased, the VAX 11/750 will be used for
administrative functions such as a development data
base, currently undergoing testing, and a new financial
accounting system that will be selected in the future.
The Computing staff consisted of Rosetta Arrigo, sys-
tem manager, and James KoeppI, system specialist.

Chris Niezgoda of the Botany Department, with the
help of consultant Ron Wibel from the University of Illi-
nois, continued to coordinate the use of the scanning
electron microscope for the benefit of all scientific staff.
Plans are being made to find funds for the purchase of a
badly needed new microscope.

The Museum's scientific illustrators produce high
quality illustrations to be used by the curatorial staff in a
wide range of research publications. Illustrators work
closely with scientists to develop illustrations that can
best depict the subject matter, whether it be a speci-
men or a process. Subject matter is as diverse as the
world of natural history and includes new species of
plants and animals, anthropological specimens, and
reconstructions of extinct life forms. Illustrators also
maintain contact with other illustrators and with printers
in order to keep abreast of new materials, techniques,
and printing processes. Cooperation with the manag-
ing editor of Field Museum Press, where many illustra-
tions are published, has also proven essential.

Scott Lanyon, assistant curator of Birds, coordi-
nated use of the biochemical laboratories during the
biennium. As part of a preliminary investigation of the
evolutionary relationships within blackbirds (Icteridae),
Dr Lanyon used horizontal starch gel electrophoresis
to analyze frozen tissue samples from eight blackbird
species collected in Peru during 1985 fieldwork.
Notification of National Science Foundation funding to
continue this study including further analyses in the
biochemical laboratories, was received in 1986. Some
renovation and upgrade of the laboratories is in pro-
gress, including purchase of a new ultra-cold freezer
and high-speed centrifuge.

Fieldiana, Field Museum's research journal, pub-

23

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

Gifts to ttie Museum Library during tine biennium included (left) An epitome of the natural tiistory of the insects of China (1798), by Edward
Donovan, from the William Elfenbaum estate: (top) a first edition, first issue copy of Darwin's On the Origin of Species (1859), from Mr and Mrs.
Jotin Runnells: and (rigtit) 35 original watercolors of baby birds by George Sutton, from ttie Brooks and Hope B. McCormick Foundation. Phoio by

Rot Testa, 84792

24

COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH

lished 15 titles (4 in Anthropology, 2 in Botany, 1 in Ge-
ology and 8 in Zoology) comprising a total of 1,235
pages. Field Museum Press also reprinted two Field-
iana: So/any volumes on the important legume family of
plants, from the series "Flora of Peru" and "Flora of
Guatemala" originally published in 1943 and 1946,
respectively The staff of Field Museum Press consisted
of Timothy C. Plowman, chair of the Department of
Botany scientific editor; James W. VanStone, curator of
North American archaeology and ethnology associate
editor; and Tanisse R. Bezin, managing editor

THE LIBRARY

In 1985-86 over 5,500 volumes were added to the
Library collections through a variety of means, includ-
ing the international publications exchange program,
the U.S. Depository System, gift, and purchase. Reg-
ular acquisition funds were supplemented as in former
years through endowed acquisition funds given by
Louis A. and Frances B. Wagner, Mr and Mrs. Walter
Cherry and Mrs. Chester Tripp. These funds have con-
tinued to strengthen the Library resources that are
indispensable to the Museum's scientific research pro-
grams. The volumes held in the General, Departmental
and Divisional Libraries now total 230,000, exclusive of
numerous special collections.

The Library extends its services to the public as a
non-circulating research collection and during this
period more than 1,700 visitors to the public Reading
Room made use of over 9,000 volumes. The Library's
highly specialized collections continued to be made
available to the wider scholarly community through the
Interlibrary Loan system, with over 1,300 loans and
photocopies of Library materials supplied to libraries
throughout North America for use by their patrons. The
majority of these loans were initiated through oclc
(Online Computer Library Center), a computerized

bibliographic network with 6,000 member libraries
nationwide.

During 1986 the librarians and archivists of the
members of The Associated Natural Sciences Institu-
tions (tansi) met on several occasions in the course of a
grant-funded study of the archival collections held in
these institutions. The tansi librarians have subse-
quently established an informal network to investigate
cooperative activities and to maintain communications
among our group of highly specialized libraries.

Additions to the Rare Book Collections during this
period began dramatically in February 1985 with the
gift by Trustee and Mrs. John Runnells of a copy of the
first edition, first issue of Charles Danwin's On the Origin
of Spec/es (London, 1859). The importance of this work
in the modern biological sciences is well known, and
the Runnells's gift fills an important gap in the collec-
tions held in the Mary W. Runnells Rare Book Room. A
fine illustrated work, Edward Donovan's An epitome of
tlie natural history of the insects of China (London,
1798), came to the Rare Book Collections as the gift of
the William Elfenbaum estate. Several other early works
on insects were donated to the Rare Book Room by Dr
Ulrich Danckers, among them a copy of the beautifully
illustrated Entomologie, ou Histoire naturelle des In-
sectes...Coleopteres (Paris, 1789-1808), byGuillaume
Antoine Olivier Mr and Mrs. Robert Frank were the
donors of a fascinating collection of 86 original photo-
gravure printing plates for a popular sehes of nature
illustrations known as Perry Pictures. Most of the plates
were produced in Chicago around 1900 by the A. W.
Mumford Co. The end of the biennium brought the gift
from the Brooks and Hope B. McCormick Foundation of
a collection of 35 original watercolors of baby birds by
George Sutton, one of the finest bird illustrators of this
century

The past two years were not without misfortune. It
is with regret that we note the loss to the Library and the
Museum of Alfreda Rogowski, a veteran staff member
who passed away in the spring of 1986.

25

PUBLIC PROGRAMS

"Te Maori: Maori Art from New Zealand Collections, " featuring 175 artifacts, was on view Marcfi 8 througti June 8. 1986. 34309

26

PUBLIC PROGRAMS

Education

The Museum hosted 9,296 school classes during 1985
and 1986, with 446,364 students and their teachers —
the highest number of attendant school population
since 1977 and 1978. Of these, 6,458 classes of
196,706 teachers and students received special pro-
grams to augment their classroom studies and 27,617
participated in special festival days, such as Festival
Mexicano, Te Maori, African Heritage Celebration,
Dinosaur Day, and the American Indian Festival. In
addition, 3,045 teachers borrowed 8,602 items from the
department's free loan center, Harris Extension.

Teacher Training was instituted as a regular ser-
vice, fall 1986, following a successful pilot program.
During 1985-86, 163 teachers and student-teachers
participated in two-week training sessions, followed by
their development and evaluation of a personal model
field trip. Teach the Mind, Touch the Spirit: A Guide to
Focused Field Trips was published by the department
as a result of working with teachers in the program and
a teacher advisory committee. By year's end, over
3,000 copies had been given free to teachers on
request.

School class attendance comprises one-fifth of the
Museum's total attendance. Concurrent with school
programming, we offer a rich variety of courses, work-
shops, performances, and participatory activities for
our visitors. Over 3,000 adults enrolled in 138 multi-
session evening or weekend courses, and 4,855 visited
125 ecologically important Chicago area sites during
Kroc field trips. Another 327,000 parents and children
shared the delight of touching and exploring the struc-
ture, size, and texture of shells, meteorites, birds, mam-
mals, and skeletons. They learned about Chinese life
by trying on clothes, playing a tangram game, or using
utensils — all in the Place for Wonder Another 172,700
experienced Pawnee Indian life in the 1850s recon-
struction of an authentic Pawnee earth lodge.

Former one-day festivals became month-long
events with specific themes, such as 'Animal Antics"
and "Come to Your Senses," and 21 different free family
features involved 6,750 participants on weekends.
Other highlights included "Sweet Saturday Night," per-
formed by Brooklyn Academy of Music Company with
dances from black America's back roads, city streets
and ballrooms; Anne Pusey's lecture, "Cooperation
and Conflict in Lion Societies"; the Continental Drift
Symposium; "An Evening of Maori Song, Dance, and
Drama"; "Conserving the Wild", Joan Embrey lecture;
"Magical Circus from the Orient"; and Donald Johan-
son's lecture, "Lucy and Our African Ancestors."

The special exhibit "Te Maori; Maori Art from New
Zealand Collections" was accompanied by 80 Maori
elders, craftspeople, singers, and musicians who
came for the opening ritual ceremonies. Twenty of the
group stayed for two weeks and presented a variety of
daily programs, met with teachers, and consulted with
the staff in program development. "Te Maori" also pro-
vided the Museum with the opportunity to open the
Museum's Maori meeting house, Ruatepupuke II, within

the exhibit. A trained group of 36 volunteers gave 2,682
"house" tours to 29,794 visitors between March 15 and
June 8, 1986.

Summer and Winter Fun attracted 3,860 children
to 215 two-hour workshops. They participated in every-
thing from making masks, musical instruments, and fos-
sil replicas to spending the night in the Museum.

During 1986, the department undertook two new
program initiatives: the "World Music " program and
the "Hall Interpreters" program. "World Music " pre-
sents performances, demonstrations, discussions, and
often storytelling by Chicago musicians on weekend
afternoons. In various exhibit areas related to a cul-
ture's music, visitors experience the rhythmic sounds of
an African talking drum and the melodic strains of an
American Indian flute, among others. The "Hall Inter-
preters" program was designed to also place people
with objects and materials in exhibit areas to demon-
strate various processes and provide interactive
opportunities for our visitors Thursdays through Sun-
days. Both programs will continue and expand in 1987

In total, 9,584 programs were presented to
795,012 individuals. Much of this would not have been
possible without the volunteers who assist us and teach
each day Another 150 volunteers work in scientific col-
lections, public relations, development, and so forth.
Together this volunteer support equalled 87,815 hours,
or 48y4-man-years of work. In financial terms, this con-
tribution was over $526,890. More importantly, each
volunteer contributes a fresh perspective and the pub-
lic's viewpoint to our work. As part of the Museum family
they are also our best ambassadors to the community
at-large.

Outside support was extremely important to our
program. It enabled the department to experiment and
test new programs for visitors, and to share with and
contribute to the museum profession at-large. Grants
were received from the following sources: the Joyce
Foundation for Student Teacher Internships; Te Maori
Interpretive Programs, National Endowment for the
Humanities; African Heritage Celebration, City Arts III/
IV, Chicago Office of Fine Arts; "Many Faces of Illinois,"
Adult Course, Illinois Humanities Council; Interpretive
Hall Programs — Biology the Joyce Foundation; Inter-
pretive Hall Programs — Anthropology the Lloyd A. Fry
Foundation; World Music, the Kenneth and Harle
Montgomery Fund; Muscology for Gifted High School
Students, Chicago Public Schools; Technical Assis-
tance for Ethnic and Folk Arts Museums, Illinois Arts
Council; and the national program for museum educa-
tors, curators and designers, "Museum: Agents for
Public Education," the W.K. Kellogg Foundation.

PUBLIC PROGRAMS

Early photo of Mexican photojoumalist Agustin Victor Casasola, whose work was featured in the exhibit "The World of Agustin Victor Casasola,
Mexico, 1900-1938, " September 12 through November 3, 1985.

28

PUBLIC PROGRAMS

EXHIBITION

During 1985 and 1986 Field Museum mounted one per-
manent and two temporary installations of its own col-
lections, played host to four traveling exhibitions and
began planning the ambitious renewal of public pro-
grams and exhibits that will reach a climax with the
Museum's centennial in 1993.

One hundred twenty objects and related photo-
graphs of the "Art of Cameroon" from the Smithsonian
Institution Traveling Exhibition Service was presented
from March 9 through June 16, 1985. Included were
prehistoric terra cotta sculptures, objects in different
media of ritual and secular use, and a large number of
masks, figural sculptures, and other objects.

"The World of Augustin Victor Casasola, Mexico,
1900-1938" exhibited the first major retrospective of
■ photographs of Casasola through 152 prints supplied
by the Archive Casasola. It was on exhibit from Septem-
ber 12 through November 3, 1985.

Although now awaiting reinstallation in a new loca-
tion, a diorama representing a Botany Department field
camp in the coastal desert of Peru was opened on July
23, 1985. Based on the fieldwork there of Associate
Curator Michael 0. Dillon, the exhibit featured a 4-
wheel-drive vehicle such as Dillon uses, and all the
trappings and equipment customarily to be found on
such a venture. A narrated videotape supplemented
the exhibit.

The newest addition to Field Museum's list of reno-
vated halls is the Grainger Hall of Gems, which opened
to the public after two years of total updating on Novem-
ber 5, 1985. The new hall is a revolutionary departure
from the one it succeeds; only the site remains the
same. The gemstones and models, representing a
fraction of those in the old hall, were chosen for their
rarity aesthetic qualities, or educational contribution.
Great care was invested in developing the successful
lighting, air-conditioning and security systems for the
dramatic C-shaped case, which houses the 500-object
permanent exhibit, or can easily accommodate occa-
sional temporary exhibitions in the future. Also opening
on November 5, 1985 was the Grainger Gallery,
designed to house a variety of special exhibits in an
elegant space next to the gem hall. The first exhibit
there was the 'Art of Adornment," high-lighting jewelry
from many cultures represented in the Museum's
anthropology collections. Both these exhibit areas
were made possible through the generosity of David
and Juli Grainger.

"Te Maori: Maori Art from New Zealand Collec-
tions" was on view at Field Museum from March 8
through June 8, 1986, inaugurating the Museum's new
climate-controlled special exhibition gallery The first
international exhibition devoted exclusively to Maori
art, "Te Maori" owed its existence to the wisdom of the
elders and people of the Maori tribes in New Zealand,
who have agreed to the journey of their ancestors' trea-
sures (taonga) far from their homelands. The carvings
represented all periods of Maori art from about 1000 to
1880, and were lent with the cooperation of the thirteen

New Zealand museums which housed them.

"Te Maori" traveled to four American cities and was
organized by the American Federation of Arts in
association with the New Zealand government, the
Maori people, and the New Zealand lending museums.
The exhibition was made possible by a grant from Mo-
bile. Supported by the National Endowment for the
Arts, the National Endowment for the Humanities, an
indemnity from the Federal Council on the Arts and
Humanities, Air New Zealand, the government of New
Zealand, and the National Patrons of the American
Federation of Arts.

The exhibit "Gods, Spirits, and People," which
went on view on November 22, 1986, presents a sam-
pling of human images from Field Museum's collection
of the traditional art of non-Western cultures. "Gods,
Spirits, and People" was designed to update the
Museum's old Primitive Art exhibit and clear space in
the gallery bordering the east side of Stanley Field Hall
for a temporary reinstallation of the African collection
until a new comprehensive African exhibit can be
mounted in the early 90's.

Finally nearly 50 talented members of the Museum
staff had a chance to exhibit their work in 'Artists at the
Field," that ran from December 13, 1986 to January 11,
1987.

29

PUBLIC PROGRAMS

Three hundred years of black American dance were celebrated by Sweet Saturday Night's company of 19 performers on Feb. 2, 1986.

30

PUBLIC PROGRAMS

Public Relations

In 1985 and 1986, the Public Relations Department's
local, midwest, and national media contacts were
strengthened and expanded. Particular improvement
occurred with family-oriented, feature, and entertain-
ment media. The Public Relations Department hosted
press previews for five major exhibits and arranged
numerous other smaller media meetings and private
tours to generate publicity and build media relations.
The department hosted the 1986 Chicago Area Broad-
cast Public Affairs Association's annual seminar, an
event which strengthened relations between the
Museum and public affairs directors in the area. In 1985
and 1986 combined, the department generated 3,364
print articles, over 1 ,000 print calendar listings, 90 radio
interview placements, and 89 television placements.

A major highlight was the filming and airing of a
special half-hour CBS television special about the Field
Museum's scientific research explorations. Bill Kurtis, a
Chicago CBS anchorman, and his CBS documentary
team followed Field Museum scientists John Fitzpatrick
and Michael Dillon into the jungles of Peru and created
the show "Islands in the Jungle," which is part I of a new
CBS series entitled "The New Explorers." The program
aired September 13, 1986 in Chicago, New York, Los
Angeles, Philadelphia, Miami, and Seattle.

The program portrayed Field Museum as an
institution and public museum that is alive and continu-
ally adding to its collections and our understanding of
the natural world. Citicorp sponsored the air-time for
the show and is further underwriting the development
and distribution of a teacher's kit based on the show to
5,000 Illinois teachers.

Other highlights of the biennium included major
promotion and publicity for "The Art of Cameroon,"
"The vyDrld of Agustin Victor Casasola," "Gems," and
"Te Maori" exhibits. Program, festival, and small-exhibit
publicity included the annual Dinosaur Days, Black
History Month programs, Festival of Masks, and the
"Mountain Light" exhibit. The department made its first
major effort with Chicago's Hispanic media in promot-
ing the "Casasola" exhibit. Nearly every Hispanic
media outlet in Chicago covered the exhibit and many
new media relationships were formed.

Promotion efforts for the "Te Maori" exhibit featured
extensive television coverage of the Maori Dawn Cere-
mony and opening events by Channel 2-WBBM along
with 10 other Chicago and Midwest television stations
and a tremendous amount of local, national, and inter-
national print and radio coverage. WBBM-AM radio did
an entire day of live remote broadcasting at Field
Museum to celebrate the public opening of "Te Maori."
Over 12,000 people attended the opening on March 8,
1986.

In May 1986, the department generated publicity
for the kick-off of the public phase of "Time Future From
Time Past," the Museum's $40 million capital cam-
paign. This effort gave good visibility to the event and
campaign and also produced follow-up stories.

Our nationally distributed radio series "In the Field"

was launched in AphI, 1986, followed by a fall series in
October The two series, comprised of three- to five-
minute programs, with one or two longer special edition
programs, covered subjects ranging from "Halley's
Comet: All You Ever Wanted to Know, But Were Afraid to
Ask," to "Vampire Bats; Fact or Fiction." The interview
segments feature Field Museum research scientists
speaking on scientific topic of interest to a general
audience. The series is designed to be engaging,
understandable, and relevant to the listener's life. "In
the Field" was distributed to 200 -i- public radio stations
in the continental United States and Hawaii. Our first
evaluation survey told us that the two series were well
received and were being aired frequently We hope the
radio series will spark an interest in natural history
topics and help in building Field Museum's national im-
age and tourist attendance.

To further build tourist attendance, we joined with
Adier Planetahum and Shedd Aquarium to launch a
summer promotion in 1985 and 1986 that would pro-
mote all three institutions as a destination for tourists
and day-trip visitors. Entitled "Earth, Sky and Sea, Visit
All Three," the promotion utilized a brochure that out-
lined mini-visits to the three institutions, local and mid-
west advertising, and a kick-off media event.

A final highlight was the publicity effort for Roger
Tory Peterson who came to Chicago to receive the Field
Museum Founder's Council Award of Merit for his tre-
mendous contributions to ornithology. As much an ora-
tor as a bird illustrator. Dr. Peterson delighted the
reporters with fascinating stories of his life-long passion
of birdwatching. Through the interviews and articles the
Museum received national attention for the new owl
species co-discovered by Museum scientist John Fitz-
patrick, who named the bird Otus petersonii. This was
the first time a bird had been named for Dr Peterson.

31

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

statements of Assets, Liabilities and Fund Baiancei
December 31, 1886

Board

Unrestricted Fund

Unrestricted Fund

Assets

1986

1985

1986 1985

Cash

$ 2,312,597

$ 1,375,246

Accounts receivable

379,255

390,791

Museum stores' inventory

866,700

664,901

Prepaid expenses

94,943

107,732

Deterred charges:

Note issuance costs

Other

16,912

119,321

Investments

6,629,362

8,962,112

Collections

1

1

Museum property

7,136,866
$17,436,636

7,136,866
$18,756,970

$ — $ -

Liabilities and Fund Balances

Accounts payable

$ 1,251,860

$ 1,312,652

Accrued liabilities

494,671

475,432

Accrued pension contribution

200,898

317,297

Defen-ed revenue:

Contributions

1,500

Pension gain

155,843

180,996

Other

38,558

95,470

Note payable

Due to (from) other funds

6,334,863

7,450,102

($2,171,872) ($1,749,190)

Total liabilities

8,476,693

9,834,449

( 2,171,872) (1,749,190)

Museum property fund balance

7,136,867

7,136,867

Fund balance

1,823,076

1,785,654

2,171,872 1,749,190

Total fund balance

8,959,943

8,922,521

2,171,872 1,749,190

$17,436,636

$18,756,970

$ - $ -

32

Restricted fund
1986 1985

Fund

functioning

as endowment

1986 1985

Endowment fund
1986 1985

Combined total
1986 1985

$ 1,548,185

$ 764,868

$ 2,312,597

1,927,440

866,700

94,943

$ 1,375,246

$ 1,155,659

664,901

107,732

371,343
22,611,406

370,606
18,047,070

$40,002,855

$35,506,349

$13,266,108

$1 1 ,423,849

371,343

16,912

82,509,731

1

7,136,866

$95,236,533

370,606

119,321

73,939,380

1

7,136,866

$24,530,934

$19,182,544

$40,002,855

$35,506,349

$13,266,108

$1 1 ,423,849

$84,869,712

$ 412,450

$ 69,870

$ 1,251,860
907,121
200,898

$ 1,312,652
545,302
317,297

8,472,798

252,058
17,800,000
(2,406,372)

5,243,044

36,968

. 17,800,000

(3,974,495)

19,175,387

7,157

7,157

$19,182,544

($ 1,756,619)
(1,756,619)

41,759,474

41,759,474

$40,002,855

($ 1,726,417)
(1,726,417)

37,232,766

37,232,766

$35,506,349

$13,266,108

13,266,108

$13,266,108

8,472,798

155,843

290,616

17,800,000

5,244,544

180,996

133,438

17,800,000

24,530,934

29,079,136

7,136,867
59,020,530

66,157,397

$95,236,533

25,534,229

$11,423,849

11,423,849

$1 1 ,423,849

7,136,867
52,198,616

—

59,335,483

$24,530,934

$84,869,712

33

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

statements of Revenues, Expenses and Changes in Fund Balances
Years Ended December 31, 1386 and 1985

Revenues
Chicago Park District property tax collections
Government grants
Interest and dividend income
Net realized gain on investments sold
Contributions
Memberships
Admissions
Auxiliary enterprises (museum, stores,

vending, tours, food services)
Other

Total

Expenses:
Research and collections
Public programs
Finance and museum services
Development
Administration
Auxiliary enterprises (museum stores,

vending, tours, food services)
Capital improvement expenditures
Note interest and amortization
Overhead costs charged to grants

Total expenses

Increase (decrease) in fund balance before

transfers and reclassification
Add (deduct) transfers:

Nonmandatory transfer - Board designated fund

Transfer - Restricted fund

Transfer - Board designated fund

Transfer - Fund functioning as
endowment
Reclassification of transfer to deferred revenue

Increase (decrease) in fund balance
Fund balance at beginning of year

Fund balance at end of year

Unrestricted Fund
1986 1985

Board
Designated Fund
1986 1985

$ 5,248,164

574,385

3,299,417

$ 4,238,701

361 ,887

3,322,496

1,601,139
474,524
851,797

1,561,646
477,543
811,123

2,575,596
56,843

1,744,332
37,657

12,555,385

2,628,441
1,561,140
4,669,449
724,758
1 ,073,497

14,681,865

—

2,667,210
1 ,442,657
5,489,024
727,809
1,480,401

$ 8,406

232,062

21,840

8,404

27,745

$ 87,664
18,095
36,556

1,802

2,152,799
217,993

1,420,414
125,424

24,599

(183,450)

(156,601)
12,046,522

13,994,443

323,056

144,117

687,422

508,863

(323,056)

(144,117)

(650,000)

(450,000)

650,000
95,738

450,000

37,422
1,785,654

58,863
1,726,791

422,682
1,749,190

305,883
1 ,443,307

$ 1,823,076

$ 1,785,654

$2,171,872

$1,749,190

34

Fund

Functioning

1986

1985

Restricted Fund

an Endowment

Endowment Fund

Combined

Combined

1986

1985

1986 1985

1986

1985

Totai

$ 5,248,164

Total

$ 4,238,701

$ 842,862

$ 669,361

1,417,247

1,031,248

2,157,510

640,688

$ 231,059 $ 358,161

$ 42,996

$ 65,353

5,730,982

4,386,698

28,131

4,376,596 2,117,698

1,396,216

670,022

5,800,943

2,787,720

2,927,187

1,899,182

1,263,886 1,994,127

403,047

488,931

6,195,259
474,524
851,797

5,943,886
477,543
811,123

2,115,448
8,071,138

856,431

4,065,662

5,871,541

4,469,986

1 ,842,259

1 ,224,306

2,575,596
2,172,291

30,466,803

1 ,744,332
894,088

22,315,339

943,368

738,482

25,714

517,804

6,810

522

4,559,590

851,650

183,450

7,827,390

818,312

674,600

39,651

299,328

1,250

28,293

1,941,187

99,283

156,601

4,058,505

3,618,984

3,534,417

2,413,201

2,253,835

5,536,578

4,745,656

1,254,017

1,024,086

1,514,956

1,076,549

2,177,920

1 ,448,707

4,777,583

2,066,611

851 ,650

99,283

22,144,889

16,249,144

243,748

1,500,000
(95,738)

(155,167)

(1,500,000)

(7,157)
7,157

7,157

7,157

$ 7,157

5,871,541
(1,500,000)

155,167

4,526,708
37,232,766

$41 ,759,474

4,469,986

1 ,842,259

1 ,224,306

8,321,914

6,066,195

4,469,986
32,762,780

$37,232,766

1 ,842,259
1 1 ,423,849

$13,266,108

1 ,224,306
10,199,543

$1 1 ,423,849

(1 ,500,000)

6,821,914
52,198,616

$59,020,530

6,066,195
46,132,421

$52,198,616

35

STAFF PUBLICATIONS

DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY

Bronson. Bennet

36

1985. (with W. Rostoker and M. Notis) Some insights on the "hundred
refined" steel of ancient China, MASCA Jouma/ 34:99-1 03.
Review article, Nagara and Commandery (P. Wheatley). South-
East Asian Studies Newsletter 20 ^ -A. British Institute in South-
East, Bangkok.

Notes on the History of Iron in Thailand. Journal of the Siam
Soc/efy 73 (1&2):205-225.

Patterns in the Early Southeast Asian Metals Trade, in P Suchitta
ed., Research Conference on Early Southeast Asia. Silpakorn
University, Bangkok, pp. 58-121.

1 986. (with P Charoenwongsa) Eyewitness Accounts of the Early /fining
and Smelting of fi/letals in ft/lainland South East Asia. 36 pp.
Thailand Academic Publishing Co., Bangkok.

The Making and Selling of Wootz, a Crucible Steel of India.
Archaeomaterials 1 (1 ): 1 3-51 .

Seventeenth Century Chinese Trade to Southeast Asia (Abstract),
Journal of Overseas Communication History Quanzhou. 1986:21.

Cole. Glen

1986. (with Paul G. Bahn) La pr6histoire Pyreneenne aux Etats-Unis,
Bulletin de la Soci^te Prdhistorique Arlege-f\r6nees, 41 :95-1 49.

Feldman. Roberta.

1985. Preceramic Corporate Architecture: Evidence for the Develop-
ment of Non-Egalitarian Social Systems in Peru, In Early Cere-
monial Architecture in the Andes, edited by C.B. Donnan, pp. 71 -
92. Dumbarton Oaks, Washington, DC.

(with Charles R. Ortloff and Michael E. Moseley) Hydraulic
Engineering and Historical Aspects of the Pre-Columbian Intraval-
ley Canal Systems of the Moche Valley, Peru, Journal of Field
Archaeology 1 2(1 ):77-98

1 986. Early Textiles from the Supe Valley, Peru. In The Junius B. Bird
Conference on Andean Textiles, edited by Ann P Rowe, pp. 31-46
The Textile Museum, Washington, DC.

Konigsberg. Lyle

1986. (with Jane E. Buikstra and Jill Bullington) Fertility and the Develop-
ment of Agriculture in the Prehistoric Midwest. American Antiquity
51 (3): 528-546.

Lewis. Phillip H.

1986. "Te Maori Opens at Field Museum" (in) Pacific Arts Newsletter, No.
23, July, pp. 17-22, Pacific Arts Association, Honolulu.
Review of Greub, Suzanne, (ed) Authority and Ornament, Art
of the Sepik River, (in) African Arts, vol. XX, No. 1 , November,
pp. 91-92.

Reese, David S.

1985. "The Late Bronze Age to Geometric Shells from Kition." Appendix
VIII (A) in V. Karageorghis, Excavations at KitionV/W. Nicosia:
Department of Antiquities, 340-71.

"The Kition Ostrich Eggshells." Appendix VIM (B) in V. Karageorg-
his, Excavations at Kition y/W. Nicosia: Department of Antiquities,
371-82.

"The Kition Astragali." Appendix VIII(C) in V. Karageorghis, Ex-
cavations atKitionVIW. Nicosia: Department of Antiquities, 382-91 .
"Hippopotamus and Elephant Teeth from Kition." Appendix VIII(D)
In V. Karageorghis, Excavations at KitionVIW. Nicosia: Department
of Antiquities, 391-408.

"The Kition Tortoise Carapace." Appendix VI 1 1(E) in V. Karageorg-
his, Excavations at Kition y/W. Nicosia: Department of Antiquities,
409-15.

"Marine Shells." Appendix IV in A. Betts, "Black Desert Survey,
Jordan: Third Preliminary Report," in LevantXS/W, 51 .
"Molluscs from Early Bronze Age Lithares." Appendix I in
H. Tzavella-Evjen, Lithares: An Early Bronze Age Settlement in
Boeotia.Occ. Pap. 15. Los Angeles: (Institute of Archaeology),
University of California, 50-53.

"The Insects." Part lid in D. Whitehouse, L. Constantini, F Guido-
baldi, S. Passi, P Pesabene, S. Pratt, R. Reece, and D. Reese,

"The Schola Praeconum 11 " in Papers of the British School at Rome
Llll, 172.

"The Shells." In I. Nicolaou, "Excavations at the Eastern Necropolis
at Amathous in 1984." Report of the Department of Antiquities of
Cyprus, 270-71
1986. "The Marine and Fresh-water Shells." Chapter 14in P McGovern,
ed . The Late Bronze/Early Iron Age of Central Transjordan: The
Baq'ah Valley Project, 1977-1981. Philadelphia: University
Museum.

"Shells at Aphrodisias" in M. S. Joukowsky Prehistoric Aphrodi-
sias, an Account of the Excavations and Artifact Studies. Louvain:
Archaeologica Transatlantica III, 191-96.

(with H. K. Mienis and F R. Woodward) "On the Trade of Shells and
Fish from the Nile River" in Bulletin of the American Schools of
Oriental Research 264. 79-84.

Terrell. John

1985. "Living Together," Field Ivluseum of Natural History Bulletin, vol. 56,
no. 1 , pp. 5-10,1 9-24 (excerpt from Prehistory in the Pacific
Islands).

1 986. Prehistory in the Pacific Islands. A study of variation in language,
customs, and human biology Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge. 300 pp.

Causal Pathways and Causal Processes: Studying the Evolution-
ary Prehistory of Human Diversity in Language, Customs, and
Biology Journal of Anthropological Archaeology b, pp. 187-198.

VanStone. James W.

1 985. The Respirator or Smoke Strainer — An Unusual Eskimo Artifact.
Field f^useum of Natural History Bulletin, vol. 56, no. 2, pp. 23-25.
Ornamented Coats of the Koryak. Field Museum of Natural History
Bulletin, vol. 56, no. 6, pp. 8-15.

Material Culture of the Davis Inlet and Barren Ground Naskapi.
Fieldiana: Anthropology n.s , no. 7.

An Ethnographic Collection from Northern Sakhalin Island. Field-
iana: Anthropology n.s, no. 8.

1986. Stephen C. Simms as a Collector of North American Indian Mate-
rial Culture. Field ivluseum of Natural History Bulletin, vol. 57 no. 4,
pp. 5-10.

Robert E. Peary: Arctic Explorer and Collector for the World's
Columbian Exposition. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin,
vol. 57, no. 5, pp. 18-23.

Miner W. Bruce: Reindeer Herder, Showman, and Collector for the
Field Columbian Museum. Field Museum of Natural History Bulle-
tin, vo\. 57. no. 7, pp. 19-25.

"And he was Beautiful": Contemporary Athapaskan Material Cul-
ture in the Collections of Field Museum of Natural History Field-
iana: Anthropology n.s, no. 10.

Weber, Ronald

1985. "Amazon Basin and Eastern Brazil and the Orinoco." American
Antiquity vol. 50, no. 1 , pp. 1 75-1 79.

1986. Emmon's Notes on Field Museum's Collection of Northwest Coast
Basketry Edited with an Ethnoarchaeological Analysis New Series
No. 9.

Photographs as Ethnographic Documents, Arctic Anthropology,
22:1, pp. 67-78.

Welsch, Robert L.

1985. The Distribution of Therapeutic Knowledge in Ningerum: Implica-
tions for Primary Health Care and the Use of Aid Posts. Papua
New Guinea Medical Journal, vol. 28, pp. 67-72.

Medical Pluralism in Papua New Guinea: Perceptions of Western
Medicines in Ningerum. The 1 1th Third World Conference.
Chicago: Third World Foundation.

1986. Primary Health Care and Local Self Determination: Policy Implica-
tions from Rural Papua New Guinea. Human Organization: Journal
of the Society for Applied Anthropology vol. 45, no. 2, pp. 103-
112.

STAFF PUBLICATIONS

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY

Barringer. KerryA.

1984. (Not reported in previous biennial reports.) A new species of Guat-
teria (Annonaceae) from Panama. Annals of tfie Missouri Botanic
Garden 71:1186-1187.

1985 Revision of the genus Sas/stemon (Scropfiulariaceae). Systematic
Botany 10(2):125-133.

Two new species of Esterhazya (Scropfiulariaceae) from Brazil.
Brittonia 37(2): 195- 198.

A new species of Maxillaria (Orcfiidaceae) from Costa Rica. Britto-
nia 37(1 ):44-46.

H. Dietrich! 's Bibliographia Orchldacearum{rev\e\N). Brittonia
37: 77.

Three new species of Elleanthus (Orchidaceae) from Central
America. Brittonia 37:286-290.

Three new species of /Aga//n/s (Scrophulariaceae) from South
America. Brittonia 37:352-354.

1986. New species of Aristolochia (Aristolochiaceae) from Peru. Brittonia
38:128-132.

Reinstatement of the genus Sanango Bunting & Duke (Buddle-
jaceae). Phytologia 59:363-364.

Tetranema bicolor L.O. Wms. (Scrophulariaceae) transferred to
Nepeanthus (Gesneriaceae) from Mexico and Central America.
Phytologia 61:361-366.

Burger, William C.

1985. Why are there so many kinds of flowering plants in Costa Rica?
In: W G. D'Arcy and M. D. Correa, Eds., The Botany and Natural
History of Panama, pp. 125-136.

A reprint of the 1 980 article in Brenesia, with additional biblio-
graphic references.

1986. Family #201 Plantaginaceae in Flora Costaricensis. Fieldiana:
Botany, N.S. No. 18:87-90.

Dillon. Michael O.

1985. The Silver Lining of a Very Dark Cloud — Botanical Studies in
Coastal Peru During the 1982-83 El Nino Event. Field Museum of
Natural History Bulletin 56(3):6-1 0.

(with A. SagSstegui A). Four New Species of Asteraceae from
Peru. Brittonia 37(1):6-13.

(with A. SagAstegui A.). New species and combinations in Belloa
(Inuleae-Asteraceae). Phytologia 58:392-400.

1986. (with A. Sag^stegui A.). New Species and Status Changes in
Andean Inuleae (Asteraceae). Phytologia 59(4): 227-233.

A New Species of Flourensia (Asteraceae, Heliantheae) from
Northern Peru. Brittonia 38(1 ):32-34,
(with A. Sag^stegui A.). Jalcophila, a new genus of Andean In-
uleae (Asteraceae). Brittonia 38(2): 1 62-1 67.
(with A. SagSstegui A.). A New Species of Achyrocline (Inuleae-
Asteraceae) from Peru. Phytologia 60: 107-1 10.
(with S. Sundberg). Chromosome Reports. Taxon 35:409-410.
(with A. Sag^stegui A). A New Species of Monactis (Heliantheae-
Asteraceae) From Northern Peru. Phytologia 61(1 ):5-8.
(with J. Jakupovic, V. P Pathak, F Bohlmann, and D. Gage). Ses-
quiterpene Lactones from Helogyne hutctiinsonii. Phytochemistry
25(11 ):2563-2565.

Engel.JohnJ.

1985. Leptophyllopsis and Leptoscyphus. In: Geissler, P. & H. Bischler,
Eds., Index Hepaticarum 10:65-70. J. Cramer, Vaduz.

(with R.M. Schuster). Austral Hepaticae V (2). Temperate and sub-
antarctic Schistochilaceae of Australasia. Journal of the Hattori
Botanical Laboratory 58:255-539, figs. 1 -76.

Psilochlada mayor (Schust.) Engel, comb, nov (Hepaticae) from
New Zealand. Phytologia 58:324.

1 986. (with Benito Tano). An annotated checklist of Philippine Hepaticae.
Journal of the Hattori Botanical Laboratory 60:283-355.

Feuer. Sylvia M.

1985. (with J. Kuijt). Fine structure of mistletoe pollen. VI. Small-flowered
neotropical Loranthaceae. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Gar-
den 72:187-212.

(with C. Niezgoda and Lonn I. Nevling, Jr). Ultrastructure of Parkia
polyads (Mimosoideae: Leguminosae). American Journal of
Botany 72(1 2): 1871 -1890.
1986. Pollen morphology and evolution in the subfamilies Per-

soonoideae, Sphalmioideae and Carnavonioideae (Proteaceae)
Pollen et Spores 28:43-75.

Pollen. In: H. Hopkins, Neotropical species of Parkia Flora Neotro-
pica 43:29-41.

Garwood. Nancy C.

1985. (with Carol C. Horvitz). Factors limiting fruit and seed production
of a temperate shrub, Staphylea trifolia L. (Staphyleaceae). Amer-
ican Journal of Botany 72:453-466.

The role of mucilage in the germination of cuipo, Cavanillesia pla-
tanifolia (H. & B.) H.B.K. (Bombacaceae), a tropical tree. Amer-
ican Journal of Botany 72:895-905.
Earthquake-caused landslides in Panama: Recovery of the
vegetation. National Geographic Society Research Reports
21:181-184.

1986. Constraints on the timing of seed germination in tropical forests,
pp. 347-355. In: A. Estrada and T H. Fleming, Eds. Frugivores
and Seed Dispersal, Dr. W. Junk Publishers, The Hague,

The Netherlands.

Grime, William E.

1986. (with Timothy Plowman). Type photographs at Field Museum of
Natural History Taxon 335:932-934.

HuR. MichaelJ.

1 984. (Not reported in previous biennial report.) A review of Euphorbia
(Euphorbiaceae) in Baja California. Annals of the Missouri Botanic
Garden 71(4):1021-1027.

1985. A new Syngonanfhus (Eriocaulaceae) from Southern Mexico.
Annals of the Missouri Botanic Garden 72(2):448-449.

(with H. van der Werff). Observations on Chamaesyce (Euphor-
biaceae) in the Galapagos Islands. Madrono 32: 1 43- 1 47.

Mueller. Gregory M.

1985. Numerical taxonomic analyses on Laccarria (Agaricales).
Mycologia77:121-129

1986. (with E. C. Vellinga). Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on
Laccaria B. & Br: Laccaria amethystea, L. fraterna, L laccata,
L. pumila, and their synonyms. Persoonia 13:27-43.

Murphy Honora A.

1986. A Revision of the Genus Fischeria (Asclepiadaceae). Systematic
Botany 11(1):229-241.

Nee. Michael

1984. (Not reported in previous biennial report). Flora de Veracruz #39.
Cunoniaceae. 7 pp.

(Not reported in previous biennial report). Flora de Veracruz #40.
Ulmaceae. 38 pp.

(Not reported in previous biennial report), (with Dorothy L. Nash).
Flora de Veracruz #4 1 . Verbenaceae. 1 53 pp.

1985. Flora de Veracruz #43. Molluginaceae. 8 pp.
Flora de Veracruz #44. Brunelliaceae. 5 pp.

Niezgoda, Christine

1985. (S. M. Feuer &L. I. Nevling, Jr.). Ultrastructure of Partoa polyads
(Mimosoideae: Leguminosae). American Journal of Botany
72(1 2): 1871 -1890.

Plowman, Timothy

1984. (not reported in previous biennial report). New taxa of Erythroxy-
lum (Erythroxylaceae) from the Amazon Basin. Suplemento, Acta
Amaz6nlca 14 (1/2):1 17-143.

1985. (with Y. M. A. El-lman & W. C. Evans). Alkaloids of some South
American Erythroxylum species. Phytochemistry 24:2285-2289.
(with H. A. Lloyd, H. M. Fales, M. E. Goldman, D. M. Jerina & R.
Schultes). Brunfelsamidine: a novel convulsant from the halluci-
nogenic plant Brunfelsia grandiflora. Tetrahedron Letters 26:2623-
2624. 37

STAFF PUBLICATIONS

A new species of Erythroxylum (Erythroxylaceae) from Surinam
and Venezuela. Phytologia 58: 1 72-1 77.
1986. (with R. K. Siegel, M. A. Elsofily, P. M. Rury & R. T. Jones). Cocaine
in herbal tea. Journal of the American Medical Association
255(1 ):40.

(with L.I. Nevling, Jr). A new species of Lasiadenia
(Thymelaeaceae) from Venezuela. Brittonia 38(2): 1 14-1 1 8.
Coca chewing and the botanical origins of coca {Erythroxylum
spp.) in South America, pp. 5-33. In: D. Pacini & C. Franquemont,
Eds. Coca and Cocaine: Effects on people and policy in Latin
America. Co-published by Cultural Survival, Cambridge, tvlassa-
chusetts, and Latin American Studies Program, Cornell University
Ithaca.

Four new species of Erythroxylum from northeastern Brazil. Britto-
nia 38(3): 189-200.

(with WE. Grim6). Type photographs at Field Museum of Natural
History Taxon 35:932-934.

Stolze, Robert

1986. Polypodlaceae-Asplenioideae. /n.- Harling & Sparre, Flora of
Ecuador, Stockholm, Sweden, 14(6): 1-83.

Taylor. Kent

1983. (Not reported in previous biennial report ) Flora de Veracruz #29.
Pedaliaceae. 5 pp.

(Not reported in previous biennial report.) Flora de Veracruz #30.
Martyniaceae. 1 1 pp.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY

Bolt, John R.

1 985. (with R. E. Lombard) Evolution of the Amphibian Tympanic Ear and
the Origin of Frogs. BiotogicalJournal of the Linnean Society
24:83-99.

1986. (with Robert E. DeMar) Computer Simulation of Tooth Replace-
ment with Growth in Lower Tetrapods. Journal of Vertebrate
Paleontology 6(3):233-250.

Crane, Peter R.

1 985. Phylogenetic Analyses of Seed Plants and the Origin of Flowering
Plants. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden, 72: 71 6-793.
(with Soladoye, M. 0.) Systematic Palynology of Baphia
(Sophoreae, Papilionoideae). Grana, 24: 145-160.
Phylogenetic Relationhips in Seed Plants, Ctadlstics, 1: 329-348.

1 986. The Morphology and Relationships of the Bennettitales. In:

B, A. Thomas & R. A. Spicer (eds.) Systematic and Taxonomic
Approaches in Palaeobotany pp. 163-175. London: Academic
Press.

Form and Function in Wind Dispersed Pollen. In: S. Blackmore & I.
K. Ferguson (eds.) Pollen and Spores: Form and Function.
pp. 179-202, London: Academic Press,

(with E. M, Friis & K, R, Pedersen) Floral Evidence for Cretaceous
Chloranthoid Angiosperms, Nature, 320: 163-164,
(with E. M. Friis & K. R, Pedersen) Unisexual Flowers from the
Lower Cretaceous: Fossil Evidence on the Early Radiation of the
Dicotyledons. Science, 232: 852-854.

(with R. A. Sfockey) Morphology and Development of Pistillate In-
florescences in Extant and Fossil Cercidiphyllaceae. Annals of the
Missouri Botanical Garden, 73: 382-393.

Grande. Lance

1985. Recent and Fossil Clupeomorph Fishes with Materials for Revision
of the Subgroups of Clupoids. Bulletin American Museum of Nat-
ural History vol, 181, no, 2, 231-373.

The Use of Paleontology in Systematics and Biogeography and a
Time Control Refinement for Historical Biogeography Paleobiol-
ogy vo\. 11, no. 2, 234-243.

Fish Fossils in the Eocene Green River Formation of Southwestern
Wyoming. National Geographic Research Reports, vol. 21 , 201 -
205.

38

(with G. Nelson) Interrelationships of Fossil and Recent Anchovies
(Teleostei: Engrauloidea) and a Description of a New Species from
the Miocene of Cyprus. American Museum Novitates, no. 2826, 1 -
16.

1986. The First Articulated Freshwater Teleost Fish from the Cretaceous
of North America. Paleontology vol, 29, 365-371 .
(with J. T Eastman) A Review of Antarctic Ichthyofaunas in Light of
New Fossil Discoveries. Paleontology vol. 29, 1 13-137

LiDGARD. Scott

1985. Zooid and Colony Growth in Encrusting Cheilostome Bryozoans.
Paleontology 28: 255-291 & 26-31 .

Budding Process and Geometry in Encrusting Cheilostome Bryo-
zoans In: Bryozoa: Ordovician to Recent, (eds. C. Nielsen & G. P.
Larwood), Olsen &0lsen Publishers, Denmark. 175-182,

1986. Ontogeny in Animal Colonies: A Persistent Trend in the Bryozoan
Fossil Record. Science, vol. 232, 230-232.

Niteckl Matthew H.

1985. (Editor with D. F Toomey) Paleoalgology Springer-Verlag.
(with D. F Toomey) Contemporary Research and Application in
Paleoalgology Springer-Verlag, 9-17,

(with Reitschel) Redescription of the holotype of Selenoids iowen-
s/s.Owen 1852, Journal of Paleontology 59(3), 568-571.
(with A.Y. Zhuravlev) Comparative morphology of
archaeocyathids and receptaculitids. Paleont. Jour Moscow,
(4):121-123 in Russian.

Evolution of human hunting. Anthro. Newsletter 26{9):9.

(with A. Hoffman) Reception of the osteroid hypothesis of terminal

Cretaceous extinctions. Geo/ogy 13(1 2):884-887.

1986. (Editor with J. A. Kitchell) Evolution of Animal Behavior Oxford Uni-
versity Press.

Evolution and Behavior In: Evolution of Animal Behavior, (Editor
with J, A. Kitchell), Oxford Univ. Press, pp. 3-6.
(Eds. with A. Hoffman) Problematic Fossil Taxa, Oxford University
Press.

Why and How to do Problematica in Problematic Fossil Taxa, (Eds.
Nitecki & Hoffman), Oxford Univ. Press, pp, 5-8,
Receptaculitids and Their Relationship to Other Problematic Fos-
sils. In. Problematic Fossil Taxa, (eds. Hoffman & Nitecki), Oxford
University Press, pp. 27-34.

Olsen, Edward J.

1985. (with Friedman, Callis, Shreiner, Hines, Orlandini, & Nelson)
Enrichment of 235U and the Concentration of 239Pu in Volcanic
Samples, Nature, 313, 301-303,

(with Dodd, Clarke) The Bloomington (LL6) Chondrite and its
Shock Melt Glasses. Meteoritics, 20, 575-581 ,
(with Wang, Crow, & Levi-Setti) High Lateral Resolution SIMS
Mapping of Meteorite Chondrule, Nuclear Instruments and
Methods in Physics Research, B10/11, 716-718.

1986. (with G. R. McGhee, C, J, Orth, L, R, Quintana, J, S. Gilmore)
Late Devonian "Kellwasser Event" Mass-Extinction Horizon in
Germany: No Geochemical Evidence for a Large-Body impact.
Geology 14, 776-779.

(with G. R, McGhee, C. J. Orth, L. R, Quintana, J, S. Gilmore)
Geochemical Analyses of the late Devonian "Kellwasser Event"
Stratigraphic Horizon at Steinbruch-Schmidt (FR.G.) In: Lecture
Notes in Earth Sciences, vol. 8 Global Bio Events, (ed. O. Wasser),
Springer-Verlag, Berlin, pp. 219-224.

Turnbull, William D.

1985. (with Woodburne, Tedford, Archer, & Lundelius) Biochronology of
the Continental Mammal Record of Australia and New Guinea
Stratigraphy Paleontology Malacology Department of Mines and
Energy Southern Australia. Special Publications #5, 347-363.

Woodland, Bertram G.

1985. Relationships of Concretion and Chlorite-Muscovite Porphyroblast
to the Development of Domainal Cleavage in Low-Grade Meta-
morphic Deformed Rocks from North Central Wales, Great Britain.
Journal of Structural Geology 17, 205-215.

STAFF PUBLICATIONS

DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY

Ashe, James S.

1985. Fecundity, development and natural history of Meronera venustula
(Erichson) (Coleoptera; Staptiylinidae: Aleocharinae), Psyhe92
(2-3): 181 -204,

1986. Structural features and pfiylogenetic relationships among larvae
of genera of gyrophaenine staphylinids (Coleoptera: Staphylini-
dae: Aleocharinae), Fieldiana: Zoology, New Series, No, 30, 1-60.
Seeversiella bispinosa, a new genus and species of athetine
Aleocharinae (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) from North America.
Journal of the New York Entomological Society94{4):500-5^ 1 .
Phanerota cubensis and Phanerota brunnessa n. sp. , with key to
the species of P/ianerote occurring in Florida (Coleoptera: Staphy-
linidae). The Florida Entomo/og/sf 69(1 ):236-245.

Subsocial behavior among gyrophaenine staphylinids (Coleop-
tera: Staphylinidae: Aleocharinae). Soc/ob/o/ogy12(2):31 5-320.
(with R.M. Timm). Mammals and beetles in Costa Rica. Field
Museum oi Natural History Bulletin. 57(10):11-18.
(with R.tVI. Timm) Host and elevational specificity of parasitic bee-
tles (amblyopinus) on neotropical mammals (abstract of paper
presented at annual meetings of the American Society of tVlammal-
ogists, June, 1986).

FiTZPATRiCK. John W.

1985. The role of scientific collections in ecological morphology Pp.
195-208 /nE.H. IVIiller, (ed.), Museum Collections: Their Roles and
Future in Biological Research. British Columbia Provincial
Museum, Occasional Paper, No. 25.

TyrantFlycatchers. Pp. 318-321 inC. Perrinsand A.L.A. Middleton
(eds). 7776 Encyclopedia oi Birds, Equinox (Oxford) Ltd.
Flycatcher (2). In B. Campbell and E. Lack (eds.) A Dictionary of
Birds. Pp. 231-233. Buteo Books, Vermillion, South Dakota,
(with J. Haffer). Geographic variation in Some Amazonian forest
birds. Pp. 147-168 in Buckley PA. et al. (eds.) Neotropical
Ornithology. Monogr Amer Orn. Union, No. 36.
Form, foraging behavior and adaptive radiation in the Tyrannidae.
Pp. 447-470 in Buckley PA., et al., Neotropical Ornithology.
Monogr. Amer Orn. Union, No. 36.

1986. (with J. P O'Neill) Otus petersoni, a new screech-owl from the
Eastern Andes, with systematic notes on O. colombianus and O.
ingens. Wilson Bulletin. 98(1):1-14. Frontispiece by R. T Peterson,
(with Glen E. Woolfenden) Demographic routes to cooperative
breeding in some New World Jays. In Nitecki, M, and J. Kitchell
(eds). Evolution of Animal Behavior paleontological and field
approaches. Pp. 137-160. Univ Chicago Press, Chicago.

(with Glen E. Woolfenden) Sexual asymmetries in the life history of
the Florida Scrub Jay pp. 87-1 07 in Rubenstein, D. and R. W.
Wrangam (eds.).. Ecological Aspects of Social Evolution: Birds
and Mammals. Princeton University Press, Princeton.
Evolution through Group Selection, V.C. Wynne Edwards. Science
234:882-883 (review).

Hershkovitz, Philip

1985. A preliminary taxonomic review of the South American bearded
saki monkeys genus C/?/ropotes (Cebidae, Platyrrhini), with the
description of a new subspecies. Fieldiana: Zoology (new series),
27:1-46.

1986. Handbookof squirrel monkey research. The Ouarterly Review of
Biology 61 : 286-287 (review).

The piebald saki. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin,
57(2):24-25 and cover

Inger. Robert F

1985. A report on a collection of amphibians and reptiles from the
Ponmudi, Kerala, South India, Journal, Bombay Natural History
SocietyVol. 81 (2) - pp. 406-427: (3) - pp. 551-570.
Tadpoles of the forested regions of Borneo. Fieldiana: Zoology
(N.S.), No. 26, 89 pp.

1 986. Key to the snakes and lizards of China. By Zhao Ermi and Jiang
Yaoming. ( A translation by Inger and Yang Datong.) Smithsonian
Herpetological Information Service, No. 71 , 21 pp.

(with Harold Voris and Paul Walker) Larval transport in a Bornean
ranid frog. Copeia, 1986; 523-524.

(with Harold Voris and P Walker) A key to the frogs of Sarawak.
Sarawak Museum Journal 34 (1 985): 1 61 -1 82.
(with Harold Voris and Karl J. Frogner) Organization of a commu-
nity of tadpoles in rain forest streams in Borneo. Journal of Tropical
Ecology 2:193-205.

IzoR. Robert J.

1985. (with N. E. Peterson) Notes on South American weasels. Journal of
Mammalogy 66(4):788-790

1 986. Sloths and other mammalian prey of the harpy eagle. Pp. 343-346
in The evolution and ecology of armadillos, sloths, and ver-
milinguas. (G. Gene Montgomery ed.) Smithsonian Institution
press, Washington, D,C, 451 pp.

Johnson. Robert K.

1985. Variation in Vinciguerria nimbaria with Comments on the Status of
the Red Sea Population, p. 243-256 in Proc. International Con-
ference on Marine Science in the Red Sea. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr
and Fish., 9. M.-F Thompson, A. FA. Latif and A.R. Bayoumi, eds.,
243-256.

Lanyon. Scott M.

1 985. Molecular perspective on higher level relationships in the Tyran-
noidea (Aves). Systematic Zoology 34:404-418.

Detecting internal inconsistencies in distance data. Systematic
Zoology 34:397-403.

(with A. P. Capparella) Biochemical and Morphometric analyses of
the sympatric, neotropical, sibling species, Mionectes maccon-
nelli and M. oleagineus. Pp. 347-355 in P. A. Buckley, et al. (eds.)
"Neotropical Ornithology," American Ornithologists Union,
Ornithological Monographs, no. 36. American Ornithologists
Union.

(with W. E. Lanyon) Generic status of Euler's Flycatcher: a morpho-
logical and biochemical study Auk 1 03:341 -350.
(with C. F Thompson) Site fidelity and habitat quality as determi-
nants of settlement pattern in male Painted Buntings.- Condor
88:206-10.

Cladistic theory and methodology (review). Condor 85-544.
Marx. Hymen

1 986. (with R. Eric Lombard and George B. Rabb) Morphometries of the
ectopterygoid in advanced snakes (Colubroidea): a concordance
of shape and phylogeny Biological Journal Linnean Society
27:136-164, 13 figures.

MOSKOVITS, Debra

1 985. (with John Fitzpatrick and David Willard) Lista preliminar das aves
de Estacao Ecologica de Maraca, Territorio de Roraima, Brasil, e
areas adjancentes. Papeis Avulsos de Zoologia 36(6):51 -68.

NEVirroN, Alfred F, Jr

1985. South temperate Staphylinoidea (Coleoptera): their potential for
biogeographic analysis of austral disjunctions. Pages 180-220 in
G. E. Ball (editor). Taxonomy phylogeny and zoogeography of
beetles and ants. A volume dedicated to the memory of Philip
Jackson Darlington, Jr., 1904-1983. W. Junk, TheHague, Series
Entomologia 33.

Patterson, Bruce D.

1985. Distribution, ecology and evolution of mammals on Chilean coas-
tal islands, American Philosophical Society Grantees' Reports,
1984:39-40.

Chilean serendipity: records of a fortuitous field season in temper-
ate rain forests. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, 56:7-22.

(Letter) Species Loss. Science, 234:1311.
(with Wirt Atmar) Nested subsets and the structure of insular
mammalian faunas and archipelagos. Biological Journal of the
Linnean Society 28:65-82.

39

STAFF PUBLICATIONS

SoLEM.G. Alan

1 985. Simultaneous Character Convergence and Divergence in Western
Australian Land Snails, BiologicalJournal of the Linnean Society of
London. 24:143-163, 8 figs., 3 tables.

(with Frank M. Climo) Structure and Habitat Correlations of Sym-

patric New Zealand Land Snail Species, Malacologia, 26(1-2):

1-30, 9 text figs., 11 tables.

Camaenid Land Snails from Western and central Australia (Mol-

lusca; Pulmonata; Camaenidae). V. Remaining Kimberley Genera

and Addenda to ttie Kimberley. Records of the Western Australian

Museum. Supplement 20■.707-98^,f\gs. 181-256, tables 76-94,

plates 64-94.

Founders' Council Member Honored, Field f^useum of Natural

History Bulletin. 56(8):25-26.

1986. Origin and Diversification of Pulmonale Land Snails, in The Mol-
lusca. 10:269-293, E.R. Trueman (ed.). Academic Press, London.
Pupilloid Land Snails from the South and tVlidv\/est Coasts of
Australia. Joumal of the Malacological Society of Australia.
7(3-4): 95-124, 36 text figures.

A Collector's Tale. Field Museum of Natural History

Bulletin,57(6):22-25.

Afterword A, The Streets and Their Expeditions. Field Museum of

Natural History Bulletin, 58(1): 23-24.

TiMM, Robert M.

1 985. Parasites of New World Microtus. Pp. 455-534 in Biology of New
World M/CTO/us (Robert H. Tamarin, ed.). Special Publication No. 8,
American Society of Mammalogists.

Artibeus phaeotis. IVIammalian Species, American Society of
Mammalogists, 235: 1 -6.

(with Barbara Clauson) tVlammals as evolutionary partners. Pp.
1 01 -1 54, in Coevolution of Parasitic Arthropods and Mammals (K.
C. Kim, ed.) John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York,
(with R. D. Price) A review of Cummingsia Ferris (Mallophaga:
Trimenoponidae), with a description of two new species. Pro-
ceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. 98(2):391 -402.

1986. Fruits of their labors. Pp. 292-298 in Iranian adventure; The first
Street Expedition (William S. Street, Janice K. Street and Richard
Savi^er). Field [Museum of Natural History, Chicago, 305 pp.
(with Luis Albuja and Barbara Clauson) Ecology distribution,
harvest and conservation of the Amazonia manatee Trichechus
inunguis in Ecuador. S/ofTOp/ca 18(2): 150-1 56.

Traylor. Melvin

1985. Species limits in the Ochthoeca diadema species-group i^Tyranni-
dae). Pp. 431-444 in Buckley, et al. (eds.) Neotropical Ornithology.
Monog. No. 36. American Ornithol. Union. Washington, D.C. (Plate
VIbyJ.W. Fitzpatrick).

(with J. V Remsen and K. C. Parkes) Range Extensions for Some
Bolivian Birds, 1 (TinamiformestoCharadriiformes). Bull. Brit.
Ornith. Club, ^05:^2A-^30.

1 986. In E. tvlayr & G. W. Cottrell (eds.) Checklist of Birds of the World,
vol. 1 1 . African species of Sylviidae (pp. 3-294), tvluscicapidae
(pp. 295-375), Platysteiridae (pp. 367-390), and Monarchidae (pp.
464-556). [Museum of Comparative Zoology (Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts).

(with J.V. Remsen and K.C. Parkes) Range extensions of some
Bolivian birds, 2 (Columbidae to Rhinocryptidae). Bull. Brit. Orn.
Club, 106:22-32.

VoRis, Harold K.

1985. (with William B. Jeffries and Chang M. Yang) Growth of Octolasmis
cor(Aurivillis, 1 892) on the gills of Scylla serrate (Forskal, 1 755).
Biological Bulletin 1 69:291 -296.

(with R.F. Inger and P. Walker) Larval transport in a Bornean ranid
frog. Cope/a (2):523-525.

Population size estimates for a sea snake (Enhydrina schistosa) in
Malaysia. Cope/a (4): 955-961.

1986. (with R.F. Inger and K.J. Frogner) Organization of tadpoles in rain
forest streams in Borneo. Journal of Tropical Ecology 2:^93-205.

WiLLARD. David E.

1985. Comparative feeding ecology of twenty-two tropical piscivores.
Pp. 788-797, in Buckley, et al. (eds). in Neotropical Ornithology
Ornithol. Monogr, No. 36. American Ornithol. Union, Washington
DC.

SCIENTIFIC SUPPORT SERVICES

Jastrzebski. Zbigniew T

1985. Technique of making fish illustration 5. Environmental Biology
of Fishes 1 2(2): 1 42. Dr. W. Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,

The Netherlands.

Technique of making fish illustration 6. Environmental Biology
o^ F/s/ies 12(4):318-319. Dr. W. Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,
The Netherlands.

Technique of making fish illustration 7. Environmental Biology
of Fishes ^3{2) A 24. Dr. W. Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,
The Netherlands.

Technique of making fish illustration 9. Environmental Biology
of Fishes 1 3(3): 1 82. Dr. W. Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,
The Netherlands.

Technique of making fish illustration 10. Environmental Biology
of Fishes ^3{4):252. Dr. W. Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,
The Netherlands.

Technique of making fish illustration 1 1 . Environmental Biology
of Fishes ^3{4):288. Dr W. Junk Publisher, Dordrecht,
The Netherlands.

Scientific Illustration: A Guide for the Beginning Artist. Prentice-
Hall, Inc., Engelwood Cliffs, New Jersey 319 pp.

1 986. Technique of making fish illustration 1 7. Environmental Biology
of Fishes :6{4y.256. Dr W. Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,

The Netherlands.

Technique of making fish illustration 20. Environmental Biology

of Fishes :6{4):330. Dr. W. Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,

The Netherlands.

Technique of making fish illustration 21 . Environmental Biology

of Fishes M{:):52. Dr. W Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,

The Netherlands.

Technique of making fish illustration 23. Environmental Biology

of Fishes 1 7(3):234. Dr. W. Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,

The Netherlands.

Technique of making fish illustration 24. Environmental Biology

of Fishes ^8{^)■.66. Dr W Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,

The Netherlands.

Werner, MarleneH.

1 985. Technique of making fish illustration 1 3. Environmental Biology
of Fishes 14(4):268. Dr W. Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,

The Netherlands.

Richardson, Clara

1 986. Technique of making fish illustration 22. Environmental Biology
0/ F/sftes 17(2): 153-1 54. Dr W Junk Publishers, Dordrecht,
The Netherlands.

THE LIBRARY

Fawcett. W. Peyton

1 985. (with Benjamin W. Williams) Field Museum of Natural History
Library Science and Technology Libraries 6(1-2):27-33.

1986. Henry Field, 1902-1986. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin,
vol. 57(5):24-25.

Williams. Benjamin W.

1985. (with W. Peyton Fawcett) Field Museum of Natural History Library
Science and Technology Libraries 6(1-2):27-33.

1 986. Audubon's "The Birds of America" and the Remarkable History of
Field Museum's Copy Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin,
Vol.57(6):7-21.

40

STAFF PUBLICATIONS

THE BULLETIN

Walsten, David M.

1985. Chicago's Parakeets. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin,
vol. 56(5):1 1-17.

The Japanese Woodblock Print. Field Museum of Natural History
Bulletin, vol 56{2):7-22.

(with Edward Olsen) A New Jewel in Field Museum's Crown. Field
Museum of Natural History Bulletin, vol. 56(1 1 ):8-10.
"Contact," by Carl Sagan (review), The Chicago Tribune, Oct. 6.
"The Mammoth Hunters," by Jean Auel (review), the Chicago
Tribune, Nov. 1 7.

1 986. The Legacy of Carl Akeley. Field Museum of Natural History Bulle-
f/n vol. 57(1 ):5-25.

Painters at Field Museum. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin
vol. 57(4):20-25.

"The Chimpanzees of Gombe: Patterns of Behavior," by Jane
Goodall (review). The Chicago Tribune, Oct. 10.
"Krippendorf's Tribe," by Frank Parkin (review). The Chicago
Tribune, Feb. 16.

"Swift Walker: An Informal Biography of Gurdon Saltonstall Hub-
bard," by Lloyd Wendt (review). The Chicago Tribune, Dec. 18.

DEVELOPMENT

BuzARD, Clifford

1985. Year-End Giving. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, vol.
56(10):22-24.

1986. A Recent Bequest. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, vol.
57(2):2.

The New Income Tax Law and Charitable Giving. Field Museum of
Natural History Bulletin, vol. 57(11):9-10.

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

Blackmon, Carolyn

1 986. (with Maija Sedzielarz and Helen H. Voris) Teach the Mind, Touch
the Spirit. Field Museum of Natural History, 80 pp.

Evans, Nancy

1986. (with Donald McVicker) Anthropology: The Human Experience.
Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, vol. 57(3):21-23.

Pickering. Robert B.

1 985. Human Osteological Remains from Alfa Vista, Zacatecas: An Anal-
ysis of the Isolated Bone. The Archaeology of West and Northwest
Mesoamerica, Westview Press, Boulder.

1986. Population Differences in the Calcaneus as Determined by Dis-
criminant Function Analysis. Forensic Osteology, C.C. Thomas
Press.

Sedzielarz, Maija

1986. (with Carolyn Blackmon and Helen H. Voris) Teach the Mind,
Touch the Spirit. Field Museum of Natural History 80 pp.

Voris, Helen H.

1985. Museums as Agents for Public Education: The Kellogg Program.
Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, vol. 57(5)6-8.

(with Carolyn Blackmon and Maija Sedzielarz) Teach the Mind,
Touch the Spirit. Field Museum of Natural History, 80 pp.

Zebrun, Ellen

1 986. Volunteers Do Make a Difference. Field Museum of Natural History
Bulletin w\.57{6):4-5.

41

THE WOMEN'S BOARD

Mrs. Keene H. Addington M

Mrs. Edward King Aldworth M

Mrs. Richard I Allen M

Mrs. James W Alsdorf M

Mrs. Angelo R. Arena M

Mrs A Watson Armour III M

Mrs. Laurance H. Armour, Jr M

Mrs. P. Kelley Armour M

Mrs. T Stanton Armour M

Mrs. Edwin N. Asmann M

Mrs. Thomas G. Ayers M

Mrs. George R. Baker M

Mrs. Claude A. Barnett M

Mrs. Robert O. Bass M

Mrs. George R, Beach M

Mrs. Robert A. Beatty M

Mrs. James H. Becker M

Mrs. Edward H. Bennett. Jr. M

Mrs. B. Edward Bensinger M

Mrs. Gordon Bent M

'Mrs. Richard Bentley M

Mrs. Harry O Bercher M

Mrs. Michael A, Bilandic M

Mrs. Harrington Bischof M

Mrs. Bowen Blair M

Mrs. Frank W.BIatchford III Mi

Mrs. Joseph L. Block Mi

Mrs. Philip D. Block, Jr Mi

Mrs. Philip D. Block ill Mi

Mrs. Edwin R. Blomquist Mi

Mrs. John J. Borland, Jr Mi

Mrs. Arthur S Bowes Mi

Mrs. Willard L. Boyd Mi

Mrs. Lester Harris Brill Mi

Mrs. Robert E, Brooker Mi

Mrs. Cameron Brown Mi

'Mrs. Isidore Brown Mi

Mrs. Jennifer Martin Brown Mi

Mrs. Roger O Brown M

Mrs. T. von Donop Buddington M

Mrs. Robert D. Cadieux M

Mrs. Robert A. Carr M'

Mrs. Robert Wells Carton Mi

Mrs. Hammond E. Chaffetz Mi

Mrs. Henry T. Chandler Mi

Miss Nora F. Chandler Mi

Mrs. Walter L. Cherry Mi

Mrs. W. H. Clark, Jr Mi

Mrs. J. Nothhelfer Connor Mi

Mrs. Frank W. Considine Mi

Mrs. Stanton R. Cook Mi

Mrs. Edward A. Cooper Mi

Mrs. James R. Coulter Mi

Mrs. William S. Covington Mi

Mrs. Mark Crane Mi

Mrs. Lester Crown Ja

Mrs. Sandra K. Crown Mi

Mrs. Robert Lane Cruikshank Mi

Mrs. Herschel H. Cudd Mi

Mrs. Leonard S. Davidow Mi

Mrs. Howard M. Dean, Jr Mi

Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta Mi

Mrs. Emmett Dedmon Mi

Mrs. Robert O. Delaney M

Mrs. Charles S. Delong M

Mrs. Charles Dennehy M

Mrs. Edison Dick M

Mrs. William R. Dickinson, Jr M

rs. Stewart S. Dixon

Mr

's. Wesley M. Dixon

Mr

'S. Gaylord Donnelley

Mr

's. Thomas E. Donnelley II

Mr

s. Maurice F Dunne, Jr.

Mr

s. Robert C. Edwards

Mr

'S. Robert Elberson

Mr

s. R. Winfield Ellis

Mr

'S. Victor Elting III

Mr

s. Winston Elting

Mr

s. Gordon R. Ewing

Mr

S.Thomas J. Eyerman

Mr

8. Calvin Fentress

Mr

'S. Robert C. Ferris

Mr

s. Robert Fesmire

Mr

s. Joseph N. Field

Mr.

s. Marshall Field

Mr

s. Charles Robert Foltz

Mr.

s. Peter B. Foreman

Mr

s. Francis G. Foster, Jr.

Mr<

s. Hubert D. Fox

Mr.

s. Earl J. Frederick

Mr

s. Gaylord A. Freeman

Mr

s. Marshall Front

Mr<

s. William D. Frost

Mr

's. James C. E. Fuller

Mr

rs. Maurice F Fulton

Mr

rs. John S. Garvin

Mr

rs. John S. Gates

Mr

rs. Robert H. Gayner

Mr

rs. Isak V. Gerson

Mr

rs. Gerald S. Gidwitz

Mr

rs. JamesJ.GIasser

Mr

rs. Julian R. Goldsmith

Mr

rs. Paul W. Goodrich

Mr

rs. William B. Graham

Mr

rs. David W. Grainger

Mr

rs. Donald C. Greaves

Mr

rs. Roger Griffin

Mr

rs. Robert C. Gunness

Mr

rs. Robert P Gwinn

Mr

rs. Burton W. Hales

Mr

rs. Corwith Hamill

Mr

rs. Charles L. Hardy

Mr

rs. King Harris

Mr

rs. Frederick Charles Hecht

Mr

rs. Ben W. Heineman

Mr

rs. William A. Hewitt

MiE

rs. Stacy H. Hill

Mr

rs. Edward Hines

Mr

rs. John L. Hines

Mr

rs. John H. Hobart

Mr

rs. Richard H. Hobbs

Mr

rs. Thomas D. Hodgkins

Mr

rs. Thomas J. Hoffmann

Mr

niceS. Hunt

Mr

rs. Chauncey Keep Hutchins

Mr

rs. Robert C. Hyndman

Mr

rs. Stanley 0. Ikenberry

Mr

rs. Robert S. Ingersoll

Mr

rs. Frederick G.Jaicks

Mr

'S. Clarence E. Johnson

Mr

rs. S.Curtis Johnson III

Mr

s. Richard M. Jones

Mr

s. JohnB. Judkins, Jr

Mr

s. Byron C. Karzas

Mr

's. John J. Kinsella

Mr

s. Robert 0. Kolar

Mr

rs. Walter A. Krafft

rs. Bertram D. Kribben

rs. Gordon Leadbetter

rs. John H. Leslie

rs. John Woodworth Leslie

rs. Edward H. Levi

rs. Michael S. Lewis

rs. Chapin Litten

rs. Glen A. Lloyd

rs. Albert E. M. Louer

rs. Franklin J. Lunding

rs. Walter M Mack

rs. John W. Madigan

rs. James F Magin

rs. Robert H. Malott

rs. Philip C. Manker

rs. Richard Marcus

rs. David Mayer

rs. Frank D. Mayer

rs. Frank D. Mayer, Jr

rs. Brooks McCormick

rs. George Barr McCutcheon I

rs. William J. McDonough

rs. Andrew McKenna

rs. Eugene J. McVoy

rs. John C. Meeker

rs. Henry W. Meers

rs. Hugo J. Melvoin

rs. J. Roscoe Miller

rs. Philip B.Miller

rs. Newton N. Minow

rs. William H. Mitchell

rs. Charles H. Montgomery

rs. Kenneth F Montgomery

rs. Evan G. Moore

rs. Graham J. Morgan

rs. Arthur T Moulding

rs. Aidan I. Mullett

rs. Leo F Mullin

rs. Elita Mailers Murphy

rs. P S. Murphy

rs. Charles Fenger Nadler

rs. Charles Fenger Nadler, Jr

rs. Earl L. Neal

rs. Edward FNeild ill

rs. John Doane Nichols

rs. Arthur C. Nielsen

ss Lucille Anne Nunes

rs. John Nuveen

rs. James J. O'Connor

rs. Ralph Thomas O'Neil

rs. Harry D. Oppenheimer II

rs. Richard C. Oughton

rs. Donald W. Patterson

rs O Macrae Patterson

rs. R. Marlin Perkins

rs. Seth Low Pierrepont

rs. Charles S. Potter

rs. Frederick Childs Pullman

rs. Howard C. Reeder

rs. Robert W. Reneker

rs. Peter A. Repenning

rs. Don H. Reuben

rs. Joseph E. Rich

rs. John M. Richman

rs. T Clifford Rodman

rs. Frederick Roe

rs Edward M. Roob

Mrs. Samuel R. Rosenthal

Mrs. John S. Runnells

Mrs. Patrick G. Ryan

Mrs. George W. Ryerson

Dr Muriel S. Savage

Mrs. Arthur W.Schultz

Mrs. William L. Searle

Mrs. C. William Sidwell

Mrs. John R. Siragusa

Mrs. Gerald A. Sivage

Mrs. Edward Byron Smith

Mrs. Edward Byron Smith, Jr.

Mrs. Gordon H. Smith

Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith

Mrs. Lyie M. Spencer

Mrs. Gatzert Spiegel

Mrs. JackC. Staehle

Mrs. E. Norman Staub

Mrs. Gardner H. Stern

Mrs. Adiai E. Stevenson III

Mrs. Robert E. Straus

Mrs. William S. Street

Mrs. Robert H Strotz

Mrs. Barry F Sullivan

Mrs. John W. Sullivan

Mrs. William P Sutter

Mrs. James Swartchild

Mrs. William G. Swartchild, Jr.

Mrs. Edward F. Swift

Mrs. Hampden M. Swift

Mrs. Phelps H Swift

Mrs. John W. Taylor, Jr.

Mrs. John W. Taylor Mi

Mrs. Edward R. Telling

Mrs. Richard L. Thomas

Mrs. Bruce Thorne

Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken

Mrs. Theodore D, Tieken, Jr

Mrs. Melvin A. Traylor, Jr

Mrs. Howard J. Trienens

Mrs. Chester D. Tripp

Mrs. C. Perin Tyler

Mrs Theodore W. Van Zeist

Mrs. VL.D. vonSchlegeil

Mrs. C. A. Ward

Mrs. Thomas M. Ware

Mrs. Hempstead Washburne, Jr.

Mrs. E. Leiand Webber

Mrs. Arno'd R. Weber

Mrs. Williani L. Weiss

Mrs. John Paul Welling

Mrs. John L.Welsh III

Mrs. Henry P. Wheeler

Mrs. Julian B. Wilkins

Mrs. Albert W.Williams

Mrs. Philip C.Williams

Mrs. Norman B. Williamson

Mrs. Paul C. Wilson

Mrs. Robert H.Wilson

Mrs. Wallace C. Winter

Mrs. Arthur W.Woelfle

Mrs. Peter Wolkonsky

Mrs. J. Howard Wood

Mrs. Frank H.Woods

Mrs. William Wood-Prince

Mrs. Blame J. Yarrington

Mrs. George B. Young

42

THE FOUNDERS' COUNCIL

Indlviclual Members

Mrs. Lester S. Abelsoln

Mr. and Mrs. Lowell E. Ackmann

Mr. and Mrs. Stanley N. Allan

Mr and Mrs. Jannes W. Alsdorf

Anonymous

Mrs. Lester Armour

Mrs. P. Kelley Armour

Mr and Mrs. T. Stanton Armour

Mr Vernon Armour

Mr and Mrs. Edwin N. Asmann

Mr and Mrs. George R. Baker

Mr and Mrs. James L. Ballard

Mr George Barr

Ms. Virginia! Bartholomay

Mr and Mrs. Robert O. Bass

Mr and Mrs. Lee A. Baumgarten

Mr and Mrs. George R. Beachi

Mr and Mrs. Gordon Bent

Mr. and Mrs. Harry 0. Bercher

Mr. and Mrs. James F. Bere

Mr. and Mrs. Allen C. Berg

Mr. and Mrs. Bowen Blair

Mr and Mrs. Edward F. Blettner

Mrs. Philip D. Block, Jr.

Mr. and Mrs. Phillip D. Block III

Mrs. G. E. Boone

Mr. and Mrs. William A. Boone

Mr. and Mrs. Willard L. Boyd

Mrs. Harold S. Brady

Mr. and Mrs. Kenneth A. Bro

Mr. and Mrs. Bertram Z. Brodie

Mr. and Mrs. Beckwith R. Bronson

Mr. and Mrs. Robert E. Brooker

Mr. and Mrs. Cameron Brown

Mr and Mrs. Henry A. Brown

Ms. Jennifer Martin Brown

Mr. and Mrs. Roger 0. Brown

Mr. and Mrs. DeWitt W.

Buchanan, Jr
Mr. and Mrs. Donald A.

Campbell, Jr
Mr. and Mrs. Peter Roy Carney
Dr. and Mrs. Robert Wells Carton
Mr. and Mrs. Hammond E.

Chatfetz
Mr. and Mrs. Jerry G. Chambers
Mr and Mrs. Henry T. Chandler
Mr. and Mrs. Walter L. Cherry
MrandMrs. W.H.Clark, Jr.
Mr and Mrs. Frank W. Considine
Mr and Mrs. Stanton R. Cook
Mr and Mrs. Richard H. Cooper
Mr and Mrs. Donald C. Cottrell,

Jr
Mrs. William S. Covington
Mr and Mrs. Mark Crane
Mr and Mrs. William R Crawford
Mrs. Irving Crown
Mr and Mrs. Lester Crown
Mrs. Sandra K. Crown
Mr. and Mrs. Robert L. Cruikshank
Mr. and Mrs. William W. Darrow
Mr O. C. Davis

Dr and Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Mrs. Charles S. DeLong
Mr and Mrs. James A.

Delaney Jr.
Mr and Mrs. Jay Delaney
Mr and Mrs. Robert O. Delaney
Mr and Mrs. David Double
Mr. and Mrs. Albert B. Dick III
Mr. and Mrs. Edison Dick
Mrs. Clinton O. Dicken
Mr. and Mrs. William R.

Dickinson, Jr

Mr. and Mrs. Wesley M. Dixon, Jr.
Mr and Mrs. Gaylord Donnelley
Mr and Mrs. James R. Donnelley
Mr and Mrs. Thomas E.

Donnelley II
Mrs. George Dovenmuehle
Mrs. Robert Drake
Mr and Mrs. Robert P. Ekiund
Mrs. R. Winfield Ellis
Mrs. MarjorieH. Elting
Mr and Mrs. Gordon R. Ewing
Mr and Mrs. Thomas J. Eyerman
Mary and Bruce Feay
Mr. and Mrs. Robert C. Ferris
Mrs. Joseph N. Field
Mr and Mrs. Marshall Field
Mr and Mrs. Peter B. Foreman
Mr and Mrs. Gaylord Freeman
Mr and Mrs. William M. Freeman
Mrs. Edmund W. Froehlich
Mr. and Mrs. Marshall B. Front
Mr. and Mrs. Maurice F. Fulton
Mr. and Mrs. Gerald S. Gidwitz
Mr. Joseph L. Gidwitz
Dr and Mrs. John G. Graham
Mr. and Mrs. Paul W. Guenzel
Mr George T Guernsey IV and

Ms. Carol A. Miller
Mr and Mrs. Robert P. Gwinn
Mr and Mrs. Charles C. Haffner III
Mrs. Burton W. Hales
Mr and Mrs. Corwith Hamill
Mrs. Charles L. Hardy
Mrs. William A. Hark
Mr and Mrs. D. Foster Harland
Mr and Mrs. King Harris
Mr and Mrs. Robert S. Hartman
Mr and Mrs. Joseph B. Hawkes
Mr and Mrs. Warren J. Hayford
Mrs. William H. Hazlett
Mr and Mrs. Laurin H. Healy
Mr and Mrs. Ben W. Heineman
Mr and Mrs. Michael F. Hodous
Mr. and Mrs. John J. Hoellen
Mr and Mrs. Gerald V. Hollins
Mr Carl Holzheimer
Mrs. H. Earl Hoover
Mr and Mrs. Robert C. Hyndman
Mr and Mrs. Robert S. Ingersoll
Mr. and Mrs. Reinhardt H. Jahn
Mrs. Harold James
Mr. and Mrs. Edgar D. Jannotta
Mr. and Mrs. Joseph E.

Jannotta, Jr
Mr. and Mrs. Clarence E. Johnson
Mr. and Mrs. S. Curtis Johnson III
Mr. and Mrs. Richard M. Jones
Mr and Mrs. John B. Judkins, Jr
Mr and Mrs. Byron C. Karzas
Mr. and Mrs. John J. Kinsella
Mr. and Mrs. Robert D. Kolar
Mrs. Ray A. Kroc
Mr and Mrs. Carl A. Kroch
Mrs. Richard W. Leach
Mr and Mrs. Elliot Lehman
Mr and Mrs. John H. Leslie
Mrs. John Woodworth Leslie
Dr. and Mrs. Michael S. Lewis
Mr. Robert A. Lewis
Lucia Woods Lindley
Daniel A. Lindley Jr.
Mrs. Glen A. Lloyd
Mrs. Renee Logan
Mrs. Robert L. Lyon
Mrs. John A. MacLean, Jr
Mr and Mrs. John W. Madigan
Mr and Mrs. Robert H. Malott

Mr and Mrs. Lewis Manilow

Dr. and Mrs. Richard E. Marcus

Mrs. Geraldine Martin

Mrs. Harold T Martin

Mr and Mrs. Oscar G. Mayer

Mr Michael B. McCaskey

Mr and Mrs. Brooks McCormick

Mrs, Remick McDowell

Mr. Cirillo McSween

Dr and Mrs. Steven Medgyesy

Mr and Mrs. John C. Meeker

Mr and Mrs. Henry W. Meers

Mr and Mrs. Hugo J. Melvoin

Mr and Mrs. Charles A. Meyer

Mrs. J. Roscoe Miller

Mr and Mrs. Newton N. Minow

Mr and Mrs. Stephen C. Mitchell

Mr and Mrs. William H. Mitchell

Mr* and Mrs. Kenneth F

Montgomery
Mr and Mrs. Richard M. Morrow
Mrs. Arthur T Moulding
Mr and Mrs. Leo R Mullin
Miss Jeanne E. Murray
Dr and Mrs. Charles F. Nadler
Col. and Mrs. John B. Naser
Mr and Mrs. Stephen C. Neal
Mr and Mrs. John D. Nichols
Mrs. Arthur C. Nielsen, Sr.
Mr and Mrs. James J. O'Connor
Mr WrigleyOtfield
Mr and Mrs. Ralph Thomas

O'Neil
Mrs. Gilbert H. Osgood
Mr and Mrs. James Otis, Jr.
Mr and Mrs. Donald W. Patterson
Mr and Mrs. Richard Peterson
Mr and Mrs. Charles S. Potter
Mrs. A. N. Pritzker
Mr and Mrs, Robert A. Pritzker
Mr James H. Ransom
Mr and Mrs. John Shedd Reed
Miss Ruth Regenstein
Mr and Mrs. Don H. Reuben
Mr and Mrs. Thomas A.

Reynolds, Jr
Mrs. T. Clifford Rodman
Mr and Mrs. Mark Rosenberg
Mr and Mrs. Andrew Rosenfield
Mr and Mrs. Samuel R. Rosenthal
Mr Ted Ross
Mrs. Dorothy C. Rowley
Mrs. Arthur Rubloff
Mr and Mrs, John S. Runnells
Mr and Mrs. Patrick G. Ryan
Mr and Mrs. Thomas R. Sanders
Mr and Mrs. Leonard B. Sax
Mr and Mrs. Norman J.

Schlossman
Mr and Mrs. Charles E.

Schroeder
Mrs. Arthur W. Schultz
Dr and Mrs. John S. Schweppe
Mrs. W. W. Scott
Mr and Mrs. John W. Seabury
Mr and Mrs. William L. Searle
Mr and Mrs. Henry Shapiro
Mr John I. Shaw
Mr Jeffrey Shedd
Dr. and Mrs. Thomas W. Sheilds
Mrs. John M. Simpson
Mrs. Thomas B. Singleton
Mr and Mrs. John R. Siragusa
Mr and Mrs. Edward Byron Smith
Mr and Mrs. Edward Byron

Smith, Jr
Mr and Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith

43

THE FOUNDERS' COUNCIL

On September 8. 1986, the Founders' Council honored Roger Tory Peterson tor a lifetime of distinguishea ueuicdiion to natural history.
Peterson (at right), shown with Founders ' Council Chairman Henry T. Chandler was given the Council 's Award of Merit and a check for$1. 000.

44

THE FOUNDERS' COUNCIL

Mr. Winfield S. Smith

Mrs. George T. Spensley

Mr. and Mrs. Jack C. Slaehle

Mrs. Donna Wolf Steigerwaldt

Mr. and Mrs. Wallace W. Steiner

Mr and Mrs. Manfred Steinfeld

Mrs. David B. Stern, Jr.

Dr and Mrs. David W. Stewart

Mrs. Robert E. Straus

Mr. and Mrs. William S. Street

Mr. and Mrs. Robert D. Stuart, Jr.

Mr. and Mrs. Bolton Sullivan

Mr and Mrs. Jofin W. Sullivan

Mrs. James Swartchild

Mrs. William G. Swartchild, Jr

Mr. and Mrs. Edward F. Swift

Mr and Mrs. Phelps Hoyt Swift

Mr. and Mrs. F. Morgan Taylor, Jr,

Mr and Mrs. John W. Taylor, Jr.

Mr and Mrs. John W. Taylor III

Mr and Mrs. Edward R. Telling

Mr and Mrs. Bruce Thorne

Mrs. Reuben Thorson

Mr and Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken

Mr. and Mrs. Melvin A. Traylor, Jr

Mr and Mrs. George S. Trees

Mr. and Mrs. George S. Trees, Jr.

Mr and Mrs. Howard J. Trienens

Mrs. Chester D. Tripp

Mr. and Mrs. Thomas S. Tyler

Ms. Katherine L. Updike

Mr. Robert Wagner

Mr and Mrs. Theodore W.

Van Zelst
Mr. Glen R. Verber
Mr and Mrs. Robert E. Vernon
Mr. and Mrs. Louis A. Wagner
Mr and Mrs. Daniel J. Walsh
Mr. George Warner
Mr and Mrs. Hempstead

Washburne, Jr
Mr. and Mrs. E. Leiand Webber
Mr and Mrs. Roderick S. Webster
Mr and Mrs. John L. Welsh III
Mr. and Mrs. Henry P. Wheller
Mr Gordon Wildermuth
Mrs. Howard L. Willett, Jr.
Ms. Nicole Williams
Dr and Mrs. Philip C. Williams
Mrs. Benton J. Winner
Mr and Mrs. Paul C. Wilson
Mr John W. Winn
Mr and Mrs. Arthur W. Woelfle
Mr and Mrs. Arnold R. Wolff
Mr Arthur M. Wood
Mr. and Mrs. William Wood-Prince
Mr and Mrs. Herbert N. Woodard
Mr. and Mrs. Blaine J. Yarrington
Mr. and Mrs. George B. Young
Mr and Mrs. George D. Young
Mrs. Claire Zeisler

Corporation and
Foundation IMembers

Abbott Laboratories
Allegis Corporation
Allen-Heath Memorial Foundation
Allstate Insurance Company
Ameritech Foundation
Amoco Foundation, Inc.
AMSTED Industries, Incorporated
Aon Corporation
Arthur Andersen & Co.
Atlantic Richfield Foundation
The Barker Welfare Foundation
Baxter American Foundation
Borg-Warner Foundation
Boulevard Foundation
Leo Burnett Company Inc.
The Chase Manhattan

Corporation
The Chicago Community Trust
Chicago Tribune Foundation
Comdisco Inc.

Commonwealth Edison Company
Continental Coffee Products

Company
Continental Illinois National Bank

and Trust Company
The DeSoto Foundation
Encyclopaedia Britannica
Ernst SWhinney
FMC Corporation
Fel-Pro Mecklenburger

Foundation
First National Bank of Chicago

Foundation
Lloyd A. Fry Foundation
Harris Bank Foundation
Hartmarx Charitable Foundation
Houghton Mifflin Company
Household International
Illinois Bell

Illinois Tool Works Foundation
Interlake, Inc.
International Business Machines

Corporation
Jewel Foundation
Kemper Educational and

Charitable Fund
Kemper Financial Services, Inc.
The James S. Kemper Foundation
Kraft, Inc.

Louis R. Lurie Foundation
John D. and Catherine T

MacArthur Foundation
Marshall Field's
Robert S. McCormick Charitable

Trust
McMaster-Carr Supply Company
MidCon Corp.

Molex Incorporated
Morton Thiokol Foundation
National Can Corporation
The Naico Foundation
Northern Illinois Gas
The Northern Trust Company
John Nuveen & Co. Incorporated
Peat Manwick Main
Price Waterhouse
Prince Charitable Trusts
The Quaker Oats Foundation
The Regenstein Foundation
The Rice Foundation
S & C Electric Company
Safety Kleen Corporation
Sahara Coal Company
Santa Fe Southern Pacific

Foundation
Sara Lee Foundation
Sears, Roebuck and Co.
The Siragusa Foundation
Skil Corporation
Tishman Midwest Management

Corporation
Touche Ross & Co.
USG Foundation, Inc.
Walgreen Co.
Whirlpool Foundation
Wilson & Mcllvaine

Honorary IMembers

Their Royal Highnesses, The Grand Duke and Duchess of Luxembourg
Dr Stephen Joy Gould, professor of Geology at Harvard University
Dr. Donald C. Johanson, paleoanthropologist at the Institute of Human Oriains
Dr. Roger Tory Peterson

45

DONORS to the CAPITAL CAMPAIGN

46

INDIVIDUALS AND
FAMILY FOUNDATIONS

$100,000 or more

Mr. and Mrs. Gordon Bent
Mr. and Mrs. Roger 0. Brown
Richard H. Cooper Foundation
Dr. and Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta

(The Walter E. Heller

Foundation)
Elizabeth Ferguson Trust
Jamee & Marshall Field

Foundation
Joseph N. Field Trust/1963
Field Museum Women's Board
Lloyd A. Fry Foundation
Mr. and Mrs. David W. Grainger
Mrs. Charles L. Hardy
The Regenstein Foundation
Mr. and Mrs. William L. Searle

(Searle Family Trust)
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
Mr and Mrs. Blaine J. Yarrington

$10,000 to $99,999

Mrs. Lester Armour
Mrs. Pamela K. Armour
Mr and Mrs. T Stanton Armour
Mr Vernon Armour
Mr. and Mrs. George R. Baker
Mr. and Mrs. George Barr
Mr. and Mrs. Robert 0. Bass
Mr and Mrs. Harry 0. Bercher
Mr and Mrs. Allen C. Berg
Estate of Wm. McCormick Blair
Mrs. Philip D. Block, Jr
MrandMrs. Philip D. Block III
Mr and Mrs. Willard L. Boyd
Mrs. Jennifer Martin Brown

(Martin Foundation, Inc.)
Mr and Mrs. Peter Roy Carney
Mr and Mrs. Henry T Chandler
Mr and Mrs. Walter L. Cherry
Mr. and Mrs. Frank W. Considine
Mr and Mrs. Mark Crane
Mr and Mrs. Robert L. Cruikshank
Mr. and Mrs. Alberta. Dick III
Mr and Mrs. William R.

Dickinson, Jr
Gaylord Donnelley Trust 1983
Mr. and Mrs. James R. Donnelley
Mr and Mrs. Thomas E.

Donnelley II
Mr and Mrs. Thomas J. Eyerman
Mr. and Mrs. Robert C. Ferris
Mrs. Joseph N. Field
Mr and Mrs. Marshall Front
Mr. and Mrs. Maurice F Fulton
Dr and Mrs. John Graham
Mr and Mrs. Charles C. Haffner III
Mr. and Mrs. Ben W. Heineman
Mr. and Mrs. Gerald V. Hollins
The Isham Family
Mr. and Mrs. Edgar D. Jannotta
Mr. and Mrs. Joseph E.

Jannotta, Jr.
Mr and Mrs. Clarence E. Johnson
Mr. and Mrs. Richard M. Jones
Mr and Mrs. Robert D. Kolar
Daniel A. Lindley Jr,

Lucia Woods Lindley
Mrs. Glen A. Lloyd
Mrs. Renee Logan
Louis R. Lurie Foundation
Dr. and Mrs. Richard E. Marcus
Mrs. Harold T Martin

Mr. and Mrs. Brooks McCormick

(Brooks & Hope B. McCormick

Foundation)
Mr. Cirilo McSween
Mr. and Mrs. Hugo J. Melvoin
Mr and Mrs. Charles A. Meyer
Mr and Mrs. Newton Minow

(Minow Charitable Trust)
Mr and Mrs. Leo F. Mullin
Dr. and Mrs. Charles F Nadler
Col.&Mrs. JohnB. Naser
Mr and Mrs. Stephen C. Neal
Mr. and Mrs. John D. Nichols
Mr. and Mrs. James J. O'Connor
Mr and Mrs. Ralph Thomas

O'Neil
Mr and Mrs. Henry Shapiro
Mr. John I. Shaw

(Arch W. Shaw Foundation)
Mrs. Thomas B. Singleton
Mr and Mrs. John R. Siragusa
Mr. Edward B. Smith Sr.
Mr. and Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Mr and Mrs. Jack C. Staehle
Mrs. Robert E. Straus
Mr and Mrs. Manfred Steinfeld
Mr. and Mrs. Bruce Thome
Mr. and Mrs. George S. Trees
Mr and Mrs. Thomas S. Tyler
Mr and Mrs. E. Leiand Webber
Mr. and Mrs. Paul C. Wilson

$1,000 to $9,999

Mr. and Mrs. Lowell E. Ackmann
Mr. Gordon Field Armour
Mr Tony Armour
Mr George Barr

(George & Kristina Barr

Foundation)
Mr. and Mrs. George R. Beach, Jr.
Mrs. G. E. Boone
Mr and Mrs. Kenneth A. Bro
Mr. and Mrs. Beckwith R. Bronson
Mr. and Mrs. Robert E. Brooker
Mr. and Mrs. Robert D. Cadieux
Mr and Mrs. Tyler Cain
Mr. and Mrs. Donald A.

Campbell, Jr.
Mr and Mrs. Hammond E.

Chaffetz

(Chaffetz Family Foundation)
Mr and Mrs. Worley H. Clark, Jr
Mrs. Janet N. Connor
Mr and Mrs. Donald C.

Cottrell, Jr
Mr. and Mrs. J. W. Croft
Mr and Mrs. Robert L. Cruikshank
Mr and Mrs. William W. Darrow
Mr. and Mrs. Robert O. Delaney
Mrs. Charles S. De Long
Mrs. Edison Dick
Mr and Mrs. Hugh Dryden, Jr
Mr. Jerome L. Ettelson
Mr and Mrs. Gordon R. Ewing
Mr and Mrs. James C. E. Fuller
Mr and Mrs. James J. Glasser
Mr and Mrs. William B. Graham
Col. and Mrs. Clifford C. Gregg
Mrs. Burton W. Hales
Mr. and Mrs. Warren Hayford
Mrs. William H. Hazlett
Mr. and Mrs. Laurin H. Healy
Mr and Mrs. Byron C. Karzas
Mr Howard G. Krane
Mrs. Albert E. M. Louer
Mr and Mrs. John W. Madigan
Mrs. John A. Mac Lean, Jr.
Nathan Manilow Foundation

(Mr Lewis Manilow)
Mrs. Robert C. McNamara

Mr and Mrs. John C. Meeker
Mrs. Bernard Mitchell

(Bernard & Majorie Mitchell

Family Foundation)
Mrs. Carolyn Moore
Mrs. Gilbert H. Osgood
Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Potter
Mr James H. Ransom
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew M.

Rosenfield
Mr. and Mrs. Thomas R. Sanders
Mr Jeffrey Shedd
Mr and Mrs. Jackson W.

Smart, Jr
Mr and Mrs. Michael Spock
Mr. and Mrs. C. M. Stanley
Mr and Mrs. E. Norman Staub
Dr and Mrs. David W. Stewart
Dr Robert H.Strotz
Mr and Mrs. Robert D. Stuart, Jr
Mr and Mrs. Edward f. Swift III
Mr and Mrs. John W. Taylor III
Dr and Mrs. Harold K. Voris
Mr and Mrs. Hempstead

Washburne, Jr.
Dr and Mrs. Philip C. Williams
Mr and Mrs. Arnold R. Wolff
Mr. Arthur M.Wood
Mr and Mrs. George B. Young

CORPORATE & FOUNDATION
DONORS' GIFTS & PLEDGES
TO THE CAPITAL CAMPAIGN

$100,000 and More

Amoco Foundation
Borg-Warner Corporation
The Chicago Community Trust
Combined International

Corporation (now Aon

Corporation)
Commonwealth Edison
Dart & Kraft, Inc. (now Kraft, Inc.)
Elizabeth Ferguson Trust
Field Museum Women's Board
First National Corporation
Lloyd A. Fry Foundation
Illinois Bell Telephone Company
The John D. and Catherine T

MacArthur Foundation
Robert R. McCormick Charitable

Trust
Prince Charitable Trust
The Regenstein Foundation
Dr Scholl Foundation
Sears, Roebuck & Company

PUBLIC ENTITIES

The Chicago Park District

The National Endowment for the
Arts

$10,000-$99,999

Abbott Laboratories

Allstate Foundation

Ameritech, Inc.

Arthur Anderson & Company

Barker Welfare Foundation

Baxter American Foundation (now

Baxter Travenol Foundation)
Boulevard Foundation
Chase Manhattan Bank
The Chicago Title and Trust

Company
Comdisco, Inc.
The DeSoto Foundation
R.R. Donnelley & Sons
Harris Bank Foundation
Hartmarx

Illinois Tool Works

Interlake, Inc.

James S. Kemper Foundation

Kemper Financial Services, Inc.

Louis R. Lurie Foundation

McMaster-Carr Supply Company

Midcon Corp.

Molex, Inc.

Motorola

Naico Chemical Company

Needham Harper Worldwide (now

DDB Needham Worldwide)
Geraldi Norton Memorial

Corporation (Mr Roger Ekiund)
John Nuveen and Company
Peat, Marwick Mitchell &

Company (now Peat

Marwick Main)
Price Waterhouse & Company
The Quaker Oats Company
Rubloff, Inc.

Safety-Kleen Corporation
Santa Fe Southern Pacific

Foundation
Sargent & Lundy Engineers
Schal Associates
Schwartz Paper Company
Arch W. Shaw Foundation
The Siragusa Foundation
Skil Corporation
Sterling Morton Charitable Trust
J. Walter Thompson USA
Touche Ross

United Airlines Foundation
USG Foundation
Walgreen's

$1,000-$9,999

Anixter Bros.
DBMS, Inc.
DST Systems, Inc.
Foote, Cone & Belding

Foundation
Ketone Automotive, Inc.
LaSalle National Bank
Ogiivy & Mather
Tatham, Laird & Kudner
United Conveyor Corporation
Vance Publishing Corporation
Vedder, Price, Kaufman &

Kammholz
Harry Weese & Associates

A Note of Thanks to
Capital Campaign Donors

Space does not permit including
the names of thousands of Mem-
bers who contributed smaller gifts
to the Capital Campaign. The
Board of Trustees, Officers, and
Staff are none the less grateful,
however, for their generosity and
many expressions of faith in the
future of Field Museum. From the
"Capital-By-Phone" program to
the autographing of banners in
Stanley Field Hall, every Member
was given the opportunity to par-
ticipate; for, the real vitality of the
Campaign was found in the
collective efforts of everyone.

DONORS to the OPERATING FUNDS, total for 1985-86

The following roster lists ttiose donors
who generously contributed gifts of
$100 or more during 1985-86. Inaddi-
tion, we are grateful for the gifts of less
than $100, which numbered more than
4,800 for this biennium.

INDIVIDUALS
$5,000 or more

Anonymous

Mr. & Mrs. T. Stanton Armour

Mr. & Mrs. Gordon Bent

Estate of E. Blake Blair

Estate of William McCormick Blair

Mr & Mrs. Arthur S. Bowes

(Bowes Foundation)
Mrs. Jennifer Martin Brown

(Martin Foundation, Inc.)
Mr. and Mrs. Roger 0. Brown
Mr. DeWittW. Buchanan, Jr.

(Buchanan Family Foundation)
Estate of Dr. Margery Carlson
Mr. William J. Carney
Mr. & Mrs. Jerry G. Chambers
Mr. John Coale
Mr. & Mrs. Mark Crane
Mr. & Mrs. Eugene A. Davidson

(Sterling Morton Charitable

Trust)
Mrs. Clinton 0. Dicken
Mr. & Mrs. William R.

Dickinson, Jr
Mr. & Mrs. Gaylord Donnelley

(Donnelley Family Foundation)
Gaylord Donnelley Trust 1983
Mrs. George H. Dovenmuehle
Mrs. R. Winfield Ellis
Mrs. Marjorie H. Eiting
Mr. & Mrs. Thomas J. Eyerman
Mr & Mrs. Marshall Field

(Jamee & Marshall Field

Foundation)
Mrs. Joseph N. Field

(Joseph N. Field Trust/1963)
Ms. Nicole Williams Foster
Dr Evelyn Frank Endowment
Mr. & Mrs. William M. Freeman
Mrs. Edmund W. Froehlich
Mr & Mrs. Robert W. Galvin
Dr & Mrs. John G. Graham
Estate of Lois D. Greene
Estate of Mrs. Solomon Gurewitz
Mr. & Mrs. Corwith Hamill
Mrs. Norman R. Hanson*
Mrs. Charles L. Hardy

(Elliott & Ann Donnelley

Foundation)
Mrs. William A. Hark
Mr & Mrs. Robert S. Hartman
Mr & Mrs, Laurin H. Healy
Florence G. Heller Foundation
Mr & Mrs. Reinhardt Jahn
Mr & Mrs. Richard M. Jones
Mr & Mrs. John H. Leslie

(Leslie Fund)
Mrs. Robert L. Lyon
Mr & Mrs. Oscar G. Mayer

(Oscar G.&Elsa S.Mayer

Charitable Trust)
Mr John McCortney

(WP & HB White Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Henry W. Meers

(Henry W. Meers Fund)
Mr & Mrs. Charles A. Meyer
Estate of Mildred Miller
Mrs. William H. Mitchell
Mr. & Mrs. Kenneth Montgomery
Estate of Mrs. John D. Morrow
Mr. & Mrs. Richard M. Morrow

Mrs. Arthur! Moulding
Miss Jeanne E. Murray
Mabel Green Myers Trust
Mr. Hisazo Nagatani
Mrs. Gilbert H. Osgood
Mr & Mrs. Donald W. Patterson
Mr. & Mrs. Charles S. Potter
Mr. A. N. Pritzker*

(Pritzker Foundation)
Miss Ruth Regenstein
Mr & Mrs. Thomas A.

Reynolds, Jr.
Mrs. T. Clifford Rodman
Mr & Mrs. Samuel R. Rosenthal

(D and R Fund)
Arthur Rubloff Fund
Mr & Mrs. John S. Runnells
Mr Solomon B. Smith
Mrs. George T. Spensley
Mr&Mrs. JackC.Staehle
Estate of Kate Staley
Mrs. Donna Wolf Steigerwaldt

(Donna Wolf Steigerwaldt

Foundation)
Dr & Mrs. David W. Stewart
Mr. & Mrs. Williams. Street
Mr & Mrs. Phelps Hoyt Swift

(Ruth & Vernon Taylor

Foundation)
Mr. & Mrs. John W. Taylor, Jr.
Mr. & Mrs. Edward R. Telling
Mr. & Mrs. Howard J. Trienens
Mrs. Chester D. Tripp
Mr. & Mrs. Louis A. Wagner
Estate of Mrs. Clarence A.

(MathildeH.) Wiley
Mrs. Howard L. Willett, Jr

(Howard L. Willett Foundation)
Mr. John W. Winn
Mr, & Mrs. Blaine J. Yarrington

$1,000-$4,999

Anonymous (1)

Mrs. Lester S. Abelson

(Lester S. Abelson Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Lowell E. Ackmann
Mr. & Mrs. Stanley N.Allan
Mr & Mrs. James W. Alsdorf

(Alsdorf Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. A. Watson Armour III
Mr Laurance H. Armour, Jr
Mrs. Lester Armour
Mrs. Pamela K. Armour
Mrs. Edwin N. Asmann

(0. Paul Decker Memorial

Foundation)
Estate of Abby K. Babcock
Mr & Mrs. George R. Baker
Mr & Mrs. James L. Ballard
Mr & Mrs. Morton John Barnard

(Lillian Molner Charitable Trust)
Ms. B. Barney

(A. G. Cox Charity Trust)
Mr George Barr

(George & Kristina Barr

Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Robert 0. Bass
Mr & Mrs, Lee Baumgarten
Mr & Mrs. Harry O. Bercher
Mr & Mrs. James F. Bere
Mrs. Edwin A. Bergman
Mr & Mrs. Harrington Bischof
Mrs. Carolyn P. Blackmon
Mr & Mrs. Bowen Blair
Mr. & Mrs. Edward F Blettner
Mrs, Philip D. Block, Jr

(Block Family Foundation)

Mrs, Philip D, Block III

(J,B, Charitable Trust)
Mr. & Mrs. William A. Boone
Mrs. Elizabeth Bramsen

(Svend & Elizabeth Bramsen

Foundation)
Mrs. Bertram Z. Brodie

(Edwin J. Brach Foundation)
Mr. & Mrs. Robert E. Brooker
Mr & Mrs. Cameron Brown

(Cameron Brown Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Henry A. Brown
Mr & Mrs. Herbert A. Bruckner
Mr & Mrs. De Witt Buchanan, Jr.
Mr & Mrs. Donald P. Buchanan
Mr & Mrs. Stephen J. Buck
Mr A. C, Buehler, Jr

(A,C.P Foundation)
Mr. & Mrs. James E. Burd
Dr&Mrs, H.C. Burkhead
Mr&Mrs. Donald A.

Campbell, Jr
Dr, & Mrs. Robert Wells Carton
Mr & Mrs. Hammond E. Chaffetz

(Chaffetz Family Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Henry T. Chandler
Mr & Mrs. Walter L. Cherry
Mr & Mrs. Worley H. Clark, Jr
Miss MarciaS. Cohn
Mr & Mrs. Frank W. Considine
Mr & Mrs. Stanton R. Cook
Mrs. David R. Corbett
Mr. & Mrs. William S. Covington
Mr. & Mrs. William F Crawford

(Crawford Foundation)
Mr. & Mrs. Lester Crown

(Arie & Ida Crown Memorial)
Mr & Mrs. George H. Dapples
Mr Orval C. Davis
Mr & Mrs, James A, Delaney Jr,
Mr & Mrs, Jay Delaney
Mr & Mrs, Robert 0, Delaney
Mr David A, Double
Mr, & Mrs, Alberts, Dick III

(Dick Family Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Edison Dick
Mrs. Wesley M. Dixon
Mr. & Mrs. Wesley M. Dixon, Jr.
Mr & Mrs. Thomas E.

Donnelley III
Mr & Mrs. Robert C. Edwards

(Woodruff & Edwards

Foundation)
Estate of William Elfenbaum
Mrs. Nancy Epstein
Miss Shirley M. Evans
Mr & Mrs. Gordon R. Ewing
Miss Lucy F Fairbank
Mrs. Robert E. Fanning
Mrs. Calvin Fentress, Jr,
Mr. & Mrs. Peter B. Foreman
Mrs. Virginia 0. Foreman

(Peroke Foundation)
Mrs. Robert B. Frank

(Hubert & Wilma Silberman

Charitable Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Marshall I. Frankel

(Marshall Frankel Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Gaylord A. Freeman
Mr & Mrs. Maurice F Fulton
Mrs. Anne R. Gait
Mr. Bruce M. Ganek
Dr & Mrs. John S. Garvin
Mr Paul J. Gerstley
Mrs. James R. Getz
Mr Joseph I. Gidwitz
Marion H, Giles
Mrs, Paul W. Goodrich

Dr & Mrs, John S, Graettinger

Mr & Mrs. Bruce J. Graham

Col. Clifford C. Gregg

Mrs. Rose B. Grosse

Mr & Mrs. Paul W. Guenzel

Mr & Mrs. Robert P Gwinn

Mr & Mrs. John W. B. Hadley

Mrs. Burton W. Hales

Mr. & Mrs. D. Foster Harland

Mr William W. Harris

(Childrens Charitable Trust)
Mr & Mrs. Ben W. Heineman
Mr & Mrs. Michael F Hodous
Mr & Mrs. John J. Hoellen
Mr John J. Hoellen

(Sulzer Family Foundation)
Dr Helen Holt
Mr. Carl Holzheimer

(Holzheimer Fund)
Mrs, H. Earl Hoover
Mr Howard H. Howard
Mr & Mrs. Robert C, Hyndman
Dr & Mrs." Robert F Inger
Mr & Mrs. Robert S. Ingersoll
Mr & Mrs. Edgar D. Jannotta
Mr J. E. Johnson
Mr & Mrs. S. Curtis Johnson III
Mr & Mrs. Thomas J. Johnson
Mr & Mrs. John B. Judkins, Jr,
Mr & Mrs. Byron C. Karzas
Mrs. Spencer R. Keare
Mr & Mrs. George P. Kendall, Jr
Mrs. E. Ogden Ketting
Mr & Mrs. John J. Kinsella
Mr & Mrs. John E. Kirkpatrick
Mr & Mrs. Robert D. Kolar
Mr & Mrs. Carl A. Kroch
Mr & Mrs. Henry H. Kuehn
Mrs. Richard W. Leach
Mr Paul H. Leffman

(Leftman Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Elliot Lehman
Mr Robert O. Lehmann

(Otto W. Lehmann Foundation)
Mrs. John Woodworth Leslie
Dr & Mrs. Edward H. Levi
Mr. & Mrs. Michael D. Levin
Dr. & Mrs. Michael S. Lewis
Mr Robert A. Lewis
Mrs. Renee Logan
Mr & Mrs. Robert H. Malott
Dr & Mrs. Richard E. Marcus

(Richard E.&FrancelleW.

Marcus Family Foundation)
Mr Harold M. Mayer
Mr & Mrs. Brooks McCormick

(Brooks & Hope B. McCormick

Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. William J. McDonough
Dr. L. Steven Medgysey
Mr & Mrs. John C. Meeker
Mrs. Bernard D. Meltzer
Mr & Mrs. Hugo J. Melvoin
Mrs. J. Roscoe Miller
Mr & Mrs. Newton Minow

(Minow Charitable Fund)
Mr & Mrs. Frank J. Mooney
Dr & Mrs. Evan Gregory Moore
Mr. & Mrs. LeoF Mullin
Mrs. Frank McLoraine
Col.&Mrs. JohnB. Naser
Mr & Mrs. Earl L. Neal
Mr & Mrs. Stephen C. Neal
Mrs. Arthur C. Nielsen
Mrs. Gertrude B. Nielsen
Mrs. John Nuveen
Mr & Mrs. James J. O'Connor
Mrs. Frances M. O'Neil

47

'Deceased

DONORS to the OPERATING FUNDS, total for 1985-86

48

Dr.- & Mrs. EricOldberg

Mr, James Otis, Jr.

Mrs. Richard C. Oughton

Mr & Mrs. George A. Pagels, Jr.

Dr Leroy A. Pesch

Mrs. Donald Peters

Mr & Mrs. Robert F. Picken

Mr. & Mrs. Allan M. Pickus

Mr Richard J. Radebaugh

Mr James H. Ransom

Ms. Helen Reed

Mr & Mrs. John Shedd Reed

Mr & Mrs. Don H. Reuben

Mrs. Ward C. Rogers
(Ward C. Rogers Foundation)

Mrs. Edward M. Roob

Mr. Mark Rosenberg

Mr Ted Ross

Hon. & Mrs. Daniel Rostenkowski

Mr. A. Frank Rothschild
(Mr & Mrs. A. Frank Rothschild
Foundation)

Mrs. Henry N. Rowley

Mr & Mrs. Patrick G.Ryan

Mr Leonard B. Sax
(Sax Family Foundation)

Mr & Mrs. Norman J. Schlossman
(jocARNoFund)

Mr Charles E. Schroeder
(Chauncey & Marion Deering
McCormick Foundation)

Mr Walter E. Schuessler

Mr & Mrs. Arthur W.Schultz
Mr & Mrs. Jerome Schultz
Dr & Mrs. John S. Schweppe
Mrs. W. W. Scott
Mr John W. Seabury

(Seabury Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. David Sensibar
The James G. Shakman Trust
Mr & Mrs. Henry Shapiro
Mr John I. Shaw

(Arch W. Shaw Foundation)
Mr Jeffrey Shedd
Dr Thomas W. Shields

(Bessie Shields Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Edward Byron Smith
Mr & Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Mr Winfield S. Smith
Dr & Mrs. Daniel Snydacker
Mr Peter R.Sonderby
Ms. Elizabeth Stein
Mrs. David B. Stern, Jr
Mrs. Robert E. Straus
(Marjorie & Robert Straus
Endowment Fund)
Ambassador & Mrs. Robert D.

Stuart, Jr
Mr Bolton Sullivan

(Bolton Sullivan Fund)
Mrs. James Swartchild

(Collier-Swartchild Foundation)
Mrs. William G. Swartchild, Jr
Mr&Mrs. John W.Taylor III
Mr. & Mrs. Bruce Thorne
Mrs. Reuben Thorson

(The Thorson Foundation)
Mr Edmund B. Thornton
Mr. & Mrs. Melvin A. Traylor, Jr.
Mr & Mrs. George S. Trees, Jr.
KatherineL. Updike &

Robert Wagner
Mr. & Mrs. Theodore Van Zelst
Mr & Mrs. Herbert A. Vance
Mr Glen R. Verber
Dr & Mrs. Harold K. Voris
Mr & Mrs. Hempstead

Washburne, Jr

"Deceased

Mr & Mrs. E. Leiand Webber
Mr & Mrs. William L. Weiss
Mr John L. Welsh III

(McCrea Foundation)
Henry E. & Consuelo Wenger

Foundation, Inc.
Mr & Mrs. Henry R Wheeler
Mrs. Harold A. White
Mr Gordon Wildermuth
Mr & Mrs. George F Wilhelm
Mrs. Abra Prentice Wilkin

(Abra Prentice Wilkin

Charitable Trust)
Dr&Mrs. Philip C.Williams
Mrs. Benton J. WillnerJr
Mr James R. Wimmer
Mr & Mrs. J. Howard Wood
Mr & Mrs. Herbert N. Woodward
Mr & Mrs. George B. Young
Mr & Mrs. George D. Young
Miss Mary A. Young
Mrs. Claire Zeisler

$100-$999

Mrs. Charles Aaron

Richard Acker

Mr & Mrs. L. Meredith Ackley

Mr. & Mrs. Leiand C. Adams

Mrs. Keene H. Addington

R. J. Adelman

Dr Robert Adier

Mrs. Roberts. Adier

Mr & Mrs. W. Raymond Ahrberg

Mr H. BertAhrensfeld

Mr Thomas W. Alder

Mr & Mrs. Edward K. Aldworth

Mr John Alexander, Jr

Mr & Mrs. John A. Alexander

Mr & Mrs. Walter Alexander

Mr &Mrs. David Allen

Mr Louis A. Allen

Mr Richard H. Alschuler

Ms. Patricia D. Alt

Mrs. John D.Ames

Mrs. Caryle E. Anderson

Mr Corliss D. Anderson

Dorothy & Helen Anderson

Mr Thomas W Andrews

Anonymous

Mr Richard Ansel

Mrs. Ralph W. Applegate, Sr

Mr. Arthur T. Appleton

Arthur T Appleton Foundation

Mr & Mrs. Bennett Archambault

Mrs. E. A. Archer

Dr Julian Archie

Dr & Mrs. Richard P Ariagno

Mr &Mrs. LauranceH.

Armour, Jr
Mr George Arquilla,Jr
Robertas Ira Asher
Mr & Mrs. Robert Aubrey
Mr & Mrs. Wallis Austin
Mr & Mrs. Alfred M. Avenenti
Mr William H. Avery
Mr & Mrs. Thomas G. Ayers
Dr & Mrs. Daniel L. Azarnoff
Mr & Mrs. Robert H. Bacon, Jr
Mrs. William T Bacon
Mr & Mrs. Eugene C. Bailey
Mr Paul E. Baker
E. M. Bakwin
Mr Charles J. Balkin
Dr & Mrs. George E. Ball
Mr George M. Bard
Mr Ralph Austin Bard, Jr
Mrs. Etta Barnett

Ms. Jane E. Barnett

Miss Phyllis Barnett

Mr & Mrs. Gene J. Baroni

Mrs. F Rose Barr

Mr William C. Bartholomay

Mrs. A. R. Barton

Mrs. Helen Bashore

Mr & Mrs. Shale D. Baskin

Mrs. George A. Basta

Mr James Bateman

Mr & Mrs. George R. Beach, Jr

Ms. Connie Beacom

Mrs. George W. Beadle

Mr. & Mrs. Edward A. Beamish

Mrs. Frances Beatty

Mr & Mrs. Robert Beatty

Mrs. Hortense K. Becker

Mrs. James H. Becker

Mr Max Becker

Mr. & Mrs. Robert E. Becker

Dr Helen R. Beiser

Dr Nenad Belie

Mr Walter Belinky

Miss Maurine Bell

Benefit Fund, Field Museum

Mr & Mrs. Edward H. Bennett, Jr

Mr & Mrs. Charles A. Benson

Mr. & Mrs. John P. Bent

Mr & Mrs. William C. Bentley

Dr &Mrs. Philip J. Berent

Mr & Mrs. Eugene P Berg

Mr & Mrs. Richard N. Bergstrom

Mr Richard C. Berliner

Mrs. Edward J. Bermingham

Mr John A. Bernauer

Mr & Mrs. Pius Bernhard

Jacqueline Beu

Mrs. Helen U. Bibas

Mr Andrew R Bieber

Mr Lee F Biedermann

Miss Ruth A. Bieritz

Mr & Mrs. Michael A. Bilandic

Mr Einar L. Bjorklund

Mr & Mrs. Edward McC. Blair

Mr John M. Blair

Mr&Mrs. Robert E. Blau

Ms. Sara A. Bleeker

Mr & Mrs. Winston Blenckstone

Mr & Mrs. Joseph L. Block

Mr Nelson C. Block

Mr Samuel W. Block

Mr & Mrs. Edwin R. Blomquist

Mr Donald J. Bloom

Mr & Mrs. Stephen J. Bloom

Mr & Mrs. Walter J. Blum

Mr & Mrs. Harold R. Blumberg

Mr Joseph James BIy

Mr & Mrs. George H. Bodeen

Mr George T Bogert

Mrs. Gilbert R Bogert

Mr &Mrs. R. G. Bohnen

Mr James A. Bond II

Mr & Mrs. Daniel J. Boone

Miss Dorothy Booth

Mrs. Suzanne Borland

Mr Donald D. Bordian

Miss Ann E. Bouvier

Mrs. Clymer S. Bowen

Mr Robert A. Bowen

Dr & Mrs. John R. Boyd

Mr &Mrs. WillardL. Boyd

Mr & Mrs. William Beaty Boyd

Mr Paul F. Boyer

Dr N. T Braatelien

Mr John R. Bradley

Mr & Mrs. Roscoe R. Braham, Jr

Mr & Mrs. James E. Bramsen

Dr & Mrs. Wayne G. Brandstadt

Mr David P. Brannin

Mr John J. Bransfield, Jr

Mrs. D. T Braun

Mrs. Pierce Bray

Mr & Mrs. James L. Breeling

Mr & Mrs. William. E. Breitzke

Mr & Mrs. David M. Brenner

Mrs. ElmoF Brennom

Mrs. Paul K. Bresee

Mr & Mrs. Gerhard Brezina

Mr Norman M. Briggs

Mr&Mrs. Robert D. Bright

Mrs. Lester Harris Brill

Mr & Mrs. Kenneth A. Bro

Mr & Mrs. Warren G. Brockmeier

Mr Alan R. Brodie

Mr & Mrs. Beckwith R. Bronson

Mr Charles L Brown, Jr

Mr Isidore Brown

Mrs. Murray C. Brown

Mrs. Margaret G. Browne

Sophie & Robert Brunner

Mr. & Mrs. Edward A. Bruzewicz

Mr & Mrs. Arthur E. Bryan, Jr.

Mr & Mrs. C. Lawrence

Buchanan
Mr & Mrs. Samuel Buchsbaum
Mr & Mrs. George Buckman
Mrs. T. von Donop Buddington
Mr Robert Buehler
Ms. Mary Ellen Buell
Mr & Mrs. Theodore H. Buenger
Mr & Mrs. Edward Buker
Dr & Mrs. Andrew D. Bunta
Buntrock Foundation
Mr & Mrs. Gunnar Burgeson
Mrs. Alfred L. Burke
Mr & Mrs. Grinnell Burke
Ms. Romana Burke
Mr Robert W. Burmeister
Mr & Mrs. Homer A. Burnell
Mr Edward J. Burns
Marie Kraemer Burnside
Mr Robert S. Burrows
Mrs. ErIaC. Burton
Mr George W. Butler
Mr John Meigs Butler, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Robert D. Cadieux
Mr Louis F Cainkar
Mrs. Wiley N.Caldwell, Jr
Quentin D. Calkins & Fam.
Mr John F Calmeyn
Mrs. Dorothy M. Cameron
Mr & Mrs. William T Cameron
Mr Hugh Campbell
Mr Jean B. Garden
Mr George T Carlin
Mr Leo J. Carlin
Mr & Mrs. William Carmichael
Mr & Mrs. Peter Roy Carney
Mr & Mrs. Robert Adams Carr
Mrs. Robert F Carr
Dr & Mrs. Michael E. Carroll
Mr Philip V Carter
Mr Silas S.Cathcart
Mrs. Jack Cavenaugh
Mr & Mrs. Craig J. Cero
Mr & Mrs. Raymond M.

Champion, Jr
William C. Chapman
Mrs. George S. Chappell, Jr.
Mr Frank R Chen
Mr Sidney Cheresh
Mr & Mrs. Paris Chesley
Mr Eugene J. Chesrow
Mr W. T Chester
Mr F Newell Childs
Mr & Mrs. Charles Chomsky
Dr &Mrs. CynlM. Chrabot
Mr. & Mrs. Weston R.

Christopherson

DONORS to the OPERATING FUNDS, total for 1985-86

Dr. Mary Chuman

Mrs. Freeman S. Church

Mr. & Mrs. Allen N.CIapp

Mr & Mrs. Donald C.Clark

Mr George Clark

Mr Robert L. Claus, Jr

Mr Nornnan J. Clemetsen

Mr & Mrs. John Clemmer

Mr & Mrs. Donald E. Cloud

Mr & Mrs. Harry B. Clow, Jr

Mr William C. Clyde

Mr & Mrs. Eric W. Cochrane

Mr & Mrs. Robert P. Coffin

Jacob Cohn

Mr Robert H. Cohn

Mr. Franklin A. Cole

Mr Charles E. Collopy

Mr & f\flrs. John C. Colman

Mr & Mrs. EarleM. Combs III

Dr & Mrs. Raymond H. Conley

Ms. Jane Connolly

Mr & Mrs. Donald W. Connor

Mrs. Janet N. Connor

Mr Louis J. Conti

Mr John Cook

Mr & Mrs. Charles T. Cooney

Miss Jane I. Coons

Mrs. Edward A. Cooper

Drs. Daniel & Mariel Cooperman

Dr Maxwell M. Corbett

Mrs. Gale C.Corley

Mr & Mrs. Donald C. Cottrell, Jr

Mr James R. Coulter

Ms. Jean Prien Courtright

Miss Marion E. Cowan

Mr/Mrs. William D. Cox

Dr& Mrs. William A. Craig

Mrs. Norman L. Cram

Mr Arthur A. Cramer, Jr.

Mrs. Wesley E. Crafty

Mrs. Mane F Creamer

Mrs. Elisabeth M. Crow

Mr John Powers Crowley

Mrs. Sandra K. Crown

Mr Paul Cruikshank

Mr & Mrs. Robert L. Cruikshank

Mr & Mrs. Herschel Cudd

Mr Tilden Cummings

Mr Kenneth H. Currier

Mrs. F C. Curry

Mr. Edward A. Cushman

Mr Paul W. Cutler

Mr & Mrs. John E. Dabbert

Alice R. Dakin, MD

Mr Bruce E. Dalton

Dr & Mrs. Tapas K. Das Gupta

Mr & Mrs. Leonard S. Davidow

Mr & Mrs. W. Allen Davies

Mr. & Mrs. Orville M.Davis

Mr Cyrus C. De Coster

Mr & Mrs. Seymour S. De Koven

Mrs. Charles S. De Long

Mr Patrick A. De Moon

Mr & Mrs. R. J. De Motte

Mr Donald J. De Porter

Mr. & Mrs. James R. De Stefano

Mr Philip W.De Witt

Mrs. Howard M. Dean, Jr

Mrs. R. Emmett Dedmon

Mr & Mrs. W. 8. Deeming

Mr Louis H. T. Dehmlow

Dr Alex Delgadillo

William G. Demas

Mr & Mrs. Jerry E. Dempsey

Mr & Mrs. Charles Dennehy, Jr

Mr Carl Devoe

Mr & Mrs. James D. Di lorio

Mr & Mrs. Byram E. Dickes

Mr & Mrs. Matthew Dickie

Mr & Mrs. Duane A. Diehl

Mr. & Mrs. Richard L. Diemer

Mr & Mrs. Robert L. Dietmeier

Mr & Mrs. A. Newton Dilley

Mr W. S. Dillon

Mrs. Arthur Dixon

Mr & Mrs. Stewart S. Dixon, Sr.

Dr & Mrs. Norman S. Don

Mrs. Alan W. Donaldson

Mr Sidney N. Doolittle

Ms. Ann G. Doran

Mr Harold W. Dotts

Dr & Mrs. Samuel R. Doughty

Mr James H. Douglas, Jr

Mr H. James Douglass

Mr & Mrs. Benjamin Drew

Dr & Mrs. Mitchell Drexler

Mr & Mrs. Lawrence A. Du Bose

Mr M. F Du Chateau

Mr & Mrs. Donald Dugan

Ms. Evelyn Duggan

Mr & Mrs. Paul R. Duncan

Todd H. Duncan

Mr & Mrs. M. F Dunne, Jr

Mr & Mrs. Eugene V. Dunphy, Jr

Ms. Rosanne M. Dusek

Elton Dyal

Mr & Mrs. Peter L. Dyson

Mr Thomas E. Earle

Mr Robert J. Eck

Miss Florence P. Eckfeldt

Mrs. Percy B. Eckhart

Mr Frank E. Edelmann

Mr Howard O. Edmonds

Mrs. Jane H. Edwards

Mr & Mrs. Robert C. Edwards

Mark & Kitty Egan

Ms. Barbara E. Egbert

Mr Gerard J. Edger

Mr. Joseph S. Ehrman, Jr

Mr. Edmund K. Eichengreen

Mr. & Mrs. Stephen Eisen

Mrs. Janet Ela

Mr. & Mrs. William J. Elbersen

Mrs. Helen H. Elberson

Mrs. Hannah B. Eldridge

Mr & Mrs. William O. Eldridge

Mr & Mrs. John W. Elias

David P Filer

Mr & Mrs. F Osborne Elliott

Mr&Mrs. Russell C.Ellis

Miss Caryl L. Elsey

Ms. M. Caroline Emich

Mr & Mrs. Richard E. Engler

Mr. & Mrs. Raymond Epstein

Mr&Mrs. E.J. Erick

Mrs. Gertrude Erickson

Mr Harry F. Espenscheid

Mrs. Bergen Evans

Mr Kenneth A. Evans

Mr & Mrs. Raymond L. Evans

Mr Boyd N. Everett

Mr William S. Everett

Mr & Mrs. David L. Everhart

Olive Faa Di Bruno

Frank & Leah Falkoff Memorial

Deane M. Farley

Mr & Mrs. Richard J. Farrell

Mr Peter A. Fasseas

Mr Frederick Fechtner

Mrs. Sig Feiger

Mrs. R. W. Ferguson

Mr & Mrs. Robert C. Ferris

Mr & Mrs. Edward Fiedler, Jr.

Ms. AnnC. Field

Mr. Patrick S. Filter

Miss Helen T. Findlay

Miss Anne Fink

Mrs. Robert C. Fink

Mr & Mrs. Walter Fisher

Mr. Morgan L. Fitch

Mr Edward C. Floden, Jr

Mr & Mrs. James G. Flood

Mr & Mrs. Harold M. Florsheim

Mrs. Leonard Florsheim

Mrs. Leonard Florsheim, Jr

Mr Lee J. Flory

Mr Emil L. Fogelin

Mr Dwight Follett

Mr &Mrs. C. Robert Foltz

Mrs. Robert L. Foote

Mr. Edwin S. Ford

Mrs. Zachary D. Ford

Mr Harold E. Foreman, Jr.

Mr Donald L. Fortunate

Mr & Mrs. Frank B. Foster.

Mrs. Hubert D. Fox

Mr John H. Fox

Mr & Mrs. A. A. Frank, Jr

Jim & Karen Frank

Zollie& Elaine Frank

Dr. M.E. Frankel

Dr. Christabel Frederick

Mr & Mrs. Earl J. Frederick

Mr & Mrs. Norman Freehling

Mrs. Frances L. Freeman

Mr & Mrs. Donald B. French

Dr Stanton A. Friedberg

Mrs Herbert A. Friedlich

Mrs. Beatrice Friedman

Mr. & Mrs. John W. Fritz

Mr. & Mrs. Hellmut Fritzsche

Mr & Mrs. William D. Frost

Mr. & Mrs. Carlos M. Frum

Mr E. Montford Fucik

Mrs. Gregory L. Fugiel

Mr W. W. Fullagar

Mr&Mrs. Curtis Fuller

Mr & Mrs. James C. E. Fuller

Mr&Mrs. Eric Gabler

Mr Rudolph R. Gabnel

Miss Elsie Gadzinski

Mr Joseph P. Gaffigan

Gregory Gajda

Mrs. Charles B. Gale

Mrs. Nicholas Galitzine

Tuckey-Winnetka Garden Club

Mr Henry K. Gardner

Mr & Mrs. Vern Garvey

Mr & Mrs. Walter A. Gatzert

Mr Chester M.Gaudian

Mr. & Mrs. James J. Gavin, Jr

Dr. John E. Gedo

Mr Thomas A. Geldermann

Geology Department, Field

Museum
Mr John B. Gerlach
Gerlach Foundation Inc.
Mr Louis Gershon
Mr &Mrs. IsakV. Gerson
Mr William J. Gibbons
Mr & Mrs. James A. Gibbs
Mrs. Mary Jane Gibbs
Mr. & Mrs. Gerald Gidwitz
Dr R. Kennedy Gilchrist
Ms. Rebecca Gilson
Mr. J. William Gimbel
Dr. Elizabeth Louise Girardi
Mr Alfred E. Gladding
Mr. & Mrs. James J. Glasser
Mr & Mrs. Thomas T Glidden
Mrs. Albert H.GIos
Mr Richard Glovka
Mr Gordon T. Goethal
Mr & Mrs. Leonard W. Golan
Mrs. Anna-RaeGold
Mr & Mrs. David F Goldberg
Mr. & Mrs. Milton D. Goldberg
Dr & Mrs. Julian R. Goldsmith
Mr Daniel J. Good
Mr. & Mrs. Bruce K. Goodman

Mr & Mrs. Sheldon Goodman

Mr & Mrs. Thomas Goodman

Mrs. Alexander Gorbunoff

Mr & Mrs. E. Timothy Gorham

Mr & Mrs. Donald E. Goss

Mr. Alvin J. Gottlieb

Eric I. Gottlieb

Mr Robert R. Gowland

Miss Mary E. Graham

Mr & Mrs. William B. Graham

Mr M. B. Grant

Mr & Mrs. Gerard E. Grashom

Mr & Mrs. Robert C. Gray

Mrs. Donald C. Greaves

Diana S. Greene

Mr & Mrs. Edward D. Greiner

Mr G. P Grieve

Drs. Carl & Janet Grip

Mr & Mrs. William O. Grossklas

Mr & Mrs. Carl A. Grunschel

Dr&Mrs. RolfM. Gunnar

Mr & Mrs. Robert C. Gunness

Mr Edward F. Gurka, Jr

Mr Elmer T Gustafson

Mrs. Irene Gustus

Mr & Mrs. William N.Guthrie

Dean & Kathleen Haas

Mr & Mrs. Richard J. Haayen

Mr Samuel S. Haber

Mr & Mrs. Charles C. Haffner III

Katherine L. Hagberg

Mr J. Parker Hall III

Mr J. Parker Hall

Mrs. Patricia R. Hall

Dr Carol A. Haller

Mr & Mrs. Chalkley J. Hambleton

Mr. Samuel Hamilton

Mr. & Mrs. Martin Hanley

Mr. & Mrs Allan Hansberoer

Mr & Mrs. Robert F Hanson

Mr Leon W. Hapke

Miss Virginia Hardin

Mr Jack R.Harlan-

Mr David J. Harris

Mr In/ing B. Harris

Mr J. Ira Harris

Mr. & Mrs. King W. Harris

Mrs. Mortimer B. Harris

Mrs. AugustinS. Hart

Mrs. Chester C. Hart

Mr William J. Harte

Mr & Mrs. Irvin H. Hartman, Jr.

Dr & Mrs. Malcolm H. Hast

Mr Lawrence Hattenbach

Mr Walter R. Hauschildt

Mr Homer Havermale, Jr.

Mr & Mrs. Walter Hawrysz

Mr & Mrs. Alfred H. Hayes

Mr. & Mrs. John F Hayward

Mrs. William H. Hazlett

Dr Charles Heck

Mr & Mrs. William J. Heidemann

Mrs. Wilfred H. Heitmann

Mr Henry J. Henke

Mr & Mrs. Mark Hewitt

Mrs. John Heymann

Mr. & Mrs. Daniel P Hidding

Mr Howard R Hight

Miss Dawne R. Hill

Ms. Roberta A. Hill

Mr E. H. Hillman

Mr Kenneth R. Hilton

Mr & Mrs. Edward Hines

Mrs. Harold I. Hines, Jr.

Mrs. John L. Hines

Mr. & Mrs. Donald M. Hintz

Mrs. Edwin F Hirsch

Mr Edwin W. Hirsch

Mr&Mrs. Joel S.Hirsch 49

Mrs. James R. Hoatson

DONORS to the OPERATING FUNDS, total for 1985-86

Mr. & Mrs. John Hobart

Mrs, Richard H. Hobbs

Ms. Peggy L. Hoberg

Mrs. Shirley L. Hodge

Mrs. William R. Hodgson

Mr David B. Hoffman

Miss Elizabeth Hoffman

Mr & Mrs. Paul W. Hoffman

Dr Eugene Hoffmann

Mr & Mrs. Thomas J. Hoffmann

Mr. & Mrs. F. H. Hollingsworth

Mr. & Mrs. Gerald V. Hollins

Dr & John A. Holmes

Mr Stanley H. Holmes

Mr Thomas Holmquest

Mr James C Hopp

Mrs. William D. Home, Jr

Mr & Mrs. Charles C. Horton

Mr Leonard Horwich

Mr R. A. Houston

Mr & Mrs. Warren F. Hrstka

Mr & Mrs. Lincoln B. Hubbard

Miss Katherine J. Hudson

Mr & Mrs. Peter H. Huizenga

Mr & Mrs. R. B. Hulsen

Mrs. William O. Hunt

Mr & Mrs. William 0. Hunt, Jr.

Judge Robert L. Hunter

Mrs. Harvey Huston

Mr & Mrs. Chauncey K. Hutchins

Mr & Mrs. John B. Hutchins

Mrs. John S. Hutchins

Mr & Mrs. Robert A. Hutchins

Mr & Mrs. Frank Hutchinson

Mr & Mrs. William Hutchinson

Dr and Farouk Idriss

Mrs. Stanley O. Ikenberry

Mr Sarah & Charles Iker

Mr George M. Illich

Mr. & Mrs. George M. Illich, Jr

Mr. & Mrs. George F

lllingworth, Jr
Mr Jacob Inger
Mr James H. Ingersoll
Mrs. Stephen L. Ingersoll
Miss Marion F. Inkster
Mrs. Elaine R. Irvin
Mr Alfred Isenberg
Mr Hans D. Isenberg
Mr George S. Isham
Mrs. Henry P. Isham, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Srinivasa Iyengar
Dr & Mrs. Michael Jablon
Mr David W. Jackson Fam.
Mr Jacob Jacobson
Mr Martin E. Jacobson
Jack & Roberta Jaffe
Seymour Jaffe

Mr & Mrs Frederick G Jaicks
Ms. Karen J. Jalovecky
Mr & Mrs. Joseph E.

Jannotta, Jr
Dr C. Helge M. Janson
Mr & Mrs. Willard K. Jaques
Mr Albert E. Jenner, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Harold S. Jensen
Mr & Mrs. William R. Jentes
Dr George N.Jessen
Mr Carl A. Johnson
Mr & Mrs Clarence E. Johnson
Mr & Mrs. Edward C. Johnson
Dr Frank R. Johnson
Mr Henry A. Johnson
Mr & Mrs. James E. Johnson
Mr & Mrs. Robert L Johnson
Mr Robert L. Johnson
Mr & Mrs Robert Owen Johnson
Mr & Mrs Stuart J. Johnson
50 Dr James E. Jones

Miss Mary F Jones

Mrs. Pierce Jones

Mrs. Robert V Jones

Mr Theodore Jones

Mr Robert B. Joshel

Mr Emmett M. Joyce

Mrs. Elizabeth Jung

Mr Edward C. Junkunc

Ms. Doris F. Kahn

Mr John P. Kaiser

Mr Phil Kaiser

Miss Patricia M. Kammerer

Mr Philip Kania

Mr Burton W. Kanter

Mr Ernest W Kaps

Virginia K. Karnes

Mrs. V. Kasmerchak

Mr George F Kast

Ms. Joan F Kasten

Dr Margaret Katzin

Mr Fred R. Kaufmann, Jr

Mr & Mrs. Joseph C. Kay Jr

Mr John Kayser

Mr Lee B. Keating

Mr J. L. Keeshin

Mr & Mrs. John P Keller

Mr&Mrs. FrankJ. Kelleylll

Mr Russell P Kelley Jr

Mr Donald P. Kelly

Mr & Mrs. Frederick T. Kelsey

Miss M. Rosalie Kempe

Mrs. James S. Kemper

Mr Taylor L. Kennedy

Estate of Beatrice Kessler

Mrs. Deirdre D. Kieckhefer, Jr.

Mrs. Clinton King

Mrs. Harvey W. King

Mr Neil King

Ms Mary Kingsbury

Mr Davis G. Kirby

Mr & Mrs Robert P. Kirchheimer

Mr & Mrs. Charles T. Kirschner

Mr Glenn E. Kischel

Herman Klafter

Mr & Mrs. Gunnar Klarr

The Klefstad Family

Mrs. John A. Klem

Mr Roger H. Klich

Dr & Mrs. Thornton C. Kline, Jr

Dr & Edward F Klitenick

Mr Philip Klutznick

Dr & Mrs. William B. Knapp

Mr Eugene Knight

Mrs. Robert G. Knight

Mr M. H. Knotts

Mr Maurice G. Knoy

Mrs. Shirley Koenigs

Mr & Mrs. Martin J. Koldyke

Mr Peter John J. Kosiba

Mr & Mrs. Kenneth Kostal

Mrs. David H. Kraft

Mr Anthony R Kramer

Evelyn F. Krause

Lee V. Kremer

Mrs. Bertram Kribben

Ms. Dolores Krueger

Mrs Maynard C Krueger

Mrs. Allen B. Kuhlman

Mr & Mrs. George C.

Kuhlman, Jr
Joseph Kukenis
Mr Duane R. Kullberg
Ms. Ruth Kurczewski
Mrs. John F Kurfess
Mr William O. Kurtz, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Charles La Bow
Mr&Mrs. Arthur La Velle
Mr Mark H. Labkon
Mrs. William Ladany

Mrs Gordon Lang

Mrs. Walter D. Larkin

Mr Earl D. Larsen

Mrs. Jack A. Larsh

Mr & Mrs. Warren Larson

Ardith M. Lauerman

Mr & Mrs. Leonard H. Lavin

Mr & Mrs. Russell M. Lawall

Mr Robert M Lavrton

Mr & Mrs Gordon Leadbetter

Drs. Bernard S. & Pauline P Lee

Mr&Mrs. Richard H.Leet

Mr & Mrs. Paul H. Leffman

Mr&Mrs. Wilburs Legg

Dr Murray H. Leiffer

Mr JohnG. Leininger

Mr Frederick K. Leisch

Mr & Mrs. Homer G. Lemke

Mr & Mrs. Peter Lems

Mr Richard A. Lenon

Mr Frederick R. Lent

Mr Robert L. Leopold

Mr Arthur M. Leotien

Mr & Mrs. Ralph Lerner

Miss Phyllis Levens

Mr & Mrs. Lawrence R. Levin

Mr & Mrs. Howard P. Levine

Elvin A. Levy

Mrs. Gloria Likins

Mr George Lill II

Mr & Mrs Thomas M.

Lillard, Jr
Mr. Le Roy A. Lindberg
Mr Harrison C. Lingle
Mr & Mrs. Gregory J. Linwood
Mr Wayne E. Lippman
Mr David E. Upson
Mrs. R Chapin Litten
Colonel James P. Littlejohn
Dr W. C. Liu

Mrs. Homer J. Livingston
Mrs. Joseph F Lizzadro
Mrs. Glen A. Lloyd
Mr & Mrs. John W. Loeding
Miss Mary Longbrake
Miss Walma A. Lorenzen
Mr Philip W. Lotz
B. L. M. Louthan
Mr M. R. Lowenstine, Jr.
Mr & Mrs. James E. Luebchow
Mr & Mrs. Frank W. Luerssen
Ernest L. Lundelius, Jr
Dr. & Mrs. Mark D. Lupton
Mrs. Joan L. Lydy
Mr & Mrs. Francis J. Lynch
Mrs. Delores R.Lyons
Mr & Mrs. John M MacDonald
Mr & Mrs. David O, MacKenzie
Allan Leigh Maca
Mr&Mrs Walter M. Mack
Ms. Natlie S. Mackler
Mr J. N. Macomb, Jr
Mr & Mrs. John W. Madigan
Mr Bernard S. Madorin
Mrs. Lorraine B. Madsen
Mrs. Samuel A. Mages
Emil L. Makar
Mr Phillip S.Makin
William & Ann R. Maloney
Mr & Mrs. Jerome W. Mandell
Mr James E. Mandler
Mrs. Philip C. Manker
Mr & Mrs. Fred A. Manuele
Mr & Mrs. Steven C. March
Mr & Mrs. Aldo Marchetti
Mr & Mrs. S. Edward Marder
Mr Asher J. Margolis
Mr R. Bailey Markham
Mrs IraG. Marks
Mr James Marks

Mr McKim Marriott

Mrs. Robert F Marschner

Dr Stanley Martin

Mrs. Keith Masters

Mr & Mrs. Bruce D. Mateer

Mr Thomas N. Mathers

Mr Hiroshi Matsuzaki

Mr. Paul Mavros

Mr Augustus K. Maxwell, Jr

Mr & Mrs. L. Chester May

Mr Leroy M. May

Mrs Frank D. Mayer

Mr & Mrs. George H Maze

Mrs Lloyd A. McCarthy

Mr. Franklin McCarty Jr

Mr & Mrs. R. A. McClevey Jr

Mrs. Barbara I. McClintock

Mr Archibald McClure

Mr & Mrs. James J.

McClure, Jr
Dr R M. McCray
Dr Walter C.McCrone
Mr & Mrs Paul D McCurry
Mr & Mrs. G. Barr McCutcheon
Mr & Mrs. Gordon E. McDanold
Mr & Mrs. Robert B. McDermott
Mr & Mrs. Clement J. McDonald
Mrs. Remick McDowell
Dr Ernest G. McEwen
Mr Charies S. McGill
Mr Arthurs. McGinn
Mrs Thomas J. McGreevy
Ellen & John McHugh
Mr William B. Mcllvaine
Mr Neil McKay
Mr & Mrs. John C. McKenzie
Dr & Mrs. Peter McKinney
Mr William W. McKittrick
Mr & Mrs. Robert D. McLean
Mr Andrew J. McMillan
Mr James A. McMullen
Mr Eari McNeil

Mr & Mrs. Roland V. McPherson
Mrs. Constance F McVoy
Elisabeth C. Meeker
Mr & Mrs. Henry W. Meers
Mr & Mrs. Robert Meers & Family
Mr Charles W. Melind
Mr Charles Melvoin
Mrs. Marian Menges
Dr & James W. Merricks
Mr & Mrs. Glenn E. Merritt
John & Beverly Meyer
Dr & Mrs. John E. fileyer
Mr&Mrs. Walter J. Meyer
Mr David R. Meyers
Mr D. Daniel Michel
Mr Bert H. Michelsen
Silvia A. MichI
Mr Paul E. Miessler
Mr George Mihelic
Mrs. C.Phillip Miller
Mr & Mrs. Glenn R.Miller
Philip B. Miller & Fam.
Mr & Mrs. Robert E. Miller
Dr & Mrs. Robert P Miller
Dr Shelby A. Miller
Mrs. Harold J. Mills
Mr Frank R. Milnor
Mr & Mrs. Charles Minarik
Mr Myron Minuskin
Mr & Mrs. Ned F. Mitchell
Mr B. John Mix, Jr
Mr Gilbert C. Mochel, Jr
Mr H. G. Mojonnier
Mr J. D. Mollendorf
Mr Henry I. Monheimer
Mrs Boswell Monroe
Mr Tom Moog
Mr & Mrs. John Mooi

DONORS to the OPERATING FUNDS, total for 1985-86

Mr. John Mooncotch

Mr. & Mrs. Carl E. Moore

Mrs. James H. Moore

Mr. Graham J. Morgan

Mr. & Mrs. Thomas 0. Morgan

Ms. Barbara Ann Morris

Mr & Mrs. Donald Morris

Mr & Mrs. Robert A. Morris

Mr. & Mrs. John H. Morrison

Mr. George L. Morrow

Mr Horace C. Moses, Jr

Mr & Mrs. Lester Mouscher

Mr & Mrs. John D. Mueller

Mrs. Robert Mulder, Jr.

Mr & Mrs. Aidan I. Mullett

Mr & Mrs. Kevin Murphy

Mrs. Patricias. Murphy

Richard J. Murphy

Dr&Mrs. Charles F.Nadler

Mr & Mrs. Charles F. Nadler, Jr.

Mr Roscoe C. Nash

Mr Bernard Nath

Mrs. Thomas Nathan

Mr. Kenneth Nebenzahl

Mr & Mrs. Kenneth Nebenzahl

Mr & Mrs. Gary L. Neiman

Mr & Mrs. William F. Neuert, Jr.

Dr. & Mrs. Lorin I. Nevling, Jr

Mr & Mrs. J. Robert Newgard

Mrs. Frances Newman

Mr & Mrs. H. S. Newson, Jr

Mr Frank B. Nichols

Mr & Mrs. John D. Nichols

Mr & Mrs. Philip H. Niederman

Mr & Mrs. Jon E. Niehus

Mr Arthur C. Nielsen, Jr

Mr Charles F Nims

Mr & Mrs. Ronald D. Niven

Mr & Mrs. Donald Nordlund

Mrs. Lawrence E. Norem

Megan E. Norris

Mr E. G. Novotny

Ms. Lucille Ann Nunes

Mr Karl R Nygren

Dr&Mrs. CO. Nyman

Michael O'Brien

Ms. Joan E. O'Malley

Mr Patrick L. O'Malley

Mr & Mrs. Ralph Thomas O'Neil

Mrs. John J. O'Shaughnessy

Mr Michael O'Shaughnessy

Mary Florence O'Shea

Mr & Mrs. Ralph R. Obenchain

Dr Edward J. Olsen

Mr. Robert W. Olson

Mr. W. Irving Osborne, Jr

Mr. Charles Osicka

Mrs. Fentress Ott

Mr. & Mrs. Ray E. Over

Mr. David B. Owen

Mr Alan S. Owens

Mrs. James H. Owens, Jr

Mr & Mrs. R W. Oyen

Mr Russell Packard

Mr Robert Y. Paddock, Sr

Mrs. Walter Paepcke

Mr & Mrs. Lloyd J. Palmer

Mr. Robert R. Palmer

Mrs. Helen Palmquist

Mrs. Marjorie S. Parcell

Dr William L. Parish

Mr Norman S. Parker

William E. Parker

Mrs. Norman G. Parry

Mrs. J. W. Parson

Mr Lloyd C. Partridge

R. W. Partridge

Dr. & Mrs. Philip Y.Paterson

John & Audrey Paton

Ms. Bernice Cain Patterson

Dr Joan E. Patterson

Mrs. O. Macrae Patterson

Mr JohnM. Patton

Mr William Pavey

Mr A. J. Pavlick

Mr. & Mrs. R. Marlin Perkins

Dr. & Mrs. Lawrence Perlman

Mr Michael Perlow

Mr Ward E. Perrin

Mr & Mrs. Julian S. Perry

Mrs. Max W. Petacque

Mr & Mrs. Donald Peters

Mr & Mrs. Richard J. Peterson

Miss Susanne Petersson

Mr & Mrs. Donald L. Petravick

Mr Seymour Phillips

Mr Paul Pierce, Jr

Mr Robert R. Pierson

Mr & Mrs. John I Pigott

Ms. Helen O. Piros

Mr & Mrs. Edgar J. Plachek

Mrs. Ruth Lynott Plakias

Mr & Mrs. Joseph B. Plauche

Mr & Mrs. James D. Polls

Mr Oren T Pollock

Mrs. Harold M. Pond

Mr George A. Poole

Mrs. Henry Pope, Jr

Mrs. William P. Pope

Dr Eduard Poser

Ms. Katherine Post

Mr & Mrs. Newell Pottorf

Mr Albert W. Potts

Mr William F Potts

Mr & Mrs. Eugene L. Powell

Mr Michael Powers

Mrs. George Preucil

Joan M. Prims

Mr. Ralph E. Projahn

Mr. & Mrs. John A. Prosser

Mr. & Mrs. Gordon Prussian

Ms. Virginia F Pullman

Mr & Mrs. John Pusinelli

Mr Oliver Ouelle

Dr & Mrs. George B. Rabb

Mr & Mrs. James A. Radtke

Miss Audree M. Ragan

Mr. Frank X.RaidI

Helene & Norman X. RaidI

Mr. & Mrs. L. S. Raisch

Mr George A. Ranney Sr

Mr & Mrs. F R. Rapids

Ms. Anna M. Rappaport

Ms. Jean Rasmussen

Mr & Mrs. James M. Ratcliffe

Mr Myron F Ratcliffe

Mr & Mrs. W. E. Rattner

Mr John W. Rawlinson

Ms. Catherine G. Rawson

Mr & Mrs. Robert Reder

Mr. William M. Redfield

Miss Gertrude E. Reeb

Dr & Mrs. Charles A. Reed

Mrs. Louise Reed

Ms. Norma C. Reed

Mr Peter S. Reed

Dr Clifton L. Reeder

Mr & Mrs. Howard C. Reeder

Mr & Mrs. William G. Reeder

Mr & Mrs. Gunther Reese

Mr Joseph Regenstein, Jr

Mr & Mrs. F A. Reichelderfer

Mr & Mrs. Harvard Reiter

Miss Marie K. Remien

Mrs. Robert W. Reneker

Dr. Earl Renfroe

Mr & Mrs. John A. Renn

Mr Edward L. Renno

Mr. Robert F Reusche

Mr David W. Rewick

Mr Stuart A. Rice

Mrs. Joseph E. Rich

Mrs. Harold Richardson

Mr & Mrs. John M. Richman

Mr M. H. W. Ritchie

Mr Charles Ritten

Mrs. Jack L. Robbins

Mr Harry V. Roberts

Mr William R Roberts

Dr & Mrs. Raymond E. Robertson

Mr. Scott Robertson

Mrs. Martha R Robinson

H. R Davis Rockwell

Robert D. Rodgers

Mrs, Rrederick Roe

Mrs. Rrederick Roe

Alma&SelmaRoeder

Mr Ottomar D. Roeder

Mr & Mrs. Karl V. Rohlen

Mr & Mrs. Karl V. Rohlen

Mr William R. Rom

Mr Harry A. Root, Jr

Mrs. Philip Rootberg

Carolyn & Sol Rosen

Mr S. Eugene Rosenbacher

Mrs. Paul Rosenbaum

Mr & Mrs. Harold R. Rosenson

Mr Gerson M. Rosenthal, Jr.

Mr & Mrs. Joseph A. Rosin

Mr William R. Rostek

Mr & Mrs. Donald I. Roth

Ms. Elizabeth B. Roth

Mr & Mrs. Herbert L. Roth

Mrs. Stephen W. Rothermel

Aid. Rred B. Roti

Mr Lawrence Rowan

Ms. Harriet Rozier

Dr Myron E. Rubnitz

Mr Robert M. Ruckstuhl

Don & Mary Ann Ruegg

Mr John W. Ruettinger

Mr Charles T. Rufener

Dr&Mrs. John H. Rust

Mr & Mrs. Thomas D. Rutherford

Mrs. Robert M. Ruud

Mrs. George W. Ryerson

Dr Vincent J. Sacchetti

Mr&Mrs. Roberts. Sachs

Mr Robert W.Saigh

Mr Ouentin E. Samuelson

Ms. Margaret H. Sanderson

Mr Norman L. Sandfield

Ms. Mary Ann Sanford

Beverly & Rilemon Santiago

Mrs. GeneSaper

Mr & Mrs. Robert E. Sargent

Dr Muriel Savage

Mr Calvin P. Sawyier

Mr & Mrs. George Schaaf

Mr Richard J. Schade

Mr Roy S. Scheck

Miss Marion H. Schenk

Mrs. Gerhart Schild

A. Bruce Schimberg

Mr & Mrs. Rudolph Schmidt

Mr & Mrs. Lawrence Schnadig

Mr & Mrs. J. E. Schneider

Mr & Mrs. Melvin Schneider

Mr Ronald A. Schnura

Mrs. Charles L. Schrager

Rem & Barry Schrager

Charles & Carol Schultz

Mr. & Mrs, Joseph S. Schumacher

Mr Edward J. Schurz, Jr

Dr. Steven Schwartz

Dr J. R Schweitzer

Mr Rrank Scott

Mr & Mrs. John Paul Scott

Mr Rrank Sedlacek

Mr Robert M. Seeley

Mr&Mrs. Williams. Seeley

Mrs. Mary S. Seidler

Mr Edwin A. Seipp, Jr

Miss DeniseSelz

Mr & Mrs. Charles W. Sena

Mr & Mrs. Richard J. L. Senior

Mr & Mrs. Stephen Sentoff

Mr & Mrs. C. Olin Sethness

Mrs. Eileen G. Sexton

DrSid J.Shafer

Mr & Mrs. Robert M. Shannon

Mr &Mrs. John I. Shaw

Mr. Thomas Sheffield, Jr.

Mrs. HueyG.Shelton

Mr. James G. Shennan

Mr. Robert Sheridan

Saul & Devorah Sherman

Dr Robert W. Shoemaker

Mr. De Ver Sholes

Mr William H. Short

Mrs. Mary Shrimplin

Mr & Mrs. Mack H. Shumate

Mr S. N. Shure

Mrs. C. Sidamon-Eristoff

Mr&Mrs. C.William Sidwell

Mr & Mrs. Daniel Silverstein

Mr & Mrs. R. S. Singers

Mr. & Mrs. John R. Siragusa

Mrs. Gerald A. Sivage

Mr. Leon N. Skan

Mr. John Slater

Mr Louis J. Slavin

Dr. & Mrs. Albert H.SIepyan

Mr Irwin H. Small

Mr Robert W. Smick

Mrs. C.Philip Smiley

Mrs. Charles G.Smith

Dr Edward C. Smith

Emily & John Smith

Mr George D.Smith- II

Mrs. Gertrude Scribn Smith

Mr Goff Smith

Mr. & Mrs. Gordon Smith

Mr. Harold Byron Smith

Mr Harold Byron Smith, Jr

Mr & Mrs. John C. Smith

Mr Matthew D. Smith

Ms. Mildred Reed Smith

Mrs. Muriel R. Smith

Mr Steven E. Smith

Mrs. S.R. Snider

Mr James U. Snydacker

Mrs. Paul Soderdahl

Mrs. Harold Sofield

Mr & Mrs. John R Sohl

Mr & Mrs. Joseph E. Solan

Mrs. Hugo Sonnenschein, Jr

Mrs. James Souby

Mr Don Spak

Mr. & Mrs. Denton H. Sparks

Mr & Mrs. Harold E. Spencer

Mrs. Lyie M. Spencer

Mrs. Clara Spiegel

Mrs. Rrederick W. Spiegel

Mrs. Charles A. Sprague

Mr Charles R. Staley

Mr Joseph J. Staniec

Mr William E. Stanley Jr.

Mrs. Pericles P. Stathas

Dr Irving Stein

Mr & Mrs. Melvyn E. Stein

Mr Sydney Stein, Jr

Mr Grundy Steiner

Nancy A. Stevenson

Mr Hal S. R. Stewart

Mr Donald M. Stillwaugh

51

DONORS to the OPERATING FUNDS, total for 1985-86

Mr. & Mrs. James Stoller

Mr Edwin H. Stone

Mr. Lloyd Stone

Mr Marvin Stone

Mr. & Mrs. Raymond E. Stone

Mr. & Mrs. Howard A. Stotler

Mrs. Edward J. Stransky

Mrs. Harold E. Strauss

Mrs. Herman A. Strauss

Mr & Mrs. Ivan G. Strauss

Dr & Mrs. Johin S. Strauss

Dr Robert H Strotz

Mr Erwin A. Stuebner

Mr & Mrs. Charles J. Sugrue &

Family
Mrs. Audrey M. Sullivan
Mrs. Frank L. Sulzberger
J. B. Surpless

Mr & Mrs. James L. Surpless
Mr William P. Sutter
Harold Sutton & Family
Mr & Mrs. Edward F Swift III
Mrs. Gustavus R Swift, Jr
Mr J.R. Switiart
Mr & Mrs. James B. Tafel
Mr & Mrs. James M. Tait
Miss Mary Tamarri
Mr Rodger M. Tauman
Mrs A.Thomas Taylor
Brenda J. Taylor
Mr J. Hall Taylor
Mrs. Samuel G. Taylor III
Mr & Mrs. William L. Taylor, Jr
Mrs. Constance Tegtmeyer
Mr & Mrs. William K. Tell
Mr & Mrs. Ronald S. Theis
Mr & Mrs. D. Robert Thomas
Dr Paul A. Thomas, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Richard L. Thomas
Mrs. Thomas M. Thomas
Mr & Mrs. Grant Phelps

Thompson
Prasong Thongsai
Mr Lynn H. Throckmorton
Mr Fred A. Thulin
Mr S. N. Tideman
Mrs. Theodore Tieken, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Stanley E. Tierney
Mr Richard H. Timler
Mr Harold B. Tobin
Mr Alvin V. Tollestrup
Jan J. Toof

Mr William J. Townsley
Mr Cecil E. Treadway
Mr & Mrs. George S. Trees
Mr Edgar W. Trout
Mr & Mrs. Alan J. Turnbull
Dr & Mrs. William D. Turnbull
Dr & Mrs Charles H. Tweed
Mrs. C. P Tyler
Mr & Mrs. Robert D. Tyler
Mr & Mrs. Frederick C. Uhde
Mrs. Dena Uhlenhop
Mr Edgar J. Uihiein, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Bohus Ulicny
Mr Norman A. Ulrich
Elizabeth Y. Vail
Mr & Mrs. Murray Vale
Mr John B. Van Duzer
Anthonie Van Ekris
Mr & Mrs. Erie L. Van Geem
Mrs. R. D. Van Kirk
Mrs. Errett Van Nice
Mr Frank A. Van Overbeke, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Norman Vance, Jr
Ms. Lillian Vanek
Mr & Mrs. D. Throop Vaughan
Mr & Mrs. Al Vega
CO Mr M. P. Venema

Mr & Mrs. Harry L. Vincent

Mr & Mrs. Richard H. VIerick
Ms Jo-Anne Vogt

M
M
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
M'
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Di
Ml
M
M
M'
M
M
M
M.
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
M,
M
M
M
Di
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ml
Ms

& Mrs. E. W. Volkman
& Mrs. Richard A. Waichler
Edwin A. Walcher, Jr
Charles R. Walgreen, Jr
s. Maurice Walk
Malcolm M. Walker
George M. Walker & Family
& Mrs. Walter Wallin
& Mrs. John P Walsh
&Mrs. GaryT Walther

s. Cynthia Armour Ward

s. Theron Wasson

Richard F Watt
s. Imy Wax

. & Mrs. William D. Weaver
s. Arnold R. Weber
s. C. F Weber

& Mrs. Norman R. Wechter

Morris S. Weeden

& Mrs. Carlisle Weese

& Mrs, Charles W. Wegener
s. Louis P. Weinberg

& Mrs. Sol S. Weiner

&Mrs. Louis A. Weiss

William B. Weiss
s. Paul A. Welbon
s. Irene L. Weldon
s. Donald P Welles

Edward K. Welles
s. John Paul Welling

William D. Wells

& Mrs. Arthur D. Welton, Jr

& Mrs. R Lee H. Wendell

Louis Werner

& Mrs. Reinald Werrenrath, Jr.

& Mrs. B. Kenneth West

Roger L. Weston
M James M. Wetzel
s. Joseph P. Wharton, Jr

E. Todd Wheeler
s. Lloyd A. White

& George D. Wilbanks
. & Mrs. Lawrence G. Wilcox
. & Mrs. Lydon Wild
. Bradford Wiles
s. Howard L. Willett Jr
s. Alberto. Williams, Jr

&Mrs. Albert W.Williams

Melville C. Williams

Orrin R. Williams

Raymond Williams
s. Norman B. Williamson

& Mrs. Robert H. Wilson

Robert M.Wilson
s. Elwyn C. Winland
s. Wallace C. Winter

Michael Wirtz

Earl Wise, Jr

Paula D.Wise
s. Mildred C. Wisner

& Mrs. Richard M. Withrow

& Mrs. William W. Wittie

& Mrs. Arthur W. Woelfle

John C. Wolfe

& Mrs. Arnold R. Wolff
s. Peter Wolkonsky

Arthur M. Wood

& Mrs. Henry C. Wood,
Henry C. Wood Foundation
s. Frank H Woods

& Mrs. Donald P Woulfe
s. Harriet Whght

William Wrigley

Del E.Yarnell

Theodore N. Yelich

& Mrs. John W. Yoder

&Mrs. Gerald D.Young, Jr.

& Mrs. Hobart P Young

Dr & Mrs. Quentin D. Young

Ms. Betty Younker

Mr & Mrs. Robert P Zabel

Mr & Mrs. Carl A Zehner

Mr & Mrs. Willy K. Zimmermann

CORPORATIONS
and PHILANTHROPIC
FOUNDATIONS

$5,000 or more

Abbott Laboratories Fund
The Allstate Foundation
Amsted Industries Foundation
Atlantic Richfield Foundation
AT & T Foundation
Barker Welfare Foundation
William Blair & Company

Foundation
Encyclopaedia Britannica
Carson Pirie Scott Foundation
Chase Manhatttan Bank
The Chicago Community Trust
The Chicago Tribune Company

Foundation
Combined International

Corporation (now Aon Corpora-
tion)
Commonwealth Edison Company
Container Corporation of America
Continental Coffee Products
Dart & Kraft Foundation (now

Kraft, Inc.)
The DeSoto Foundation
FMC Foundation —

FMC Corporation
FRC Investment Corporation
Fel-Pro-Mecklenburger

Foundation
Marshall Field's
First National Bank of Chicago

Foundation
Lloyd A. Fry Foundation
Gianni Versace Company
HBB Foundation
Harris Bank Foundation
Walter E. Heller Foundation
Houghton Mifflin Company
Household Finance
Household International
IC Industries

Illinois Bell Telephone Company
Interlake Foundation
International Business Machines

Corporation
International Minerals & Chemi-
cals Foundation
Jewel Foundation
The Joyce Foundation of Chicago
K Mart Corporation
WH. Kellogg Foundation
The John D & Catherine T

MacArthur Foundation
McMaster-Carr Supply Company
The Naico Foundation
Northern Illinois Gas Company
The Northern Trust Company

Charitable Trust
J. C. Penney Company Inc.
Peoples Gas Light & Coke

Company
The Albert Pick, Jr, Fund
The Rice Foundation
Sahara Coal Company
Sahara Enterprises, Inc.
Santa Fe Southern Pacific

Foundation
Sara Lee Foundation

Sargent & Lundy Engineers
Arthur J Schmitt Foundation
S & C Electric Company
Sears, Roebuck and Company
John M Simpson Foundation
William Simpson Charitable Trust

1979
The Siragusa Foundation
Sterling Morton Charitable Trust
J. Walter Thompson USA
Walgreen Benefit Foundation
Montgomery Ward Foundation
The Warner Company
Whirlpool Corporation
Wilson & Mcllvaine
Harry Winston, Inc.
E.W Zimmerman Construction

Company

PUBLIC ENTITIES

The Chicago Park District
City of Chicago, Office of Fine

Arts
Illinois Arts Council
Institute of Museum Services
National Science Foundation
State of Illinois; Department of
Energy and Natural Resources,
Illinois State Museum Division

$1,000-$4,999

Anonymous Foundation (1 )

Aetna Casualty & Surety Com-
pany of Illinois

Alcoa Foundation

American Hospital Supply
Corporation Foundation (now
Baxter Travenol Foundation)

American National Bank of
Chicago

Aileen S. Andrew Foundation

Akzo Chemie Amenca

Ashland Products Company

Axia Incorporated

Bankamerica Foundation

Bankers Trust Company

Baxter Travenol Laboratories

Bell & Howell Foundation

L.W Biegler Inc.

The Brunswick Foundation

Leo Burnett Company, Inc.

Centel Corporation

Central Steel & Wire Company

Cherry Electrical Products
Corporation

Chicago Bears Football Club, Inc.

Chicago Board of Trade

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company

Chicago and Northwestern Trans-
portation Company

Chicago Sun-Times Charity Trust

Citicorp

Clark Foundation

Comdisco, Incorporated

Consolidated Papers Foundation,
Inc.

Patrick & Anna M. Cudahy Fund

Helene Curtis, Incorporated

DeKalb AgResearch Corporation

R.R. Donnelley & Sons

The EHLCO Foundation

Equitable Life Assurance

Ernst & Whinney

Federal Signal Corporation

The Field Corporation Fund

The Florsheim Shoe Foundation,
Inc.

The Fluor Foundation

DONORS to the OPERATING FUNDS, total for 1985-86

Foote, Cone & Beldlng
GATX Corporation
G & W Electric Company
General Motors Corporation
Geraldi Norton Memorial Fund
Max Goldenberg Foundation
Gould, Inc. Foundation
GTL (Guarantee Trust Life

Insurance)
Hart Schaffner & Marx Charitable

Foundation
James C. Hemphill Foundation
Heller International
Illinois Tool Works Foundation
Inland Steel-Ryerson Foundation
Intermatic, Incorporated
Johnson & Higgins of Illinois, Inc.
The Mayer & Morris Kaplan Fund

(Sealy Mattress Company)
Kemper Financial Services
Lester B. Knight & Associates
Kulchins, Berg & Company
LaSalle National Bank
MacLean-Fogg Company
McGraw Edison Company
McKinsey & Company
Masonite Corporation
Midcon Corporation
Molex Incorporated
Moore Business Forms
Morgan Stanley & Company Inc.
Phillip Morris Incorporated
Morton Thiokol Foundation
National Boulevard Foundation

(now Boulevard Foundation)
National Can Corporation (now

American National Can)
Needham Harper Worldwide, Inc.

(now DDB Needham Worldwide)
New York Community Trust
Ogilvy& Mather U.S.
Phelan, Pope & John
George Pick & Company
Pittway Corporation
Price Waterhouse & Company
The Prudential Foundation
Reliable Sheet Metal
Rockwell International
Rust-oleum Foundation
Salomon, Inc.

Scott, Foresman and Company
Joseph E. Seagram & Sons, Inc.
G.D. Searle and Company
The Seattle Foundation Trust Fund
Security Pacific Foundation
Seyfarth Shaw Fairweather and

Geraldson
Shell Companies Foundation

Incorporated
Signode Corporation
Spiegel, Inc.
Square D Foundation
Stein Roe & Farnham Foundation
John S. Swift Company Inc.
The Oakley L. Thome Foundation
Tiffany and Company
Time, Inc.

UARCO Incorporated
UOP Foundation
USG Foundation, Inc.
Unibanc Trust

United Conveyor Foundation
Union Oil Company of California

(now UNOCAL)
Waste Management, Inc.
Xerox Corooration

$100-$999

Alberto-Culver Company
Alexander Building Co.
All-Types Office Supply Co.
Anderson Secretarial Service
Anthony & Company
Auto Driveway Company
Banque Paribas
Barton Printing Co.
E.S. Besler&Co.
Beslow Associates, Inc.
Best Effort

Beverick Corporation
Brand Companies Charitable

Foundation
Brown & Root Incorporated
Champion Parts Rebuilders
Chicago Rawhide Manufacturing

Company (now OR Industries)
The Chicago Title & Trust

Company
R.W. Coburn & Company
Commander Packaging

Corporation
Corey Charitable Foundation, Inc.
Creative Automation Company
D & K Foundation
Dale Maintenance Systems
Dana Molded Products, Inc.
Deloitte, Haskins and Sells
Drapers Kramer, Inc.
The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation

Foundation
DanielJ. Edelman, Inc.
Edelman Jankow
Electro-Kinetics
Elkay Manufacturing Company
Faber Foundation
Ferrara Pan Candy Company Inc.
First Ward Democratic Committee
Fomebords Company
General Binding Corporation &

Subsidiaries
Group Four Insurance Agency

Inc.
Hall's Complete Rental Service,

Inc.
Heidrick and Struggles
Hirsch & Lowenstein
Household International
Hutchinson Fox, Inc.
Humboldt Manufacturing Co.
Hyatt Regency Chicago
Hyre Electric Company
Interstate United Corporation
James Investment Company
The Jupiter Corporation
Keck, Mahin and Cate Charitable

Trust
Kirkland & Ellis Foundation
LaSalle National Bank
Liquid Carbonics Corporation
Lulu Caterers

George R. McCoy and Associ-
ates, Inc.
McManus & Pellouchaud, Inc.
Magnetrol International, Inc.
Mail-Well Envelopes
Manpower Temporary Services
Market Victors Company
Marsh & McLennon, Inc.
Matkoy Griffin, Parsons et al
George S. May International Co.
Mid-City National Bank
Milex Products, Inc.
Monsanto Company
TheNapervilleSun, Inc.
The New Zealand Insurance

Company

Ohnrite Manufacturing Co.
Old Republic International
Packaging Corporation of

America
H.F. Philipsborn & Company
PPG Industries Chicago Area

Auto Glass
The Pepper Companies

Incorporated
Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.
Recycled Paper Products, Inc.
Richardson Electronics, Ltd.
Safety-Kleen Corporation
Saito Inc.

Schussler Knitting Mills
Silvestri Paving Company
Skil Corporation
Sleepeck Printing Co.
Smith Barney & Co.
Sourlis Masonry Restoration, Inc.
Standard Federal Savings & Loan

Association
Stepan Company
Sterling Bay Inc.
Stocker Hinge
Travelers Companies Foundation,

Inc.
The Turner Construction Com-
pany Foundation
Turtle Wax, Inc.
Vance Publishing Co.
Ventfabrics, Incorporated
Vienna Sausage Mfg. Co.
Harry Weese and Associates
Westwood Management

Corporation
Howard L. Willett Foundation, Inc.
Wisconsin Tool & Stamping Co.

CORPORATIONS GIVING
MATCHING GIFTS

Allegheny International

Foundation
American National Bank & Trust

Co.
Ameritech Services
Atlantic Richfield Foundation
AT & T Foundation
Baird & Warner Foundation
Beatrice Companies, Inc.
Beatrice Foundation, Inc.
The Brunswick Corporation
Leo Burnett Company Inc.
Carson Pirie Scott Foundation
Chevron USA, Inc.
The Chicago Tribune Company

Foundation
Cigna Foundation
The Consolidated Foods

Foundation
Continental Bank Foundation
Continental Group Foundation
Corning Glass Works Foundation
CPC International
Helene Curtis, Inc.
Dart & Kraft, Inc. (now Kraft, Inc.)
Digital Equipment Company
R.R. Donnelley & Sons Company
Emerson Electric Company
The Equitable Life Assurance

Society of the United States
Fel-Pro/fVlecklenburger

Foundation
Follett Corporation
Fomeboards Company
GATX Corporation
Great Northern Nekoosa

Corporation
John Hancock Charitable Trust I
Harris Bank Foundation

Household Finance
Household International
Illinois Bell Telephone Company
Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
International Business Machines

Corp.
International Minerals & Chemical

Corp.
lU International Corporation
Fred S. James & Company
Kirkland & Ellis
Kraft, Inc.
Lumbermens Mutual Casualty

Co. (The Kemper Group)
McDonald's Corp.
McGraw-Edison Company
Midcon Corp.
Mobil Foundation
Montgomery Ward Foundation
Morton Thiokol, Inc.
Natural Gas Pipeline of America
Northern Illinois Gas Company
The Northern Trust Company
Northwest Industries (now Farley

Northwest)
John Nuveen & Co., Incorporated
Oak Park-River Forest Community

Foundation
Pennzoil Company
People's Gas Light & Coke

Company
Pfizer, Inc.

Phillip Morris Incorporated
Photo 60, Inc.
Pittway Corporation Charitable

Fund
Quaker Oats Foundation
R.J. Reynolds Industries, Inc.

(now RJR Nabisco)
Santa Fe Southern Pacific

Company
Sara Lee Foundation
Signode Foundation, Inc.
Square D Foundatiori
Time, Inc.

Transamerica Corporation
TRW Foundation
United Technologies Corporation
USG Foundation, Inc.
Waste Management, Inc.
Westinghouse Electric Company

53

DONORS to the COLLECTIONS

54

ANTHROPOLOGY

American Museum of Natural

History
Mr. and Mrs. Alfred M. Avenenti
Ms. Florence Avery
Ms. Louise Avery
Mrs. Dodie Baumgarten
May W. Bloom Estate
Katharine and ttie late

Commander G.E. Boone
William Borkowski
Merlin Bowen
Dr. William C. Burger
Mrs. T. W. Burton, Jr
Cheney Foundation
Mr and Mrs. Herschel Cudd
Mrs. Leon M. Despres
Dr John Engel
Ms. Lisa Goldberg
Mr. and Mrs. Robert Gowland
Bernice Gurewitz Estate
Mr. and Mrs. Gordon Green
Robert W. Green
Mrs. Florence W. Hacker
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew C.

Hamilton
Dr and Mrs. Jeffrey Hammer
Bud Hildebrand
Ruth Jewett
Dan Joyce

Mr. and Mrs. Gordon Kinsey
Kraft Foods, Inc.
Mr. and Mrs. Carl A. Kroch
Mrs. Emilie U. Lepthien
Mrs. Elizabeth Leslie
Janet F Lewis
Michael and Valerie Lewis
Paul Lewis
Mr R. J. Liable
M. Liu

Dr. Robert Loff
Kenneth Lubowich
Barbara Norman Makanowitzky
H. Mertz, Jr.
Mrs. John Mitchell
Martha D. Moore Trust
New Trier High School
Robert Norman
Dr. Timothy Plowman
Katherine Post
Cecelia and Michael Powers
Ms. Pat Romano
Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Romig
Richard M. and Donna G.

Rosenberg
Harry B. Rosenberg
Mrs. George Ryerson
Ms. Hedwig Scelonge
Grant B. Schmalgemeier
John R. Tambone
Dr Robert Tichane
Kosei Tohno
Mrs. Dana Treister
Ms. Andrea Vivian
John C. Vredenburgh
Edward Wachs
Mrs. Parker Watt
David Welsch — in memory of

Mrs. Viola Rogers
L. T. Zimmer

BOTANY

University of Alabama,

Huntsville
University of Alabama,

University

Arizona State University
Queensland Herbarium,

Australia
Mr. Josef Bogner
Herbario Nacional, La Paz,

Bolivia
Dr Willard Boyd
C.E.PE.C, Itabuna, Bahia,

Brazil
Institute dePesquisas

Agronomicas, Recife, Brazil
Institute Florestal, Sao Paulo,

Brazil
Jardim Botanico do Rio de

Janeiro, Brazil
Florestas Rio Doce, Brazil
Meseu Botanico Municipal,

Curitiba, Brazil
Reserva Ecologica do IBGE,

Brasilia, Brazil
Universidade Estadual de

Feira de Santana, Bahia,

Brazil
Universidade Federal da

Bahia, Salvador, Brazil
Universidade Federal de

Piaui, Brazil
Universidade Federal do

Ceara, Brazil
Universidade de Sao Paulo,

Brazil
University of California at

Berkeley
University of California at

Davis
Dr Cesar M. Campadre
University of Lethbridge,

Alberta, Canada
Biosystematics Research

Center, Ottawa, Canada
University of British Columbia,

Canada
Universidad de Caldas,

Colombia
University of Colorado at

Boulder
University of Connecticut
Mr W.B. Cooke
Museo Nacional de Costa

Rica, San Jose, Costa Rica
Dr Allison Cusick
Dr Diane Davidson
Dr E. Wade Davis
Dr Michael O. Dillon
Jardin Botanico Nacional,

Santo Domingo, Dominican

Republic
Pontifica Universidad

Catolica, Quito, Ecuador
University of Helsinki, Helsinki,

Finland
Fairchild Tropical Gardens,

Miami, FL
University of Florida at

Gainesville
Dr Robin Foster
Ecole des Hautes Etudes en

Science Sociales, Paris,

France
Ms. Christine Franquemont
Botanisches Institut,

Gottingen, Germany
Universitat Hamburg,

Germany
Univ. Munchen, Germany
Westfalische Wilhelms-

Universitat, Munster,

Germany

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew,

Great Britain
Dr Francisco Guanchez
Centre QRSTOM, Caynne,

Guyana
Dr Gary Hartshorn
National Park Service,

Honolulu
University of Hawaii at

Honolulu
Chicago Public Library
Illinois Natural History Survey
University of Illinois at

Chicago
Indiana University at

Bloomington
Bogor Botanical Gardens,

Indonesia
Mr Peter Jansen
Tokyo University of

Agriculture, Japan
Renalto M. de Jesus
Mr Kelly Kindscher
Dr Robert Lawton
Louisiana State University at

Baton Rouge
Tulane University New

Orleans, LA.
Harvard University,

Cambridge, MA.
Ms. Melba Mayo
Centre de Investigaciones de

Quintana Roo, Mexico
Universidad de Guadalajara,

Mexico
Asociacion Mexicana de

Orquideologia, Mexico
University of Michigan at

Ann Arbor
Missouri Botanical Garden,

St. Louis
Dr Robin Moran
College of Great Falls,

Great Falls, MT
Dr Gregory Mueller
Dr Michael Nee
Institute for Systematic Botany

Utrecht, Netherlands
New Mexico State University

Las Cruces
Cornell University Ithaca, NY
New York Botanical Garden
Ohio State University
Dr. Christine Padoch
Carnegie Museum of Natural

History Pittsburgh, PA
Universidad Nacional Pedro

Ruiz Gallo, Chiclayo, Peru .
Dr Timothy Plowman
Dr Santos Llatas Quiros
Ms. Alfreida Rehling
Dr Ursula Rowlatt
Messrs. Peter & Richard

Schwartz
Royal Botanic Garden,

Edinburgh, Scotland
Dr A.J. Sharp
Dr Rolf Singer
Dr Charles Sheviak
Dr David Smith
Dr Daniel Snydacker
University of Cape Town,

South Africa
Stanford University
Mr. Kevin Swagel
University of Goteborg,

Sweden
University of Uppsala,

Sweden

Conservatoire et Jardin

Botaniques, Geneva,

Switzerland
Ms. MaryS. Taylor
Dr Richard Taylor
University of Texas at Austin
Herbario Ovalles, Universidad

Central, Caracas,

Venezuela
Institute Botanico, Caracas,

Venezuela
Herbario Universitaria,

Guanare, Venezuela
Smithsonian Institution,

Washington, DC.
Washington State University

Pullman
Dr L.O.Williams
University of Wisconsin at

Madison

GEOLOGY

Dr Gordon Baird

Dr Mike Bell

Ms. Margaret Bentley

Edward Biba

Dr Jose Bonaparte

Dr Milton Blander

David P. Bradbury

Dr Fred Broadhurst

Robert W. Burmeister

Paul Caponera

Paul Campanero

Ms. Mary Carman

Ceres Corporation

John Chapman

Dr Sankar Chatterjee

Chicago Shell Club

University of Chicago

W. Claeys

John Clarkson

Bob Cozzi

J. Lester Cunningham

W. R. Daily

Bruce Dod

L. S. Eliuk

Dr Sharon Emerson

Field Museum Education

Department
Dr Terrence Frest
Mike Garvey
Richad J. Gentile
Rudy Gomez
Frank Greene
Ms. Cecily Gregory
Dr Tu Guangzhi
Robert A. Haag
Roy Hall
Bill Hawes
Darryl L. Hearns
Mary Helmus
Lloyd E. Hill
G. Huss, American

Meteorite Laboratory
David Starr Jordan
Rev. Charles Keim
Craig Kohn
Scott Kwiatkowski
Conrad Labandeira
Ted A. Lewtas
Walter Lietz
Bob Lipinski
Dr. Richard Lund
Dr. John G. Lundberg
Dr Frank K. McKinney
Robert MacGregor
Dr Kenneth Maier

DONORS to the COLLECTIONS

Dr. John G. Malsey

Dr. Steven R. Manchester

Dr. David Martill

Ed Molese

Dr Paul Moore

Ragnar Nordlof

Dr. Everett C. Olson

Mrs. Anne Orvieto

Mr Brad Orvieto

Dr John H. Ostrom

Lanny Passaro

CD. Peacock

Mrs. Mildred Othmer

Peterson
Dr. David C. Rilling
L. Rogers
Dr Gary Rollefson
Charles A. Ross
Joan and Lewis Savinar
Harold Savinar
Hyman and Beverly Savinar
Dr Jim Schwade
Dr Paul Sipiera
Dr Nils Spjeldnaes
Dr. Wilhelm Sturmer
Dr G.H. Swihart
James E. Tynsky
William Blue Vaughan
Mrs. S. Weiss
Mrs. H. Wiley
Perry Wingerter
Alan Woodland
Dr William J. Zinsmeister

ZOOLOGY

Dr. Kraig Adier
Dr Pere Alberch
Dr Edgar F.AIlin
Dr Sydney Anderson
Anti-Cruelty Society
Arizona Game & Fish
Jean Armour
RosettaArrigo
Dr. James S. Ashe
Dr James Bacon
Paul Baker
Karl Bartel
James Barzyk
Dr J. Baskin
Dr Robert E. Batie
Anthony Bogadek
Bombay Natural History

Society
Alvin Breisch
Judith Bronstein
Brookfield Zoo
Barbara Burkhardt
Dr Donald Chandler
Chicago Zoological Society
Chicago Shell Club
Barbara Clauson
Dale Clayton
Dr Frank M. Climo
Dr. David R. Cook
Dr Timothy Crowe
Donald R. Dann
Anita Del Genio
Bunjamin Dharma
Dr Michael Dillon
Peter Dzialo
Dr. K. C. Emerson
Dr Sharon Emerson
EIke Erb
Nancy Fagin
Frederick Fechtner
Donna M. Field
Dr LujanM. Filemon
Dr John Fitzpatrick

James Fitzpatrick

Dr H. Frank

Andrea Gaski

Gay Giordan

Dr E. Gittenberger

Justine Glover

Vincent Goa

Dr D. L. Gomez

Mark E. Gordon

Ralph Haag

Ralph Haag

Andrew Henderson

Dr Dannie Hensley

Philip Hershkovitz

Dr Harold Higgens

Peter Hocking

Dr James E. Hoffman

Houston Zoological Society

Dr Henry Howden

Dr Miguel Ibanex

International Bird House

Dr Micahel E. Irwin

Dr Michael ivie

Robert J. Izor

Dr Bruce Jayne

Dr Clarence D. Johnson

Gail Johnston

Vince Kessner

Dr. John Kethley

Dr David H. Kistner

Dr J. Klapperich

Dr A. N. Kotlyar

P. Kovarki

N. L. Krauss

Lincoln Park Zoological

Gardens
Lincoln Park Zoo
Dr Monty Lloyd
Dr R. B. Loomis Estate
Dr R. Ludwig
Bartholomew Lysy
Robert D. Maina
Borys Malkin
Walter Marclsz
Dr R. E. Martin
Hymen Marx
David Matusik
M. Dianne Maurer
Timothy McCarthy
Larry McKinney
Ken Mierzwa
Dr Walter B. Miller
Milwaukee Public Museum
Dr Sherman Minton
Dr Edward 0. Moll
Dr. Debra Moskovits
Russell E. Mumford
John Murphy
Dr Charles Nadler
Edna Naranjo-Garcia
Dr Michael Nee
Gloria Needlman
Dr. Gareth Nelson
Ken Nomuras
Dr Alfred Newton
Dr Roy Norton
Dr. Gertrude Novak
Dr Mueno Okiyama
Dr. G. Orces
Mitchel Pakosz
Dr. Bruce D. Patterson
Dr J. Patton
Ray Pawley
Dr 0. Pearson
Dr. Luis E. Pena
A. Townsend Peterson
Dr Ronald Pine
Dr. Timothy Plowman
Dr J. Rawlins

Michael Reed

Dr David Reichle

Dr. Adolph Reidel

Dr Scott Robinson

Dr. M. Rosario

Dr. Ursula Rowlatt

Frank Rusdorf

Dr A. Ryvkin

San Diego Zoo

Dr. Milton Sanderson

Beverly Scott

Dr H.Bradley Shaffer

Michael Shea

Shedd Aguarium

Tony Silva

Qr G.Alan Solem

Dr William E. Southern

Karl Stephan

Dr. H, Stockwell

Douglas Stotz

Mrs. Nawangsari Sugiri

Daniel Summers

Dr Walter Suter

Dr Camm Swift

Dr Jun Takayama

Thomas Tatner

Dr. Margaret Thayer

Dr T Thew

Dr Fred Thompson

Dr Robert M. Tlmm

MelvinTraylor

Dr. A. E. Treat

U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service

University of Mississippi

Dr R. W. Van Devender

Dr. R. Vari

Dr C. Vaughn

Dr John A, Wagner

David H. Walker

Dr William Warner

Dr Richard Wassersug

Dr Stan Weitzman

Western Australian Museum

Dr David E. Willard

Dr T Wooley

Bruce A. Young

Dr Frank Young

Dr. Robert Zink

LIBRARY

Mary Applehof
R. H. Arnold
Martin Baerlocher
Bruce M. Beehler
Carolyn Blackmon
Bolerium Books
Comdr G. E. & Katherine

Boone
Dr Willard L. Boyd
Dr William C, Burger
Marcia Carey
Colorado Springs Fine

Arts Center
H. B. S. Cooke
Mr & Mrs. Earl Cornwell
Current Events Class

Of Evanston
Dr Ulrich Danckers
Dr Michael D. Dillon
William Elfenbaum Estate
Jane Embertson
Environmental Learning

Center
Nancy Fagin
W. Peyton Fawcett
Dr Robert A. Feldman
Mary Frances Fenton

Dr. John Fitzpatrick

John Fowler

Mr & Mrs, Robert Frank

E. L. Girardi

Dr S. R Glassman

Dr Maria Yolanda Manga

Gonzalez
Willis A. Gortner
Kenneth Grabowski
Dr Lance Grande
Raymond Graumlich
Paul Gritis

Mr & Mrs. Donald Harvie
Mrs. William Randolph

Hearst, Jr
Robert D. Henry
Philip Hershkovitz
David F Hess
Illinois State Geological

Survey
Institute De Estudios

llerdenses
Mrs. Earl G. Jacobsen
Thor Janson
Japan Marine Fisheries

Resource Research Center
Richard I. &MarrianG.

Johnson
Joliet Study Club
Keisuke Kobayashi
International Cultural

Society Of Korea
Gunther Kunkel
Dr Kenneth F. Lampe
M. W. Lefor
Dr Phillip Lewis
Dr Kubet Luchterhand
Bartholomew M. Lysy
Brooks & Hope B. McCormick

Foundation
Robert Marschner
Hymen Marx

Mr & Mrs. John C. Meeker
Missouri Botanical Garden
M. A. Moron Rios
Museo Ecuatoriano De

Ciencias Naturales
Musee Kwok On
Dr Imre Nagy
National Museum Of New

Zealand
Dr Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Dr Matthew H.Nitecki
Dr Robert Pickering
Dr Georg Pilleri
Mr & Mrs. Philip Pinsof
Dr Timothy Plowman
Dr. Patricio Ponce de Leon
F Dale Pontius
Jose Ramirez-Pulido
Dr Charles A. Reed
Donald Richards
Ursula Rowlatt
Royal Scottish Museum
Mr & Mrs. John S. Runnells
Yale S. Sedman
Wayne Serven
Jeheskel Shoshani
Societe Zoologique De

Ouebec
Sociedad Mexicana De

Cactologia
Dr Alan Solem
Barbara Stuark
Dr John Terrell
Dr Robert Timm
Edward Valauskas
Dr James VanStone
Dr Bruno Viertel
E. Leiand Webber
Dr. Rupert L. Wenzel

55

FIELD MUSEUM STAFF

56

WillardL. Boyd:
President

Lorin I. Nevling, Jr., Ph.D.:
Director

JimmieW. Croft, M.S.:
Vice President. Finance &
Museum Services

Thomas R. Sanders, B.S.:
Vice President,
Development

Michael Spock, B.A.:
Vice President,
Public Programs

HaroldK. Voris, Ph.D.:
Vice President,
Collections & Research

OFFICE Of the
PRESIDENT

JohnG. Economos:

Consultant
Margaret Piscltelli, B.A.:

Secretary to the president
Elizabeth Murphy, B.F.A.:

Secretary

COL.UECTIONS &
RESEARCH

Harold K. Voris, Ph.D.:

Vice President
Lucy Bukowski, B.S.:

Administrative Assistant
Darlene Pederson:

Secretary to the

vice president

Department of
Anthropology

John E. Terrell, Ph.D.:

Chairman: Curator of

Oceanic Archaeology and

Ethnology
SherylL. Heidenreich, B.S.:

Administrative Assistant
HiilaryA. Lewis, B.S.:

Department Secretary
Ruth I. Andris:

Restorer
Bennet Bronson, Ph.D.:

Associate Curator of Asian

Archaeology and Ethnology
GlenH. Cole, Ph.D.:

Curator of Prehistory
Donald Collier, Ph.D.:

Curator Emeritus of fVliddle

and South American

Archaeology and Ethnology
Christines. Danziger, M.S.:

Conservator
Christine Gross, B.A.:

Acting Collections Manager
Lyie Konigsberg, M.A.:

Consultant in Physical

Anthropology
Phillip H. Lewis, Ph.D.:

Curator of Primitive Art and

Melanesian Ethnology
JanetL. Miller, M.A., M.S.:

Registrar/A rchivist

Lillian Novak, B.A.:*

Registrar/Archivist
Loran Hartshorne Recchia:

Technical Assistant
Catherine Sease, B.Sc:

Associate Conservator
James W. VanStone, Ph.D.:

Curator of North America

Archaeology and Ethnology

Department
of Botany

Timothy C. Plowman, Ph.D.:

Chairman: Associate

Curator of Vascular Plants
Elizabeth A. Moore:

Department Secretary
Mary Lou Grein, MA.

Secretary
Birthel Atkinson, Freddie

Robinson:

Preparators
William C. Burger, Ph.D.:

Curator of Vascular Plants
Stephen P Dercole, B.S.:
Nancy Pliml, B.S.: Alfreida
Rehling: Kevin A. Swagel,
B.S.; Kent P Taylor, B. A.:

Herbarium Assistants
Michael O. Dillon, Ph.D.:

Associate Curator of

Vascular Plants
John J. Engel.Ph.D.:

Curator of Bryology
Nancy C. Garwood, Ph.D.:

Visiting Assistant Curator
Michael Huft, Ph.D.:

Visiting Assistant Curator
Gregory M. Mueller, Ph.D.:

Assistant Curator

of Mycology
Honora C. Murphy M.S.:

Collections Manager
Christine J. Niezgoda, M.S.:

Research Assistant
Patricio Ponce de Leon, Ph.D.'

Associate Curator of

Cryptogams
Robert G.StoIze, B.S.:

Collections Manager of

Pteridophyte Herbarium
LouisO. Williams, Ph.D.:

Curator Emeritus of

Vascular Plants

Department
of Geology

JohnR. Bolt, Ph.D.:

Chairman: Associate

Curator of Fossil

Reptiles and Amphibians
Monica A. Mikulski, A. A.:

Department Secretary
Elaine Zeiger, Ba.Mus.:

Secretary. Manuscript

Typist
Demetrios Betinnis, B.F.A.:

Curatorial Assistant, Fossil

Fishes
Peter Crane, Ph.D.:

Associate Curator of

Paleobotany
Mary R. Carman, M.S.:

Collections Manager

Paleontology

MatthewA. Cotton, B.S.:

Curatorial Assistant
Dorothy Eatough, M.A.:

Collections Manager

Mineralogy/Petrology
R. Lance Grande, Ph.D.:

Assistant Curator

of Fossil Fishes
John P Harris:

Preparator
Catherine D.Hult:

Laboratory Assistant,

Paleobotany
Paul K. Johnson, B.A.:

Research Assistant
Scott H.Lidgard, Ph.D.:

Assistant Curator of Fossil

Invertebrates
Thomas R Ladshaw:

Preparator. Fossil Fishes
Richards. McBride, B.S.:

Research Assistant,

Paleobotany
Matthew H. Nitecki, Ph.D.:

Curator of Fossil

Invertebrates
Edward J. Olsen, Ph.D.:

Curator of Mineralogy
William F. Simpson, B.S.:

Chief Preparator
William D.Turnbull, Ph.D.:

Curator of Fossil Mammals
Bertram G. Woodland, Ph.D.:

Curator of Petrology
RainerZangerl, Ph.D.:

Curator Emeritus of

Fossil Fishes

Department
of Zoology

JohnW. FitzpatrickPh.D.:
Chairman: Curator of Birds

Anita Del Genio:
Department Secretary

Division of
Ampliibians
and Reptiles

Hymen Marx, B.S.:

Head: Curator of

Amphibians and Reptiles
Molly M.Ozaki:

Division Secretary
Robert F. Inger, Ph.D.:

Curator of Amphibians ■

and Reptiles
Gary Mazurek, B.A.:

Collection Manager

Division of Birds

Scott M.Lanyon, Ph.D.:

Head: Assistant Curator

of Birds
M. Dianne Maurer, B.A.:

Assistant
Debra Moskovits, Ph.D.:

Research Assistant
David E.Willard, Ph.D.:

Collection Manager

Division of Fishes

Theresa C. Grande, M.A.:
Collection Manager

Kregg Salvino, B.S.:
Technical Assistant

Division of Insects

James S. Ashe, Ph.D.:

Head: Assistant Curator

of Insects
John Kethley Ph.D.:

Associate Curator of Insects
Thomas G. Mooney B.S.:

Technical Assistant
CynthiaL. Milkint, B.S.:

Technical Assistant
Harry G. Nelson, Ph.D.:

Summer Curator
Alfred F. Newton, Jr, Ph.D.:

Assistant Curator of Insects
Daniel Summers, M.S.:

Collection Manager.

Division of
Invertebrates

G. AlanSolem, Ph.D.:

Head: Curator of

Invertebrates
Margaret L. Baker, B.S.;
Victoria B. Huff, B.S.:

Collection Managers
Linnea M. Lahlum, B.A.:

Scientific Illustrator

Division of Mammals

Bruce D. Patterson, Ph.D.:

Head: Associate Curator of

Mammals
Gregory A. Guliuzza:

Preparator
Philip Hershkovitz, M.S.:

Curator Emeritus

of Mammals
Robert J. Izor, B.S.:

Collection Manager
Sophie Andris, Barbara E.
Brown, B.S.; Julian Kerbis,
M.S.; Stella Maquiraya, B.S.:

Technical Assistants

The Library

W. Peyton Fawcett, B.A.:

Librarian
Benjamin W. Williams, B.A.:

Associate Librarian.

Librarian— Special

Collections
Michele Calhoun, M.S.L.S.:

Reference Librarian
Chih-weiPan,M.S.:

Cataloger
Alfreda Rogowski*:

Acquisitions
Raymond Graumlich, M.A.;
Kenneth Grabowski, M.S.:
Florence Hales Testa, B.A.;
Denise D. Rogers, B.A.;
Janeen Schmidt, B.A.;

Library Assistants

Scientific Support
Services

James W KoeppI, Ph.D.:

Computer Operations

Specialist
JohnJ.Engel.Ph.D.:

Supervisor. Scientific

Illustrators
Zbigniew Jastrzebski, M.F.A.:

Senior Scientific Illustrator

'retired

FIELD MUSEUM STAFF

Zorica Dabich, B.F.A.; Clara
L. Simpson, M.S.; Marlene
Werner, A. A.:

Scientific Illustrators
Christine J. Niezgoda, M.A.:

SEM Coordinator
Ronald G. Wibel:

SEM Technician
Scott Lanyon, Ph.D.:

Coordinator, Biochemical &

Histology Laboratories
Timothy C. Plowman, Ph.D.:

Scientific Editor, Field

Museum Press
James W. VanStone, Ph.D.:

Assoc. Scientific Editor,

Field Museum Press
Tanisse R. Bezin:

Managing Editor, Field

Museum Press

DEVELOPMENT

Thomas R. Sanders, B.S.:

Vice President
Irma L. Castaneda:

Secretary to the

vice president
Veronica A. May B.S.:

Secretary
ElsieF. Bates, M.S.:

Secretary
Margaret Curran:

Secretary — Individual

Giving
CarlaAxt, B.A.:

Administrative Assistant —

Capital Campaign
Clifford Buzard, M.S., M.Div.:

Planned Giving Officer
GlennS. Pare, B.A.:

Director of

Sponsored Programs
Constance Koch, B.S.:

Sponsored Programs

Specialist
Robert B. Pickering, Ph.D.;
LisaH. Plotkin, B.A.:

Development Writers
Susan E. VandenBosch, B.A.:

Director of Individual Giving
Suzanne S. Borland, Ph.D.:

Development Research

Coordinator
Lynn M.James, M.S.W.:

Director of Corporate and

Foundation Gifts
Veitrice L. Thompson:

Data Entry/Records

Coordinator

Membership

Marilyn E.Cahill,M.A.:

Manager
Carolyn Brinkman, B.A.:

Administrative Assistant
Madeline Greenlee, B.A.:

Division Secretary
Alice H. Crawford:

Data Entry/Records

Coordinator
Joyce L. Czerwin,
Pearl M. Delacoma:

Telephone Solicitors
Mary H. Millsap,
Loretta Reyes:

Clerks III

Gregory K. Porter, B.A.:
Information Booth
Coordinator

TobyD. Rajput, B.A.:
Telephone Solicitation
Coordinator

Maria Teresa Duncan,

Robyn D. Thymes:
Information Booth
Representatives

Tours

Dorothy S. Roder:

Manager
Christine Anne:

Division Secretary

FINANCE &
MUSEUM SERVICES

JimmieW. Croft, M.S.:

Vice President
Patricia N. Phillips:

Secretary to the

vice president

Department of
Financial Operations

Karl Dytrych, M.B.A.:

Manager
Alix M. Alexandre:

Accounting Clerk
Darlene Brox:

Head Cashier — Finance
Alexander R. Friesel, B.G.S.:

Chief Accountant
Gloria T Hardison:

Payroll Coordinator
Timothy L. Johnson, B.A.:

Grants Accountant
Gregory J. Kotulski:

Data Processing

Specialist — Finance
Kenneth A. Michaels:

Special Project Accountant/

Financial Analyst
Doris S. Thompson:

Accounting Clerk
Dora G. Vallejo:

Weekend Cashier — Finance

Department of
Facility Planning
& Operations

Norman R Radtke:

Manager
Andris Pavasars, M.S.:

Administrative Assistant
Sharon Cook, B.A.:

Department Secretary
Rudolph Dentino:

Chief Engineer
Jacques L. Pulizzi:

Building Maintenance

Supervisor
Paul Schneider, B.S.:
GeraldJ. Struck, B.S.,

Project Engineers/

Construction Coordinators

Engineering Division

Robert J. Battaglia:

Assistant Chief Engineer
Floyd D. Bluntson, Manuel
Gomez, Kevin Kirby Terrence
A. Marshall, Larry 0.
Thompson:

Assistant Engineers
Earl W. Duncan, Joseph A. Ne-
jasnic, Edward J. Penciak,
Raymond D. Roberts, Harry
Rayborn, Jr., Timothy Tryba:

Stationary Engineers
Edward D. Rick:

Craftsman III— Electrician

Audlovisuai Division

Ronald R. Hall:

LeadAV Technician
Bruce K. Sayers:

AV Technician

IMaintenance Division

Louis M. Hobe:

Craftsman IV— Plasterer
Stanley B. Konopka, George
C. Petrik:

Craftsman IV~Carpenters
Dale S. Akin, Ernst R
Toussaint:

Craftsman III — Carpenters
George Schneider, Jr., Henry
Tucker, Jr.:

Craftsman III— Painters
Robert D. Vinson:

Craftsman II — Painter
Daniel J. Geary Librado
Salazar, Theodore G. Sharkey:

Craftsman I — Painters

Housekeeping Division

Harold A. Anderson, Edward
J. Jurzak, Lucinda Pierre-
Louis:

Housekeepers III
Ramon Alba, Cleola Davis,
Claudia Gracia, Elsie Guy,
Dewayne Jamison, Gerard
Kernizan, Jose Mendez,
Ermite Nazaire, Louis R
Phipps, Kettly Lamarre, Leroy
P Thomas, Dieudaide M. Vic-
tor, Anthony D. Valentino:

Housekeepers II
Samir M. Abdellatif, Rodolfo
Amarillas, James A. Atkinson,
Marcolina Diaz, Luis G. Fer-
nandez, Theodore J. Green,
Pablo Gallegos, Louis Guy
Kwan-Soo Han, LaVlda R.
Johnson, Joni Khoshaba,
Javier Ordaz, Georgia Stanley,
Raul A. Pledra, MIeczyslaw
Witek:

Housekeepers I

Department of
Special Services

Gustav A. Noren:

Manager, Special Services
Rosemarie Upton:

Department Secretary
Susan M. Olson, Linda
Peterson:

Special Services

Coordinators II

MichaelA. Croon, B.A.:

Special Services

Coordinator I
Gale Asikin:

Vending Room Operator
Tyrone R. Askins:

Food Service Aide
James Kern, M.A.:

Aux. Food Serv. Operator

Division of
Photography

Ronald Testa, M.F.A.:

Head, Photography
Diane Alexander White, B.A.:

Photographer
Nina M. Cummings, B.A.:

Photo Researcher

Department of
General Services

ThomasW. Geary B.S.:
Manager General Services:
Purchasing Agent

Lorraine Petkus:
Administrative Assistant

Division of
Publications

Roger L. Buelow:

Head, Publications
Lorraine H. Hobe,
Frantz Eliacin:

Clerks III
Cynthia J. Gulley:

Clerk II

Division of
Printing

George C. Sebela-:

Print Shop Supervisor
Edward D. Czerwin:

Printer
Pamela Stearns, B.A.:

Print Production

Coordinator

Department of
Human Resources

JimmieW. Croft, M.S.:

Acting Manager
Sandra D.Agharese:

Department Secretary
Barbara J. Hudson, B.B.A.,
KathrynHill, B.A.:

Employment Coordinators
JillV. Knudsen, B.A.:

Human Resources Rep.
Helen A. Mallna, B.A.:

Benefits Coordinator
Nadine M. Phillips:

Clerk I

Department
of Public
Merctiandising

Barbara I. Stuark, B.S., C.B.A.:

Manager
Barbara B. Robinson, B.S.:

Assistant Manager
John R Stuart, B.S.:

Store Supervisor
Dolores E. Marler:

Weekend Supervisor

57

nELD MUSEUM STAFF

Meseret Gelaw:

Department Secretary
Helen Cooper:

Sales Clerk III
Gloria Clayton, Lavertia Short,
Louise Waters:

Sales Clerks II
Candy Chin, Mara L. Cosillo-
Johnson, Kathleen A. Chris-
ton, B.S.; Ernesto Gomez; Kim
Michellen Holmes; Deborah A.
Kyne, Fern E. Konyar, De-
sariee T. Moore, Maria S, Pied-
ra, Delisa V Retrigue, Andre
Charles Smith, Elise Willough-
by Lorraine Lockart:

Sales Clerks I
Robert T Chelmowski, Betty J.
Green:

Sales Support Assistants

Department

of Security

and Visitor Services

Hugh P Hamill:

Manager
Tina I. Gulley

Department Secretary
Kathleen Q. McCollum, B.A.;
Richard H. Leigh:

Senior Security Supervisors
Arnold C, Barnes, Jr., B,A.;
Craig Bolton, Rudolph
Gomez, Jeffrey Konyar, Will
Washington:

Security Supervisors
Dale R. Johnson, A, A.:

Temp. Security Superv.
Willie J. Brimage, Marcia
Susan Carr, B.S.; Geraldine
Havranek, Jose Preciado:

Security Specialists
Clifford Augustus, Larry J.
Banaszak, Chirkina I. Chirkina,
Lionel 0. Dunn, Jesse Gomez,
Steven A. Grissom, Michael C.
Holt, Charles M. Johnson,
Howard Langford, Jr, Charles
Lozano, Derek McGlorthan,
Karlyn Morris, Cozzetta
Morris, Rosemarie Rhyne,
Emanuel Russell, Jr:

Senior Security Officers
Andrew J. Bluntson, Melvin
C. Cosey Kaletha Edwards,
Rosalie J. Croon, Richard D.
Groh, A. A.; Stanley Haynes,
Norman Hammond, Michael
A. Jones, Mirielle M. Laforest,
Rodney L. Moore, Scott G,
Mattera, B.FA.; Paul J, Pierre-
Louis, Jaime Piedra, Josie
Poole, Edmund L. Steward,
Joe W. Vallejo, Julio Villasenor:

Security Officer II
Helena Brown, Josef M,
Duanah, Rodolfo Flores,
Robert G. French, William G.
Grewe, B.A.; Janet Khoshaba,
Carolyn M. Moon, Daniel E.
Morgan, William J. Phillips,
Clifford S. Rusnak, Norris J.
Smith, Otto R. Vilimek, Laura J.
Weinman, Keith Williams, B.A.:
c-r. Security Officers I

Katie Davis, James N. Ham-
mond, Susan A. Koziol,
Chantal L. Charles, Irma
Sanchez, Nancy Adams,
Pauline N. Zolp:

Admissions Cashiers
William F. Thompson:

Info Bootfi Attendant

iVIuseum Archives

Mary Ann Johnson:

Archivist
Pamela Sims:

Department Secretary

PUBLIC PROGRAIMS

Michael Spook, B.A.:

Vice President
Deborah Cooke:

Administrative Assistant
Janet A, Kamien, M.F.A,:

Master Developer
Phyllis G, Rabineau, M.A.:

Senior Developer
Robert A. Feldman, Ph.D.:

Developer
Renee L. de la Cruz, B.A.;
Richards. Faron, B.F.A.;
Calvin Gray B.A.:

Assistant Developers
John G. Paterson, M.F.A.:

Project Assistant

Public Relations

Sherry L. Isaac, B.A,:

Manager
Connie J, Rogers, B.A.:

Department Secretary
OllieE. Hartsfield, M.S.

Public Relations Associate
Christine M. Ott, B.A.:

PR. Information Coord.

Department
of Education

Carolyn P Blackmon, B.S.:

Chairman
Norann C. Michaels:

Department Secretary
Lesa A. Bowman, B.A.; Julie E.
Katz, B.A.: Jessie Speaks:

Secretaries
Philip C.Hanson, M.S.:

Head, Group Programs
Susan E.Stob, B.A.:

Head, Public Programs
Susan M. Curran, B.S.: Nancy
L. Evans, B.A.; Marcia Z. Mac-
Rae, B.A.: Michael J. McColly
M.A.; Jacqueline Tomulonis,
M.S.; Alexia Trzyna, B.F.A.:

Program Developers
Mary Ann Bloom, M.S.E.E.,
Elizabeth B. Deis," M.S.;
MarieS.Feltus'.M.A.; Edith
Fleming, M.A.; Theresa J. Rus-
sell, B.S.; Judith D.Vismara,
M.A.:

Instructors
Robert Cantu.A.A.; Rick
Cortez, SueG. Rizzo,
Clifford Zigler:

Resource Coordinators
Ellen L. Zebrun, M.F.A.:

Volunteer Coordinator

Teresa K. LaMaster, M.A.:

Program Coordinator—

Kellogg Foundation
LisaC. Roberts, M.A.; Helen
H.Voris, M.S.:

Researchers/Writers
Maija L. Sedzielarz, B.A.:

Teacher Trng. Coord.
Earl Lock, M.F.A. :

Preparator
William D. Hampton, B.S.;
Linda M. Koch, B.S.;
Patricia L. Messersmith, B.A.;
Victoria L. Rovine, B.A.:

Hall Interpreters

Department of
Exhibition

DonaldR. Skinner, M.F.A.:

Chairman
Beverly C, Scott, B.S.C.:

Department Secretary
Carol E. Hagleman, B.S.;
Jessica A. Newman:

Secretary
Donald P Emery B.F.A.:

Exhibit Designer III
Louise M. Belmont-Skinner.
B.A.:

Exhibit Designer II
Lisa A. McKernin, B.A.,

Asst. Exhibit Designer
John K. Cannon, M.F.A.:

Coordinator Exhib. Prod.
Harvey M. Matthew, B.S.E.E.,
M.B.A.:

Exhib. Budget Controller
Richard T Pearson, B.A.:

Supervisor of Exhib. Prod.
Daniel L. Weinstock, B.F.A.:

Coordinator Exhib. Services
Howard J. Bezin, B.F.A.; Jeff
E. Hoke, B.F.A.:

Exhibit Preparators III
Mark Staff BrandLB. FA.;
TamaraK. Biggs, B.A.;
MichaelE. Paha, B.F.A.;
Cameron A. Zebrun, M.F.A.:

Exhibit Preparators II
Paul 0. Brunsvold, B.A.; Robin
L. Faulkner, B.F.A.; Patricia
A. Guizetti, M.F.A.; James T
Komar, B.F.A.; Raymond J.
Leo, Steve Randall Skinner,
B.F.A.; William E. Skodje,
M.F.A.; Gary W. Schirmer, '
B.A.;JeffryTWrona, M.F.A.:

Exhibit Preparators I
Lynn B. Hobbs, B.F.A.:

Graphic Design Superv.
Michael M. Delfini, B.A.:

Graphic Designer I
Inigo Manglano-Ovalle, B.A.:

Graphic Prod. Specialist

Bulletin

David M. Walsten, B.S.,
Editor

'retired

DEPARTMENT OF
ANTHROPOLOGY

Research Associates

RobertJ. Braidwood, Ph.D.,

Old World Prehistory
WilliamJ. Conklin, M.A.,

Peruvian Architecture &

Textiles
PhillipJ.C. Dark. Ph.D.,

African Ethnology
Richard D. De Puma, Ph.D.,

Etruscan Archaeology
FredR. Eggan, Ph.D..

Ethnology
Patricias. Essenpreis, Ph.D.,

North American Archaeology
Robert Feldman, Ph.D.,

South American Archaeology
Bill Holm, M.F.A,

North American Native Art
F Clark How/ell, Ph.D.,

Old World Prehistory
Maxine R. Kleindienst, Ph.D.,

Old World Prehistory
AlanL. Kolata, Ph.D.,

South American Archaeology 6

Ethnography
W. Frederick Lange, Ph.D.,

Meso American Archaeology
Donald W. Lathrap, Ph.D.,

South American Archaeology
Michael A. Malpass, Ph.D.,

Andean Arctiaeology
Michael E. Moseley Ph.D.,

South American Archaeology
Charles R. Ortloff, M.Ae.E.,

Peruvian Archaeology
Jeffrey Quilter. Ph.D.,

South American Archaeology
George 1. Quimby A.B./A.M.

North American Archeology &

Ethnography
David Reese, A.B.,

Archeozoology and

Paleomalacology
Donalds. Rice, Ph.D.,

Latin American Prehistory &

Ethnohistory
Prudence E. MacDermod Rice,

Ph.D.. Meso American

Archaeology
William Rostoker, Ph.D.,

Metallurgy
Ronald L. Weber, Ph.D.,

Amazon Basin, Northwest

Coast Archaeology and

Ehnology
RobertL. Welsch, Ph.D.,

New Guinean/lndonesian

Ethnology

Associates

Connie Crane, A.B.,

North American Ethnology
Colonel Millard E. Rada, E.E.,

Museology
Llois Stein,

Oceanic Material Cultures

DEPARTMENT OF
BOTANY

Research Associates

Kerry A. Barringer, Ph.D.,

Vascular Plants
Robert F Betz, Ph.D.,

Vascular Plants
William T. Crowe,

Archeobotany
Robin B. Foster Ph.D.,

Vascular Plants
Sidney F, Classman. Ph.D.

Vascular Plants
Arturo Gomez-Pompa, Ph.D.,

Vascular Plants
Carol Henry Ph.D.,

Mycology
Rogers McVaugh, Ph.D.,

Vacular Plants
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr., Ph.D.,

Vascular Plants
RichardW. Pohl, Ph.D.,

Vascular Plants
Patricio P. Ponce de Leon, Ph.D.,

Mycology
Ursula Rowlatt, D.M.,

Vascular Plants
Abundio Sagastegui, Ph.D.,

Vascular Plants
Rudolf M. Schuster, Ph.D.,

Bryology
Rolf Singer, Ph.D.,

Mycology
Djaja doel Soejarto, Ph.D.,

Vascular Plants
Tod FStuessy Ph.D.,

Vascular Plants
James Arthur Teeri, Ph.D.,

Vascular Plants

Field Associates

Sandra Knapp.

Vascular Plants
Marko Lewis,

Bryology
Ing. Agr Antonio Molina R.,

Vascular Plants

DEPARTMENT OF
GEOLOGY

Research Associates

Edgar FAIIin,M.D.,

Fossil Vertebrates
David Bardack, Ph.D.,

Fossil Invertebrates
Herbert R. Barghusen, Ph.D..

Fossil Vertebrates
Frank M. Carpenter, Sc.D.,

Fossil Invertebrates
Robert Clayton,

Geology
Albert Dahlberg, D.D.S.,

Fossil Vertebrates
Andrew Davis,

Geology
Robert DeMar. Ph.D.,

Fossil Vertebrates
GaryJ. Galbreath, Ph.D..

Geology
Lawrence Grossman, Ph.D.,

Meteoritics
Antoni Hoffman, Ph.D.,

Fossil Invertebrates

James A. Hopson, Ph.D.,

Fossil Vertebrates
David Jablonski, Ph.D.,

Geology
RiccardoLevi-Setti, Ph.D.,

Fossil Invertebrates
Kubet Luchterhand, Ph.D.,

Fossil Vertebrates
Ernest L. Lundelius, Jr., Ph.D.,

Fossil Vertebrates
Frank K. McKinney Ph.D.,

Fossil Invertebrates
Everett C.Olson, Ph.D.,

Fossil Vertebrates
David M.Raup, Ph.D.,

Fossil Invertebrates
J. JohnSepkoski, Ph.D.,

Fossil Invertebrates
PaulSipiera, Ph.D.,

Meteorites
John V Smith, Ph.D.,

Mineralogy
Leigh Van Valen, Ph.D.,

Fossil Vertebrates

DEPARTMENT OF
ZOOLOGY

Research Associates

PeterL. Ames, Ph.D.,

Birds
Warren Atyeo, Ph.D.,

Insects
WilliamJ. Beecher, Ph.D.,

Birds
DavidR. Cook, Ph.D.,

Insects
Joel Cracraft, Ph.D.,

Birds
Gustavo A. Cruz, M.Sc.

Fishes
Sharon Emerson, Ph.D.,

Amphibians and Reptiles
JackFooden, Ph.D.,

Mammals
Karl J. Frogner, Ph.D.,

Amphibians and Reptiles
Elizabeth-Louise Girardi, Ph.D.,

Invertebrates
David Greenfield, Ph.D.,

Fishes
Lawrence R. Heaney Ph.D.,

Mammals
Myriam Ibarra, Ph.D.,

Fishes
WilliamB. Jeffnes, Ph.D.,

Amphibians and Reptiles
A. RossKeister, Ph.D.,

Amphibians and Reptiles
DavidH. Kistner, Ph.D.,

Insects
George Lauder, Ph.D.,

Fishes
R. Enc Lombard, Ph.D.,

Amphibians and Reptiles
Fritz S. Lukoschus, Ph.D.,

Insects
Robert E. Martin, Ph.D.,

Mammals
Peter L. Meserve, Ph.D.,

Mammals
Lee Miller, Ph.D.,

Insects
Debra Moskovits, Ph.D.,

Birds
W.Wayne Moss, Ph.D.,

Insects
Roy A. Norton, Ph.D.,

Insects

Ronald Pine, Ph.D.,

Mammals
George Rabb, Ph.D.,

Amphibians and Reptiles
Charles Reed, Ph.D.,

Mammals
H.Bradley Shaffer, Ph.D.,

Amphibians and Reptiles
Donald Stewart, Ph.D.,

Fishes
Margaret Thayer, Ph.D.,

Insects
Jamie Thomerson, Ph.D.,

Fishes
Robert M. Timm, Ph.D.,

Mammals
Robert Traub, Ph.D.,

Insects
John Wagner, Ph.D.,

Insects
Richard Wassersug, Ph.D.,

Amphibians and Reptiles
Glen Woolfenden, Ph.D.,

Birds

Field Associates

Mr. and Mrs. Fred Aslin,

Invertebrates
James P. Bacon, Ph.D.,

Amphibians and Reptiles
Barbara Clauson, M.S.,

Mammals
John F Douglass, M.S.,

Zoology
MiltonH. Gallardo, Ph.D.,

Mammals
Kiew Bong Heang, Ph.D.,

Amphibians and Reptiles
Bruce Jayne, Ph.D.,.

Amphibians and Reptiles
Thomas O. Lemke, Ph.D.,

Mammals
David Matusik,

Insects
EdwardO. Moll, Ph.D.,

Amphibians and Reptiles
Manuel A. Plenge,

Birds
Laurie Price,

Invertebrates
Janice K. Street,

Mammals
Williams S. Street,

Mammals
Robert Stuebing,

Amphibians and Reptiles
WalterR. Suter, Ph.D.,

Insects
Donald Taphorn, M.A.,

Fishes
Chang Man Yang,

Amphibians and Reptiles

Associates

John Clay Bruner, M.S.,

Fishes
Sophie Ann Brunner,

Amphibians and Reptiles
Teresa Arambula Greenfield,

M.A., Fishes
Dorothy T Karall,

Invertebrates
Harry G. Nelson. Ph.D.,

Insects
Lorain Stephens,

Birds

59

Neil Abarbanell
Joan Adamczyk
Paul Adier
Karen Alcock
Dolores Arbanas
Jacqueline Arnold
Margaret Axelrod
Beverly Baker
Jean Baldwin-Herbert
Dennis Bara
Lucia Barba
Gwen Barnett
Winifred Batson
Dodie Baumgarten
Barbara Beardsley
Linda Bedard
Carol Benzing
Lawrence Berman
Elaine Bernstein
Frieda Bernstein
Joan Biba
Jennifer Blitz
Blanche Blumenthal
Suzanne Borland
Cyntfiia Borowy
Sopfiie Boudarel
Michael Bouska
Charles Braner
Carol Briscoe
Caroline Brna
Laura Brodsky
Irene Broede
Garland Brown
Sophie Ann Brunner
Karen Bryze
Teddy Buddington
Adam Burck
James Burd
Nancy Burke
Audrey Burns
Joseph Cablk
Louva Calhoun
RickCapitulo
Linda Celesia
Sol Century
Michael Chaneske
Trace Clark-Petravick
Joyce Clements
Connie Crane
Marie Cuevas
Ellie De Koven
Jeanette De Laney
Violet Diacou
Pat Dodson
Millie Drower
John Dunn
Stan Dvorak
Milada Dvbas
Linda Egebrecht
Anne Ekman
Jennifer Elliott
Agatha Elmes
Bonnie Engel
Nancy Fagin
Lena Fagnani
Elisabeth Farwell
Martha Farwell
Ingrid Fauci
Marie FischI
Joseph Fisher

Arden Frederick
Shirley Fuller
Bernice Gardner
Peter Gayford
Donald Gemmel
Pat Georgouses
Ann Gerber
Marty Germann
Phyllis Ginardi
Dr Elizabeth Louise

Girardi
Delores Glasbrenner
Dorothy Gnilka
Halina Goldsmith
MelanieGoldstine
Bea Goo
Evelyn Gottlieb
Robert Gowland
Deborah Green
Loretta Green
Frank A. Greene, Jr
Henry Greenwald
Cecily Gregory
Ann Grimes
Greg Guliuzza
Ken Hahn
Michael Hall
Meg Halsey
Judith Hannah
Pat Hansen
Nancy Harlan
Curtis Harrell
Mattie Harris
Shirley Hattis
Audrey Hiller
Clarissa Hinton
Tina Fung Holder
Dr Harold Honor
Zelda Honor
Scott Houtteman
Claxton Howard*
Ruth Howard
Ellen Hyndman
Connie Jacobs
Bette Jarz
Mabel Johnson
Malcolm Jones
Carol Kacin
Rosemary Kalin
Michelle Kaput
Dorothy Karall
Fran Keefer
Susan Kennedy
Julian Kerbis
Dennis Kinzig
Alida Klaud
Mitchell Klein
Sharon Knight
Susan Knoll
Connie Koch
Lillian Kreitman
John Kuntz
Rosemarie La Pidus
Brian Lachell
Carol Landow
Teresa Lemon
Frank Leslie
Jane Levin
Joseph Levin
Lou Levine

Ruth Lew
Sandra Lewis
Valerie Lewis
Victor Lieberman
Julia Liesse
Mary Jo Lucas-Healy
Lucy Lyon
Maria Mangano
Gabby Margo
Marta Marquez
Jeanne Martineau
Margaret Martling
Cliff Massoth
Britta Mather
Selwyn Mather
Marita Maxey
David Matusik
Joyce Matuszewich
Melba Mayo
Sam Mayo
Lauri McCleneghan
Lynda McCracken
Louise McEachran
Carole McMahon
Withrow Meeker
Beverly Meyer
Lauren Michals
Roseanne Miezio
Lawrence Misiaiek
Barbara Milott
Sharon Mitchiner
Dan Monteith
Carolyn Moore
George Morse
Charlita Nachtrab
Mary Naunton
John Nelson
Lisa Nelson
Mary Nelson
Louise Neuert
Natalie Newberger
Ernest Newton
Herta Newfton
Doris Nitecki
Dennis O'Donnell
Karen Ohiand
Randolph Olive
Dorothy Oliver
Jean Oiler
Forman Onderdonk
Joan Opila

Marianne O'Shaugnessy
Gary Ossewaarde
China Oughton
Marcella Owens
Anita Padnos
Susan Parker
Mary Anne Peruchini
Dorothea Phipps-Cruz
Charles Plasil
Jacquelyn Prine
Naomi Pruchnik
Elizabeth Rada
Ernest Reed
Sheila Reynolds
Henry Rich
Lucille Rich
Elly Ripp
Stephen Robinet
Earl Robinson

Rhonda Rochambeau
William Roder
Lolita Rogers
Barbara Roob
Susan Brown Roop
Beverly Rosen
Sarah Rosenbloom
Anne Ross
Ann Rubeck
Helen Ruch
Diana Rudaitis
Lenore Ruehr
Janet Russell
Gladys Ruzich
Bruce Saipe
Linda Sanchez
Marian Saska
Beth Scheckman
Everett Schellpfeffer
Kurt Schenk
Marianne Schenker
Carol Schneider
Esther Schwartz
Rosemarie Seitz
Nicholas Selch
Florence Seiko
Pat Sershon
Lanet Sharp
Judy Sherry
Martha Singer
Joan Skager
James Skorcz
Daniel Snydacker
Beth Spencer
Irene Spensely
Matthew Stec
Llois Stein
Sue Stoize
Betty Strack
Ruby Suzuki
Thomas Tatner
Jane Thain
Dr. Margaret Thayer
Pat Thomas
Paul Thomas
Lisa Thoms
Cathy TIapa

Kathleen North Tomczyk
Janet Ujvari
Karen Urnezis
Lillian Vanek
Barbara Vear
Roseanne Veith
Charles Vischulis
Jean Vischulis
David Walker
Sue Walker-Waber
Maxine Walter
Hal Waterman
Myra Waterman
Gerda Watson
David Weiss
Mary Wenzel
Kristy Weston
IrmaWetherton
Anne Wicker
Char Wiss
Reeva Wolfson
Zinette Yacker
Edward Yastrow
Ben Zajac

'Deceased

60

VOLUNTEERS

Bette Jarz (left) and Trace Clark-Petravick, here processing a newly acquired collection of fossils, were among a large number of volunteers
who assisted staff in a wide variety of activities. 84652

61

FIELD
MUSEUM
TDUKS^

Kenya Tanzania Safari

February 20 to March 10. 1988
$5,245 per person
Leader: Audrey Faden

February 20: Your safari begins when you board your British
Airways flight to London this evening.

February 21: Arrive London's Heathrow Airport this morning.
You will be met and transferred to the Sheraton Skyline Hotel,
where day-rooms will be provided until your British Airways
flight to Nairobi this evening.

February 22: Upon arrival in Nairobi, you will be met and trans-
ferred to the luxurious Norfolk Hotel — a famous colonial land-

mark and one-time haunt of Teddy Roosevelt, Ernest Heming-
way, and Robert Ruark. This afternoon, enjoy a half-day tour
of Nairobi, visiting the colorful African market, the unique Ken-
yatta Conference Center, Nairobi University, and the famed
National Museum, known for its superb natural history collec-
tion and watercolors by Joy Adamson. Continue your tour by
driving through the suburb of Karen, where you will see Isak
Dinesen's original home, now a museum. This evening there is a
welcome cocktail party and dinner at the Norfolk, with guests of
the East African Wildlife Society.

February 23: Today you head toward the famed Tsavo West
National Park, Kenya's largest national park. View game
through the park before arriving at Kilaguni Lodge for lunch.
From the lodge, watch the game come to the nearby waterhole.
After lunch, go out in search of the great elephant herds. Your
drive takes you to Mzima Springs, where large pools of clear
spring water surface at the rate of 50 million gallons a day. Oc-
casionally hippos can be viewed from the tank and cormorants
swim by.

February 24: Today you drive to Amboseli National Park, justly
famous for its big game and superb views of Kilimanjaro. The
150 square miles of park embody four main wildlife habitats
including open plains, acacia woodland, scrub brush, and fresh-
water swamps. Spend the afternoon viewing animals such as
wildebeest, zebra, giraffe, lion, cheetah, elephant, and rhino.
Amboseli Serena Lodge.

February 25: Start the day with a dawn game drive in this beauti-
ful park. Early morning is also the best time to view Kilimanjaro
before the clouds build up over the summit. Game drive in the
late afternoon — the best time to see lion and cheetah as they begin
to stir from the shade.

' . ..

i' •|^j^-? '^■^■Hj

' ■ M

w

—T^. -,g|

^^^^A^^ ? : I ^^w

r - ■

.^^^^^^^^^^^Jftd^^^U^^H

^^^^^^HMHKVV* * ' ^ \7^ \^ ^^^IB

^H : f^C

.k^

W ' '

^^^^^^^^^^L -'■' ' M^mi i ^H

^^ itm

V ?A^^

^^^^^^^^^k^

W9^mum^

/ ^

y *,--,.....--ii

i/ . "~"

^■T^KHK^m

B£- ■ '1- W

^^^^^fBK^^^f^

>^j^ i^jMii^*tii '

^m^'^L^

i^'fa

:> ^ '^jiit^gm^mjjA

Jj^H^Pm^X jmMf^S "

^^" •#

^ ■

*" ■i- uri

Ka / ^^1^

t

Wt^'^.^,.^

Ll. - - ' •*'\i*'« "■

E wBM

■ ■ \

^' *"'' ^M

to :-jl?v

V.'.-i;, '^m

.*.

L*^■•..^ :''S^

11^

w^m- ^y \

62

For reservations, call or write Dorothy Roder (322-8862), Tours Manager Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr., Chicago, II 60605

February 26: Today you drive to Tanzania via the Namanga bor-
der, passing through minimal immigration formahties. Continue
on to Gibbs Farm, a small, quaint farm in the midst of coffee
plantations.

February 27: Today transfer to Ndutu Safari Lodge, situated on
the shores of Lake Lgarya near the southeastern corner of
Serengeti National Park. Here you will enjoy game-viewing
drives both morning and afternoon.

February 28: Today you have game-viewing drives both mor-
ning and afternoon to explore the vast Serengeti plains. Here mil-
lions of wildebeest and zebra mill across the plains, seeking fresh
grasses. You see large prides of lion, perhaps a leopard resting in a
tree, groups of hyena, a mother cheetah teaching her cubs to
hunt, giraffe, gazelle, topi, and kongoni — the list is endless.
Ndutu Safari Lodge.

February 29: This morning you will drive into the Olduvai
Gorge, the site of Dr. and Mrs. L. S. B. Leakey's famous discov-
ery of the fossil he called "Zinjanthropus boisei" (now classified
Australopithecus boisei). Here you will enjoy a visit to the small
but very informative museum and a short talk by one of Mrs.
Leakey's assistants, who will escort you to the site of the "Zinj"
discovery. Continue on to one of the natural wonders of the
world, the Ngorongoro Crater, a caldera created by the pre-
historic collapse of a volcano cone. On the crater floor, herds of
typical plains mammals Hve out their destinies: buffalo, zebra,
wildebeest. Grant's Gazelle, Thomson's Gazelle, lion, and hyena.
Ngorongoro Wildlife Lodge.

March 1: Today we spend down in the crater, tracking and
photographing the animals. This great caldera contains some of
Africa's finest black-maned lion. Rhino can be seen with calves,
and waterbuck appear not to notice the visitors, enabhng photog-
raphers to shoot at ease. On the lake in the middle of the crater,
you can watch thousands of flamingos.

March 2: Descend into the crater once more early this morning
for your last game drive here. Later depart to Lake Manyara
Hotel, set on the edge of the Great Rift Valley and overlooking
Lake Manyara National Park.

March 3: Enjoy a full day exploring the Lake Manyara National
Park. This park contains five vegetation zones, thus supporting a
large variety of fauna. Notable are the elephant herds and the
tree-climbing lions.

March 4: Drive to the Namanga border where your Kenyan driv-
ers will meet you for the drive back to Nairobi.

March 5: This morning you head northwest through undulating
Kikuyu farming country, reaching the Aberdare Country Club in
time for lunch. Transfer to special club vehicles for your game
run to the Ark, which will take you into a deep forested area alive
with some of the finest game viewing in Kenya. Driving along
the animal trails and paths, you may suddenly come upon ele-
phant, rhino, giant forest hog. Cape buffalo, waterbuck, bush-
buck, warthog, colobus monkey, cerval cat, leopard, and perhaps
the bongo antelope. The Ark is 'berthed' over a waterhole where
the animals come to drink. From an underground dungeon you
have an eye-to-eye view of this constantly changing scenario.
Darkness descends, but floodhghts permit game viewing well
into the early morning hours!

March 6: Return to the Aberdare Country Club through the for-
est and clearings bright with clear morning light. Your safari
driver will be at the club to greet you and you head north along

the slopes of Mt. Kenya, then continue on, descending nearly
6,000 feet, passing through the town of Isiolo where your vehicle
will suddenly be surrounded by smiling Kenyans holding out
wares for you to buy, such as copper bracelets, necklaces, and
bangles. Bargain away if you wish, it's expected. View game as
you drive through Samburu Game Reserve to the lovely Sam-
buru River Lodge, located on the Uaso Nyiro River.

March 7: Today you have both morning and afternoon game
viewing of Samburu's typically 'northern' game — reticulated
giraffe, Grevy's zebra, graceful long-necked gerenuk, Somali
ostrich and vulturine guinea fowl, none of which you will sec
further south. Samburu is also a very good park for elephant and
the elusive leopard. It is an excellent place for the photographer,
with the park's vivid colors and the contrasts between sky, bush,
and sand. Bird enthusiasts will be well rewarded with over 300
species, including the martial eagle, in this reserve.

March 8: Board minibus and drive to the famous Mount Kenya
Safari Club. Here you have the remainder of the day to luxuriate
at this private club made famous by the late William Holden.
There is golf, tennis, heated swimming pool, horseback riding,
two lovely shops, a beauty salon, sauna, and many attractive
rooms set aside for drinking tea or something stronger. The view
of Mount Kenya is awesome as are the finely manicured grounds.

March 9: Drive back to Nairobi where rooms will be provided at
the Norfolk Hotel until your transfer to the airport for your
flight to London.

March 10: Arrive London, where you will connect with your
British Airways flight to Chicago arriving later the same day.

This tour will be operated by Abercrombie & Kent.

We still have space on the "Project Canadian Fjords" scheduled for August 16 to 24,
aboard the Society Explorer. Please call for further information. Field Museum's leader is

Dr. Scott M. Lanyon.

63

Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, IL 60605-2499

CAROLYN P BLACKMON
1715 N PARK AVE «4
CHICAGO IL 6C614

^J^bber Resource^Cent
icated tqj^tive Cultures of the Americas

ing September 19

I

Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin

Published since 1930 by

Field Museum of Natural History

Founded 1893

Editor/Designer: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Su^ Photographer: Ron Testa

Board of Trustees

Richard M. Jones,

Chamnan
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block 111
Willard L. Boyd,

President
Robert D. Cadieux
Henry T. Chandler
Worley H. Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley 11
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald]. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
John James Kinsella
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
James J. O'Connor

Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mis. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leiand Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington

Life Trustees

Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Mrs. David W. Grainger
Clifford C. Gregg
Mrs. Robert S. Hartman
William V. Kahler
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J . Howard Wood

Costa Rican Forest Preserve Evening

Co-Hosted by

Field Museum and the Chicago Botanic Garden

On Thursday, September 10, at the Chicago Botanic Gar-
den, Dr. William Burger will speak on "Where Clouds and
Mountains Collide: The Magnificent Forests of Costa Rica."
Dr. Burger is curator of botany at Field Museum, and the
event is a fund-raiser for the San Ramon Forest Preserve in
Costa Rica. Dr. Thomas M. Antonio, research taxonomist
at the Botanic Garden, will speak on the San Ramon Pre-
serve. The event occurs during World Rain Forest Week,
September 7-13.

Dr. Burger's lecture, introduced by Willard L. Boyd,
president of Field Museum, will be preceded by refresh-
ments, with cash bar, from 7:00 to 8:00 pm. Dr. Roy Taylor,
director of the Botanic Garden, will also speak. The event
will take place in the Education Center of the Botanic Gar-
den, in Glencoe, one half mile east of the Edens Expressway
on Lake-Cook Road.

Reservations may be made by sending a minimum $20
donation for the San Ramon Forest Preserve to the Tropical
Project, Chicago Botanic Garden, P.O. Box 400, Glencoe,
II. 60022. Donations are tax-deductible. Dr. Antonio, at
835-8268, can provide additional information.

CONTENTS

September 1987
Volume 58, Number 8

September Events at Field Museum

The Webber Resource Center

The spacious new facility offers visitors a variety of
ways to study and experience Native American cultures
by Nancy Evans, Developer, Webber Resource Center

Woodland Birds of Illinois

by Scott K. Robinson

15

Tenth Anniversary for Pawnee Earth Lodge 22

by Mary Ann Bloom, Coordinator, Pawnee Earth Lodge

The Geopolitics of America's Corn Belt 27

by Edward Olsen, Curator of Mineralogy

Field Museum Tours

30

COVER

The Webber Resource Center formally opens September
19. Photos by Diane Alexander White (top left GN84830-
10, center right GN84829-6), Sophia Anastasiou-Wasik
(top right GN84834, center left GN84835, lower left
GN84890-21), D. Walsten (lower right). See pp. 8-14.

Field Museum ofNaturai Hiswry BuUerin {USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined July/
August issue, by Field Museum ofNaturai History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive. Chicago, IL
60605-2496. Copyright ©1987 Field Museum of Natural History. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually. $3.00 for
schools. Museum membership includes BuUetm subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their own
and do not necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum
phone: (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to Mem-
bership Department. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 ro Field Museum ofNaturai History, Roosevelt
Road at Lake Shore Drive. Chicago, IL 60605-2496. ISSN: 0015-0703.

lEVENTSl

Indians of the Americas

Weekends in September

Celebrate THE Heritage of the Indian peoples of

the Americas. Experience their centuries-old tradi-
tions which have been passed from mother to daugh-
ter and father to son for many generations. Listen to
stories, talk with artisans, and listen to the rhythmic
strains of Native American music.

Saturday and Sunday
September 12 and 13
Potawatomi Days

In celebration of Chicago's 150th birthday, meet and
talk with people of the Potawatomi tribe, the last In-
dian tribe to make Chicago its homeland.

* Storytellinghy Leroy Wesaw, from 1 :00 to 2:00 pm.
Hs Demonstrations: God's Eyes by Gloria Gilpin, and
Fingerweaving by Joy Yoshida, from 1 :00 to 3:30 pm.

Saturday, September 19
Webber Resource Center for
native Cultures of the Americas

Join in our grand opening celebration of Field
Museum's new Webber Resource Center. Explore
the Resource Center's many books, videotapes,
maps, photographs, and artifacts that can help you
learn more about the Indian peoples of the Americas.
10:00- 1 1 :00am: Hispanic and American Indian

Opening Ceremony
ll:00am-12:00noon: Recognition of

Webber Resource Center Development Team
12:00noon-4:00pm: Indians of the Americas —

Native American Films
l:00pm-3:00pm: Demonstrations — silversmithing by

Sam Begay and beadu/ork by Pauline Begay

Saturday and Sunday
September 26 and 27
American Indian Days

The Culture of America's Indian peoples has been
preserved in their artistic traditions. Watch Amer-
ican Indian artisans as they demonstrate their crafts.

* Woodland Indian Pottery, by Frank Ettawageshik
12 :00noon-2 :00pm

Join Frank Ettawageshik as he creates pottery using
the tools and designs of his Ottawa Indian ancestors.

Continued —■

T

^

EVENTS

Saturday and Sunday, Sept. 26 and 27
American Indian Days

* Arts of Chicago Indian Peoples

12:00noon'2:00pm

Chicago is blessed with many talented Indian peo-
ples. Talk with these local craftspeople as they share
their heritage with you.
k* Becdwor/c — Zena Reeves
i^ Basketry — Annie Linn
P^ Applique — Alice Ness
J^ Ribbon Work — -.Sarah Keahna
l^ Dance Shawls — Alberta O'Shogay
J«^ Moccasins — Mary EUenwood
^^ Roaches — Horace Whitebreast

H< Medicine Wheels

l:00pm'3:00pm

Find out how the Plains Indians used medicine

wheels in this participatory activity.

Hall Interpretive
Program

Thursday through Sunday, September

Take A Hands-on Journey through Field Museum

this September. Unearth the links to our past while
participating in an archeological dig, learn a string
game from the Arctic and create a coil basket. Hall
interpreters, located throughout the exhibits, help
you experience the wonders of the world. Compare
the footprints of Apatosaurns to your own; detect
fossils in the Museum's floor; and examine birds'
nests and eggs. Please consult video monitors for
activity locations. This program is partially supported
by the Joyce Foundation and the Lloyd A. Fry
Foundation.

World Music Program

Weekends in September
1:00pm and 3:00pm

Join us for live musical demonstrations and informal

discussions with the artists.

D September 5,6 1 :00: Chinese Music Society of

North America

3:00pm: Don Pate on bass
D September 12, 13 1:00pm: CfiineseMitsic

Society of North America

3:00pm: Thai Classical Dance
n September 19 1:00pm and 3:00pm: Raices del

Ande playing Latin American

folk music
n September 26, 27 1:00 and 3:00pm: Don Mo}ie,

African percussion

The World Music Program is supported by the Ken-
neth and Earle Montgomery Foundation, and City
Arts III and IV, Chicago Office of Fine Arts.

T

EVENTS

^

Adult Programs

Courses

Read the literature of the Ancient Egyptians, learn
about Chicago's Potawatomi Indians, or delve into
Darwin's fascinating evolutionary theories. Adult
courses begin again in September with an exceptional
schedule of 6-week, 3-week, 1-day, and weekend pro-
grams. Consult the September/October program
brochure for details.

Featured Courses

The cultural heritage of Japan is featured in adult pro-
grams this September and October. Learn the art of
dwarfing a bonsai tree, look backwards in time to
Japan's culturally rich Edo period, or perhaps explore
the development of the Buddhist tradition. Experi-
ence the history and arts of this ancient land in these
courses and more, beginning in September.

Edward E. Ayer Lecture Series

September 10 marks the beginning of the Edward E.
Ayer Lecture Series. The narrated slide programs,
free with Museum admission, begin at 1:30 p.m. and
run for eight consecutive Thursdays. September's
schedule includes:

n September 10
"Tihei Today"

by Elaine Bernstein, Volunteer, Department of
Education, Field Museum.

Journey to the majestic Himalayan Mountains for a
glimpse of everyday life in Tibet. See how Tibet has
been influenced by the modern world while still re-
taining its ancient heritage and culture.

n September 17
"Changing Chicago"

by Irving Cutler, Professor Emeritus, Department of
Geography, Chicago State University.
Take A Trip back in time to the early days of Chicago.
See why Chicago's physical setting and its great and
changing diversity of people create a flurry of eco-
nomic activity, unique neighborhoods, and inter-
esting future.

n September 24

"Life and Death in Bali"

by Vincent Michael, Director of Chicago Programs,

Landmarks Preservation Council of Illinois.

Explore the Lush Landscape and fertile culture of

the Indonesian island of Bali. Journey from a massive
cremation ceremony to ancient volcanoes, from holy
healing springs to the black sand beaches of this
Hindu paradise.

The series continues through October.

September Weekend Programs

Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free tours,
demonstrations and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed
below are only a few of the numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Programs sheet upon arrival
for the complete schedule and program locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant from the
Illinois Arts Council.
September

12 1:30pm Tibet Today and Bhutan (slide lec-
ture). See Lhasa and other towns now open
to the public, as well as Bhutan, Land of the
Thunder Dragon.

19 1 1 :30am Ancient Egypt (tour). Explore the

traditions of ancient Egypt from everyday life
to myths and mummies.

These programs are free with museum admission and
tickets are not required.

T

EVENTS

^

* After Hours— Films at the Field *

FREE!

Fridays in September, beginning Sept. 11
West Entrance

"The Makioka Sisters" shown on September 1 1 0

After Hours continues its international film series in
September, featuring films from Japan. Highlighted
October films will be by and about Indians of the
Americas.

Doors open at 4:30 p.m. Light fare and beverages
from Convito Italiano are available throughout the
evening. Films begin at 6:00 p.m. Be sure to use the
West Entrance.

For further information call (312) 322-8855.

D September 11

"The Malcioloi Sisters"

1983. 140 minutes. Color. Japan. Director: Kon

Ichikawa.

Japanese with English subtitles.

This visually stunning film chronicles the lives of
four aristrocratic sisters living in Osaka on the brink
of the Second World War. As their genteel and re-
fined world slowly slips away, they must learn to
adapt, endure, and weather the changes from without
and within.

n September 25

"Middji Rifer"

1981 . 105 minutes. Black and white. Japan. Director:

Kohei Oguri.

Japanese with English subtitles.

Oguri details the experiences of a young boy grow-
ing up in an Osaka backwater in 1956, capturing the
stillness and tension of a suspended moment. It is a
tale of a child caught between the worlds of children
and adults, and of a Japan suspended between post-
war disillusionment and economic boom.

n September 18

"The Fam(/;y Game"

1984. 107 minutes. Color. Japan. Director: Yoshimit-

su Morita.

Japanese with English subtitles.

SHIGEYUKI, the youngest son of a contemporary
Japanese family, is not living up to his parents' ex-
pectations. They want him to qualify for the best
local high school, but he has no interest in
academics. Famiiji Game is a brilliant deadpan com-
edy about Japan's affluent middle class and its obses-
sion with success at any cost. Wickedly satirical, the
film has a "theatre of the absurd" liveliness, mixing
exquisite visuals, harsh realism, crazed surrealism,
and outright slapstick.

n October 2

"The Go \Aasiercs"

1982. 123 minutes. Color. Japan/People's Republic of

China. Directors: Junya Sato and Duan Ji-Shun.

Japanese with English subtitles.

The Go Masters is the first film to be co-produced
by Japan and the People's Republic of China. Go is a
3,500-year-old Chinese board game popular in both
China and Japan. In 1924, a Chinese boy is sent to
Japan to study go with a Japanese master. Because of
political confrontations, he is forced to stay in Japan
against his will and loses contact with his family. The
rest of the film follows the characters in their search
for each other. Photographed against the magnificent
landscapes of old Japan and old China, The Go
}Aas,ters is a beautifully portrayed mix of two ancient
cultures.

The Webber ResoORe Center

Sophia Anaslasiou-Wasik 08'1835

A spacious new facility, dedicated to
native cultures of the Americas, now
offers visitors a variety of fresh experi-
ences: the use of audio and videotapes,
a library, the chance to examine arti-
facts more closely, and the opportunity
to see researchers as well as craftsmen at
their work

by Nancy Evans

Developer, Webber Resource Center

H

The Webber Resource library features a wide variety of books and periodicals for children, adults, teachers, and the casual browser.

I ave you ever wondered why there are people on
top of the Field Museum's Pawnee earth lodge? Or how
the Porno Indians of California make such exquisite bas-
kets? Have you ever had a question about an American
Indian exhibit but did not know who to ask or how to
find the answer? The Field Museum now has a unique
facility where you can bring all your questions about In-
dians of the Americas; staff persons there will help you
discover the answers. The Webber Resource Center for
Native Cultures of the Americas is stocked with books,
audio and videotapes, Indian artifacts, photographs,
and maps which can assist teachers planning Indian
study units, students researching papers, and Museum
visitors inspired to know more about America's native
peoples.

The spacious new facility which will eventually
occupy the area of an entire exhibit hall, opened in June,
and is the first of many changes — large and small — to
occur as we get ready for the Field Museum's centennial
celebration in 1993. In approaching its second century,
the Museum conducted an exhaustive self-study —
"Centennial Directions" — in 1984-85 to assess the effec-

tiveness of its public and research programs (see October
1986 Bulletin). Centennial Directions made it clear that
fresh new ways of exhibiting materials and informing
visitors about natural history are needed.

Accordingly, a new program consisting of three
exhibit formats was set up:

"'Informal, interactive exhibits and programs, which will
be directly accessible to virtually any visitor.
'Major thematic exhibits, which will provide broad over-
views of their subjects and highlight the Museum's col-
lections.

'Study halls, which will make available in-depth re-
sources on specific subjects, for the visitor seeking a
more comprehensive picture of the subject matter and
collections."

Upon E. Leland Webber's retirement as Museum
president in 1981, the Board of Trustees established a
fund to develop an exhibit honoring Mr. Webber and
recognizing his 31 years of service. In 1986 it was decided
that a fitting tribute to Mr. Webber would be the cre-
ation of the Museum's first study hall out of these
monies.

The lounge area invites Museum visitors to sit, relax, read, or study in comfort.

10

The concept of the study hall, though new to Field
Museum, is nothing new in the world of
museums. The Boston Children's Museum Re-
source Center features a library and a collection
of hands-on objects to aid visitors in learning more about
American Indians, Asian peoples, and other subject
areas featured in the museum's exhibits. In the Chil-
dren's Museum's American Indian and Japanese exhibits
are glassed-in storerooms for artifacts, giving visitors a
chance to see a part of the museum's behind-the-scenes
areas.

The Naturalist Center of the National Museum of
Natural History of the Smithsonian, in Washington,
D.C., is an artifact-rich resource center. Study col-
lections of anthropological artifacts and natural history
specimens help visiting collectors to identify the fossils,
shells, insects, or projectile points in their personal col-
lections. Reference books can also be found near these
study collections to help visitors learn more about their
own specimens.

The National Zoo, also in Washington, has estab-
lished resource centers, such as the HerpLab, at various

sites in the park. The HerpLab provides the opportunity
to explore the world of amphibians and reptiles beyond
just observing them from the other side of a glass wall.
Visitors can participate in a research project concerning
color-changing in chameleons or they can simply exam-
ine live turtles and snakes up close.

The Webber Resource Center has many features in
common with these other centers — but it offers much
more. It is unique in that its study collections and hands-
on objects are combined not just with books (the situa-
tion at other resource centers), but with audio and
videotapes, archival photo albums, and a collection of
maps.

The Webber Resource Center's library has a full
range of books on the native peoples of the Western
Hemisphere. Current periodicals, including tribal news-
papers, give coverage to issues concerning Native Amer-
icans today. Curriculum aids are available for teachers in
planning study units on American Indians, a shelf of
books just for kids is there, as well as a collection of
maps, conveniently arranged and easy to consult.

Above: In soundproof
audio-video booths,
visitors can listen to
music of Indians of the
Amazon or v^/atch a
videotape about life on
a reservation. Below:
Nevi/spapers and
magazines published
by Native Americans
offer visitors insights
into issues facing
Indian peoples today.

11

12

Left and above: Artifacts made by Eastern Woodlands Indians fiave
been moved from storage into public view. Left below: Tfie antfiropolo-

gy lab gives the visitor a glimpse of befiind-tfie-scenes scientific
research and conservation work.

Among the Center's special features is its col-
lection of nearly 100 audio and videotapes,
which can be heard or viewed in comfortable
booths. Several of the videotapes were pro-
duced by American Indians themselves, giving them the
opportunity to tell their own stories. Families can enjoy
a videotape produced especially for kids. They can see
and hear the experience of growing up on a reservation
in the Southwest or get an idea of what life is like for the
Arctic Eskimo. Persons wishing to watch a videotape or
listen to a tape of Indian music may select one at the
Center's information desk.

And there are other materials available at the desk:
Activity boxes, containing artifacts that can be held and
closely examined; photo albums from the archives of the

Department of Anthropology, offering views of the past
and showing how Native Americans lived in the
nineteenth century or as recently as a generation ago.

Display cases in the Center contain a great many
artifacts that have been out of sight in anthropology
storerooms for decades. (Less than half of the Museum's
American Indian artifacts are currently on view in the
exhibit halls. ) But this area of the Resource Center now
provides visitors with views of collections that the
Museum has, for reasons of space, not been able to dis-
play. And there are drawers loaded with archaeological
artifacts which can be helpful to visitors who wish to
identify an arrowhead — or whatever — that has lain for
years in their attic. Identification guides in the Resource
Center library provide further help to such visitors.

13

The "Ottawa Machine" is a breakthrough in conservation technology. It
maintains a constant humidity in the Resource Center's collections
cases to prolong the life of the artifacts, d waisien

14

The anthropology lab is another of the Center's
special features. For many years, Museum members have
been given the special opportunity, on Members' Night,
to roam through the building's scientific research areas,
observing science in action and getting a glimpse of new-
ly acquired collections. The Resource Center's anthro-
pology lab can now provide that same opportunity for
many other visitors who may be unaware that research
goes on behind the scenes at Field Museum. Periodically,
Department of Anthropology staff will work in the lab,
cleaning and repairing artifacts; visiting scholars will
conduct their research on collection materials in the
presence of interested visitors.

The Museum hopes that visitors will find the new
Center useful and exciting, but since the facility is an
adventure into new territory, it is uncertain how it will
work, how people will use it, or, in fact, if the resources
and facility will satisfy a genuine need.

Accordingly, the Center is being constructed in
two phases. With phase 1, completed in June, about 60
percent of the planned Center was ready for use.

A period of evaluation, phase I, will last for at least
several months — until we have a clear picture of how the
Center is being used, what areas are most popular with
visitors, which should be expanded. If the audio and
videotapes prove to be popular, more will be added in
phase II; if visitors want to see more artifacts, additional
collection cases will be installed in phase II.

At the end of June, the Resource Center quiet-
ly opened to the public. There was no public
opening ceremony. The summer months
have now provided ample time to observe
how visitors use the Center and to make some adjust-
ments for smoother operation. Now we are ready to cele-
brate the addition of this exciting, new facility in grand
fashion. All Field Museum members are invited to
attend the Grand Opening Celebration to he held on
Saturday, September26, from 10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.
Watch Indian artisans demonstrate their skills and sam-
ple some of the fine tapes in the Webber Resource Cen-
ter's video library. (For complete schedule see p. 3 . )

If you are unable to join in the September celebra-
tion, plan to stop by the Webber Resource Center on
your next Museum visit. Come in and read a book,
examine an artifact, look through some of the photo
albums, listen to Indian music, ask questions, browse, sit
and relax. The Webber Resource Center staff will be
glad to help you learn more about the extraordinary na-
tive peoples of the Americans. Fli

Woodland Birds
OF Illinois

Questions and (Some) Answers
About Why Their Numbers Change

by Scott K. Robinson

Even though IHinois is commonly regarded as a
prairie state, as much as 40 percent of its lands were
covered with forests when the pioneers arrived.
Most forested areas were in the southern portion of the
state, but there were also extensive forests along the ma-
jor rivers and in northwestern Illinois.

As these forests were cleared for timber and agricul-
ture, the bird community underwent drastic changes.
Several formerly abundant species such as the passenger
pigeon and Carolina parakeet became extinct, while
others such as the pileated woodpecker retreated to a few
strongholds in areas that were too wet or hilly to cut.
Now, the remaining wooded areas are small and scat-
tered, and only about ten percent of the state is forested.
The largest unbroken forest tracts are in the Shawnee
Hills of the southern tip of Illinois and these comprise
areas of only a few thousand acres. What is the effect of
this habitat reduction and fragmentation on the remain-
ing wildlife? Which species thrive and which species suf-
fer in a fragmented landscape? Are small woodlots net
producers or importers of young birds? These and other
questions have been the subject of intensive investiga-
tions here in Illinois and elsewhere in the country.

Evidence is accumulating that forest fragmentation
has a negative impact on many forest birds. Small wood-
lots have a number of features in common that make life
difficult for many birds. First, small woodlots are often
islands in a sea of com, soybeans, and residential areas.
Any bird populations that become locally extinct must

Scott K. Robinson, who earned his Ph. D. at Princeton University,
is an ornithologist with the Illinois Natural History Survey

be recolonized from other wooded areas, which are often
far away. Because populations in fragmented woodlots
are also small, such local extinctions can occur regularly.
Second, wooded islands, to a much greater extent
than oceanic islands, are profoundly affected by their
surroundings. In agricultural areas, the waste corn left in
the field provides abundant food for many potential nest
predators such as raccoons, opossums, and squirrels, all
of which thrive in small woodlots. Data gathered in
Maryland, Connecticut, and Maine suggest that nest
predation is much higher in small woodlands than in
large forests. Neighborhood cats and blue jays take se-
vere toll of eggs, nestlings, and fledglings. Blue jays have
become an especially severe problem over the last few
decades because their populations have increased

The brown-headed cowbird, a brood parasite known to lay
eggs in the nests of more than 200 other species, has In-
creased greatly in numbers In recent times, due to the clearing
of land and the spread of cattle farming.

15

The birds shown on pages 16 through 2 1 are mounted speci-
mens in the Field Museum collection.

nationwide as a result of the increased popularity of bird
feeders.

Third, small woodlots have proportionately more
edge habitat than larger woodlands. Edge habitat is
favorable for many species of birds and for wildlife
in general. Many familiar birds such as cardinals, rufous-

other species (the host). Cowbirds parasitize more than
200 species of birds, including most Illinois woodland
songbirds. A few species such as northern (Baltimore)
orioles, robins, and brown thrashers have evolved de-
fenses against cowbirds — they simply throw out any "for-
eign" eggs placed in their nests, or abandon a parasitized
nest and start over. Most species, however, accept cow-

The blue jay has become a problem in some areas as the result of the increased popularity of bird feeders.

81697

16

sided towhees, indigo buntings and brown thrashers are
much commoner along forest edges than in the forest
interior. All of these species are probably much com-
moner now than they were before the pioneers arrived.
Yet, edge habitat also creates severe problems for many
species that nest in the forest interior. The reduced pop-
ulations of forest interior birds in small woodlots may be
partially due to competition with "edge" species, though
this thesis may be difficult to prove. Nest predation has
also been shown to be higher along habitat edges than in
the forest interior, mostly because many potential nest
predators favor habitat edges.

Fourth, and for many species the most severe prob-
lem of nesting in small woodlots, is the brown-headed
cowbird, a brood parasite that lays its eggs in the nests of

bird eggs and raise the young as if they were their own.
Because cowbird chicks hatch early, grow faster, and are
usually larger than host chicks, a parasitized nest often
produces no, or very few, host young. Therefore, cow-
bird parasitism can have a disastrous effect on many host
species if parasitism rates are very high.

Cowbird populations have increased dramatically in
recent times due to the clearing of land and the
spread of cattle farming. Cowbirds search for nests
to parasitize in all habitats but usually feed on bare soil or
in short grass where there are cattle or other livestock.
Cowbirds may fly as far as five miles to a cattle feedlot to
forage in the afternoon after a morning of nest searching.
Small woodlots in agricultural areas are therefore ex-

tremely vulnerable. The area surrounding woodlots can
support many cowbirds, all of which must find places to
search for nests. In some woodlots, cowbirds are the
commonest species, and because each female lays 20 to
40 eggs a season, cowbirds can potentially parasitize
every nest in an area. Larger woodlands, on the other
hand, are less vulnerable because cowbirds have to travel
further to and from foraging areas. Studies in Wisconsin
and Maryland have shown that parasitism rates are much
higher along the edges of large forests than in the interi-
or. Large forests such as those in the White Mountains of
New Hampshire and the Great Smoky Mountains of
Tennessee have virtually no cowbird parasitism.

Taken together, these observations suggest that
large forested areas are much safer places for many song-
birds to nest. In many areas, however, only small forest
patches remain. What has happened to songbirds in
these areas? Data from the East show that many forest
interior species such as warblers and vireos have declined
precipitously within small woodlots. Similarly, small
forested islands often lack many species for which there
is apparently suitable habitat. These observations have
led some to suggest that forest fragmentation is causing a
nationwide decline in songbirds, especially those that
migrate to North America from the neotropics. These
long-distance migrants arrive late and have only one or
two opportunities to nest in a given season. The loss of a
nest to predators or any effort wasted on raising cowbirds
therefore has a much greater effect on migrants than on

The ovenbird maintains healthy populations in some areas, de-
spite cowbird predation. The reasons for this are unclear. s^<aA

The brown thrasher — like the robin and Baltimore oriole — de-
fends itself against cowbird predation by removing cowbird
eggs from its nest or by starting a new nest elsewhere, aigc?

17

Geology Hall Changes

The Field Museum is planning a major new exhibit, "The
Pacific." This exhibit will be interdisciplinary, covering all
aspects of the Pacific Ocean Basin — the geological forma-
tion of its island groups, the biology of these islands and the
seas surrounding them, and the many and diverse peoples of
the islands, their cultures, and their art.

This exhibit will occupy over 17,000 square feet of
space, created by joining the existing Halls 35 and 36. Hall
35 now houses a systematic display of minerals and me-
teorites. Hall 36 exhibits economic ore minerals and the pro-
ducts made from them. These exhibits will be eliminated in
order to make room for the Pacific exhibit.

At present, an adjacent hall. Hall 34, displays general
geological features and processes. The contents of this hall
will be removed temporarily and the hall painted and car-
peted. Hall 34 is scheduled to be reinstalled early in 1988. In
that reinstallation, portions of the exhibit elements formerly
shown in Halls 35 and 36 will be incorporated. This single
geology hall will then show aspects of the original three
physical geological halls (34, 35,36).

year-round residents, which nest many times a season.
Most neotropical migrants also build simple "open cup"
nests, which are especially vulnerable to cowbird para-
sitism. Cowbirds do not parasitize hole-nesting birds
such as the black-capped chickadee, tufted titmouse,
and white-breasted nuthatch, all of which thrive in
small woodlots.

With these problems in mind, a team of researchers
from the Illinois Natural History Survey has begun a
long term study of the bird communities in a complex
archipelago of small woodlots and thickets bordering
Lake Shelbyville in central Illinois. These woodlots,
which are dominated by white, red, and black oaks, are
mostly small (20-150 acres) and abound in edge habitat.
The largest woodlot ( 150 acres) is surrounded by over 10
miles of edge, including 7 miles of lake edge and 3 miles
of edge along agriculture fields. No part of any wooded
area is more than 250 yards from an edge.

It is clear that these woodlands have all of the prob-
lems associated with fragmented habitats described
above. Blue jays abound everywhere, with early summer
populations approaching 80 individuals per 100 acres;
most of these bluejays search for bird nests as well as
insects. Raccoons, opossums, squirrels, and skunks are

18

Robin 80576

Baltimore Oriole 71204

frequently observed both in the forest and in the agri-
cultural fields where they often feed. Forest edge species
also nest abundantly along forest boundaries and regular-
ly foray into the forest interior in search of food. Perhaps
most ominously, brown-headed cowbirds are generally
the commonest species recorded in the forest on cen-

recorded. What is more, most parasitized nests were
multiply parasitized — they averaged 2.6 cowbird eggs
and only 2.3 host eggs per clutch. Clearly, in the face of
such overwhelming predation and parasitism the
chances for nest success are very slim. Censuses con-
ducted late in the breeding season turn up very few

The black-capped chickadee, a hole-nesting species, is safe from the predatlons of the cowbird and is thus able to thrive in
small woodlots. //mi

suses and in mist nets, which are used to capture birds for
study. In 1986, for example, cowbirds were recorded on
over 90 percent of the census stops in all habitats. No
other bird is as ubiquitous or abundant.

The data on nesting success of woodland birds from
the Shelbyville area show the difficulty of raising
young in the face of such adversity. The overall pre-
dation rate on 145 nests located in 1985 and 1986 was
over 80 percent, a figure nearly twice as high as the usual
predation rate on songbird nests. In addition, over 73
percent of all nests of species that accept cowbird eggs
were parasitized, one of the highest parasitism rates ever

young of species that are vulnerable to parasitism.

The wood thrush, a bird best known for its beautiful
song, provides us with an especially grim demographic
picture. Wood thrushes nest in most woodlands, but
accept cowbird eggs and have only one or two opportuni-
ties to breed before they return to their winter grounds in
the tropical forests of Central America. In 1985 we made
a concerted effort to find wood thrush nests in two small
woodlots. Of the 15 wood thrush nests located, each
contained at least one cowbird egg. One had 1 1 cowbird
eggs, the world record for this species; the female dutiful-
ly incubated this huge clutch but hatched only a single
cowbird. Overall, these nests averaged 3.8 cowbird and

19

20

only 1.1 thrush eggs per nest, and fledged 11 cowbird,
but only 2 wood thrush young. It seems very unlikely
that this wood thrush population could be producing
enough young to replace itself.

Given these formidable problems and the highly
fragmented nature of the habitat at Lake Shelbyville, it
is remarkable that any migrant song birds nest there. Yet,
extensive censuses of the area reveal relatively high pop-
ulations of many species known to be "area-sensitive,"
i. e. , to occur only in larger woodlots elsewhere in the
country. For example, wood thrushes nest commonly in
spite of their very low reproductive output, and there are
several small populations of ovenbirds, a warbler usually
considered as a good indicator of forest interior habitat.
In fact, throughout the Shelbyville area, most species
nest in any area where there is suitable habitat, though
populations fluctuate locally.

Herein lies a mystery of sorts: how can these pop-
ulations persist when they produce so few young and
from where do new birds come if they are not locally
produced? One possibility is that the birds that nest in
the Shelbyville woodlots are produced in larger, less
fragmented forests elsewhere. If this is true, then these
birds must be dispersing very great distances indeed
because there are no large, unbroken forests within a
100-mile radius of Lake Shelbyville. Nevertheless, it is
possible that small woodlots such as those around Shel-
byville represent dispersal "sinks" or "traps" where dis-
persing young settle, but fail to produce enough young to
replace themselves. Another possibility is that the nests
we find are those that cowbirds also find because they are
poorly hidden. Better hidden nests may have a much
higher success rate than our data indicate. In fact, Illi-
nois woodland birds hide their nests extremely well —
even experienced observers can spend an entire day
searching for nests with no success. Although frustrating
for researchers, the cryptic behavior of most forest birds
may be the only way they can avoid attracting the atten-
tion of predators and nest parasites (cowbirds). There-
fore, the observed parasitism and predation rates may be
higher than the actual rates.

uch of the current research conducted in Illinois
I and elsewhere in the country seeks to determine
lunder what conditions a woodlot becomes a
net producer and exporter of young and under what
conditions a woodlot becomes a population "sink"
where dispersing young are lured to breed with little
chance of success. Once these questions are answered,
we can begin to design nature preserves and forest man-
agement practices that create as many productive areas
as possible.

There are several more points that should be made
before closing this discussion of the effects of forest frag-
mentation on birds. First, the importance of woodlots
for migrant birds cannot be overemphasized. As any
birdwatcher can tell you, the smaller and more isolated a
woodlot is, the higher the concentration of migrants in
it. Tiny woodlots in central Illinois and along the Chi-
cago lakefront are famous migrant "traps" where bird-
watchers and birds occur at fantastic population densi-
ties during migration. Even if small woodlots prove to be
population "sinks," the beneficial effect on the
thousands of birds that use them during migration should
far outweigh the costs to the few birds that breed in
them.

Second, the rate of destruction of different kinds of
forest habitats has not been equal. Bottomland and

The white-breasted nuthatch, like the black-capped chick-
adee, is safe from cowbirds because of Its hole-nesting habit.

The prothonotary warbler, a formerly common bottomland species, is now rare and local throughout Illinois, eiwo

floodplain forests, by far the richest wooded habitat for
birds in Illinois, have been more severely affected than
drier upland oak/hickory forests. Only a few extensive
bottomland tracts remain, chiefly in southern Illinois,
and they are in constant danger of being cut for timber or
to clear land for soybeans. Many formerly common bot-
tomland species such as cerulean and prothonotary
warblers are now rare and local throughout the state and
others such as the Swainson's warbler have statewide
populations of only a few pairs.

Third, there is increasing evidence that at least a
few songbird species have remarkably specific habitat re-
quirements. The obscure worm-eating warbler, for ex-
ample, is restricted almost entirely to steep north or east-
facing slopes along ravines in Illinois. Yellow-throated
warblers depend chiefly on sycamores and conifers, and
Swainson's warblers require canebreaks, which are com-
prised of a northern member of the bamboo family. Many
other species such as Acadian flycatchers and Louisiana
waterthrushes require streams or standing water, where-
as ovenbirds favor dry, relatively flat, wooded ridgetops.
Regardless of size, forest tracts that lack these habitat
features will also lack these specialized species. In gener-

al, however, the larger a wooded area, the more likely it
is to contain several different kinds of forest. Clearly, it is
important to consider both forest size and composition
when planning strategies to preserve forest birds.

Finally, not all of the problems faced by migrants
occur on the breeding grounds. Species that winter in
tropical forests have a potentially more serious problem
— habitat destruction in Central and South America.
Most of "our" birds winter in a surprisingly small section
of the neotropics, from southern Mexico to northern
South America and in the Caribbean. In winter, mi-
grants pack into areas much smaller than their breeding
ranges, often less than a fifth the area. Therefore, clear-
ing a square mile of tropical forest is equivalent to clear-
ing five or more square miles of forest in North America.
If tropical deforestation continues at its current rate, the
time will come when some species such as the wood
thrush will decline regardless of what happens on their
breeding grounds. This does not mean that we will be
excused from worrying about what happens in Illinois. It
does, however, demonstrate the importance of con-
sidering the year-round needs of migrant birds in a in-
creasingly fragmented environment.

21

f*».

4

ti:

Inside the earth lodge.

Coordinator Mary Ann

Bloom explains materials

to schoolchildren.

Pawnee earth (oage buiit at the St. Louis Exposition of 1904. Photo by former Field fVluseum photographer Charles Carpenter.

Pciv\^nee Earth Lodge

Marks 10th Anniversary

I

by Mary Ann Bloom
Coordinator, Pawnee Earth Lodge

n 1987 nearly 100,000 visitors will walk into the
traditional lifestyle of the Pawnee Indians as they tour
Field Museum's full size replica of a Pawnee Earth
Lodge.

While sitting on buffalo robes inside the earth
lodge, visitors learn about Pawnee life as it was in the
1850 s. Volunteers tell the story of an exciting buffalo
hunt or describe the rijuals of the medicine men.
Spoons formed from buffalo horns, a child's sled made
of buffalo ribs, and a feather-covered war shirt are just
a sampling of the touchable artifacts which fill this
hands-on exhibit.

October 1987 marks the 10th anniversary of the
Pawnee Earth Lodge. Members of the Pawnee tribe
will come to Field Museum to perform a private lodge
rededication ceremony. The Pawnee worked closely
with Museum staff in the planning and design of the
lodge. We look forward to the return to Chicago of
our Pawnee friends and invite everyone to join us for

our special 10th anniversary activities.

* Thursday, Oct. 22 and Friday, Oct. 23

10:00 a.m. to 1 :00 p.m. Pawnee craft demonstrations.
10:30 a. m. Pawnee dance performance.

* Saturday, Oct. 24 and Sunday, Oct. 25

J2:00 noon to 3:00 p. m. Pawnee craft demonstrations.
2:00 p.m. Pawnee dance performance.

Tickets are not required, activities are free to
the general public with Museum admission. School
groups attending should make advance registration in
writing.

Throughout the year volunteers present pro-
grams daily in the lodge. Call (312) 322-8852 for in-
formation regarding current program schedules.

Dolores Arbanas, Eleanor DeKoven, Anne
Ekman, Michael Hall, Shirley Hattis, Gabby Margo,
Mary and John Nelson, Mary Anne Peruchini, Judith
Sherry and Karen Umezis will also celebrate their
10th anniversary as Pawnee Earth Lodge volunteers.

23

< 1 11 / 1 ^ . 'Ik >r uM .11

24

Above: Pawnee Tribe
members in 1976
gather with Field
Museum's former coor-
dinator of the Native
American Program,
John White (rt.). to dis-
cuss model of the earth
lodge (foreground),
ouiit by Kevin Williams
iieft). Se/ow.- Early
in 1977 the lodge
framework was
completed.

^ ^ V--*'- ■

■^■^^,-m;:a

»f/->. V .. aJ>

Above: Life-size mannequins atop the lodge. Below: Lodge interior, shiowing ceremonial objects.

25

Ron Testa 106164

Above: Volunteer Forman Onderdonk (left) explains furnishings
to visitors. Below: Lodge interior. The lodge is 38 feet in diameter
and 18 feet high at the center. Groups of 35 can be accommo-
dated for formal programs. Some of the furnishings were made

especially for the Museum lodge by Pawnee Tribe members who
also participated in taping seasonal activities and ceremonies
for use in Museum programs.

26

Ron Testa 106165

THE

GEOPOLITICS
AMERICA'S

where the past ice age glacier sat

affects mid'america's food production — even its politics

by Edward Olsen
Curator of Mineralogy

As you fly over the combelt of America's Mid-
west you might think it all looks pretty much
the same from a plane window. On the ground,
if you pay attention to details, you can see the
difference.

Going south from Chicago through Illinois you can
easily be convinced the earth is flat — that a cup of water
poured on the ground would sort of meander around, not
knowing which way to flow it's so flat. In the summer the
com is lush and green, the stalks are tall and stand close
together, and the soil is rich and dark. Things look
pretty good.

About two-thirds of the way down the state the pic-
ture changes. The com is not quite so tall and lush look-
ing, and the soil is lighter colored. The land is generally
more hilly, and tilling it is more difficult for farmers.
Generally, things don't look quite as good as they did
farther north.

The same change can be seen as you travel through
Indiana from Gary to Evansville. What you see is the
result of the past ice age that made the present middle
western landscape — and its economy, and even some of
its politics.

Our lives are short compared to geological activi-
ties, so we tend to think that what is going on now is the
way it always was. Every once in a while a geological
event takes place on a short time scale and we get some
idea of what big changes can take place. An earthquake

lets go or a volcano blasts its top off and crisis is with us.
Ice ages don't have such speedy time scales, but when
they get going, they are a force of tremendous power.

Over a million and a half years ago the climate of
the Northern Hemisphere began a serious change. Sum-
mers in places like northern Canada became colder and
the onset of rotten winter weather started sooner.
Within the first few hundred years permanent snow
fields grew that didn't go away during the cool summers.
As snow piled on snow, the layers at the bottom were
squeezed tighter and tighter, and large ice crystals
formed. When all this was stacked high enough the pres-
sure at the bottom got so great that ice crystals slowly
deformed and squeezed past other ice crystals and the
whole mass began to ooze southward. As it moved it
picked up soil and gravel and rocks — billions of tons of
them. The ice grew to be over two miles thick and
covered most of the midwestern states.

Then things changed — the climate began to warm
up slightly. The ice continued to move forward, but at
the edge of the ice sheet melting went on at a great rate.
The ice wasted away faster than it pushed southward,
with the effect that the ice edge slowly moved back
north. Four times in the last million years the ice ad-
vanced and then retreated. Each time it advanced south-
ward it eventually halted and the edge melted back. The
last retreat began around 15,000 years ago. The melt-
back uncovered most of northern Canada except parts of

27

the Canadian Artie and Greenland, which are still ice
covered year 'round.

Each time the ice melted hack it let down the hil-
lions of tons of soil and rock that it had scraped up farther
north. Low places in the landscape were filled in, so the
land surface hecame flatter than flat. If the ice hadn't
overridden Illinois, towns like Chicago would have the
topography of the huried bedrock, with ravines and
bluffs and cozy glens. It would be a lot prettier, but the
ecoilomy would be very different.

At each retreat the melting ice let down tons of rich
soil. Each of the four advances of the ice sheet went
through this cycle of wasting away, letting down rich
soils and rock carried in it, filling in and smoothing the

A. The dotted line indicates the
southern edge of the last ice
sheet. The shaded area indi-
cates the area of the highest
density of grain elevators
with capacities of at least
400,000 tons.

farms look pretty well off inside the line of the glacial
advance, and why life looks somewhat leaner outside of
that line. Other facts show up, too.

In the glacially covered areas land values and total
farm values are higher than in adjacent areas outside the
old glacial cover. On the other side of the coin, in the
areas not covered by the last glacier more land is unim-
proved, and over twice as much land is left as woodlands.
Unimproved woodlands have environmental advan-
tages, but they don't yield income for the farmers who
own them. When the Middle West was first settled no
one had any idea a glacier had been there. It was just luck
for some families that settled on the high-yield lands.

There is another curious situation; Most everyone

topography under it. The good soils left behind by each
ice advance were overrun and partly ruined by each fol-
lowing advance. The last advance, however, left behind
its load of good stuff and no fifth advance has arrived yet
to override it. That's the key to the present landscape.

A geologist, roving around the Middle West, can
plot on a map the rich glacial deposits and from this can
see the outline of the last ice sheet. It turns out he could
get a similar result by plotting differences in the crop and
economic conditions in the Middle West. If the areas
under the old glacial cover have the better soils on land
that is generally flatter and easier to farm it should show
up in better crop yields. Map A shows a plot of the high-
est density of grain elevators with capacities of 400,000
tons of grain or more for the states of Illinois, Indiana,
and Iowa. This leaves out all of the elevators with small
capacities. The dotted line indicates the edge of the last
ice sheet in these states, as mapped by geologists. It's a
pretty good fit.
28 That's why the com is so thick and healthy, and the

in Chicago refers to southern Illinoisans as "downstate
Republicans." The same thing is said by people in Gary,
Indiana about their downstate voters. It's partly true, but
if you go far enough south in either state, you run across a
lot of Democrats.

Going over the last ten presidential elections, for-
ty years' worth, it's clear that some counties go
for Republican candidates over 90 percent of
the time. Other counties go for Democrat
candidates over 90 percent of the time. Many counties
waffle back and forth. If you plot the counties that vote
Republican 90 percent of the time or more on a map
(Map B), in Illinois and Indiana most Republicans end
up under the old glacial ice, and most Democrats outside
of it. This excludes, of course, the densely populated
urban counties of Cook (Chicago) in Illinois and Lake
(Gary) in Indiana.

This fits the stereotypes of these two parties. If you

have a farm that's on good land, and you're doing well,
you want very little government mucking around, and
you probably oppose heavy government spending. You
vote for the Republicans. If things aren't quite so good,
you may be more partial to the government helping out,
and you want the kinds of programs usually identified
with the Democrats.

It makes a pretty neat story except for Iowa, where
it doesn't work at all. Iowa is very heavily Republican
throughout. Only five counties ever record many Demo-
cratic votes — two of them are way outside the glaciated
area, and two are at the edge. No county in Iowa ever
votes Democratic as high as 90 percent of the time. All
but three of the strongest Republican counties are out-

result of shorter growing seasons. The crisis for human
populations would be worse than any natural disaster
ever known. If you polled the same experts today, they
wouldn't be quite so sure about this prediction.

It turns out that there is a geological force no one had
reckoned with before — huge human populations us-
ing fossil fuels. As fuels are burned to drive auto-
mobiles, heat and cool houses, cook food, heat
water, and run industries, the biggest combustion prod-
uct, carbon dioxide, is being released into the atmo-
sphere. Although colorless, it acts like a filter for the
sun's rays to build up the heat content of the air — little
by little.

fc—

^^^

J

.

\

^^^1

1 \

r"":

ri

mm

■[

\

■■■■■•*

f-- Hi

msJ-m-

>

1 IOWA

■
■

P*

Vcsr

7r-

^

^%

V

-A_

A

0f^

..'■••••■•• .••M

?

V A

■■• 1

\

\ ^

■ «

v,

\

"W'Pa

<

ILLIN0IS^Tj[]|2I*J!^/'^

MISSOURI

L

f ""'

V

1

B. The dotted line indicates the
southem edge of the last ice
sheet. The shaded areas indi-
cate counties in Iowa, Illinois,
and Indiana that have voted
Republican at least 90% of the
time in the last 10 presidential
elections.

side the crop-rich area also.

Obviously there are many reasons people vote for
candidates. With the much publicized current crisis in
the farming communities all over Iowa, it's going to be
interesting to plot the results of the election of 1988 on
this map. Perhaps those with the glacially enriched land
may pop out as still solid Republicans, and the rest of
Iowa will join downstate Illinoisans and Hoosiers as
Democrats.

About twenty years ago many geologists predicted
that small changes they were measuring in seawater
composition and temperature, along with other signs,
warned that a fifth advance of the North American gla-
cier was only 8,000 years away— a long time in our lives,
but geologically not very long at all. Clouds carry water
from the oceans onto the lands. When this water, falling
as snow or rain, becomes converted to permanent ice
and does not return to the ocean again, sea level gradual-
ly falls. Countries like the U.S.A., Canada, and the
U.S.S.R. would gradually suffer food shortages as the

Right now, no one knows for certain, but mankind
might actually have stopped the next glacial advance by
substituting in its place a heating trend. Don't count
your blessings. The warmup could run wild in the oppo-
site direction causing hotter climates in many places in
the world, changing rainfall patterns, reducing crop
yields in North America, no matter how good the soil.
Worse yet, the remaining ice caps in the Arctic and
Antarctic would partly melt, raising sea levels to wipe
out such places as most of New York City, all of Florida,
much of Mississippi, Alabama, Texas, Louisiana, and
Central California. Southern Illinois, for example,
would become a seaport. There are some signs that this
process is starting.

The earth sits at a balance point, oscillating be-
tween ice ages and warm ages. Human beings, although
relatively little creatures, may be enough in total to tip
things in the direction of a hotter age. If it starts along
that path there will be a lot of changes — not only in
voting patterns. FM

29

FIELD

MUSEUM
TOUKS^

Kenya Tanzania Safari

February 20 to March 10, 1988
$5,245 per person
Leader: Audrey Faden

February 20: Your safari begins when you board your British
Airways flight to London this evening.

February 21: Arrive London's Heathrow Airport this morning.
You will be met and transferred to the Sheraton Skyline Hotel,
where day-rooms will be provided until your British Airways
flight to Nairobi this evening.

February 22: Upon arrival in Nairobi, you will be met and trans-
ferred to the luxurious Norfolk Hotel — a famous colonial land-

mark and one-time haunt of Teddy Roosevelt, Ernest Heming-
way, and Robert Ruark. This afternoon, enjoy a half-day tour
of Nairobi, visiting the colorful African market, the unique Ken-
yatta Conference Center, Nairobi University, and the famed
National Museum, known for its superb natural history collec-
tion and watercolors by Joy Adamson. Continue your tour by
driving through the suburb of Karen, where you will see Isak
Dinesen's original home, now a museum. This evening there is a
welcome cocktail party and dinner at the Norfolk, with guests of
the East African Wildlife Society.

February 23: Today you head toward the famed Tsavo West
National Park, Kenya's largest national park. View game
through the park before arriving at Kilaguni Lodge for lunch.
From the lodge, watch the game conie to the nearby waterhole.
After lunch, go out in search of the great elephant herds. Your
drive takes you to Mzima Springs, where large pools of clear
spring water surface at the rate of 50 million gallons a day. Oc-
casionally hippos can be viewed from the tank and cormorants
swim by.

February 24: Today you drive to Amboseli National Park, justly
famous for its big game and superb views of Kilimanjaro. The
150 square miles of park embody four main wildlife habitats
including open plains, acacia woodland, scrub brush, and fresh-
water swamps. Spend the afternoon viewing animals such as
wildebeest, zebra, giraffe, lion, cheetah, elephant, and rhino.
Amboseli Serena Lodge.

February 25: Start the day with a dawn game drive in this beauti-
ful park. Early morning is also the best time to view Kilimanjaro
before the clouds build up over the summit. Game drive in the
late afternoon — the best time to see lion and cheetah as they begin
to stir from the shade.

30

For reservations, call or write Dorothy Roder (322-8862), Tours Manager Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr. , Chicago, II 60605

February 26: Today you drive to Tanzania via the Namanga bor-
der, passing tiirough minimal immigration formalities. Continue
on to Gibbs Farm, a small, quaint farm in the midst of coffee
plantations.

February 27: Today transfer to Ndutu Safari Lodge, situated on
the shores of Lake Lgarya near the southeastern corner of
Serengeti National Park. Here you will enjoy game-viewing
drives both morning and afternoon.

February 28: Today you have game-viewing drives both mor-
ning and afternoon to explore the vast Serengeti plains. Here mil-
lions of wildebeest and zebra mill across the plains, seeking fresh
grasses. You see large prides of lion, perhaps a leopard resting in a
tree, groups of hyena, a mother cheetah teaching her cubs to
hunt, giraffe, gazelle, topi, and kongoni — the list is endless.
Ndutu Safari Lodge.

February 29: This morning you will drive into the Olduvai
Gorge, the site of Dr. and Mrs. L. S. B. Leakey's famous discov-
ery of the fossil he called "Zinjanchropus boisei" (now classified
Australopithecus boisei). Here you will enjoy a visit to the small
but very informative museum and a short talk by one of Mrs.
Leakey's assistants, who will escort you to the site of the "Zinj"
discovery. Continue on to one of the natural wonders of the
world, the Ngorongoro Crater, a caldera created by the pre-
historic collapse of a volcano cone. On the crater floor, herds of
typical plains mammals live out their destinies: buffalo, zebra,
wildebeest. Grant's Gazelle, Thomson's Gazelle, lion, and hyena.
Ngorongoro Wildlife Lodge.

March 1: Today we spend down in the crater, tracking and
photographing the animals. This great caldera contains some of
Africa's finest black-maned lion. Rhino can be seen with calves,
and waterbuck appear not to notice the visitors, enabling photog-
raphers to shoot at case. On the lake in the middle of the crater,
you can watch thousands of flamingos.

March 2: Descend into the crater once more early this morning
for your last game drive here. Later depart to Lake Manyara
Hotel, set on the edge of the Great Rift Valley and overlooking
Lake Manyara National Park.

March 3: Enjoy a full day exploring the Lake Manyara National
Park. This park contains five vegetation zones, thus supporting a
large variety of fauna. Notable are the elephant herds and the
tree-climbing lions.

March 4: Drive to the Namanga border where your Kenyan driv-
ers will meet you for the drive back to Nairobi.

March 5: This morning you head northwest through undulating
Kikuyu farming country, reaching the Aberdare Country Club in
time for lunch. Transfer to special club vehicles for your game
run to the Ark, which will take you into a deep forested area alive
with some of the finest game viewing in Kenya. Driving along
the animal trails and paths, you may suddenly come upon ele-
phant, rhino, giant forest hog. Cape buffalo, waterbuck, bush-
buck, warthog, colobus monkey, cerval cat, leopard, and perhaps
the bongo antelope. The Ark is 'berthed' over a waterhole where
the animals come to drink. From an underground dungeon you
have an eye-to-eye view of this constantly changing scenario.
Darkness descends, but floodlights permit game viewing well
into the early morning hours!

March 6: Return to the Aberdare Country Club through the for-
est and clearings bright with clear morning light. Your safari
driver will be at the club to greet you and you head north along

the slopes of Mt. Kenya, then continue on, descending nearly
6,000 feet, passing through the town of Isiolo where your vehicle
will suddenly be surrounded by smiling Kenyans holding out
wares for you to buy, such as copper bracelets, necklaces, and
bangles. Bargain away if you wish, it's expected. View game as
you drive through Samburu Game Reserve to the lovely Sam-
buru River Lodge, located on the Uaso Nyiro River.

March 7: Today you have both morning and afternoon game
viewing of Samburu's typically 'northern' game — reticulated
giraffe, Grevy's zebra, graceful long-necked gerenuk, Somali
ostrich and vulturine guinea fowl, none of which you will see
further south. Samburu is also a very good park for elephant and
the elusive leopard. It is an excellent place for the photographer,
with the park's vivid colors and the contrasts between sky, bush,
and sand. Bird enthusiasts will be well rewarded with over 300
species, including the martial eagle, in this reserve.

March 8: Board minibus and drive to the famous Mount Kenya
Safari Club. Here you have the remainder of the day to luxuriate
at this private club made famous by the late William Holden.
There is golf, tennis, heated swimming pool, horseback riding,
two lovely shops, a beauty salon, sauna, and many attractive
rooms set aside for drinking tea or something stronger. The view
of Mount Kenya is awesome as are the finely manicured grounds.

March 9: Drive back to Nairobi where rooms will be provided at
the Norfolk Hotel until your transfer to the airport for your
flight to London.

March 10: Arrive London, where you will connect with your
British Airways flight to Chicago arriving later the same day.

This tour will be operated by Abercrombie & Kent.

31

Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, I L 60605-2499

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

October 1987

-!. ^*li>-'

gnp 4

^

Wll

i--

Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin

Published since 1930 by

Field Museum of Natural History

Founded 1893

CONTENTS

October 1987
Volume 58, Number 9

October Events at Field Museum

Editor/Designer: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa

Etruscan Gold Jewelry Techniques

by Richard Daniel De Puma

Research Associate, Department of Anthropology

Board of Trustees

Richard M. Jones,

Chairman
Mrs. T Stanton Armout
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd,

President
Robert D. Cadieux
Henry T. Chandiei
Worley H. Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley 11
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
John James Kinsella
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
James J. O'Conrwr

Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Ruruiells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington

Life Trustees

Harry O- Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Mis. David W. Grainger
Clifford C. Gregg
Mrs. Robert S. Hartman
William V. Kahler
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood

Woven Porcupine Quill Decoration

Among Indians of the Canadian Northwest 1 6

by James W. VanStone

Curator of North American Archaeology and Ethnology

Japanese Lacquer Wares 22

Inro and Netsuke from the Carl and

Jeanette Kroch Collection

by Lisa Adler, Benr\et Branson, Irerxe Chong, and SaUy Kurth

Field Museum Tours

31

COVER

Japanese inro, from the Carl and Jeanette Kroch Col-
lection. See pages 22-30. Photo by Ron Testa and Sophia
Anastasiou-Wasik.

Parking During Bears'
Home Games

Museum visitors can come to Field Museum by car and
park at the adjacent lots even on days when the Chicago
Bears are playing at Soldier Field. Parking is available on
those days for a $5.00 fee at the North Lot, the East Lot,
or the Soldier Field Lot. Home games in October are
October 11 and 18.

Fidti Museum ofKaturd History BuHean (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined July/ August issue, by Field Museum of Natural Histocy, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shote Drive. Chicago, IL 60605-2496.
Copyright CI987 Field Museum of Natural History. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually. $3.00 for schools. Museum memberehip includes BtJUan subscription. Opinions exptessed by authors arc their own and do not
necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone; (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should iiKlude address label and be sent to Membership
Department. Postmaster Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore I>ive, (Hiicago, IL 60605-2496. ISSN: 0015-0703. Second class postage paid at Chicago, Illinois.

lEVENTSl

The Peking Puppet Theatre

Saturday, October 17, 2:00pm

James Simpson Theatre, West Entrance

Imagine that You Are Sitting in a darkened theatre watching
life-sized puppets, dressed in dazzling bright costumes, as
they enact the age-old tale of the battle between the Eight
Immortals and the Dragon Demon. Or perhaps you are en-
chanted by the graceful, yet comic, story of the Crane and
the Turtle. Maybe you are delighted by the pageantry and
passion of the Lion Dance. If these tales intrigue you, you are
one of the thousands the world over who are fans of The Pek-
ing Puppet Theatre.

This unique theatre, from the People's Republic of
China, is now making its first nationwide tour of the United
States. The master puppeteers of this craft have passed on
the tradition of puppetry from parent to child for 1 ,000 years,
preserving a vast repertoire of Chinese legends and folk-
tales.

P87201 The Puppet Theatre

Tickets: $12:00 (Members: $10.00)

Seating is general admission. Theatre doors open one hour prior

to performance.

Registration by mail

Please use coupon on the back of this page to order tickets by
mail. Be sure to complete the requested information and make
checks payable to Field Museum. Tickets will be mailed upon re-
ceipt of check. Refunds are made only if the program is sold out.
By Phone

Register by phone with American ExpressA/isa/MasterCard/
Discover. Call Monday through Friday 9:00am-4:00pm.
(312) 322-8854.

Pawnee Earth Lodge
10th Anniversary

Thursday through Sunday
October 22 -25

Join Field Museum in celebrating the 10th anniversary of the
opening of the Pawnee earth lodge, a life-size replica of a
traditional Pawnee home and ceremonial center. Festivities
center around the visit of the Pawnee elders who advised in
the planning and construction of the earth lodge in 1977. Dur-
ing the four-day celebration, elders meet with visitors in the
lodge and craft people demonstrate traditional crafts in the
exhibit areas. Dance performances will be at 10:30am on
Thursday and Friday, and 2:00pm on Saturday and Sunday
All events are free with Museum admission.

T

^

EVENTS

October Weekend Programs

Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free tours, demonstrations,
and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed below are only a few of the
numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Programs Sheet upon arrival for the complete schedule and pro-
gram locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois Arts Council.

OCTOBER

4 12:00noon: Brontosaurus Story(tour). Look at some of
the newest discoveries about the "thunder lizard" and other
larger dinosaurs.

10 1 :30pm: Tibet Today (slide lecture and tour). Slide
lecture shows Lhasa and other towns now open to tourists.

followed by a tour of our Tibet collection.

Hall Interpreters Program

Thursdays through Sundays
October

Take a Hands-on Journey through Field Museum this fall.
Unearth the links to our past while participating in an
archeological dig, learn a string game from the Arctic, dis-
cover Native American tools and their uses, and create a coil
basket. Hall interpreters, located throughout the exhibits,
help you and your friends experience the wonders of the
world. Compare the teeth of shark and elephant, decipher
hieroglyphs, and discover dinosaur tracks and their tales.
These exciting programs are available to all Museum visitors
Thursday through Sunday, and on Columbus Day (Oct. 12).
Please consult video monitors throughout the Museum for
activity locations. This program is partially supported by the
Joyce Foundation and the Lloyd A. Fry Foundation.

1 0 2:00pm: Malvina Hoffman: Portraits in Bronze (slide lec-
ture). Slide lecture on the life and works of Malvina Hoffman,
concentrating on the Portraits of Mankind Collection com-
missioned by Field Museum.

These programs are free with Museum admission and no
tickets are required.

World Music Program

Weekends in October

1:00pm and 3:00pm

Join us for live musical demonstrations and informal dis-
cussions with the artists.

Octobers, 4 1:00pm — Chinese Music Society of North
America demonstrating instruments of the
Chinese orchestra.
3:00pm — Light Henry Huff and his harp.

October 10, 1 1 1:00pm — Chinese Music Society of North
America demonstrating instruments of the
Chinese orchestra.

October 17 1:00 and 3:00pm — Raices del Ande, play-

ing Latin American folk music.

October 24, 25 1:00pm — Keith Eric, Jamaican songs and
stories
3:00pm — Light Henry Huff and his harp.

The World Music Program is supported by the Kenneth and
Harle Montogomery Foundation and a grant from City Arts III/
IV, Chicago Office of Fine Arts, Department of Cultural
Affairs.

Peking Puppet Theatre

Registration

Be sure to complete all requested information on this ticket
application. If your request is received less than one week
before the program, tickets will be held in your name at the

West Entrance box office. Please make checks payble to
Field Museum. Tickets will be mailed upon receipt of check.
Refunds will be made only if the program is sold out.

n Member D Nonmember

American ExpressA/isa/MasterCard

Name

Address

Card Number

Signature Expiration Date

Return complete ticket application with a self-
addressed stamped envelope to:

Field Museum of Natural History
Public Programs: Department of Education
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, I L 60605-2497

City

State

Zip

Telephone: Daytime

Evening

Program

#Member

Tickets
($10.00 ea.)

#Nonmember

Tickets
($12.00ea.)

Total
Tickets

Amount
Enclosed

P87201 The Peking

Puppet Theatre

D Scholarship requested

Total

Edward E. Ayer Series

Thursdays in October

1:30 p.m., James Simpson Theatre

Lectures are free and refreshments are served.

The Edward E. Ayer Series continues through October at 1 :30
p.m. on Thursdays. The narrated slide series features pro-
grams on the island of Yap, ancient Egypt, New Zealand,
Ethiopia, and local birds.

n October 1

"Yap — The Island of Stone Money"

Robert Pickering, Anthropological Consultant

Yap is a tiny island in the Pacific, located between Guam and

New Guinea. An old and traditional culture, the men fish and

the women farm. Meet these ancient people known for their

seafaring skills and the use of enormous stone wheels for

money.

n Octobers

"The Pyramids of Egypt"

Frank Yurco, Doctoral Candidate in Egyptology, Department
of Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations, University of
Chicago

As they dominate the horizon of Cairo, so pyramids dominate
the popular view of ancient Egypt. Learn why these majestic
monuments were really built and about the fascinating cul-
ture of the ancient people who built them.

n October 15

"New Zealand: A Geologic Journey"

Paul Sipiera, Associate Professor, Department of Physical
Sciences, Harper College

New Zealand is a country of diverse geology occurring in
a small area. Explore the glaciers of Mt. Cook, the depths
of Milford Sound, the Moeraki Boulders, and the Rotorua
geysers and hot springs. From the active volcanoes of North
Island to the serene beauty of the southern Alps on South
Island, discover the mystique of the "Land of the Long
White Cloud."

n October 22

"High In the Horn of Africa"

William Burger, Curator, Department of Botany, Field
Museum

The landscapes of eastern Ethiopia range from dry desert
grasslands and thornbush to high alpine meadows. This
broad range of environments is home to a great variety of
plants and animals and two very distinct groups of people:
nomadic herders and settled farmers. Join us for a close look
at the natural history of this intriguing land.

D October 29
"Chlcagoland Birds"

Peter Dring, Naturalist, Cook County Forest Preserve District
The Chicago area is host to an abundance of different birds
throughout the year. Meet some of the permanent residents
and seasonal migrants. Discover the habits and habitats of
these sometimes fleeting but always fascinating creatures.

After Hours: Films at the Field

A free international film series

After Hours — F/ZmsaffheF/e/dcontinues through October.
This month the free Friday evening films feature Indians of
the Americas. Light fare and beverages are available from
Convito Italiano beginning at 4:30 p.m. Films start at 6:00
p.m.

D October 9
"Aguirre, The Wrath of God"

1973. 94 minutes. Color. Germany Director: Werner Herzog.
German with English subtitles.

In the mid-1500s, a Spanish expedition searching for the
mythical city of Eldorado detaches a small party to explore
an Amazon tributary but they never return. Herzog uses this
obscure historical incident to chronicle the greedy lawless-
ness of the conquistadors who ravaged South America and
Indian cultures in their lust for land and gold. Klaus Kinski de-
livers a powerful performance creating the dark comic char-
acter of Aguirre, who dreams of stealing the entire continent
for himself.

"How Hollywood Wins The West"

1980. 30 minutes. Color. United States. Producers: Robert
Hagopian, Phil Lucas. Narrator: Will Sampson.
This is a part of a series of documentary films dealing with
the one-sided presentation of Indian history despite the fre-
quent use of Indian culture in Hollywood films.

n October 16
"Little Big Man"

1970. 137 minutes. Color. United States. Director: Arthur
Penn.

Little Big Man follows the typical story line used in the past by
so many Hollywood films about Indians: boy's parents are
killed by Indians as they are traveling west; Indians adopt the
young boy and teach him their ways and make him brave
and honorable. Despite the obvious stereotyping and ques-
tionable history Dustin Hoffman and the "tongue in cheek"
tone make this one of the first feature films from Hollywood
that attempts to portray Indians as real people.

"Harold of Orange"

1984. 30 minutes. Color. United States. Written by: Jim

Vizenor.

A parody of modern Indian-White relations in which a

modern-day Indian "trickster" succeeds at getting funding

for his reservation projects. This short film pokes fun at the

way stereotypes of Indians still persist even among the

"good liberals" wanting to help the disadvantaged Indians.

D October 23

'The Chicago Story"

1950. 20 minutes. Black and white. Filmed by the U.S.
Bureau of Indian Affairs.

In the 1950s, the U.S. government relocated thousands of In-
dians from their reservations into larger cities. They were to
be assimilated into the mainstream American culture and
learn trades. This classic piece of governmental propaganda
shows how wonderful city life will be for the Indians.

Continued [>

T

EVENTS

^

n October 23
"Dreamspeaker"

1978. 75 minutes. Color. Canada. Director: Claude Jutra.
This award-winning film from Canada tells of a young boy
with serious emotional problems. He runs away from home
and encounters an Indian medicine man, who tries to heal
the boy by using tribal methods. The boy, however, decides
to end his life. The film looks at traditional Indian ways and
the Western ways that are threatening to take their place.

D October 30
"W/ndwaZ/fer"

1980. 108 minutes. Color. United States. Director: Kieth Mer-
rill. Cheyenne and Crow languages with English subtitles.
This beautifully filmed feature provides an unusually authen-

tic treatment of Indian culture. Except for an occasional
voice-over narration in English, all spoken language is in
Crow or Cheyenne. The action takes place in the 18th cen-
tury and there are no non-Indian characters. All the actors
are Indian except for Trevor Howard, as the old Cheyenne
man, Windwalker, who recounts his life as he lies dying.

The Spirit of the Navajo"

1966. 20 minutes. Black and white. Silent. United States.

Filmed by: Maxine and Mary Jane Tsotie.

This film is part of a film project where Navajos were taught

the technology of film-making and encouraged to choose

their own subjects. Two women filmed their grandfather, a

medicine man, gathering roots and herbs for a ceremony

Scene from "Dreamspeaker," showing October 23.

(

m. 'I

•^ N

i'*

K

^

Etruscan

ifc*

^

Gold

JS^

Jewelry

|s^

TBchniques

J

s?^

*^* V?^v

by Richard Daniel De Puma

Etruscan gold necklace, 4th or 3rd century, B.C. Cat. no.
239188. Sophia Anastaslou-Wasik 110412

2. Etruscan gold necklace, 4th or 3rd century, B.C. Cat. no.
239188 (detail). Sophia Anastasiou-Wasik 1 10409C

Since 1828 people have been fascinated by the unex-
pected refinement of ancient Etruscan jewelry. At
Vulci that year, an Italian tenant farmer accidentally
destroyed the roof of a subterranean Etruscan tomb
with his plow. The owner of the property was Lucien
Bonaparte, Prince of Canino and brother of Napoleon.
This fortuitous discovery encouraged Bonaparte to
explore further; before long, numerous Etruscan tombs
were being mined. Soon the Princess of Canino
appeared at elegant parties wearing the rich harvest of
Etruscan jewelry from the tombs on her husband's
lands.

Such discoveries encouraged continued explora-
tion. Throughout the 19th century the splendid con-
tents of more and more Etruscan tombs were brought to
light: the Regolini-Galassi Tomb at Cerveteri in 1836,
the Isis Tomb at Vulci in 1839, the Barberini and Ber-
nardini Tombs at Palestrina in 1855 and 1876, to name
only the most famous. Although these tombs, not to
mention the important series of painted chamber-
tombs at Tarquinia, yielded hundreds of precious vases,
bronzes, and ivories, it was their gold jewelry that cap-
tured public attention.

What is it about this jewelry that so fascinates us?

Richard Daniel De Puma is professor of classical archaeology in the
School of Art and Art History, University of Iowa, and a Field Museum
research associate. He recently published Etruscan Tomb-Groups:
Ancient Pottery and Bronzes in Chicago's Field Museum of Natural
8 History and a book on engraved Etruscan mirrors.

Certainly, antiquity is one factor: The Etruscans
dominated central Italy from ca. 700 B.C. until their
absorption by the Romans beginning in the 4th cen-
tury B.C. Theirfinest jewelry was produced ca. 650 B.C.
but much of it is as fresh as the day it was buried. Other
qualities of the jewelry are its originality of form, its
inventive decorative motifs or its ornamental and apot-
ropaic (intended to turn away evil) functions. Many of
us are immediately drawn to anything made of gold, a
metal which has always excited human passions. But
for me and others who enjoy studying Etruscan jewelry,
it is the degree of technical refinement which elicits
our greatest admiration. Obviously, any of these fea-
tures could be the subject of lengthy study. A thorough
discussion of Etruscan jewelry would have to deal with
all of them. Here 1 will treat only the major aspects of
Etruscan gold jewelry techniques. Examples from Field
Museum's fine collection, mostly acquired between
1895 and 1912 but still virtually unpublished, will illus-
trate the various techniques.

By way of introduction, let me say something
about gold itself. Pure gold is the most chemically
stable, malleable, and ductile of all metals. Its chemi-
cal stability ensures that its characteristic glitter will
not fade with time. Its malleability was well known to
the ancients: Pliny the Elder, the first-century Roman
encyclopedist, tells us that a single ounce of gold could
be beaten into 750 sheets or "leaves," each about three
inches square (a total area of more than 46 square
feet!). Roman craftsmen produced leaves only
0.0002mm (about 1/127,000") thick, a significant im-
provement on the 0.001mm foils of the Egyptians. To-
day, through a combination of beating and rolling,
sophisticated machines produce incredibly thin leaves
approaching thicknesses of only 0.00001mm.

The astonishing ductility of pure gold allows it to
be drawn into fine wires. Again, Pliny mentions hav-
ing seen Nero's mother, the Empress Agrippina (A.D.
15-59), dressed in "cloth of gold" woven from thread-
like filaments of the metal. In our own time, a single
gram of gold has been drawn into a fine wire approx-
imately 3.2km (2 miles) long.

These versatile properties of pure gold are serious-
ly diminished by impurities. Native gold is never pure,
although gold of 99.9 percent purity was discovered in
California and occurs occasionally elsewhere. Typical-
ly, native gold contains some silver and copper.
Ancient jewelers preferred nearly-pure gold because it
is more malleable, more ductile, and has a higher melt-
ing point. In general, chemical analyses for pieces of
ancient jewelry show that they have a very high gold

content, unlike the more durable, but less pure, gold
alloys used by modem jewelers. Relatively few pieces of
Etruscan jewelry have been analyzed, but there appears
to be a high percentage of silver in pieces produced in
the 7th century B.C.

Probably early humans first noticed gold sand or
nuggets which had washed down to a river bed from a
higher vein. This "alluvial gold" is the easiest to
recover and requires no refining. Man's greed for gold
inevitably led to the more difficult task of mining "reef
gold" — uneven deposits of the metal often imbedded in
quartz veins.

Etruria, the heartland of Etruscan civilization, is
bordered on the north by the Amo River and on the
east and south by the Tiber. In land area it is about the
size of New Hampshire. But, despite its small size, it
possessed the central Mediterranean's richest supplies
of tin, copper, and iron ore. These resources, coupled
with Etruria's fertile farmland, ensured the growth of a
major civilization on its soil.

By Roman times Italy's gold supply was virtually
depleted. Five thousand Romans mined a significant
deposit at Victumulae, near modem Vercelli (midway
between Turin and Milan) , but most Roman gold came
from Spain. Although there is much evidence of earlier
Etruscan mining operations, we are not certain of their
sources of gold. Surely, alluvial deposits existed along
the banks of Mignone and further north in the Pennine
Alps, to which Etruscan culture spread. While the
lands controlled by the Etruscans may not have been
especially rich in gold, other supplies of the metal pro-
bably came from overseas in exchange for the copper,
tin, iron ore, and agricultural products so eagerly pur-
chased by the Greeks and Phoenicians.

What evidence do we have for understanding the
technical processes in the creation of Etruscan jewelry?
There is no extant Etruscan literature on the subject.
Greek and Latin authors speak of jewelry, but they are
often vague or inaccurate and usually silent on tech-
nical matters. Only one fragmentary technical treatise
survives: the so-called "Leyden Papyrus X" from 4th
century A. D. Egypt.

Have the remains of an Etruscan goldworking
establishment been discovered? Not yet. We have a
few goldsmith's tools and implements, often from other
cultures but probably similar to ones employed by
ancient jewelers everywhere. Normally, these merely
corroborate evidence from the best source of all: the
surviving jewelry itself. Most of our knowledge of
Etruscan goldsmithing techniques is from close exam-
ination of the actual jewelry, often with microscope.

spectroscope, or electron microprobe. Modern
attempts to duplicate various features have proved to
be especially helpful. A survey of these findings is now
in order.

Decorative Techniques: Repousse and Chasing

The simplest and oldest gold decorative technique in-
volves the hammering, stamping, or punching of a thin
gold sheet. Since gold is so malleable, this rarely re-
quires the effort suggested by the word "hammering. "
In fact, a gentle tapping is usually sufficient. Repousse
is the French term used to describe the pushing out of
forms from the back of a sheet of gold. Thus, relief ele-
ments are raised on the front of the sheet. Often a
carved punch or stamp (made of bronze, wood, bone,
etc. ) can be used to create a series of the same decora-
tive elements. An excellent example of this kind of
work appears on a 7th century B.C. Etruscan gold
pendant, the earliest article of Etruscan jewelry in
Field Museum (no. 239203), shown in figure 3, below.
A piece of sheet gold was cut into a "figure-eight" shape
then, after being decorated, was bent around a short
bronze tube which formed the suspension channel.
The two halves of the "figure-eight" were then
"stitched" together with a flat gold wire, some sections
of which still remain. Decoration consists of five bosses
raised on each side and numerous fine chasings.
Chased lines (simply incised rather than engraved)
form chevrons on the suspension tube, zigzags, and
concentric circles around the pendant's perimeter and
the five bosses, four small zigzag crosses, and a group of
four concentric squares.

3. Etruscan gold pendant, 7tti century B.C. Cat. no. 239203. R. D.
De Puma

10

Examples of repousse decoration made from a
stamp may be seen on a series of small gold discs (nos.
239137-1 through 4), figure 4. Each is stamped with a
wreath-like frame enclosing a youthful male head
shown in left profile. These are identical and obviously
produced with the same stamp. Precise parallels for the
motif appear on the related series from Vulci now in the
Vatican Museums. It is quite likely that the examples
in Field Museum were made in the same workshop and
probably came from Vulci. Both series date to ca. 425-
400 B.C.

A logical extension of the repousse technique is
the stamping of symmetrical halves of an element, cut-
ting them out of their gold sheet and then joining the
two halves to form a single, hollow element in the
round. The many fanciful creatures that parade across
much of Etruscan jewelry were created in this way.
Often the seams of the two halves are hidden by an
attached wire or row of granulation but, under magni-
fication, they are usually visible. The tiny gold pen-
dants of a fine necklace from the 4th or 3rd century B.C.
(no. 239188), shown in figures 1 and 2, were produced
in this manner. In several instances the pendants have
been dented, with a resulting rupture of the seams. A
set of Hellenistic bronze stamps for making similar
jewelry elements was excavated at Galjub in Egypt.

Filigree

Filigree may be defined as the process of decorating a
piece of jewelry with metallic wires, cut and shaped to
form various motifs or designs. Obviously, the signifi-
cant feature here is wire. How did the Etruscans pro-
duce fine gold wires? Microscopic examination of a
number of ancient samples has suggested several possi-
bilities to modern researchers. In a valuable study,
Andrew Oddy ' demonstrated four possible methods of
producing fine gold wires. A drawing adapted from
Oddy's microphotographs will help to clarify these
processes.

The most obvious method, is simply to pound a
piece of gold into a roughly elongated wire (fig. 5, A).
"Hammering" produces a solid but irregular cross-
section as well as an uneven surface and diameter.
Some of these problems could be minimized by rolling
the irregular wire between two hard, flat surfaces. A
second process, "block-twisting," begins with a gold

'"The Production of Gold Wire in Antiquity" in Gold Bulletin JO, 3
(1977)79-87.

4. Gold discs with repousse decoration, ca. 425-400 B.C. Cat.
nos. 239137, 1-4. Sophia Anastasiou-Wasik 110413

rod that is square in section (Bl). Gold rods can easily
be made from a gold sheet by cutting small strips whose
widths equal the sheet's thickness. The rods are twisted
tightly (B2-3) and then rolled between flat surfaces to
produce wires with round cross-sections and uniform
diameters (B4). Unlike the hammered wires, these
have smooth surfaces and four spiral grooves which
may be detected under magnification.

The last two methods involve gold strips that are
pulled through a draw-plate, a metal die pierced with
graduated, tapering holes. There has been considerable
discussion about when draw-plates were first used and
whether such devices were known to the ancients.
Although the question cannot be answered to every-
one's satisfaction, recent experiments have demon-
strated that wire can be drawn through a "soft" draw-
plate made of the same metal as the wire and that the
characteristic parallel scratches made by a metal draw-
plate not only appear on many authentic ancient wires
but can be duplicated by easier methods than once sug-
gested.

To return to methods of making gold wire, the
third process, "strip-drawing," requires that a small
strip of gold be pulled through a simple draw-plate.
This curls the strip into a hollow tube whose seams
overlap but may be irregular (CI). Further draws
through smaller holes reduce the diameter and even-
tually produce a closed, round tube with a single longi-
tudinal seam (C2). "Strip-twisting," the fourth
method, is clearly related to "strip-drawing." Here a

strip of gold is first twisted over a previously made wire
and then removed. This helix ribbon reminds one of an
undone paper drinking straw (Dl). As the helix is
twisted tighter, the seams touch, then overlap while
the diameter decreases. The wire may be smoothed
further by pulling it through a draw-plate. The final
product is essentially uniform, is hollow with a round
section, and has a single helical seam (D2). All four
methods, but especially the last three, produce wires
which are round in section. Two such wires can be
twisted around each other to form a cable or rope; two
"ropes" twisted in opposite directions then placed be-
side each other and aligned create a "braid. " Wire ropes
and braids are clearly visible along the edges of several
Field Museum earrings from the 4th and 3rd centuries
B.C. (nos. 239066, 239068), figures 6, 7. The ancients
also used "beaded" wire, but exactly how this was pro-
duced is debated. In fact, the word filigree, which com-
es from Latin filum ("wire") and granum ("grain" or
"bead"), may allude to beaded decorative wires.

The Etruscans used their decorative gold wires in a
variety of ways. On several 7th century B.C. bracelets
from Marsigliana', serpentine wires form lace-like
bands that alternate with narrow ribbons of gold. The
openwork of filigree of these bracelets makes them
among the most delicate and intricate articles from this
rich period. It is far more common for wires to decorate
the surfaces of jewelry, especially earrings, already
formed by the repousse process described earlier. A
good example (no. 239066) shows two reclining re-
pousse lions at the top of each earring; their tails are
made of tiny twisted wires. Scores of twisted wires are
arranged to form various designs on other earrings
(e.g., no. 239068). On still others, small coiled wires
(made by simply winding the wire tightly around a rod
and then sliding it off to form a spiral) are arranged in
floral patterns or flattened to form a looped border (no.
239067), figure 8. Wires are also often used to form
"loop-in-loop" chains like the complex braided neck-
lace, no. 239163, figure 9.

The Etruscans, then, used filigree in four basic
ways: (1) to form an openwork border (e.g., Marsig-
liana bracelets); (2) to create independent design ele-
ments on a gold background or repousse relief (e.g.,
nos. 239188, 239066, 239068); (3) to outline or frame
independent elements (no. 239067 and most earrings
of this type); (4) to form loop-in-loop chains of varying

*M. Cristofani, ed., L'Oro degli Etruschi (Novara, 1985), no. 47,
pp. 107 and 266.

A
B 1

C 1

: O

o

o

5. Several types of gold wires, as fashioned by Etruscan artisans
(see text).

complexity (no. 239163). Of course, a single piece of
jewelry often combines several of these basic applica-
tions.

Granulation

Granulation describes the decoration of metal objects
with tiny metal spheres, or "grains." Of all the tech-
nical processes treated here it is the most characteristic
of Etruscan jewelry and has caused the widest admira-
tion, discussion, and controversy. The technique was
developed ca. 2500 B.C. in the Near East and appears
with varying degrees of quality in all the ancient
Mediterranean cultures. The Etruscans probably
learned about granulation from Eastern Greeks, but
they quickly refined the technique and soon surpassed
all others with the excellent quality of their granulated
jewelry. My discussion of granulation is divided into
three parts: first, how the grains were produced;
second, how the grains were joined to the gold base;
third, how granulation was used to decorate jewelry.
The discussion is limited to gold, although silver gra-
nulation is also known. 1 1

6. Pair of gold earrings, 4th or 3rd cent. B.C. Cat. no. 239066. R.
D. De Puma

8. Pair of gold earrings, 4tfi or 3rd cent. B.C. Cat. no. 239067. R. D.
De Puma

12

7. Pair of gold earrings, 4tfi or 3rd cent. B.C. Cat. no. 239068 R
D. De Puma

Etruscan gold grains are solid and usually near-
perfect spheres. They range in size from ca. 0.5mm to
less than 0. 14mm in diameter. Some grains are so fine
that they are frequently termed /)u/viscoIo,. or "dust" gra-
nulation. Those on the elegant gold disc ornament,
possibly an earring (no. 239153), figure 10, are only
0. 1 6mm in diameter or about 150 per inch and certain-
ly qualify for this distinction. A larger and smaller pair
of elaborate discs is in the Field Museum collection
(nos. 239153-4), figure 12. All illustrate the incredible
skill with which the ancient jeweler combined granula-
tion with filigree (see drawing, figure 11).

How were such tiny grains produced? At first
sight, one is amazed that ancient craftsmen could man-
ufacture such minute but perfect spheres. Actually,
their production is the easiest part of the operation,
owing to a law of nature that makes small metal parti-
cles assume spherical shape when they melt. Two basic
methods of achieving this were probably known to the
ancients. First, one can pour a stream of molten gold
onto a hard, flat surface or into cold water or into pow-
dered charcoal. The process can be facilitated by pour-
ing the stream through a broom of new birch twigs to
help disperse the gold or by rapidly stirring the cold

9. Braided gold necklace, Cat. no. 239163. R. D. De Puma

1 0. Gold disc ornament.

poss

biyan

earring.Cat, no. 239153.

R.

D.

De Puma

KJ#'. -^^

s-%

1^

^IF^^5^

Hj

S^vo^

^2

^

"»ipPT:,"-V*^atJ»

1

^^^vmy^i

■TO|

^MWs

Tft%J^i"' "'^jM^B^j

V

■'^yOeS

jjjp

''•'^%

i:^^tegi|jgyj

Sa

y-'4^^^^jOr

'^^'i

^ «■[[

''.*"' Vll^L

/■'--*i3l|^T^S^> ; ' ''■

.*vv

r^^B

MC3B|^

^^X^HH

' i^^^C^5&J ■

n3

Wfr^

nSp*?:^

Wm

''^^'^^R

-^-'SB

i>^i|tl^9^

H

m '^Ti '■ ■'"^ '■■■?

^^^■T

a^Km

-v^w^

.y^' ''' . r --'■ ", ,i ^r^^

■^fl

W^

|1

"^^

(fli«iL

^

J

t^"-^

M^^

M

-'^^

1

9

iSJIk^^i^il

■"WV- ■.■'-■' «5

H^,

W^j

^^■^^mr^^FWri'

-':"■

^B

'W^^---^

Pt;^.

MR^

K'.^'.'J

:'m

k^KjH'!^?

^^Cx,^t

^Tjagj

■fi t'{*.

bL'^' J

JS

^P%^W ;.

^^m

S^tSl '^.:^

S^'-n

^ "jff^jJP^^^y

■3

/''JLjSb

fl^^

mB^jp^ _ ' .i, ■■ ^

^(^m><i

s

^J^Ci'^-^ ■

I

11 . Schematic drawing of gold ornament in Fig. 10, showing four
types of wire: A, "beaded" wire; B, "twisted" wire; C, flat serpentine
wire placed vertically; D, plain wire. Stippling indicates "dust"
granulation.

12. Elaborate gold discs with fine granulation. Cat. nos.
239153-4. R. D. De Puma

water. In any of these variations, the molten metal is
broken up into small particles which cool quickly and
form spheres of various sizes.

The second method is more complicated. One
first cuts gold wire into small pieces of uniform size.
These are then placed in a crucible where they are kept
apart by layers of ash. When the crucible is heated the
wire bits melt into spheres. This method requires more
time and fuel but it is the only one which produces
grains of uniform size. Grains made by one of the pour-
ing methods would have to be sorted, but this could be
accomplished easily with graduated sieves.

Soldering Processes

Having produced gold grains of various sizes, how did
the Etruscans attach them to the jewelry they wished to
decorate? Soldering each tiny sphere individually
would, of course, be blindingly difficult. In fact,
although metallic solder can be seen on granulated
work from Egypt and other areas, it is not detectable on
most Etruscan jewelry. Modem researchers now be-
lieve that a non-metallic solder was most likely used. In
the "copper-salt process," for example, an animal or

13

fish glue was applied to the gold base (or "substitute")
to be decorated. This could then be "dipped" into a
container of grains of the desired size, or depending on
the area to be decorated, the grains could be sprinkled
onto the substrate. The grains adhering to the glued
area could, if necessary, be adjusted at this point to
form more precise patterns.

Mixed with the glue was a powdered copper com-
pound such as malachite, whose Greek name chrysokol-
la means "gold-solder" or "gold-joiner." Malachite
reacts violently when heated and can mar or even eat
through thin metal; it had to be combined with other
ingredients before it could safely be used to solder deli-
cate jewelry. Pliny {Natural History XXXlll, 29, 93)
records a gold-solder recipe which dilutes malachite
with Cyprian verdigris (copper acetate pentahydrate,
the product of bronze corrosion), nitrum (a compound
of sodium carbonate, bicarbonate, chloride, and sul-
phate) and child's urine (probably used to thin the mix-
ture; prepubescent urine is low in zinc). It is especially
interesting that Pliny speaks of this formula as some-
thing foreign and whose name in Latin is santema, a
word which has been shown to be Etruscan in origin. It
is almost certain that the same recipe or one very sim-
ilar was used by the Etruscan goldsmiths who handed it
down to the Romans of Pliny's time.

When the decorative patterns have been "drawn"
with this special glue, the grains may be applied. Once
the glue is dry the grains are secure; additional areas of
the object may be decorated without disturbing the first
application. When the completed piece is heated the
organic glue carbonizes and releases water. The
malachite (basic copper carbonate) becomes copper
oxide which, at about 850°C, with the help of carbon
from the glue, reduces to copper. It is this metallic cop-
per which replaces the glue compound and solders the
grains to the substrate. It is important to realize that
diffusion of this metallic copper in the microscopic area
between grain and contact point on the substrate re-
sults in a new alloy with a much lower melting point
(about 890°C) than the grain or substrate proper
(about 1,000°C). In other words, there is no danger
that the grains themselves will melt before they are per-
manently fixed by the new copper alloy solder.

Electron microprobe analysis has recently demon-
strated that the joins between grains and substrate on
some 7th century B.C. Etruscan jewelry are indeed rich
in copper. In the pieces sampled, the average alloy con-
tent for both grain and substrate was approximately 68
percent gold, 30 percent silver, and 1.3 percent cop-
14 per; the joins, however, showed heavier con-

centrations of copper, as high as five percent. This
proves that the copper-salt, non-metallic (or "colloid")
soldering process described above was definitely used
for at least some of the granulated jewelry made by the
Etruscans during the 7th century. Unlike metallic
soldering, a distinct advantage of this copper-salt
method is that all the joining need not be done at one
time. New areas of granulation or filigree may be added
in several stages without harm to elements attached
earlier. This feature is particularly important in the
production of complex designs.

"Sintering" is another joining method proposed
for Etruscan granulation. In this process grains are
again attached to the substrate with glue, then the
piece is heated until the glue volatizes. Finally, at a
critical point, the gold surfaces begin to melt. If the
piece is removed from the furnace at this time, before
the grains themselves melt, joins will have formed be-
tween grains and substrate. These joins are not copper-
enriched. Sintering requires rigorous temperature con-
trol and works only on objects with high gold content.
The Etruscans may have known both this and the
copper-salt process but, at this time, only the latter is
proven.

Types of Granulation

Etruscan goldsmiths employed five types of granula-
tion, often using more than one kind on the same
piece. In "massed" granulation the grains form a scintil-
lating background for figures in repousse; sometimes
this massing simply creates a textural difference to indi-
cate hair or beard or to distinguish various parts of a
complicated element such as a lotus blossom or to dif-
ferentiate patterns in a complex design (nos. 239153-
4). An excellent example of massed granulation
appears on a 5th-century beaded necklace (no.
239189), figure 13. It is used to enliven the hair of
alternating satyr and human heads; the smaller human
heads are only 6.5mm tall. Less energetic Etruscan
goldsmiths imitated the appearance of massed granula-
tion with repousse dots, especially in the 4th century.

"Silhouette" granulation uses masses of grains to
form figures against a blank gold background. It is espe-
cially popular on 7th-century pins and rarely appears
on later Etruscan jewelry. Such a pin (no. 239148),
figure 14, in the Field Museum shows two swans ren-
dered in silhouette granulation.

"Linear" granulation is by far the type most fre-
quently used by the Etruscans. Here either single or,
more often, double rows of grains form figures or

13. Beaded gold necklace, 5th cent. B.C. (detail). Cat. no. 239189.
Sophia Anastasiou-Wasik 1 10409C

14. Seventh century gold pin, with swans rendered in silhouette
granulation. Cat. no. 239148. R. D. De Puma

geometric designs. The rows may be joined directly to a
flat substrate but typically follow tiny repousse grooves.
Linear granulation often articulates the three-
dimensional gold animals perched on so many Orienta-
lizing pieces or the hollow gold beads of objects like no.
239169. The gold beads on this last piece are only 8mm
in diameter; yet each hemisphere is elaborately deco-
rated with a frieze of palmettes and volutes executed in
double-row linear granulation. Triple rows of grains are
used for the biconical beads of another necklace (no.
239159) of ca. 650 B.C.

Two other types of granulation are not as common
in Etruscan work: "Point" granulation is simply the use
of isolated, usually large, grains to punctuate an indi-
vidual element. Such treatment is most common on a
haule ("valise-shaped") earrings such as those discussed
earlier (nos. 239066-8). "Cluster" granulation uses
grains set upon each other to build tiny pyramids. In its
simplest form, three grains support a centrally placed
fourth grain, the apex of the pyramid. Such clusters are
usually combined with linear granulation and are often
isolated from each other.

This brief outline of the basic techniques of Etrus-
can gold jewelry should, 1 hope, dispell some of the
"mystery" so often associated with this art and the cul-
ture which produced it. At the same time, we cannot
fail to be impressed with Etruscan goldsmith skills. Few
ancient works can rival these for elegance of design and
delicacy of execution. That point will remain true no
matter how well we come to understand the various
techniques. FM

15

Among Indians of the Canadian Northwest

by James W. VanStone

Curator of North American Archaeology and Ethnology

16

n 1971 Field Museum acquired a decorated
cloth pouch for gun shot identified only as
being from "Northwestern North America." It
is in excellent condition and is ornamented
with the extremely fine loom-woven quillwork
designs characteristic of Athapaskan Indians of
interior Alaska and northwestern Canada and
the Cree-speaking peoples of western and
northwestern Canada. Although this shot pouch lacks
precise provenience, it has been of special interest
because of its excellent condition and the fine quality of
its workmanship. Indians of the northwest have always
been considered among the finest native American
craftsmen in the working of porcupine quills and one of
the few peoples to have perfected the weaving technique
with this material. There seemed little likelihood,
however, that a more precise provenience could be de-
termined for this particular specimen.

In 1985 a similar cloth shot pouch was seen in the
collections of the Peabody Museum at Harvard Univer-
sity. The documentation for this pouch is sketchy, but it
is said to have been collected among Cree Indians before
1819 by Roderick McKenzie and acquired by the Pea-
body Museum in 1890 from the American Antiquarian
Society, of Worcester, Massachusetts. Although the
Peabody Museum pouch is in relatively poor condition,
it is sufficiently similar to the Field Museum pouch to
suggest that both are of Cree manufacture.

Bags and pouches were of considerable importance

to people like the Cree, who traditionally did not pro-
vide their garments with pockets, and a number of differ-
ent forms were adapted to suit a variety of purposes. The
pouches described here contained lead shot for muzzle-
loading weapons. Early paintings and drawings indicate
that these pouches were worn around the neck and hung
down across the chest.

When the collector of an ethnographic object is
well known, the possibility of determining where the ob-
ject was collected is considerably enhanced, since the
residence or movements of the collector are often
documented in published or unpublished historical
documents. In the case of the Peabody Museum pouch,
with its presumed early nineteenth-century date, we can
assume that the collector, Roderick McKenzie, was
probably associated with one of the fur trading com-
panies operating throughout western and northern
Canada at that time. Unfortunately for our purposes,
there were no less than five men named Roderick
McKenzie associated with the Hudson's Bay Company
and its competitors during the first half of the nineteenth
century, a fact attributable to the tendency at that time
for young men from Scotland to migrate to Canada and
enter the service of trading companies.

The best known Roderick McKenzie seems likely,
on the basis of location and time of service, to have been
the collector of the cloth pouch in the Peabody
Museum. Bom in Scotland about 1761, he was a first
cousin of the famous explorer Sir Alexander MacKenzie

and came to Canada in 1784. The following year he en-
tered the service of Gregory, McLeod and Company, a
firm in which his cousin was a partner. This company,
which had previously traded at Detroit and Michili-
mackinac (on Mackinac Island) in northern Michigan,
entered the trade along the Saskatchewan, Churchill,
and Athabasca rivers (fig. 1 ) and in 1785 sent out its first
fur trading brigades to the northwest. Roderick McKen-
zie spent the winter of 1785-86 in charge of the com-
pany's depot at Grand Portage on the north shore of Lake
Superior, then joined his cousin Alexander at Ile-a-la-
Crosse in west-central Saskatchewan. In 1786-87 he
wintered at an outpost he built at Lac des Serpents below
Ile-a-la-Crosse Lake.

In 1787 Gregory, McLeod and Company joined
with the old North West Company to form a new firm
with the latter's name. The following year Roderick was
sent to build a post on the south shore of Lake Athabasca
which he named Fort Chipewyan and it was from there
in June, 1789 that his cousin Alexander set off to explore
the great river flowing into the Arctic Ocean that today
bears his name. The length of Roderick's stay at Fort
Chipewyan cannot be determined with certainty, but he
was there in 1792 when Alexander began his second ma-
jor exploring expedition, this time to the Pacific Ocean.
The prospects of trade led Roderick McKenzie to con-
struct a winter post on a small island at the entrance to
the Mackenzie River in 1790 and he was also stationed at
Great Slave Lake in the spring of 1792 in the hope of
establishing trade relations with the Athapaskan-
speaking Slavey Indians living west of the lake.

n 1800 Alexander MacKenzie left the North
West Company to join the newly established
XY Company, but his cousin did not follow
him. Instead he was named a partner of McTav-
ish, Frobisher and Company and was one of the
agents of that firm at Grand Portage in 1800.
Roderick McKenzie retired from active par-
3r ticipation in the trade in 1801 and lived in
Quebec until his death in 1844.

McKenzie was a man of considerable literary inter-
ests and is said to have established a fine library at Fort
Chipewyan. After his retirement from the fur trade, he
devoted himself to gathering information for a history of
Indian tribes of the Northwest as well as a history of the
North West Company. In order to obtain the necessary
materials for these works he sent out printed circulars to
many of the wintering partners and clerks of the North
West Company requesting them to send him letters,

1. Map of northern Saskatchewan with a portion of northern Alberta
and the southern Northwest Territories.

journals, and other information relating to company
activities and to the life of the native peoples near the
posts where they were stationed. Some of this informa-
tion was later published by McKenzie's son-in-law, L.R.
Masson. '

In addition to his documented interest in the cul-
tures of native peoples, it is certain that Roderick
McKenzie, during his active years in the fur trade, was
also interested in collecting objects of native man-
ufacture. In a letter dated March 2, 1791 Alexander
MacKenzie at Fort Chipewyan wrote to his cousin who
was then on Great Slave Lake: "I find by your journal,
that you have purchased some curiosities; I wish you will
miss nothing in that way, as you know, I am destitute of
those articles. It would be unbecoming a North- Wester
to appear below so impoverished in that line."^
Although nothing is known concerning the "curiosities"
McKenzie was able to collect, either at Great Slave Lake
or while stationed at other posts further south, it is possi-
ble that the shot pouch now in the Peabody museum was
part of his collection.

The Peabody Museum pouch (cat. no. 49319),

1. L.R. Masson, "Les Bourgeois de la compagnie duNord-Ouest
recits de voyages, lettres et rapports inedits relatives au Nord-Ouest
Canadien." 2 vols. New York: Antiquarian Press Ltd., I960 (origi-
nally published in 1895).

2. Masson, 1960, vol. 1, p. 36. 17

18

2. Shot pouch (49319). Peabody Museum, Harvard University nmi Burger N31159

3. The woven quillwork technique without sewing (from: W.C. Orchard, "The Technique of Porcupine Quill Decoration among the Indians of
North America. "Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, 1971).

measuring 29 x 16 cm, is constructed from a single rec-
tangular piece of English red wool stroud folded over so
that the back extends above the front (fig. 2). The sides
are sewn with coarse thread to form a single deep pouch
edged on three sides with brown cotton cloth. At the
upper end is a piece of appliqued white silk, the lower
edge of which is cut into irregular V-shaped designs.

The major decoration on the front of this pouch
consists of a pair of rectangular panels of woven porcu-
pine quills mounted on separate pieces of light-colored
wool Stroud. Both the warp and weft elements appear to
be of coarse thread. The woven technique, in which no
sewing is involved except when the weave is finished,
was confined to northern Athapaskan tribes, the Cree,
Indians of the Great Lakes region, and the Iroquois.

The process of weaving consists of first stretching
the warp strands on a wooden bow loom in the same
manner as a bow string would be strung. As a spreader for
the warp strands, two pieces of birch bark are placed at
each extremity of the warp elements. These bark pieces
are perforated with a straight row of small holes through
which the warp strands run. The distance between these
perforations corresponds to the width of a flattened por-
cupine quill.

weft strand is attached to the outside warp
strand and then passed alternately over and
under the warp, by means of a small wooden
itei* ir- shuttle, to the opposite side where it is turned
and crossed over again. At the same time, the porcupine
quills, inserted with the fingers, are woven between the
warp strands and over and under the weft elements. As
the end of a quill is reached, the final portion protrudes
at the back. Then another flattened quill is inserted and
the weaving is continued (fig. 3). Moistened quills are
used because they are more pliable. On the loom illus-
trated here (fig. 4), the piece of bark at the left can be
moved up and down the warp strands, indicating that it
served as a weave sword or beater to tighten the quills
and insure a straight line across the weave.

On the Peabody Museum pouch a row of white
beads entirely surrounds each quillwork panel and at the
ends are rows of green beads inside the white beads.
These rows of beads are strung separately from the warp
and weft elements. The two decorative quillwork panels
are identical. Since the dyed quills are badly faded the
colors cannot be determined with certainty, but the
motifs appear to be geometric with diamond shapes pre-
dominating.

4. A bow loom (from: Orchard, 1971).

19

I

20 E.

5. Shot pouch in Field Museum's collections. Ron Testa

Below each quillwork panel is a fringe of quill-
wrapped cloth strips. The quill wrapping includes bands
of blue, white, and brown-dyed quills. At the lower end
of each fringe strand is a metal dangler from the lower
end of which extends raveled, red-dyed trade cloth as a
substitute for caribou or deer hair. To hold the fringe in
place, each strand is sewn to the front of the pouch just
above the dangler.

Between the two decorative panels and fringes is a
wide band of blue silk cloth sewn to the wool stroud. It
covers the entire width of the pouch.

The shot pouch in Fi€ld Museum's collection (cat.
no. 197) measures 24 x 16.5 cm. It resembles the Pea-
body Museum pouch in almost all respects but consists of
two rectangular pieces of black wool stroud sewn
together with coarse thread along three sides rather than
of a single folded piece (fig. 5). The back piece extends
above the front and the inside is lined with white cotton
cloth. All seams are edged with green cotton cloth and
there is a carrying strap of the same material.

Decoration on the front of this pouch also consists
of a pair of rectangular panels of woven, dyed porcupine
quills with warp and weft elements of coarse thread.
These panels are not mounted on pieces of stroud, as are
those on the Peabody pouch, but simply sewn to the
pouch at either end with the ends of the warp threads.
Across the top they are sewn through the selvage edges,
but the bottom edges are not sewn to the pouch. On the
three sewn sides the panels are edged with unflattened
quills wrapped with flattened quills.

The decorative motifs are geometric and may dupli-
cate almost precisely those on the Peabody Museum
pouch. Figures 5 and 6 show details of the weaving and
the variety of colors used. Most are bright and clear
although the yellow is somewhat faded. Extending be-
low each panel is a narrow piece of white wool stroud cut
in narrow strips to form a fringe over which dentalium
seashells (tooth shells) have been fitted. Tufts of red-
dyed caribou or deer hair extend from the end of each
shell. The lower ends of the shells are held together by
strands of thread which extend across the entire fringe.

Although both pouches appear to be of con-
siderable age, the Indians who made them already had
access to a variety of European trade materials. The wool
stroud from which both pouches are made, replacing
tanned animal hide, was widely distributed by traders
across North America at an early date. Glass trade beads
began to replace porcupine quills as the major element in
decoration early in the nineteenth century and their
introduction eventually resulted in a shift from geomet-
ric motifs to predominately floral patterns. Beads per-
mitted greater flexibility of design and were much easier

6. Detail of Field Museum 's shot pouch showing woven quiltwork dec-
oration. Ron Testa

to use than porcupine quills. The use of thread for sewing
and weaving rather than sinew and the presence of metal
danglers on the Peabody Museum pouch are further in-
dications of European influence. The dentalium shells
on the Field Museum pouch were obtained in aboriginal
times from the northwest coast by direct or indirect
trade. After European contact they were imported by the
Hudson's Bay Company and other traders.

ith reference to a possible provenience for
both pouches, it seems likely, based pri-
marily on documentation for the Peabody
Museum specimen and the known travels
of Roderick McKenzie, that they were made by Cree In-
dians. In the late eighteenth and early nineteenth cen-
turies, the Western Woods Cree occupied the full boreal
forest west of Hudson and James bays, including the
northern portions of Ontario, Manitoba, Saskatch-
ewan, and Alberta. The Peabody Museum specimen was
probably collected in the extreme western section of this
area, possibly while Roderick McKenzie was on lle-a-la-
Crosse Lake, at Fort Chipewyan on Lake Athabasca, or
on Great Slave Lake. In fact, he may have collected the
pouch in response to his cousin's request for objects of
native manufacture. All this is highly conjectural, of
course, but a Cree origin for both pouches is strongly
indicated. The Peabody Museum pouch would appear
to date from the end of the nineteenth century, while
Field Museum's specimen may date somewhat later.
Both are fine examples of North American Indian
craftsmanship.

21

Japanese Lacquer Wares

Inro and Netsuke
From the Carl and Jeanette Kroch Collection

By Lisa Adler, Bennet Bronson, Irene Chong, and Sally Kurth
Photos by Sophia Anastasiou-Wasik and Ron Testa

22

The Museum is fortunate to have received last
year a collection of some sixty Japanese inro
with attached ojime and netsuke, donated by
Carl and Jeanette Kroch of Chicago. The collection
is a fine one. When combined with pieces given
in the past by other donors, especially the late John
Woodward Leslie of Evanston, the Krochs' gift gives
the Museum real strength in the areas of Japanese
netsuke, inro, and lacquer work in general.

The illustrations for this article are of inro and
netsuke from the Kroch collection. Most of the pieces

donated by the Krochs, including all of those shown
here, will be on exhibit for the first time this fall.
Many will later be transferred to the cases of the
regular Japanese and Chinese lacquer exhibit in
Hall 32;

Bennet Bronson is associate curator of Asian archaeology ar\d ethnol-
ogy; Lisa Adkr, Irene Chong, and Sally Kurth are volunteers in the
Department of Anthropology Sophia Aruistasiou-Wasik is a staff
photographer arul Ron Testa is head of the Division of Photography.

That exhibit and a previous article in the Bulletin
(May 1979) give a general introduction to Asian
lacquer wares. For readers who have not seen the
exhibit or read the article, a short review of the
subject may be useful.

First of all, what are inro and netsuke? An into
is a type of small Japanese container, divided into
several horizontal sections but otherwise rather like
an old-fashioned tobacco can: rectangular in side view
and oval as seen from above. It is designed to be

I Birds in Togidaslii Technique. These are fine examples of togi-

dashi maki-e, one of the most difficult of lacquer decorating tech-
niques. The design, flush with the surface rather than raised in relief
as in takamaki-e and hiramaki-e work, is achieved by first building
up a design by sprinkling metal powders over layers of lacquer, then
covering the design and background with a thick coating of opaque
lacquer, and finally polishing the entire surface down until the de-
sign emerges through the covering layer Both are signed with the
name of Shiomi Masanari (also known as Masanobu), a well known
lacquer artist of the late seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries.
It is possible that both were actually made by him, though his signa-
ture was often used by later artists.

Left A flying snow heron over a scattering of reeds. Height 9.0
cm. (284422). Right A wagtail perched in a kingfisher-like pose on a
stump overlooking a body of water Height 6.3 cm. (284371 ).

♦ Enjoying Nature. Both inro, in high relief or takamaki-e technique,
show people enjoying the pleasures of nature: in one, two noblemen
and a servant view maple trees in autumn; in the other, a group of
men and women admire cherry blossoms in spring. Although the
Japanese have long appreciated the charms of being alone in the
midst of natural beauty communing with nature is not always a soli-
tary activity Cherry blossoms in particular are meant to be viewed in
company

Left Unusually large gourd-shaped inro. The faces and heads
are emphasized with inlaid ivory mother of pearl, and tortoise
shell. Signed Heian Bunshu, or Bunshu of Kyoto. Height 10.3 cm.
(284308). Rigtit Signed Kajikawa Bunryusai. The first artist of that
name was the third Kajikawa (late 1 7th c), but the signature was
used by at least one later artist (early 19th c). Height 8.2 cm.
(284347).

23

Inro Attached to Ojime and Netsuke. When inro were still in use,
they were invariably attached by a silk cord to a bead-like ojime and
a netsuke. A modern collector often strives to assemble matching
ensembles of these three items. The inro, ojime, and netsuke may
be matched by feeling, by theme, by material, color, and/or texture,
by artists, or by any combination of these.

The ensemble on the left is entirely of lacquer The inro depicts a
lady in Heian period costume and is signed Koma Koryu (late 18th-
early 1 9th c). The ojime represents a toy ball. The netsuke is in the
form of an inu-bariko, a papier-mache dog figure given to infants to
bring them luck and protect them from evil influences. The signature
on it is that of one Takamasu (ca. 1 800). (284344, 284345, 284346)

The ensemble in the center has an autumnal theme. The inro is
decorated in low relief on a smooth black ground, showing a les-

pedeza ("bush clover") plant with several insects above a stream. It
is signed Koma Kyuhaku, a name used by several lacquer artists of
the 1 8th century The unsigned ojime is of gold, with insects and
autumn plants. The ivory netsuke is signed Ryoko (20th c) and
represents a toad on a sandal made of straw. (284440, 284396,
284442)

The ensemble on the right is composed of pieces that simply look
well together The inro shows the celebrated poet-saint Hitomaro at
the bay of Akashi, in a medallion set into a gold flake ground. His
face is in ivory inlay It is signed Yoyusai (1772-1845). The ojime is a
simple coral bead. The unsigned "bun-shaped" netsuke is of ivory;
the figure is a tennin, one of the celestial beings who inhabit the
Buddhist paradise. (284380, 284381 , 284379)

24

carried while suspended from a cord. The cord is tied
in an elaborate bowknot at the bottom. At the top,
the inro is held closed by a bead, or ojime, that slides
along the cord. The cord is terminated by a toggle, or
netsuke. In the days when inro were used as costume
accessories, they were hung from a sash or belt around
the waist; the cord was passed under the belt and kept
from slipping out by the netsuke.

Netsuke are small three-dimensional objects

made to go on the end of a cord, acting both as a
counterweight and as a stop to prevent the cord from
slipping. A number of East Asian peoples have tradi-
tionally used netsuke-like objects on the cords and
straps of their belt pouches, knife and chopstick cases,
and tobacco containers. The Manchurian, Mongol,
and northern Chinese versions of such objects are
known in English by the rather confusing term, tog-
gle. The term netsuke, although it shows signs of be-

coming adopted as an English word, is not yet in
general use for toggles and counterweights that are
not Japanese.

Inro are said to have originally served as con-
tainers for medicines. However, they lost this func-
tion at about the time they began to be widely used in
Japan, during the seventeenth century. Their new
function was one that anthropologists consider more
basic and interesting than mere health: that is, per-
sonal adornment. Like other East Asians, Japanese
men did not traditionally wear jewelry. In earlier
times the need for status display had been filled partly
by clothing and partly by ornaments on personal
weapons as well as by the weapons themselves. By the
seventeenth century, however, new levels of middle-
class prosperity, along with strictly enforced laws con-

cerning who was allowed to carry weapons, gave rise
to an intense demand for new kinds of wearable status
goods. Japanese artisans met this demand by creating
ornaments not from gems and precious metals but
from inexpensive raw materials, exquisitely crafted.
Most inro were made from lacquer. Netsuke were
generally made from lacquer, ivory, or wood.

The word "lacquer" can cause confusion.
Oriental lacquer must be distinguished from ( 1 ) shel-
lac, made from a resin-like substance deposited by the
lac insect; (2) varnish, made from various tree resins
dissolved in turpentine; and (3) American lacquer,
which is just a glossy type of paint. Genuine Oriental
lacquer is a quite different product: a natural polymer
— essentially, a plastic — derived from the sap of one
among several species of Asian tree, including Rhus

The Legend of the Tongue-Cut Sparrow. Once there was an elder-
ly couple who had a pet sparrow. One day the sparrow ate some of
the old woman's laundry starch. In a fury she cut its tongue and
drove it off into the woods. The old man, who loved the bird dearly
went searching for it. At last he found it. He and the sparrow greeted
each other joyfully and the sparrow entertained him in its splendid
home. As he was leaving, the sparrow offered a choice of baskets
as a parting gift, one large and the other small. The old man chose
the smaller one. On arriving home he found it was filled with silver
and gold. The old woman scolded him and went to visit the sparrow

herself. She too was offered a choice of baskets. She took the larger
one and carried it off greedily But when she opened it, a horde of
goblins sprang out and began to torment her The old man lived
happily ever after

Both are in low relief hiramaki-e. The scenes on them are very
similar, showing that lacquer artists did not hesitate to use a good
idea more than once. They are signed Koma Kansai, a name used
by three generations of lacquer artists (late 18th-mid 19th c). Left
Height 7.0 cm. (284431 ). Right. Height 6.0 cm. (284401 ).

25

vemicifera and R. succedanea, which are close relatives
of poison ivy and poison sumac, and Melanorrhoea laC'
cifera and M. usutata. The latter are the sources of the
lacquer used in Burma, Thailand, and Vietnam. Rhus
vemicifera, the gishu or ch' i-shu of the Chinese and the
urushi of the Japanese, is considered by most experts
to be the "true" lacquer tree.

Urushi tree sap has three unusual properties.
First, like the sap of related plants here in North
America, it induces very strong allergic reactions
in most people. Second, it "dries" best under moist
conditions, forming a solid polymer when exposed
to humid air and to warmth but not to high heat.
Third, solidified lacquer is fairly tough, reasonably
strong, and extremely resistant to chemical damage.

Although it can be injured by burning and even by
long exposure to a dry atmosphere and ultraviolet
light, it is unaffected by water and most other chemi-
cal solvents. It is therefore often found even in very
early archaeological sites. For all its seeming delicacy,
lacquer is an eminently practical material: probably
the finest industrial polymer known before the twen-
tieth century.

Incidentally, we do not know whether lacquer
can be made from the American species of Rhus.
Poison ivy, oak, and sumac, however, exude large
quantities of thick grayish sap when cut, and this
hardens into a resinous mass over time. Considering
that lacquer comes from several separate Asian spe-
cies, it seems possible that the sap of at least one

26

Two Inro of the Shibayama School. Both are signed Shibayama,
the name of a family of lacquer worl<ers (late 1 8th-1 9th c) and of a
technique popularized by them, involving incrustation with various
materials in mosaic-like patterns. Shibayama work is currently held
in low regard by many collectors. Its ornate character has even led
some to claim that such work was made exclusively for export,
apparently because they believe that traditional Japanese taste
eschewed everything that was so gaud,ily ornamented. In reality.

taste in Japan — as elsewhere in the world — was variable. Many Shi-
bayama pieces were made for and used by Japanese.

Left. A dancer dressed as a Tengu, a mythical forest-dwelling
creature with a long nose. The foreground shows a toy cart loaded
with a fish. Of ivory inlaid and overlaid with shell and coral. Height
8.6 cm. (284353). Right. A richly caparisoned elephant of ivory
metal, and shell on a dull gold lacquer ground. It is signed with two
names, Shibayama and Kajikawa. Height 8.6 cm. (284359).

,-fe.-^^^^.^. H

lil^^Slfeirl

^ms^^ i/..vi m^^ 1

^^^g^^^B

■ $&^-X^^mSMT^ ^^

^^JmB^^M

■k. m *•«•.» v./ JKH 1

^m ^^^^'^ iTi^SPnr / H^^l

.^vj'ifC^jSS^^p^lBSSi^Jv^C^irm ■yi.^Ki^BBgpB^^^^M

^ ''''' cC2^^iN^^^T*?^^^H

mm^^^^^'^^

^

^

Celebrated Places. These two inro show scenic spots long fre-
quented by tourists: Mount Fuji and the countryside around Kyoto.
Mount Fuji, of course, is famed for its beauty as well as its sacred
character The Kyoto area contains many noted attractions, a num-
ber of which appear on the inro on the right. The small rectangles
with written Kany/ characters give place names, suggesting that the

inro could have served as a guide for travelers and pilgrims. Both
are made by the high relief or takamaki-e technique. .

Left A railing, swallows and willows are in the foreground. Signed
Koma KoryO (end of 18th-early 19th c). Height 8.3 cm. (284437).
Right. Signed Shosensai (19th c). Height 9.0 cm. (284368).

American species, if filtered arid kept away from sun-
light and air before use, would behave like lacquer as
well. Readers who are immune to the poison and have
backyards full of Rhus might find the experiment
worth trying.

Lacquer was originally used as a relatively thin
waterproof coating over wood. It appeared first in
China in the Shang period, about 3,500 years ago. By
the Han period, 2,000 years ago, Chinese lacquer-
making was carried out on an industrial scale and ob-
jects were being made mainly of lacquer, by building
up thick layers of that substance over thin shells of
cloth or wood. Large government lacquer factories
existed. Quantities of finished lacquer wares were
shipped to customers as far away as Korea. By the
middle Tang period, about A. D. 650-850, Chinese
lacquer wares had reached very high levels of techni-
cal proficiency and were widely exported. The Japa-
nese were among China's best customers for lacquer.

They are said to have imported entire lacquered wood
buildings during Tang times.

A significant change began to occur at some
point between A.D. 900 and 1000, however. Japanese
imports from China declined and Japanese production
of lacquer improved very rapidly in quality while
moving away from simple imitation of the Chinese
product. By 1 100 or even before then, the distinctive
built-up maki-e techniques had been developed and
Japan was already making some of the finest lacquer
ware in the world.

Over the first few centuries of the second millen-
nium A.D., the Japanese continued to be deeply inter-
ested in lacquer — perhaps more interested than most
of their neighbors. Japan had no monopoly on cre-
ativity. A number of new techniques for working lac-
quer were invented by Chinese craftsmen during this
period and subsequently borrowed by the Japanese;
yet the latter continued to show extraordinary skill, 27

28

--f

i^i

■^

i Pictures of Folk Art. This kind of conceptual play, with designs
connposed of pictures that represent pictures rather than things,
was already long established in Japanese decorative arts by the
time Zeshin designed these two inro. The woman is Otafuku, a
plump person of legend whose picture is carried on bamboo rakes
during the folk festival of Tori no tviachi. She symbolizes good luck.
Both inro bear the signature of Shibata Zeshin (1 807-91 ). One of the
greatest of recent lacquer artists, he was noted for complex textures
and highly original design effects.

Left The insets show Otafuku, dice, money and white beans,
symbolizing good wishes for the New Year The background sim-
ulates either leather or blackened cast iron. Height 8.0 cm.
(284434), Right Two insets of folklore subjects may be seen, a fan-
shaped Otafuku picture and an ema, a plaque with a painted horse
used as an offering at shrines. Height 7.0 cm. (28431 4).

*■ The Legend of Takasago. These three inro depict different
scenes from the same story, that of a couple who have come to
represent longevity and wedded bliss. Jo, the husband, and Uba,
the wife, lived by gathering pine needles. They died at a great age,
in the same hour of the same day Their spirits then came to inhabit a
pair of intertwined pine trees. Until 1931 these pines could still be
seen near the shore at Takasago on the Inland Sea.

Left Jo with his rake. Unsigned. Gold and black lacquer with in-
laid gold and silver metal. 8.5 cm. (284287). Center. A broom and
rake under a pine tree. Signed Zeshin (1 807-91 ). Gold lacquer with
inlaid silver metal and shell. Height 8.5 cm. (284329). Rigfit Two
pines with their branches intertwined. Signed Jokasai (late 1 8th-
early 1 9th c). Black, gold and silver lacquer with Inlaid abalone or
pearl shell. Height 6.0 cm. (284410).

i Seasonal Flowers by Kajikawa School Artists. Many lacquer
artists signed their work with the name Kajikawa. Some were actual
members of the family of that name, which started making objects of
lacquer in the 1 7th century and continued through the 1 9th century
Some were apprentices, sons-in-law, or others who earned the right
to use the name, and some were outright forgers who appropriated
a signature to which they were not entitled either by custom or by
skill. Jokasai was the leading apprentice of the original Kajikawa. He
too had many successors who used his name. Each of these de-
picts a more or less naturalistic floral scene. The chrysanthemums
symbolize autumn and the peonies, spring. The flowers with butter-
flies connote summer All three inro are in the medium- or high-relief
technique called takamaki-e.

Left Chrysanthemums and mist. Signed Kajikawa (1 7th-19th c).
height 8.7 cm. (284281). Center. Peonies and dogs. Signed Kajika-
wa. Height 8.5 cm. (284326). Right Flowers and butterflies, the lat-
ter with inlay of silver and pearl shell. Signed Jokasai (late 1 8th-early
19th c). Height 8.7 cm. (284302).

often surpassing their counterparts from China and
elsewhere in the precision with which their work was
executed and in the general quality of their product.
By the time Europeans first reached eastern Asia in
the sixteenth century, there was no question in any-
one's mind who made the most desirable lacquer
wares. By far the best on the international market of
the 1600s were Japanese, as shown by the large
quantities of lacquer boxes, cases, chests, cups, desks,
stools, tables, tea-trays, writing boxes, and so forth
that are recorded as having been carried from Japan to
Southeast Asia, India, Europe, and even to China.

Thus, the first inro appeared in the context of a
highly developed and long established industry. Most
of the principal lacquer-working techniques were 29

Netsuke of Ivory and Lacquer. Top row, 1 . to r.: Lacquer netsuke in
the form of an oni, a Japanese demon. Tfie tectinique used is called
negoro: a layer of red lacquer is applied over black lacquer and
plain wood, then partly rubbed off. Unsigned. Height 5.8 cm.
(284313). Lacquer netsuke portraying the Rabbit in the Moon. In
Japanese and Chinese folklore the moon is inhabited by a rabbit
(technically a hare) who formerly sacrificed himself to become food
for the Buddha Sakyamuni and was rewarded with everlasting life.
Here he is shown leaning on the moon; in his other paw he holds the
pestle with which he prepares the Elixir of Immortality Signed Tat-
suke Takamasu (late 18th-early 19th c). Height 3.7 cm. (284445).
Lacquer netsuke with a lid depicting a ho-o (phoenix) bird in flight.
The Japanese-Chinese phoenix is a powerful supernatural creature
and a symbol of the feminine aspect of the universe. It is quite differ-
ent in symbolic meaning from the phoenix of European tradition,
which is not specifically female and which stands for self-sacrifice
and regeneration. Unsigned. Height 2.4 cm. (284409). Ivory net-
suke representing a cat chasing a rat hiding in a paper lantern. The
rat actually moves. Signed Ryoko (20th c). Height 3.0 cm. (284307).

Center row: Lacquer netsuke in the form of a square of silk
brocade wrapped with cord. Unsigned. Height 3.4 cm. (28431 6).
Lacquer-covered wooden netsuke in the form of a shishi, or Bud-
dhist lion. Characterized by fierce expressions and curly mane,
shishi figures often serve as guardians at doors and gates. Signed
Shugetsu(18thc). Height 3.2 cm. (284391). Ivory netsuke. The
figure's costume and hairdo are those of a European, perhaps a
Dutchman. Yet he holds a miniature Buddhist deity in one hand and
a toad in the other He may be Jiraiya, a legendary robber chief, but
the symbolism involved is unclear Signed Kuya (1881 -1961). Height
3.0 cm. (284289).

Bottom row: Lacquer netsuke representing a child playing with
a shishi (lion) mask. With the signature of Taishan (1825-1903), an
outstanding pupil of Zeshin known for the refinement of his work.
Height 4.5 cm. (284343). Lacquer netsuke in bun shape. The cutout
forms are tea ceremony utensils. Unsigned. Height 1 .8 cm.
(284400). Lacquer netsuke in the shape of a boat with a painting of
a crane on its roof. Signed Yoyusai (1 772-1 845). Length 6.0 cm.
(284430). Ivory netsuke. A tree branch with two loquat fruit. Un-
signed. Height 4.2 cm. (284304).

30

already in existence by the mid-seventeenth century.
Japanese ideas of design in the decorative arts, with
their distinctive emphasis on contrast, asymmetry,
and visual surprise, were well worked out by then. A
strong demand existed due to the increasing wealth
and size of the middle classes. So it is no surprise that
into proliferated. Their function as status symbols in a
very fashion-conscious society meant that quality of
workmanship was of great importance and that ex-
treme efforts were made to achieve novel effects in
surface treatment and design.

This emphasis on richness and novelty has not
always been easy for foreign commentators to appreci-
ate. Perhaps under the impression that the essence of
all Japanese art is chaste simplicity, writers on the sub-

ject have complained that in the Edo period (1615-
1868), "lacquer ware lost its simple artistic effect and
degenerated into detailed overomate pictorial designs
as a result of the lavish demands of the rich merchant
class. " The present authors do not doubt that this is
partly true. And yet we confess that the gulf that sup-
posedly separates the early simple lacquer made for
the aristocracy from the late ornate lacquer made for
the bourgeoisie is not always obvious to us. Many lac-
quer objects of the Edo period, including many inro,
are not at all showy or vulgar. Whether or not the
people who used them were mere merchants, such
objects rank with the more brilliantly simple of all
known examples of decorative design. Ml

FIELD
MUSEUM
TDUR3^

Voyage to
Patagonia and
Cape Horn

Including the Falklands
and the Majestic Fjords
of the Southern Andes

Aboard the lUiria
March 9 '19, 1988
Accompanied by Dr. James S. Ashe,
Field Museum Zoologist

ITINERARY

Day 1: March 9
USA/Santiago

Depart USA on a regularly scheduled flight to
Santiago.

Day 2: March 10
Santiago

Morning arrival in Santiago with transfer to Hotel
San Cristobal Sheraton. Balance of the day at
leisure. This evening attend a welcome cocktail
reception and dinner at a local restaurant.

Day 3: March 11
Santiago

In the morning tour cosmopolitan Santiago,
situated at an impressive location below peaks
that rise to 18,000 feet. Founded in 1541, San-
tiago is the nation's modern, bustling capital.
Visit the museum of natural history with its
collection of Indian folk art; Santa Lucia Hill,
where Santiago was founded; colonial San
Francisco Church with its art treasures; and
San Cristobal Hill, which affords panoramic
views of the city and the Andes Mountains.
Afternoon at leisure.

Day 4: March 12

Santiago/Punta Arenas/Embarkation on

'llliria"

Morning flight to Punta Arenas, the Patagonian
city on the northern shore of the Strait of Magel-
lan. Board the llliria and sail in the afternoon.
Cruise westward on the waterway separating
the Atlantic from the Pacific Ocean, and con-
tinue along the Patagonian coast.

Located between the Andes and the Paci-
fic Ocean, the Pacific coast of Patagonia is one
of the most spectacular areas in the world. The
countless islands, which create a maze of
channels and passages, combined with the
grandeur of the ice-capped southern Andes
which drop precipitously to the sea, make
a ship journey here an unforgettable travel
experience.

Day 5: March 13

Bay of Mountains/

Strait of Magellan/Beagle Channel

From Puerto Natales, the llliria vj'iW proceed to
the Bay of Mountains, a steep fjord, and con-
tinue to the Strait of Magellan. This famed
waterway which winds for about 360 miles in
widths ranging from 2 to 20 miles, separates
the land mass of South America from Tierra del
Fuego, an archipelago of the continent's south-
ern tip. Enter the Beagle Channel. Here, the im-
pressive mountains of the Cordillera Darwin rise
sharply from the sea to create one of the world's
most breathtaking fjords. Explore some of the
area's spectacular glaciers by zodiac (rubber
boats) including Garibaldi Glacier. If conditions
permit, land on brilliant white Alemania Glacier.

Day 6: March 14

Ushuaia/

Tierra del Fuego National Park

Ushuaia, Argentina's center in Tierra del Fuego
and the most southerly town in the world, has
steep streets leading to the mountains, against
which the town is built. Many vantage points in
the town offer fine views of the nearby snow-
covered peaks, rivers, woods, and waterfalls.

An excursion travels to the Tierra del
Fuego National Park, comprised of 154,000
acres of mountains and lakes. The park is home
to many species of birds and over 500 types of
flowering plants. Enjoy a picnic lunch amidst
this breathtaking scenery

Day 7: March 15
Cape Horn

Early in the morning, reach Cape Horn and,
weather permitting, make a landing on this
landmark, first rounded in 1616 by the Dutch
navigator Willem Cornelius Schouten. Born in
Hoorn, Netherlands, Schouten appropriately
named the cape after his hometown. Cape
Horn, a steep rocky headland on Horn Island,
marks the southernmost extremity of South
America. Depart Cape Horn and continue
cruising toward the Falkland Islands.

Day 8 and Day 9: March Wand 17
Port Stanley/Carcass Island/
West Point Island, Falkland Islands

In the early afternoon of Day 8, arrive in Port
Stanley the main town of the Falklands. First
visited in 1592 by the English navigator Cap-
tain John Davis, the Falklands changed hands
several times between England, France, and
Spain. Since 1832 they have been administered
by England (despite Argentina's claim which
culminated in 1982), and thus most of the
approximately 2,000 inhabitants are exclusively
of British descent. In their early history the is-
lands were stopping-off places for whalers and
sealers bound for Antarctica. While in Port
Stanley see the impressive hulks of clipper
ships which took refuge in the Falklands. For
years, scientists have been attracted to the is-
lands' rich wildlife, which is indeed among the
most spectacular in the world. This is due to
both the lack of human intrusion and the is-
lands' diverse landscape, which ranges from
inland moors, lakes, and mountains, to dramat-
ic coastlines, characterized by abrupt cliffs
and rocky beaches. Penguins alone include
rockhoppers, magellenic, and king. The tame-
ness of the birds of the Falklands is remarkable
and there are over 50 species. Large colonies
of sea lions and fur seals are found on the
beaches. During our stay in the Falklands, visit
the rich wildlife sanctuaries on Carcass and
West Point Islands.

Day 10: March 18

At Sea

Spend the day at sea cruising toward the South

American continent.

Day 11: March 19
Punta Arenas/USA

Early in the morning, the ////'r/awill enter the
Eastern entrance of the Strait of Magellan and
wind its way to Punta Arenas. Disembark for a
tour of Punta Arenas which includes the Pata-
gonia Institute and the Silesian Museum, with
exhibits relating to the region's Indians and ani-
mal and bird life. Continue to the airport for the
flight to Santiago. Enjoy dinner in Santiago be-
fore flying to the USA with arrival early the next
morning.

Rates: $2,795 - $4,295 per person

(double occupancy) Single cabins are

available.

These rates do not include air fare

These rates do include a $200.00

contribution to Field Museunn of

Natural History.

Optional Extensions:

Pre-Cruise: Rio De Janeiro and Iguassu

Falls

Post-Cruise: Easter Island

For reservations, call or write Dorothy Roder (322-8862), Tours Manager, Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr., Chicago, II 60605

Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, IL 60605-2499

MISS HARITA MAXEY
T^^ll NORTH GREENVIEU
CHICAGO IL 60626

Cultural Energy"

Photos of North and South American Cultures by John Collier Jr.
Through November 1, in Hall 9

"Cultural energy describes the flow essential to the survival of all human organization," says John Collier Jr , whose photo-
graphic exhibit "Cultural Energy" opened in Hall 9 on September 19. Approximately 145 black-and-white photos depict the
vitality of six distinct North and South American cultures. Through this moving, slice-of-life photography. Collier helps preserve
the cultural identity of ethnic groups struggling to maintain their personality in a homogenized modern world.

"Cultural Energy" documents the life flow of such people as the Navajo Dineh, a tribal nation which speaks an Athabaskan
language and lives in the desert and mountain land. Spanish Americans are also included in the exhibit. Collier studies a group
of New Mexicans whose presence in that region dates back 400 years. Today they are caught midway between their Spanish
past and their present Anglo-dominated environment.

Other cultures include Portuguese fishermen of Provincetown Massachusetts, French-speaking Acadians from the back-
woods of Maine, Indians of the Andes and Venezuelan farmers. "My photographic assignments, from the Eskimos of Alaska to
the Indians of the Peruvian Andes, have shown me that it is the cultural base that preserves personality," says Collier It is this
"personality" that emanates so vividly from Collier's photos. The exhibit is free with regular Museum admission.

New Permanent Exhibit Opens October i o

In the world of the living, things are the size they are for natural reasons. Although fictional characters such as Godzilla and
Thumbellina can be exciting, their exaggerated sizes could never be achieved in the real world.

Field Museum's new exhibit "Sizes" explores issues and concepts of size and scale in the natural world. An interactive
exhibit, "Sizes" is designed to stimulate visitors with thoughts about their own size in relation to the rest of the world. The exhibit
is designed for informal use, with no necessary sequence to follow. Children and adults will enjoy exploring their way through
15 units, studying one aspect of the natural world and having some fun in the process.

Among the displays is an oversized table which is set with oversized disfies and eating utensils. Visitors are welcome to
sit at the table and experience everyday objects proportioned to a different scale than what they are used to. A specially con-
structed room with angled floors, walls, and ceiling demonstrates how size perceptions can be affected by tricking the senses.
From some areas of the room children will seem adult-size, while across the way their parents might appear very small.

Other exhibit units explore the metabolism and body mechanics of different sized animals. Visitors are made conscious of
their own size by trying on different articles of clothing including Chicago Bears' William Perry's shoulder pads. Exhibit free with
regular Museum admission.

Coming in November:

*Tiff any: 150 Years of Gems and Jewelry '^

November 7 through February 6

Be sure to see this spectacular exhibition of Tiffany & Co. jewels and American gemstones. A special exhibit highlight will be the
famed 128 carat Tiffany Diamond, the world's largest and finest canary diamond. Members' Preview, Saturday, November 7,
5:00-10:00 p.m.

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN

November 1987

150 Years of Gems and Jewelry

November 7 through February 6

Field Museum

of Natural History

Bulletin

Published since 1930 by

Field Museum of Natural History

Founded 1893

Editor/Designer: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa

Board of Trustees

Richard M. Jones,

Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd.

President
Robert D. Cadieux
Henry T. Chandler
Worley H. Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
John James Kinsella
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
James J. O'Connor

Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington

Life Trustees

Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Mrs. David W. Grainger
Clifford C. Gregg
Mrs. Robert S. Hartman
William V. Kahler
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood

CONTENTS

November 1987
Volume 58, Number 10

NOVEMBER AND DECEMBER EVENTS AT FIELD MUSEUM 3

TIFFANY: 150 YEARS OF GEMS AND JEWELRY

On view November 7 (Members' preview) through February 6.

Edward Olsen, Curator of Mineralogy,

writes on "The Tiffany Connection" 9

"THE STUFF OF DREAMS: NATIVE AMERICAN DOLLS"

122 dolls — prehistoric figurines to contemporary

souvenirs on view November 18 through January 15 18

THE FAMILY OF RUATEPUPUKE

Reviving a Maori Meetinghouse, by Tory Light 25

Field Museum Joins International Union for

Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources 30

FIELD MUSEUM TOURS

Voyage to Patagonia and Cape Horn 31

COVER PHOTO

Brooch containing 10 Montana sapphires, 1 1 pearls, and 102
brilliant-cut diamonds. On view with more than 100 other ob-
jects in the exhibition "Tiffany: 150 Years of Gems and Jewel-
ry," November 7 through February 6. See p. 9.

Field Museum ofUoxvjai Hutopy BuUehn (USPS 898-940) is published tnonrhly. except combined July/ August issue, by Field Museum of Natutai History. Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago. IL 60605-2496.
Copyright ©1987 Field Museum of Natural History. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually. $3.00 for schools. Museum membership includes BtJieiin subscription. Opinions expressed by aurhors are their own and do not
necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone; (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to Membership
Depanment. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago. IL 60605-2496. ISSN: 0015-0703.

Life Among the Dinosaurs

John Homer, Curator of Paleontology,
Museum of the Rockies, Montana State University

Saturday, November 14, 2:00pm

In 1978 AN Amateur Paleontologist made a remarkable find in
the Rockies of Western Montana: the fossilized remains of 1 5
hadrosaurs (duck-billed dinosaurs). These fossils have led to
one of the most exciting discoveries about dinosaur behavior in
recent years.

Near the original discovery site and in one other site in Mon-
tana, John Horner and his colleagues have since unearthed
more hadrosaur fossils as well as complete fossilized eggs.
The presence of baby skeletal remains of the hadrosaurs show
that these dinosaurs took care of their young in nests for sever-
al months. Horner concludes that what is being found is not just
a few random nest sites, but evidence that the hadrosaurs
nested in colonies for protection against predators, and per-
haps that they even traveled in herds. Never before have
paleontologists found such overwhelming evidence of how
dinosaurs nested and took care of their young. In another site
Horner found nests with what appear to be baby hypsilopho-
dontid dinosaurs, which clearly show that these animals re-
turned there year after year.

John Horner is curator of paleontology at the Museum of the
Rockies in Bozeman, Montana and adjunct professor of geol-
ogy at Montana State University His discoveries of dinosaur
nesting grounds and fossilized baby dinosaur skeletons have

stirred considerable interest around the world in the field of
paleontology He has published widely on his findings and
been featured on ABC's "20-20." In 1 986 he received a MacAr-
thur Foundation fellowship for his studies of dinosaur behavior.
Join John Horner as he shares his recent fieldwork findings
and discusses his new theories on the evolution and behavior
of dinosaurs.

L87201 Life Among the Dinosaurs

Tickets: $6.00 ($4.00 members).

This program is funded in part by the Ray A. Kroc Environmen-
tal Foundation.

Registration by mail

Please use coupon on page 4 to order tickets by mail. Be sure to
complete the requested information and make checks payable to
Field Museum. Tickets will be mailed upon receipt of check. Re-
funds are made only if the program is sold out.
By Phone

Register by phone with American Express/Visa/MasterCard/
Discover Call Monday through Friday 9:00am-4:00pm.
(312) 322-8854.

Dinosaur Days

November 7 and 8, 14 and 15, and 21

The Roar of the "Thunder Lizard" is heard once again. Dino-
saurs reigned the earth for 1 50 million years and then dis-
appeared. Why? Investigate the birth, life, and extinction of
these prehistoric creatures. Visit a dinosaur nesting site and
a paleontologist's field camp. Find out why continental drift
and the temperature of dinosaur blood are "heated" issues.
Take a look at dinosaur types and consider why some found
horns, frills, plates, and crests to be their style. Discover what
it's like to dig in a fossil bone bed or how to prepare a fossil
for study.

All Dinosaur Days events are free with Museum admission.
Saturdays, November 7, 14, and 21
1:00-3 :00pm

"Picture This!"

Paint yourself a dinosaur-sized picture of Earth's prehistoric
past.

Saturday and Sunday, November 7 and 8
1:00-4:00 pm
Extinction Wars

Whatever happened to the dinosaurs? There are many hotly
contended theories. Using large picture dioramas, find out
some of the leading ideas.

Hot- and Cold-Blooded Dinosaurs

Old assumptions that dinosaurs were reptiles may not be
true. New evidence, presented in this demonstration, shows
that dinosaurs may have been warm-blooded.

Nests and Footprints — Dinosaur Behavior

Giant trackways (trails of fossilized footprints) and fossilized
nests tell us many things about dinosaurs: what good par-
ents they were, who was predator and who was prey how
big they were, and how fast they ran.

The Fossil Process

Through this demonstration and activity discover the unique
processes of fossilization.

Dinosaurian Epicure

Examine the skulls and teeth of herbivores and carnivores,
and cast a dinosaur tooth of your own.

Continental Drift

Find out how, for millions of years, continents have moved
across the earth's surface.

Life Among the Dinosaurs

Registration

Be sure to complete all requested information on this ticket
application. If your request is received less than one week
before the program, tickets will be held in your name at the

West Entrance box office. Please make checks payable to
Field Museum. Tickets will be mailed upon receipt of check.
Refunds will be made only if the program is sold out.

n Member D Nonmember

American ExpressA/isa/MasterCard

Name

Address

Card Number

Signature Expiration Date

Return complete ticket application with a self-
addressed stamped envelope to:

Field Museum of Natural History
Public Programs: Department of Education
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, IL 60605-2497

City

State

Zip

Telephone: Daytime

Evening

Program

#Member

Tickets
($4.00 ea.)

#Nonmember

Tickets

($6.00 ea.)

Total
Tickets

Amount
Enclosed

L87201 Life among

the Dinosaurs

D Scholarship requested

Total

"THE FAR SIDE" cartoon by Gary Larson is

reprinted by permission of Ctnronicle Features. San Francisco

Dinosaur Days

Saturday and Sunday, November 14 and 15
11:00-1 1:30am; 12:00noon-12:30pm

Tales of the Prehistoric

Listen and look at some of everyone's favorite dinosaur sto-
ries, including Maia: A Dinosaur Grows Up, Danny and the
Dinosaur, A Pterodactyl, the Story of a Flying Reptile, and
Patrick's Dinosaurs.

l:00-4:00pm

Field Camp: Fossils from Field to Lab

Explore our simulated paleontologists' field camp. Discover
at various stations new facts about finding fossils in the field,
excavating tfiem, protecting them for the long trip to the lab,
and preparing them for scientific study: bone beds and fossil
finds; coal ball peels: a close-up look at fossil plants; fossil
fish preparation; field jackets: protecting the fossil; lab prep-
aration; trackvi/ays.

Saturday, November 21
11:00am, 1:00pm, and 3:00pm
Lifestyles of the Extinct and Fossilized

A satiric revue of the habits, idiosyncracies and appearance
of Mesozoic creatures.

l:00-4:00pm

Living Fossils

Discover the prehistoric creatures still alive today

Coal Ball Peels

A close-up look at fossil plants.

Ttie real reason dinosaurs became extinct

Continued 0

T

^

Adult Courses

"Tiffany: 150 Years of Gems and Jewelry."

This exhibit presents the evolution of jewelry design in the
United States, focusing on Tiffany's unparalleled role as
designer, manufacturer, and purveyor of fine jewelry. High-
lighting the Tiffany exhibit, this featured lecture series intro-
duces the study of gems and explores the significant con-
tribution of Tiffany & Co. tothe jewelry field in the past 150
years.

n November 17
"The Geology of Gems"

Paul Sipiera, associate professor of Earth Sciences, Harper
College.

D November 24

"A Gemologist's View"

Tedd W. Payne, graduate gemologist

n December 1
"Tiffany"

Wallace Steiner, divisional vice president, Tiffany & Co.,

Chicago.

AC 87401

Tuesdays, 7:00-9:00pm, November 17-December 1
(3 sessions)
$50 ($40 members)

For further information on this and other adult programs, con-
tact the Department of Education at (312) 322-8855.

Brooch containing 10 Montana sapphires, 1 1
Mississippi pearls, and 1 02 brilliant diamonds;
1901. On view in the exhibit "Tiffany: 150 Years
of Gems and Jewelry," November 7 through
February 6.

November and December Weekend Programs

Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free tours, demonstrations,
and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed below are only a few of the
numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Programs sheet upon arrival for the complete schedule and program
locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois Arts Council.

NOVEMBER

7 1 :30pm: Tibet Today and A Faith in Exile (slide lec-
ture). Investigate Lhasa and refugees in Dharmsala (home of
the Dalai Lama), Darjeeling, and Sikkim.

21 1 :30pm: Tibet Today and Bhutan (slide lecture). See
Lhasa and other towns now open to the public, as well as
Bhutan, Land of the Thunder Dragon.

DECEMBER

1 2 1 :30pm: Tibet Today and A Faith in Exile (slide lec-
ture). Investigate Lhasa and refugees in Dharmsala (home of
the Dalai Lama), Darjeeling, and Sikkim.
1 1 2:00pm: Malvina Hoffman: Portraits in Bronze (slide
lecture). Examine the life and works of Malvina Hoffman, con-
centrating on the Portraits of Mankind Collection com-
missioned by Field Museum.

These programs are free with museum admission, no tickets
required.

Wintertime Tales

Storytelling has been the path that civilizations throughout
the world have used to pass on heritage, custom, religion,
and explanations of the unbelievable. Join some of Chi-
cago's best storytellers and hear about the exciting world
around us.

December 27, 1 2:00noon and 2:00pm
Tales of the Caribbean with Keith Eric
December 28, 12:00noon and 2:00pm
Traditional African folk tales with Shanta
December 29, 2:00pm

Traditional African folk tales with Nora Blakely
December 30, 2:00pm

Traditional Thai tales told through dance by the Thai
Classical Dancers
These programs are free with Museum admission.

Children Play:

Games Around the World

Saturday, December 5, 12, and 19
l:00-3:00pm

Discover the Fun and Excitement children around the world
enjoy by playing their games. Take off those winter galoshes
and let your feet fly in Philippine tininkling, Chinese jump-
rope, Eskimo seal races, and more.

Winter at the Field

Hall interpretive Program

Thursday through Sunday
November and December

During November and December, you can compare the size of
Apatosaurus to Compsognathus, discover the differences in
right- and left-spiraled shells, learn a string game from the
Arctic, play a Native American dice game, and more. Hall
Interpreters, dressed in blue aprons and located throughout
the exhibit halls, help young and old to experience the won-
ders of Field Museum.

These exciting activities are available to all Museum visi-
tors Thursdays through Sundays, and everyday during the
holiday periods. Please consult the television monitors
throughout the Museum for activity locations.

The Hall Interpretive Program is supported by grants from
the Lloyd A. Fry Foundation and the Joyce Foundation.

World Music

Weekends in November and December

1:00pm and 3:00pm

Music Communicates in Many Ways. It is something that can
be shared by all of us, whether or not we have common life-
styles, beliefs, or even languages. From the spiritual harp of
Light Henry Huff to the lively songs and stories of Shanta,
November and December are musical celebrations at Field
Museum.

November 7 and 8

1 :00pm~Alas Poets

3:00pm— Light Henry Huff, harp

November 14 and 15

1 :00pm and 3:00pm— Don Pate, jazz bass

November 21

1:00pm and 3:00pm — Fan Wei-Tsu, zheng, Chinese zither

November 28

1 :00pm and 3:00pm — Manu and Nageree, traditional African

music

December 5 and 6

1 :00pm — Light Henry Huff, harp

3:00pm— Alas Poets

December 12 and 13

1 :00pm and 3:00pm — Don Moye, African percussion

December 19

1 :00pm and 3:00pm— Thai Classical Dance

December 26

1 :00pm and 3:00pm — Light Henry Huff, harp

December 27

1 :00pm — Manu and Nageree, traditional African music

3:00pm — Librado Salazar, classical Spanish guitar

December 28

1 :00pm — Thunder Sky Drummers, African percussion

2:00pm — Fan Wei-Tsu, Chinese zither

3:00pm — Thunder Sky Drummers, African percussion

December 29

1 :00pm — Amira, African Shakere

2:00pm — Amira, African Shakere

3:00pm— Light Henry Huff, harp

December 30

1 :00pm — Shanta, storyteller

2:00pm— Light Henry Huff, harp

3:00pm — Shanta, storyteller

The World Music Program is supported by the Kenneth and

Harle Montgomery Fund and a City Arts lll/IV grant from the

Chicago Office of Fine Arts, Department of Cultural Affairs.

Ljoiir I II letnoev S ^7m.'iUillon lo

Tiffaiiv: 150 Years of'Cieins and Jewelrv

"^^^

^ W't

^^pa^

You arc cordially invited to attend tiic Members Preview ol
TitTan\ : 150 Years ofGems and Jewelrv at E-'ield Museum on
Saturday evening. November 7, 5:(K) until l():(H) p.m.

Because of the limited capacity ol the hall, a ticketing sys-
tem lo regulate admission to the exhibit will be implemented
that evening. Tickets will be given out at the central btnith in
Stanley Field Hall.

Light refreshments will be available for purchase from
Con\ ito Italiano as well as beverages from the cash bar. Ihe
■new" museum store will remain open util 4:45 p.m.

Special arrangements for handicapped persons can be
made by calling 422-9410. e\t. 45.^. The CTA #146
Marine/Museum bus services Field Museum. Call CTA
(8.^6-7(K)0) for schedules.

The Tiffany Diamond, tfie larg-
est and finest canary diamond
in tfie world: 128.51 carats.

Tiffany

150 Years of Gems and Jewelry

November 7 through February 6

or more
than a
century,
'Tiffany & Co. has
dazzled the world
with their highly
imaginative and
exquisitely crafted
jewelry. Throughout their
history, Tiffany &. Co. has
delighted us with their
uniquely American style in
jewelry design; a style inspired by
nature, the selection of superior gem-
stones and a true love of design.

Now, for the first time in their 150-year history, a
stunning retrospective of Tiffany &. Co. jewels and
American gemstones has been created, and Chicago is
the first to see it.

The exhibition "Tiffany: 150 Years of Gems and
Jewelry" is filled with over 100 breathtaking gems and
jewelry objects showing the evolution of jewelry design
in America and the unparalleled role Tiffany has played
in this history. Most of the jewelry pieces belong to
private collectors and have never before been publicly
displayed. A special exhibition highlight will be the
famed 128-carat Tiffany Diamond, the world's largest
and finest canary diamond.

Field Museum is proud to host this once-in-a-
lifetime exhibition in celebration of Tiffany &. Co.'s
150th Anniversary.

Bracelet, with rubies, sapphires, diamonds, emeralds, and platinum;
late 1 920s. This magnificent bracelet represents one of the most opu-
lent and masterful jewelry styles of all time. In the late 1920s, Tiffany
was supplying their patrons in New York and Paris with jewelry and
other objects inspired by the decorative arts of many civilizations:
Islamic, Chinese, French, and Egyptian.

» • * •

THE TIFFANY CONNECTION

he association
of the Field
Museum with
America's oldest
jeweler, Tiffany &
Co., began back in
1893. Tiffany made a
cash contribution to the
Museum's original endow-
ment. Also, it was one of the
newly appointed Museum trus-
tees, Harlow N. Higinbotham, who

purchased the gems and jewels that had been exhibited
by Tiffany at the 1893 World's Columbian Exposition,
and donated them to the (then) new Museum. This
collection became the original gem exhibit. Although
many new objects have been added to the collection
over the past 94 years, those original pieces are the core
of the present beautiful Grainger Hall of Gems.

The special exhibit "Tiffany: 150 Years of Gems
and Jewelry" renews the Field Museum's association
with this estimable company. A restrospective exhibit,
it will display examples of innovative jewelry design
and gemstone useage from America's oldest, con-
tinuously operated house of opulent jewels. — Edward].
Olsen, Curator of Mineralogy and Co-Curator, "Tiffany:
150 Years of Gems arvi Jewelry"

Iris corsage ornament. Gold, sapphires,
diannonds, topaz, and garnets; height
9.5 cm. 1 900. On loan from the Walters
Art Gallery, Baltimore, Md. This natural
size iris corsage ornament was included
in Tiffany's exhibit at the Paris Exposition
Universelle in 1900. The blossom is set
with 139 sapphires from Montana and,
for contrast, tiny diamonds line the cen-
ter of each petal; a yellow topaz ter-
minates each of the three falls. Green
demantoid garnets convey the natural
color of the leaves.

Small dandelion vase; yellow and green enamel, gold. Early 1900s.

Opal sunburst brooch pendant: opals, diamonds, gold, and platinum. Late 19th century.

Pink flower brooch (above), made of enamel, diamonds, and gold; ca. 1889. Tfiistle stickpin, made of enamel and gold; ca. 1889.

<\ Donald Claflin disk brooch; ivory, rubies, sapphires, cabochon emerald, turquoise, diamonds, and gold. 1 970s.

15

Ivory inkwell, ivory seal, and ivory card case. These lovely ornamental ob-
jects from the late 1800s were designed to bring the grace associated with
the Japanese into daily American life. They display a variety of influences,
including the trailing plant patterns of Islamic mosaics and carpets, small
eroti from rococo sculpture and decorative objects, and the naturalistic
forms of European art nouveau.

16

Dog collar, made of gold, enamel, turquoise, pearls, and diamonds.

Early 20th century

A Special invitation to Museum Members to

A FAMILY CHRISTMAS TEA AT FIELD MUSEUM

Thursday, December 10

"Che

emotive
AMerican

Left to right: Cuna curing doll from Panama; dressed as
European doctor, possibly because European medi-
cine was believed to be especially efficacious; Ojibwa
wooden figure used by a Midewiwin practitioner for cur-
ing the ill; wooden doll used by Eskimo shaman; Tlingit
figure, possibly of shaman himself, carved from antler;
Aymara doll representing god of good fortune in the
Andean highlands.

Left to right: Bella Bella puppet; KwakiutI doll with eyes of abalone; Gitksan puppet.

U

Left: Blackfeel doll with wooden head

and cloth body. Right: Chiricahua

Apache doll wearing classic two-piece

woman's hide dress.

The stuff of Dreams

native American Dolls

by Mary Jane Lenz

Exhibit opens November 18

"We are such stuff as dreams are made on. "

William Shakespeare, The Tempest

^-^ /^ hakespeare's poetic metaphor for human

/ \^"^"'% existence also holds true for those small

V \/ / replicas of human beings we call "dolls."

^^fc„^^^^^ In the wildest sense, all dolls are created

in response to dreams: the imagination of children, the

visions of shamans and sorcerers, the creative energy of

individual artists. The great leap of the imagination

which inspired the creation of an image of the self is a

human gift alone and part of the human experience

everywhere.

To think of a doll as "a child's toy; a puppet," as
the dictionary defines the term, is to take a narrow view
of these small representations of the human form.
Antonia Fraser suggests that "doll" may derive from the
Greek eidolon, from which the word "idol" has also
developed.' She points out that in the Chinese and
Korean languages the word for "doll" and the word
"idol" or "fetish" come from the same root.

In English, the word "doll" was not in common
use until about 1450, but dolls themselves existed long
before that time and far beyond the boundaries of the
English language. The "Venus" figurines of the Upper
Paleolithic period; the ushabti figures of ancient Egypt
left in tombs to serve the dead; the toy dolls of Greek
and Roman girls, placed on a goddess' altar on the eve
before marriage; the Hina dolls of Japan displayed dur-
ing the yearly doll festival — these and many other dolls
have been part of the human heritage since the begin-
nings of art, more than 25,000 years ago.

This exhibition of Native American dolls shows
that in our hemisphere dolls, in the broad sense of the

Mary Jane Lenz is also curator of the exhibit, "The Stuff of
Dreams: Native American Dolls."

Kiowa doll with china head

Reproduced from The Stuff of Dreams: Native American Dolls,
by Mary Jane Lenz, copyright © 1986 by the Museum of the
American Indian, and reprinted here courtesy of the author. 21

Tanaina shaman's doll, Ccxjk Inlet, Alaska.

22

Clay dolls: Yuma (left), and Mohave.

word, have taken many forms: toys for children, sacred
and magical figurines, props and performers in drama
and dance and in recent years, items manufactured for
sale. Made of twigs or cloth, ivory or stone, roughly
carved with a few knife strokes or made with exquisite
care and attention to detail, the dolls share one essen-
tial quality — each presents an image of what it means
to be human.

For many people, the miniaturization of form rep-
resented by a doll makes it an object with a special
appeal and presence. This appeal may explain the wide
distribution of dolls in time and space throughout the
world. Levi-Strauss argues that miniatures — small-
scale models of objects — may represent the universal
type of what is commonly referred to as art. He suggests
that the reduction in scale helps us not only to see what
is the whole but also, in a sense, to master it by making
it less formidable and easier to comprehend. " A child's
doll," he writes, "is no longer an enemy, a rival, or even
an interlocutor. In it and through it a person is made
into a subject."^ In other words dolls provide a way of
mastering and comprehending our own humanity.

They are also a means of personifying and making man-
ageable the mysterious forces of the unknown — natural
catastrophes, sickness, sorrow, and death. If so, dolls as
metaphors of mystery and power may speak to deep and
hidden needs in the human psyche, and may be indeed
"the stuff of dreams. "

The exhibition focuses on the ways in which dolls
have been created and used by the Native Americans
throughout the Western Hemisphere, in the past as
well as the present. The dolls from the collections of
the Museum of the American Indian show a geographic
range from Alaska and Greenland to Chile, and a tem-
poral span of more than 4000 years. The oldest is a
prehistoric ceramic figure from Valdivia, Ecuador; the
most recent is aLaguna Pueblo Storyteller doll made in
New Mexico in 1984. The great variety of materials
and form reflects the richness and diversity of Native
American cultures, for just as each group has its own
artifacts so it also has its own lifeways.

In one sense dolls illustrate how people see them-
selves and others. The details they choose to emphasize
their dolls — body paint, clothing, hair styles.

in

23

24

Mapuche man on horse (Araucanian Indians of Chile)

accessories, posture or stance — offer us a way of seeing
some of the essentials of differing world views.

The variety of materials used to make dolls reflects
the wide differences in Native American environ-
ments. Eskimo dolls are made from walrus tusk ivory.
Iroquois dolls are fashioned from comhusks. Tapirape
dolls of the Amazon Basin are constructed from bees-
wax and the brilliantly colored feathers of tropical
birds.

Dolls of the Americas are made not only of
indigenous materials but of goods introduced by
foreigners who began trading and settling 500 years

ago. European and Oriental glass beads adorn both play
dolls and shaman figures. Silk ribbon, wool flannel,
and bright calicos decorate doll clothing as they do
people's clothing. Bits of glass became the eyes for a
Tree Dweller figure from the eastern Plains. French
trading tokens hang from the beaded belt of a wooden
doll from Alaska. Indians laced European dolls into toy
baby carriers and played with them, or wrapped them
in special medicine bundles to invoke love medicine.
We can see in the physical composition of these dolls
the blending of several cultural traditions and the
waves of a world market lapping even at the most iso-
lated shores of the Americas.

1. Fraser, Antonia, Dolls. London: Weidenfeld and Nicol-
son. 1963. pp.7ff.

2. Levi-Strauss, Claude. The Savage Mind: The University of
Chicago Press. 1966. Originally published as La Pensee sauv-
age, Librairie Plon, Paris, 1962. p. 23.

Quiche man (Guatemala)

THE FAMILY OF RUATEPUPUKE

Reviving a Maori Meetinghouse

by Tory Light

photos by James L. Ballard
except where noted

"Once YOU'RE a Maori, you're always part of the
family," exclaim Jane Connolly and Barbara Ballard
about their friendships among the native people of
New Zealand. Connolly and Ballard participated in
Field Museum's tour to New Zealand, April 14 to May
4, 1986. Led by Dr. John Terrell, curator of Oceanic
archaeology and ethnology, they and 16 other Museum
members embarked on a journey that turned out to be
much more than "just a vacation."

Organized by Field Museum Tours Manager
Dorothy Roder and guided by Marina Ropiha of Maori
International, the trip began as an extension of the
exhibit "Te Maori: Maori Art from New Zealand Col-
lections," on view during the spring of 1986. The
itinerary sought to cover the Polynesian and British
history of New Zealand. But then Dr. Terrell and the
tour group defined two specific goals. The first was to
reciprocate the visit of more than 75 Maori to Field

Museum staff and New Zealand tour participants before ttie [Museum's Maou meetingfiouse as they prepare for a "sleep-in." Seated
(I. to r.): John Terrell, Dorothy Roder, Irene Schultz; standing: Tamara Biggs, Frances Osgood, Delbert Yarnell, Cap Sease, John
Cook, Donald Cameron, Dorothy Cameron, Bruce Feay, fVlary Feay, Bill Roder, Barbara Ballard, Jane Connelly, John McDonald,
Dagmara Nyman, Sharon Par6, Glenn Pare, and Jerome Schultz. ai 10424

25

John Terrell, curator of Oceanic archaeology and ethnology, and
Maori elder Mrs. Iranui ("Auntie Ada") Haig. aiicm2o

26

Museum, where they had been invited to participate in
the opening and closing ceremonies of "Te Maori."
The second aim was to investigate the origins of Ruate-
pupuke II, the Museum's own Maori meetinghouse,
possibly the only authentic structure of its kind outside
of New Zealand.

Now known to have been carved and erected in
the village of Tokomaru Bay, New Zealand, in about
1861, this family-owned house was sold in the 1880s by
Mokena Romio, a village leader, without his family's
consent; the selling price is not known. Because Maori
custom forbids the sale of inherited possessions,
Romio's act brought about a major tribal rift that re-
mained unhealed until his brother's granddaughter
made a reconciliation at the house at "Te Maori," near-
ly a century later.

The original buyer of the meetinghouse was a Mr.
Hindmarsh, a dealer in Maori curios. (His family today
owns the Hindmarsh Motor Coach Company, which
takes passengers to New Zealand tour sites. )

In 1902, a German curio dealer, J.F.G. Umlauff,
bought the house and installed it in his Hamburg gal-
lery. Three years later. Dr. George A. Dorsey, then
curator of Anthropology of Field Museum, purchased it

for the sum of 65,600 marks ($5,000 at the 1905 ex-
change rate).' The house has been on view at the
Museum since 1924. It is currently a popular feature of
the exhibit "Gods, Spirits and People."

In New Zealand the Field Museum tour group
learned that the Maori regard their meetinghouse with
much more significance than we Westerners regard our
own houses, schools, or places of worship. Most Maori
communities in New Zealand have built such houses,
which for more than a century have functioned as a
combination council hall/dormitory and sometimes
church.

It is especially meaningful that such carved houses
represent specific ancestors, usually men of legendary
status. Each such structure is the embodiment, sym-
bolically and literally, of the ancestor it represents and
all his mythical and real descendants. In other words,
one's whakapapa, or genealogy — from which a Maori
draws his or her identity and mauri (ethos) — is embod-
ied in these special houses. By selling Ruatepupuke
Romio had in effect pawned his own forebears, thus
relinquishing his family sense of turangawaewae (the
right to belong).

The carved head on the front apex of the roof of a
meetinghouse is said to be the ancestor's head. The
roof boards along the front are his open, welcoming
arms. The doorway is his mouth. The tahuhu (ridge-
pole) is his spine; its length from front to back rep-
resents one's life journey from birth to death. The heke
(rafters) are his ribs. The spacious interior of the house
is the ancestor's belly, and the central potokomanawa
post is his heart.

Carved into stylized faces, with luminescent paua
(abalone) shells for eyes, arepoupou, the upright boards
that line the inside walls. These panels represent more
recent ancestors, or those of other tribes to whom visi-
tors can relate. A meetinghouse represents a family's
ancestors in more than name and form. In fact, it is
standard practice for a speech delivered on the marae
(the ceremonial courtyard immediately in front of the
meetinghouse) of a local community to begin with
words addressed to the meetinghouse, before the hu-
man audience is greeted.

It is known that there have been three houses
named after the ancestor Ruatepupuke. According to
local account, Ruatepupuke was the legendary figure
who obtained the art of wood carving for all Maori from
the sea god Tangaroa. The first house built at Toko-
maru Bay in memory of Ruatepupuke was dismantled
and buried by the villagers during a tribal raid around
1828.

Koromiria Ngawehenga, whose initials appear on
the carved and painted roof boards, may have crafted
Ruatepupuke II, the one sold by Romio.^ Then, in
1934, descendants of the family Te O Ruatapare built
Ruatepupke III, a large meetinghouse with a modem
dining hall, in use today at Tokomaru Bay.

Among the Maori who came to Chicago last year
for the Te Maori ceremonies were two Tokomaru el-
ders, Mr. Taiawhio Pewhairangi and Mrs. Iranui Haig.
Some years after her great-uncle sold Ruatepupuke II,
it became the responsibility of Haig (also known as
"Auntie Ada") to keep the family peace. As a child, her
grandfather appointed her to heal the wound. She al-
ways took the outcast's hand at family gatherings,
while the others shunned him.'

Just weeks after the opening of the Te Maori
exhibit in Chicago, the 19 representatives of the
Museum left for New Zealand. Welcomed as guests to
four active marae and a Maori dairy farm, among other
activities, the tour group gained an appreciation for the
significance of Maori family networks in maintaining
their cultural identity, in fostering social activities, and
in managing financial affairs. Tour participant Irene
Schultz later made observations on the Maori family
system:

We were so taken with the receptiveness they [the Maori]
showed to us, to their own families and extended fami-
lies AW the family participates in activities. You would be

introduced to someone like this: 'Meet my niece's husband's
brother's boy. ' We might not even know that person in our
own family. But they iru:lude everybody. They are loving
and they lean on each other.

Jim Littlejohn, another tour member, recalls
meeting Maori Joe Malcolm, a man who had many
children but whose two brothers had none. Malcolm
gave each brother one of his own children. All the chil-
dren live and play near each other and receive much
attention from parents and adoptive parents alike.

While visiting each marae, tour members
observed this same closeness, which in turn affected
their own experiences in New Zealand. "Since we were
perceived and welcomed by the Maori as one unit,
representative of both Field Museum and the United
States, we came to see ourselves that way and as indi-
viduals with possibly conflicting interests," observes
Barbara Ballard.

Don and Dorothy Cameron add:
Some of the families so appreciated our visits, because sel-
dom before had pakehas [New Zealand British or other
Westerners] sought them out as friends, rather than as a
tourist attraction. Our trip was historically significant

because we made a commitment to them, to restore this
house, and to help increase the world's understanding of
them.

Was it only the hospitality at each marae that
made the tour group feel like part of the family? "No,"
says Mr. Cameron. "There is a specific, traditional
ceremony of induction, called a hui, which means sim-
ply 'a gathering. ' A village would honor a visiting tribe
by 'adopting' it into the Maori community. We went
through several of these hui, and began to feel included
ourselves — as the Family of Ruatepupuke."

Clearly, the highlight of the trip was the visit to
Tokomaru Bay. Located on the east coast of New Zea-
land's North Island, "Toko" is a small village seldom
sought out by pakehas. Most villagers are of both Maori
and pakeha descent. Although they lead typically
western-type lifestyles, their outlook is vitally Maori,
as the tour members learned when they and their hosts
embraced each other's offers of friendship.

Here in Tokomaru began the next step in
investigating the history and provenience of the
Museum's meetinghouse. Dr. Terrell and the tour
members hoped to establish beyond a doubt that this
was where Ruatepupuke II had once stood. Commu-
nity leaders Phil and Doris Aspinall, Auntie Ada, and
others had always believed that the house at the Field
was their whare hui (meetinghouse), but they, too, wel-
comed further proof.

For years there had been confusion at Field
Museum about its original location as well. When
Umlauff bought the house 85 years ago, it came with a
manuscript written by Romio that referred to a
meetinghouse called Huiteananui. However, as Maori
scholar Dr. Sidney Mead recently has pointed out,
Huiteananui is really the name of the mythological
"first" carved house owned by the sea god Tangaroa.''

To compound this confusion. New Zealand schol-
ar W.J. Phillipps, in 1944, identified the house at Field
Museum as one from Tolaga Bay, not Tokomaru Bay, 1 7
miles distant.' An 1880s photo accompanying Phil-
lipps' article, however, shows conclusively that Ruate-
pupuke II is indeed from Tokomaru Bay: the horizon
contour to the left of the house roof is clearly that of the
foothills behind the village (compare the photos repro-
duced here).

The Museum group also participated in a meeting
with Maori elders one night at Tokomaru Bay, de-
scribed here by tour member Delbert Yarnell:
Some of the Maori said to us, 'Why should we help your
museum restore our house? It was sold irresponsibly to
pakehas and it should never have left our people. In fact, we 27

Visual proof that Field Museum's Maori meetinghouse originated at
Tokomaru Bay: The skyline at the left of the photo above, taken in the
1 880s, is identical to that in a recent photo (below) taken at Tokomaru
Bay. The building is the Field Museum's Maori meetinghouse as it
appeared more than a century ago. 109613

28

should try to retrieve it — it is the house oj our arxcestry. ' Our
group just listened, tongue-tied. We weren' t expecting this
reaction from these people who were otherwise so gracious
to us.

Then another elder remarked, 'Well, the house is just
not coming back to us, so there's no point in discussing that.
The question is what can we all do about the house? ' At that
point, John Terrell spoke up and said that Ruatepupuke and
the trip meant a great deal to him and to us, and that the
Museum will safeguard and respect the house on behalf of
the Maori people.

Following this accord between the Tokomaru Bay
Maori and their American visitors, the tour group re-
turned to Chicago with many ideas about Ruatepupuke
and about "what it means to be a Maori," or to be from
any other culture, for that matter.

Tour member Jack MacDonald has observed that
the trip provoked the members to question their no-
tions about nonwestem peoples and their art once the
Chicagoans had learned firsthand about Maori tradi-
tions and crafts that are firmly rooted in the past but are
attuned to the needs of modern life.

Other preconceptions that were challenged by the
journey to the land of the Maori concerned the idea of
"family." Does family necessarily mean a nuclear unit,
or can it also refer to extended kin? Or even to a net-
work of unrelated individuals, separated by an ocean,
perhaps, but bonded by mutual commitment? In this

Tokomaru Bay Maoris greet their American friends in Maori style, aiicm22

latter sense, the tour group has become a part of the
whakapapa (genealogy) of Ruatepupuke.

Inspired by their glimpse of the Maori gotten dur-
ing their "anthropological fieldwork experience," the
Chicago branch of the Family of Ruatepupuke has
stayed together for over a year now, meeting at one
another's homes and at the Museum. On behalf of the
group's members, their leader Don Cameron and secre-
tary Barbara Ballard keep in touch with their Maori
friends and with the Museum staff who will design and
execute the future restoration of the meetinghouse.

Meanwhile, some mysteries about the house re-
main unsolved. For instance, there seems to be a miss-
ing poupou board. (Remember, this is not just any
board; it is also a family ancestor. And this ancestor
may be missing. 1 mean this rather seriously.) But,
quite by accident. Dr. Terrell recently came upon a
poupou board on display at Peabody Museum in Salem,
Massachusetts. Its style — of the Waiapu school of carv-
ing— is identical to that of our house. Further col-

Tory Light was a 1987 summer intern in the Department of
Anthropology. She expresses her gratitude to Dr. Robert L.
Welsch, research associate in Anthropology, for his advice
about ethnographic interviewing.

laboration with the Peabody will establish whether this
poupou board is the missing ancestral figure.

The journey to New Zealand developed into a
"cultural mission" for the tour members. Their
research, personal explorations, and relationships with
Maori and with each other are just the beginning of a
"living marae" at Field Museum. "It is only when a
work stays with a people, when it is touched, wept, and
talked over. . . that it. . . stays alive," writes Anne Sal-
mond, a New Zealand authority on Maori culture. ''
May Ruatepupuke II engender this feeling of tar-
angawaewae (belonging) in all its visitors. WH

References

1. Letter, J.F.G. Umlauff to George A. Dorsey, July 24,
1905.

2. Sidney Moko Mead, "Ruatepupuke: The Maori House in
the Field Museum," unpublished report, 1975.
Daily News, Springfield, Mass. April 19, 1986.
Sidney Moko Mead, "The Morgan Manuscripts," unpub-
lished report, 1975.

W.J. Phillipps, "Carved Maori Houses of the Eastern Dis-
tricts of the North Island," Records of the Dominion
Museum, vol. 1. Wellington, 1944, p. HO.

6. Anne Salmond, "Nga Huarahi O Te Ao Maori: Pathways
in the Maori World." Field Museum of Natural History
Bulktin, March, 1986, p. 18. 29

Field Museum Joins
International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources

Field Museum of Natural History has been admitted to mem-
bership of lUCN, the International Union for Conservation
of Nature and Natural Resources, a union of member states,
government agencies, and nongovernmental organizations
concerned with the development, promotion, and im-
plementation of scientifically based action towards con-
servation and sustainable use of the world's living resources.
Its mission is to provide international leadership for promot-
ing effective conservation of nature and natural resources.

lUCN is an independent international organization,
founded in 1948 at Fontainebleau, France, under the
sponsorship of the United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization (Unesco) and the Government of
France. Its secretariat, now based at Gland, Switzerland, is
responsible for developing the program of work for the var-
ious lUCN components as approved by members meeting in
General Assembly every three years. The work of six com-
missions (Ecology; Education; Environmental Planning; En-
vironmental Policy, Law and Adminstration; National
Parks and Protected Areas; and Species Survival) and var-
ious advisory groups is coordinated to support the Union's
program and to serve as a network for conservation action
around the world.

An Operations Division develops and manages con-
servation projects, based upon external funding, worldwide
in collaboration with partner organizations, and three cen-
ters (the Conservation Monitoring Centre; Environmental
Law Centre; and Conservation for Development Centre)
develop and provide a data base and mechanisms needed for
implementing conservation activities. In addition, lUCN
provides service for international conventions, such as Ram-
sar and World Heritage.

With the advice, cooperation, and financial assistance
of the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)
and the World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF), and in
collaboration with the Food and Agriculture Organization of

the United Nations (FAO) and the United Nations Educa-
tional, Scientific and Cultural Organization (Unesco),
lUCN was responsible for the preparation of the World Con-
servation Strategy (WCS). Published in 1980, the Strategy
provides the principles on which conservation should be
based, linking conservation with development.

The WCS defines conservation as "the management of
human use of the biosphere so that it may yield the greatest
sustainable benefit to present generations while maintaining
its potential to meet the needs and aspirations of future gen-
erations." The major objectives of conservation reflected in
the Strategy are:

n maintenance of essential ecological processes and life-
support systems
D preservation of genetic diversity
□ sustainable utilization of species and ecosystems.

Development is defined in the Strategy as "the mod-
ification of the biosphere and the application of human,
financial, living and nonliving resources to satisfy human
needs and improve the quality of human life." For develop-
ment to be sustainable, it must take account of social and
ecological factors as well as economic ones; of the living
and nonliving resource base; and of the long-term as well
as short-term advantages and disadvantages of alternative
actions.

The lUCN philosophy is also appropriately reflected in
the World Charter for Nature, which was adopted by the
United Nations General Assembly in 1982.

On becoming a member of lUCN, the Field Museum
endorsed the objectives of the Union, as indicated in the
statutes, and elaborated in the aforesaid World Conservation
Strategy and the World Charter for Nature.

lUCN's membership currently stands at: 58 states, 122
government agencies, 351 national nongovernmental or-
ganizations, 29 international nongovernmental organiza-
tions, and 19 affiliates, giving a total of 579 members in 117
countries.

30

FIELD
MUSEUM
70UR3^

Voyage to
Patagonia and
Cape Horn

Including the Talklands
and the Majestic Tjords
of the Southern Andes

Aboard the lUiria
March 9 -19, 1988
Accompai\ied by Dr. James S. Ashe,
Field Museum Zoologist

ITINERARY

Day 1: March 9
USA/Santiago

Depart USA on a regularly scheduled flight to
Santiago.

Day 2: March 10
Santiago

Morning arrival in Santiago with transfer to Hotel
San Cristobal Sheraton. Balance of the day at
leisure. This evening attend a welcome cocktail
reception and dinner at a local restaurant.

Day 3: March 11
Santiago

In the morning tour cosmopolitan Santiago,
situated at an impressive location below peaks
that rise to 18,000 feet. Founded in 1541, San-
tiago is the nation's modern, bustling capital.
Visit the museum of natural history with its
collection of Indian folk art; Santa Lucia Hill,
where Santiago was founded; colonial San
Francisco Church with its art treasures; and
San Cristobal Hill, which affords panoramic
views of the city and the Andes Mountains.
Afternoon at leisure.

Day 4: March 12

Santiago/Punta Arenas/Embarkation on

Wiria"

Morning flight to Punta Arenas, the Patagonian
city on the northern shore of the Strait of Magel-
lan. Board the llliria and sail in the afternoon.
Cruise westward on the waterway separating
the Atlantic from the Pacific Ocean, and con-
tinue along the Patagonian coast.

Located between the Andes and the Paci-
fic Ocean, the Pacific coast of Patagonia is one
of the most spectacular areas in the world. The
countless islands, which create a maze of
channels and passages, combined with the
grandeur of the ice-capped southern Andes
which drop precipitously to the sea, make
a ship journey here an unforgettable travel
experience.

Day 5: March 13

Bay of Mountains/

Strait of Magellan/Beagle Channel

From Puerto Natales, the llliria W\\\ proceed to
the Bay of Mountains, a steep fjord, and con-
tinue to the Strait of Magellan. This famed
waterway, which winds for about 360 miles in
widths ranging from 2 to 20 miles, separates
the land mass of South America from Tierra del
Fuego, an archipelago of the continent's south-
ern tip. Enter the Beagle Channel. Here, the im-
pressive mountains of the Cordillera Darwin rise
sharply from the sea to create one of the world's
most breathtaking fjords. Explore some of the
area's spectacular glaciers by zodiac (rubber
boats) including Garibaldi Glacier. If conditions
permit, land on brilliant white Alemania Glacier.

Day 6: March 14

Ushuala/

Tierra del Fuego National Park

Ushuala, Argentina's center in Tierra del Fuego
and the most southerly town in the world, has
steep streets leading to the mountains, against
which the town is built. Many vantage points in
the town offer fine views of the nearby snow-
covered peaks, rivers, woods, and waterfalls.

An excursion travels to the Tierra del
Fuego National Park, comprised of 154,000
acres of mountains and lakes. The park is home
to many species of birds and over 500 types of
flowering plants. Enjoy a picnic lunch amidst
this breathtaking scenery.

Day 7: March 15
Cape Horn

Early in the morning, reach Cape Horn and,
weather permitting, make a landing on this
landmark, first rounded in 1616 by the Dutch
navigator Willem Cornelius Schouten. Born in
Hoorn, Netherlands, Schouten appropriately
named the cape after his hometown. Cape
Horn, a steep rocky headland on Horn Island,
marks the southernmost extremity of South
America. Depart Cape Horn and continue
cruising toward the Falkland Islands.

Day 8 and Day 9: March 16 and 17
Port Stanley/Carcass Island/
West Point Island, Falkland Islands

In the early afternoon of Day 8, arrive in Port
Stanley the main town of the Falklands. First
visited in 1592 by the English navigator Cap-
tain John Davis, the Falklands changed hands
several times between England, France, and
Spain. Since 1832 they have been administered
by England (despite Argentina's claim which
culminated in 1982), and thus most of the
approximately 2,000 inhabitants are exclusively
of British descent. In their early history the is-
lands were stopping-off places for whalers and
sealers bound for Antarctica. While in Port
Stanley see the impressive hulks of clipper
ships which took refuge in the Falklands, For
years, scientists have been attracted to the is-
lands' rich wildlife, which is indeed among the
most spectacular in the world. This is due to
both the lack of human intrusion and the is-
lands' diverse landscape, which ranges from
inland moors, lakes, and mountains, to dramat-
ic coastlines, characterized by abrupt cliffs
and rocky beaches. Penguins alone include
rockhoppers, magellenic, and king. The lame-
ness of the birds of the Falklands is remarkable
and there are over 50 species. Large colonies
of sea lions and fur seals are found on the
beaches. Duhng our stay in the Falklands, visit
the rich wildlife sanctuaries on Carcass and
West Point Islands.

Day 10: March 18
At Sea

Spend the day at sea cruising toward the South
American continent.

Day 11: March 19
Punta Arenas/USA

Early in the morning, the llliria vi\\\ enter the
Eastern entrance of the Strait of Magellan and
wind its way to Punta Arenas. Disembark for a
tour of Punta Arenas which includes the Pata-
gonia Institute and the Silesian Museum, with
exhibits relating to the region's Indians and ani-
mal and bird life. Continue to the airport for the
flight to Santiago. Enjoy dinner in Santiago be-
fore flying to the USA with arrival early the next
morning.

Rates: $2,795 - $4,295 per person

(double occupancy) Single cabins are

available.

These rates do not include air fare

These rates do include a $200.00

contribution to Field Museunn of

Natural History

Optional Extensions:

Pre-Cruise: Rio De Janeiro and Iguassu

Falls

Post-Cruise: Easter Island

For reservations, call or write Dorothy Roder (322-8862), Tours Manager, Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr , Chicago, 1160605

Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
ChicasoJL 60605-2499

lUusmakm by Col Kock

Jump into the world's

largest pair of blue jeans,

learn how to eat like a horse

(and get away with it!),

add inches to your height,

and conquer Godzilla.

You can do all this and more in our newest, fun-packed exhibit SIZES!

Jump into Sizes and you and your whole family can explore and learn

how all living things have special sizes for special reasons.

Field Museum

CHICAGO'S LIVING MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.

'Jii

i '

WW.'

'1 -

^'S^M^^v

t

"* -

^1

^i

'-■^^^^^p

*>-,

?^-l

t^-

^f

#fl

I'^iJ

^vr'

-.^'T V

'.€> <f '

•*^'^-

r..'.'*^ i

#v^^

i^J

.<«> s

Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin

Published since 1930 by

Field Museum of Natural History

Founded 1893

Editor/Designer: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa

Board of Trustees

Richard M. Jones,

Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
WiUard L. Boyd,

President
Robert D. Cadieux
Henry T. Chandler
Worley H. Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, jr.
Tliomas E. Donnelley II
TliomasJ. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. Johnson
John James Ktnsella
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
James J . O'Connor

Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Uland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington

Life Trustees

Harry O. Bercher

Bowen Blair

Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta

Mrs. David W. Grainger

Clifford C. Gregg

Mrs. Robert S. Hartman

William V. Kahler

Edward Byron Smith

John W. Sullivan

J. Howard Wood

CONTENTS

December 1987
Volume 58, Number 1 1

1988 CALENDAR featuring 'round the seasons in Chicago and near-
by: the Indiana Dunes and Michigan's Warren Woods. Both areas
are within 90 minutes' drive from downtown Chicago. The cover
photo and those for January, February, July and the remaining
months were shot in Indiana Dunes State Park or along the railroad
right-of-way at its southern edge. The March photo was taken in
Chicago's Jackson Park, just south of the Museum of Science and
Industry; those for April, May, and June were taken in or near
Warren Woods.

Arrangements for custom prints of any of these photos may be
made by calling or writing the Bulletin office. Additional copies of
the calendar are available at $4.00 each, postpaid, from the Bulletin
office or the Membership Department. Ten copies or more: $3.00
each.

Shooting data: Cover — camera: Fujica GSW690 (6x9cm), lens: 65mm f/5.6 at f/32, film:
Ektachrome KPR 220 (ISO 64);January and February — camera, lens and aperture: same as for
cover photo, film: Ektachrome F.PN 220 (ISC) 100); March — camera and lens: same except for
aperture: f/5.6, film: EPR 220: April and May — camera: Canon T90, lens: Canon FD 35-105
f/3. 5-4.5, April film: Kodacolor V'RG-100(ISO 100); May film: Kodachrome 25 (ISO 2S);June
— camera: Fujica GSW690, lens: 65mm f/5.6 at f/32, film: Ektachrome F'PR 2V);July — camera:
Canon AF.-l Program, lens: Canon FD 50mm f/1.2, film: Kcxiacolor VR-1(H1;/1h^(«; — camera:
Fujica GSW690, lens 65mm f/5.6 at f/32, film: F^ktachrome EPN 220; September, October, Novem-
ber, and December — camera: F'ujica GSW690, lens: 65mm f/5.6 at f/32, Septemlier and October
film: Ektachrome EPR 220. November and December film: Ektachrome F^PN 220.

Dave Walsten photographer

Permanent New Exhibits

Ownership Management, and Circulation

Filing date: Sept. 10, 1987. Title: Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin. Publication no.
898940. Frequency of publication: Monthly except for combined July/August issue. Number
of issues publistied annually: 1 1 . Annual subscription price: $6.00. Office: Roosevelt Rd. at
Lake Shore Dr, Chicago. IL 60605

Publisher: Field f^useum of Natural History, Roosevelt Rd., at Lake Shore Dr, Chicago, !L
60605. Editor: David M. V\felsten, Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Rd. at Lake
Shore Dr , Chicago, IL 60605. Owner: Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Rd. at Lake
Shore Dr., Chicago, IL 60605. Known bondholders, mortgagees, and other security holders:
none. The purpose, function, and nonprofit status of this organization and the exempt status
for Federal income tax purposes has not changed during the preceding 12 months.

Average number Actual number

of copies each of copies single

issue preceding issue nearest

12 months to filing date

Total copies printed 27,500 27,200

Paid circulation (sales through dealers, vendors, carriers) none none

Paid circulation (mail subscriptions) 24,916 24,088

Total paid circulation 24,916 24,088

Free distribution 576 614

Total distribution 25,492 24,702

Office use, left over 2,008 2,498

Return from news agent none none

Total 27.500 27,200

I certify that the statements made by me above are correct and complete. Jimmie W. Croft.
vice president for Finance and Museum Services.

n "The Webber Resource Center, " dedicated to native cultures of the
Americas, Formally opened in September,

n "Sizes, " a fun, family exhibit. Opened October,

Temporary Exhibits

□ "Tiffany: 150 Years of Gems and Jewelry. " On view through February 6. ^

D "The Stuff of Dreams: Native American Dolls. " On view through
January 15.

December Events

n "Children Play: Games Around the World. " Participatory activity on
Saturdays, Dec. 5, 12, and 19, l:00-3:00pm.

D "Wintertime Tales. " Storytelling on Dec. 27, 28, 29, and 30.

n "World Music. " A variety of ethnic music performances on weekends.

n "Weekend Programs. " Slide lectures on "Tibet Today and a Faith in
Exile" (Dec. 12, 1:30pm) and "Malvina Hoffman: Portraits in Bronze" (Dec.
13, 2:00pm)

All events described here are free with museum admission, no tickets re-
quired. Check No\embeT Bulletin or call 322-8855 for further information.

Field Museum ofNcuuTd Hislory Bulletin (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined July/August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496.
Copyright ©1987 Field Museum of Natural History. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually. $3.00 for schools. Museum membership includes Builerin subscription. Opiniorts expressed by authors are their own and do not
necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone: (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to Membership
Department. Postmastet; Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496. ISSN: 0015-0703.

Typography by Tele/Typography, Inc.

Index to Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, Volume 58 (1987)

Articles

Absorbed in Sponges, by Mary R. Cannen
and Susan Brown Roop: Feb. 22

Ancient Villages of Southern Peru, The, by
Charles Stanish: April 6

Athapaskan Hunting Canoe, The, by James
W. VanStone: March 6

Biennial Report for 1985-86: July-August

Bird Migration at the Foot of Lake Michi-
gan, by Kenneth J. Brock: April 1 1

Bushman and the Presbyterian Missionar-
ies, by Marion F. Miller: Feb. 6

Capital Campaign Approaches the
$40,000,000 Mark: May 7

Etruscan Gold Jewelry Techniques, by
Richard D. De Puma: Oct. 7

Family of Ruatepupuke , The, by Tory
Light: Nov. 25

Featherwing Beetles, by Henry S. Dybas:
March 19

Featherwing Beetles and the Remarkable
Discoveries of Henry Dybas, by Douglas
J. Preston: March 17

Field Museum Joins International Union
for Conservation of Nature and Natural
Resources: Nov. 30

Geopolitics of America's Corn Belt, The,
by Edward Olsen: Sept. 27

Gods, Spirits and People: The Human Im-
age in Traditional Art, by Robert A.
Feldman: Jan. 10

Henry Dybas: A Eulogy; by Rupert L.
Wenzel: March 22

Injury and Diseases in Fossil Animals, by
Glen T. Sawyer and Bruce R. Erickson;
June 20

Japanese Lacquer Wares, by Lisa Adler,
Bennet Bronson, Irene Chong, and Sally
Kurth: Oct. 22

1986 Volunteers Honored: June 19

North Branch Prairies, The, by Jerry Sulli-
van: May 12

Owls of Chicago, by Jerry Sullivan: Feb. 7

Road to Paris, by William S . Street and
Janice K. Street: Jan. 6

Scenes of the Women's Board Treasures
Ball: Jan. 4

Stone Tikis of the Marquesas Islands, by
Jordan M. Wright: June 6

Stuff of Dreams, The: Native American

Dolls, by Mary Jane Lenz: Nov. 18
Tenth Anniversary for Pawnee Earth

Lodge, by Mary Ann Bloom: Sept. 22
Texas Mushrooms Come to Field Museum,

by Gregory M. Mueller: April 20
Tiffany Connection, The, by Edward

Olsen: Nov. 10
Tiffany: 150 Years of Gems and Jewelry:

Nov. 9
Titi, The, by Philip Hershkovitz: June 1 1
Water Snakes, by John C. Murphy: March

11
Webber Resource Center, The, by Nancy

Evans: Sept. 8
Will Chalmers, Field Museum' s First

Mineral Collector, by Edward Olsen:

June 16
William H. Mitchell, 1895-1987, by E. Le-

land Webber: May 6
Woodland Birds of Illinois, by Scott K.

Robinson: Sept. 15
Woven Porcupine Quill Decoration among

Indians of the Canadian Northwest, by

James W. VanStone: Oct. 16

Authors

Adler, Lisa (co-author): Japanese Lacquer
Wares: Oct. 22

Bloom, Mary Ann: Tenth Anniversary for
Pawnee Earth Lodge: Sept. 22

Brock, Kenneth }.; Bird Migration at the
Foot of Lake Michigan: April 1 1

Bronson, Bennet (co-author): Japanese
Lacquer Wares: Oct. 22

Cannen, Mary R. (co-author): Absorbed in
Sponges: Feb. 22

Chong, Irene {co-a\ithoT): Japanese Lac-
quer Wares: Oct. 22

De Puma, Richard D.: Etruscan Gold
Jewelry Techniques: Oct. 7

Dybas, Henry S.: Featherwing Beetles:
March 19

Erickson, Bruce R. (co-author): Injury and
Diseases in Fossil Animals: June 20

Evans, Nancy: The Webber Resource Cen-
ter: Sept. 8

Feldman, Robert A.: Gods, Spirits and
People: Jan. 10

Hershkovitz, Philip: The Titi: June 1 1

Kurth, Sally (co-author): Japanese Lac-
quer Wares: Oct. 22

Lenz, Mary Jane: The Stuff of Dreams: Na-
tive American Dolls: Nov. 18

Light, Tory: The Family of Ruatepupuke:
Nov. 25

Miller, Marion F. : Bushman and the Pre-
sbyterian Missionaries: Feb. 6

Mueller, Gregory M.: Texas Mushrooms
Come to Field Museum: April 20

Murphy, John C: Water Snakes: March 1 1

Olsen, Edward: The Geopolitics of Amer-
ica's Corn Belt: Sept. 27

: The Tiffany Connection:

Nov. 10

Will Chalmers, Field

Museum's First Mineral Collector: June
16

Preston, Douglas J.: Featherwing Beetles
and the Remarkable Discoveries of Hen-
ry Dybas: March 17

Robinson, Scott K.: Woodland Birds of
Illinois: Sept. 15

Roop, Susan B. (co-author): Absorbed in ^^

Sponges: Feb. 22 ^^

Sawyer, Glen T. (co-author): Injury and
Diseases in Fossil Animals: June 20

Stanish, Charles: The Ancient Villages of
Southern Peru: April 6

Street, Janice K. (co-author): Road to
Paris: Jan. 6

Street, William S. (co-author): Road to
Paris: Jan. 6

Sullivan, Jerry: The North Branch Prai-
ries: May 12

: Owls of Chicago: Feb. 7

VanStone, James W.: The Athapaskan
Hunting Canoe: March 6

: Woven Porcupine Quill

Decoration among Indians of the Cana-
dian Northwest: Oct. 16

Webber, E. Leland: William H. Mitchell,
I895-I987: May 6

Wenzel , Rupert L. : Henry Dybas: A Eu-
logy: March 22

Wright, Jordan M.: Stone Tikis of the Mar-
quesas Islands: June 6

^^^:

• iw '■•.■

laasi-^vjii

'f''»i;'ii»-'^-.^

'^*^«^^

0

33
■3

0

on

I

■d

CO

■d

■d
C

■c

e2

00 «

29 "^

ON »

5

CO

c
s
en

w

i

(0

<

lU

>-

73
(D
CO
O

(D

CO to CO o 1^

■.- CM C\J

LL in (NJ C35 CD

•.-■.- Cvj

CI-'*

n

3

0)
11.

■ CO in

■ -r- CM

> n o 1^ •^

> 7- ■.- C\J
i_ CM CD CD cro

I- -.-CM

^ T- CX3 in Cvl 05

CO

r-~ -^ <- 00

■^ CM CM

oo
o>

a>

E
«
u
a>

CO in CM C35 CD
T- •,- CM

LL "*

CO in

■.- C\l

I— CO O 1^ ■* 7-
1- -^ CM CO

> CM en CD CO o

> 1- CM CO

H

T- cx) in CM en

■>- CM CM

1^ •'J- ■.- 00
■^ CVJ CM

Si

CO

1^

;e

W5

^

W 0)

Ee

6.11 I

;p

ifi

^

99

w

CO CD

99

w

o

9d

09

.£"0

5CD

99

9d

ce

1^

'*

¥?v.'

v^^^'»m^j^.

^'^^m^

^^^:

C

==?s2

^-r^s_ "

-d.f-^-mf'

1^25^

^"^■^■"Ui;

^TT-—

0

^^
en

13

0

CD

•^^ or

a

CO

CO
CD
C

Q

Ct3
C
CC

■6

^

e2

00
00

0^

a

8
S
C/2

6

sunrise 6:58am. sunset 5: 13pm

13

sunrise 6:49am. sunset 5:21 pm

20

sunrise 6:39am. sunset 5:30pm

27

sunrise 6 28am, sunset 5 38pm

March

S M T W T F S

12 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 '2

13 14 15 16 17 18 ir--

20 21 22 23 24 25 .?r

27 28 29 30 31

5

sunrise 6:59am, sunset 5: 1 1 pm

12

LINCOLN'S BIRTHDAY

sunrise 6.50am, sunset 5: 1 9pm

19

sunrise 6:4lam, sunset 5:28pm

26

sunrise 6:30am, sunset 5:37pm

January

S H^ T W T F S

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31

4

sunrise 7:00am, sunset 5;10pm

11

sunnse 6:52am. sunset 5: 18pm

18

sunrise 6:42am, sunset 5:27pm

25

sunrise6:31am, sunset 5:36pm

3

sunrise 7:01am, sunset 5:09pm

10

3

last quarter

sunrise 6:53am, sunset 5: 1 7pm

17

Chinese New Year

•

new moon

sunrise 6 43am. sunset 5-26pm

24

c

first quarter

sunrise 6:33am, sunset 5:35pm

»

2

Groundhog Day

o

full moon

sunrise 7 02am, sunset 5:07pm

9

sunrise 6:54am, sunset 5: 1 6pm

16

sunrise 6:45am, sunset 5:25pm

23

sunrise 6:35wn, sunset 5:33pm

1 1 g

8

sunrise 6:55am. sunset 5- 1 4pm

15

PRESIDENTS' DAY

sunrise 6:46am. sunset 5,23pm

22

sunnse 6:36am, sunset 5:32pm

29

sunrise 6:25am, sunset 5:41 pm

7

sunnse 6:57am. sunset 5:13pm

14

Valentine's Day

sunrise 6 48am, sunset 5 22pm

21

sunrise 6 38am, sunset 5:3t pm

WW

(J

0

B

0

o

CO
O

g

c
o

o

00
00

OS

s

JS

^

a

-a

e2

&

o

§

a
a

3

l«

^

9Q

"5:03!

W

W

^ 01

O

at

00

N

^

9i.

ee

1^

S i

•I i|

00 PS
CL

w '

;e

w

"O

^

99

t i

99

w

o

c

CD

Q.

<

CO CvJ en .£ ;-. ..

li. T- 03 LO C\! Tl

'-- CM Cj

■>- CM Cvi

CD CO o r^

■^ CNJ CM

ui og C35 CD

T- ■.- CM

^ ■.- CO LO
•r- 1- Cvl

n o t^ •^

■.- T- CvJ

CO

CO CD CO O 1^

T- C^ CvJ

U. in CM C35 CD
1- 1- CM

t— ■* -^ c» uo

T- T- CM

3 > CO O t^ •'l-

t =* 1- -r- CvJ

a> i_ CM (3> CD CO
"^ I— •,- CvJ

_ T- CO UO CM 05
S •— CvJ Cvl

(^ ^ -r- CO
CO ■.- CvJ CM

a

3

99

o

99

9i

CO

m

CO

J

1^'

^

^'^^

.' r

i:^

'^f>i

0

C9

u
S

IS
C/3

0

dQ

-o

cd

-O

c

■c
.o

o
■©

c

i

e
-o

CO

e2

a
o

00
00
0^

B
S
C«

2

PASSOVER

o

full moon

sunrise 5 31 am. sunset ft18pm

9

last quarter

sunrises I9am. sunset 6:25pm

16

•

new moon

sunnse 5.08am, sunset 6.33pm

23

c

first quarter

sunrise 4 57am. sunset 6 4 1 pm

1

Good Friday

sunrise 5:33am. sunset 6:17pm

8

sunrise 5.21 am. sunset 6 ?4pm

15

sunrise 5.09am. sunset 6:32pm

22

sunrise 4 58am. sunset b 40pm

W 1

7

sunrise 5:22am. sunset 6 23pm

14

sunrise 5: 1 1 am, sunset 6 31 pm

21

Lyrid meteor shower, 10-15 per
hr.; max. rate may vary 1-2
days

sunrise 5:00am. sunset 6 38pm

28

Sunrise 4 50am. sunset 6 46pm

6

sunrise 5:24am. sunset 6.22pm

13

sunnse 5: 1 2am, sunset 6 29pm

20

sunrise 5:01 am. sunset 6:37pm

^» .1

Times for sunrise and sunset
are for Chicago, Central
Standard Time. For Daylight
Savings Time add 1 hour.

5

sunrise 5 26am. sunset 6 20pm

12

sunrise 5 Mam. sunset 6:28pm

19

sunrise 5:03am, sunset 6:36pm

26

sunrise 4 b2am. sunset 6.44pm

May

S (^ T W T F S

12 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30 31

4

sunrise 5 27am. sunset 6 19pm

11

sunrise 5:16am, sunset 6:27pm

18

sunrise 5:04am, sunset 6 35pm

25

sunnse 4.54am. sunset 6 43pm

March

S M T W T F S

12 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30 31

3

EASTER

Daylight Savings Time
begins

sunrise 5 29am. sunset 6:18pm

10

sunrise 5- 1 7am, sunset 6 26pm

17

sunrise 5 06am. sunset 6:34pm

^ !

^■^^'H

A

0

3

0

CO

c
to

£
o

O
-9

ttj

c

to

■c

■73

s

CD

-8

VJ

e2

ON

a

-a
c

3

7

sunrise 4:38am, sunset 6;56pm

14

sunrise4:3lam, sunset 7 03pm

21

sunrise 4 25am. sunset 7 10pm

28

sunrise 4:20am. sunset 7:15pm

June

S M T W T F S

12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 < '
12 13 14 15 16 17 T
19 20 21 22 23 2 i -
26 27 28 29 30

6

sunrise 4:39am, sunset 6:55pm

13

sunrise 4:32am, sunset 7 02pm

20

sunrise4 25am, sunset 709pm

27

sunrise 4:2 lam, sunset 7 14pm

April

S M T W T F S

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

5

sunrise4:40am, sunset 6:54pm

12

sunrise 4:33am, sunset 7 02pm

19

sunrise 4 26am, sunset 7 l38pm

26

sunrise 4 22am, sunset 7: 13pm

Times for sunrise and sunset
are for Chicago, Central
Standard Time, For Dayligtit
Savings Time add 1 tiour

4

Eta Aquarid meteor shower,
10-40 per fir; max. rate may
vary 1-2 days

sunrise 4.43afTi, sunset 6-53pm

11

sunrise4:34am, sunset 7:00pm

18

sunnse 4 27am, sunset 7 07pm

25

surjrise 4:22am, sunset 7: 1 2pm

9

3

sunrise 4 ;44am, sunset 6:52pm

10

sunnse 4:35am. sunset 6'59pm

17

sunrise 4 28am, sunset 7:06pm

24

sunrise 4: 1 9am. sunset 7: 1 7pm

31

o

full moon

sunrise4 18am, sunset 7 18pm

2

Field Museum opened 1921
(Grant Park)

sunrise 4:45am, sunset 651 pm

9

sunrise 4;37am. sunset 6 58pm

16

sunrise 4:29am. sunset 7 05pm

23

©

first quarter

sunrise 4:23am. sunset 7:11pm

30

MEMORIAL DAY

sunrise4 19am, sunset 7 17pm

1

o

full moon

sunrise 4:47am, sunset 6;S0pm

8

Mother's Day

last quarter

sunrise 4 37am, sunset 6:57pm

15

•

new moon

Sunrise 4 30am sunset 7 04pm

22

sunrise 4 24am. sunset 7 1 1 pm

9i I

W !

'*»''^-*

'■«»•

0

3
*^
a

0

a;

c
o

o

I

-o

a

a

ns
a
©

00
00
OS

s

-o
a
s

^

99

w

CO g

E (f '- '"

0

w
CD

E

O T3 g

i I ffl
CO CO C/5

e

ct

ee

1^

t; E

©CO

;9

W5

00

1^

;p

w

^

O)

rr A^ '

90

w

^

w

99

w

w

w

A

to

t e

E I

CO CM O) li^ ;

-3

CO

- 00 lO C.J ■„;
■^ CM c^;

r^ ^ T- CO

1- CM c\;

CD CO o r^

T- CM CM

LO CM en CD

1- •.- CM

■51- T- CO in

■^ 1- CM

CO O h- -^ ■.-
■'-■'- CM CO

m

CO 1^ ■<J- t- 00

■^ CM CM

U. CD CO O h-

•^ CM CM

(— "^ CM CD CD
1- ■>- CM

> •^ 1- CO cn

> -^ -^ CM

. CO o r-- -^ '-

•^ -r- -^ CM CO

^ CM O) CD CO O

^ 1- CM CO

,_ ■>- 00 in CM CD
CO 1- CM CM

o

99

Si

00

1^

?©

w

Ol

0

s

0

0^

2

a
•a

cd
-O
en
V
B
-O

■o

(A

t2

cd

S
O

CO
CO

0^

cs

-a
a

3

w

5 tU ^ ^
CO (, o

Q>

C O -D
- - ^ "O

S &<» "
§ ™ i P

w -c -n 1-
° O ^ M

i £ 2 ra
i— to c/3cn

CO CO CO o r-~

■^ CM CM

LL in cvj en CO

1- 1- CvJ

(0

3
O)

3
<

CO

^ -t- 00 m
•.- -^ CvJ

CO o r^ •q- -r-

1- •>- (M CO

C\J O) CD CO o
1- C\J CO

■.- CO LO CM CJ)
■^ CM CM

t^ -^t 1- 00
■^ CM CM

CO ^

• CO in

■ T- CM

0)

c

3

LL CO O 1^ ^

■.-■.- eg

I— eg O) CD CO o
•>- CM CO

CO in CM 05
■>- CvJ CVI

t^ -^r -^ CO

■^ Cvj CM

CO CO o t^
■>- CM CM

in CM en CD

1- •■- CM

CO

Ci

00

1^

^

9W

Vi

CD u) oj
^ 0) ^

<E 5

^

Q
UJ
O

z

UJ

lU

Q.
lU

90

;p

w

•^

99

S E

s s

w

o

90

w

o

Si

ep

1^

9Q

CO-C CD E

9t

00

1^

w
w

11

oil

«i

^

W

90

m

it

##

Ff ■

>*

^i->J-i

-'■w ■

-m:

r*;-

. *«»"

%k-

3nr«

.■:-.F'

'TJr

0

*^
en

0

CD
P

2

«

CO

la
S
JS

H

CO

(n

QJ

C

Q
c

Ct]

"5
c

-o

e

00
00

ON

a

e
o

6

sunrise 4:49am, sunset 7 03pm

13

Islamic New Year
(begins at sunset)

sunrise 4 55am, sunset 6 54pm

20

first quarter

sunrise 5 02am, sunset 6 43pfn

27

Lunar eclipse (partial), visible
In most of N, Am.

O full moon

sunrise 5 10am, sunsel 6:32pm

5

sunrise 4:47am, sunset 7:04pm

12

•

new moon

sunrise 4 55am. sunset 6:55pm

19

sunrise 5 Oiam, sunset 6 45pm

26

sunrise 5 09am, sunsel 6 34pm

September

S M T W T F S

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30

4

last quarter

sunrise 4 46am, sunset 7:05pm

11

Perseid meteor stiower, 50-100
pertir;max, rate may vary 1 -2
days

sunrise 4 54am, sunset 6:56pm

18

sunrise 5 OOam, sunsel 6 46pm

25

sunrise 5:08am, sunsel 6 35pm

July

S M T W T F S

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31

3

sunrise 4 45am, sunset 7:07pm

10

sunrise 4:53am, sunset 6:58pm

17

sunrise 4 59am. sunset 6 48pm

24

sunrise 5:07am, sunset 6:37pm

31

sunrise 5 14am, sunset 6:25pm

2

sunrise 4:44am, sunset 7;0epm

9

sunrise 4 52am. sunset 6:59pm

16

sunrise 4:58am, sunset 6:49pm

23

sunrise 5:05am, sunset 6:38pm

30

sunrise 5. 1 Sam, sunset 6:27pm

1

sunrise 4:43am, sunset 7:09pm

8

sunrise 4:51am, sunset 7:00pm

15

sunrise 4.57am, sunset 6 51pm

22

sunrise 5;04am. sunset 6;40pm

29

sunrise 5 12am, sunsel 6 29pm

Times for sunrise and sunset
are for CInicago, Central
Standard Time, For Dayligtil
Savings Time add 1 tnour

7

sunrise 4 50am. sunset 7:02pm

14

sunrise 4 56am, sunset 6,52pm

21

sunrise 5:03am, sunset 6 42pm

WW

,:^»|f«'.- '.f^''.'^

*^

- * ^^ -.^j?' * ■ '^

'jraSl

^S, ,-f^;^^

«ki.^n^-

0

u

a
c«

■a

0

4^
en

P

2

fcfa

5

CO

m

Q)
C

Q

c:
cc
■Q
c

■8

S

OD

en

CO

B
O

a

3

3

sunrise 5: 1 7am, sunset 6:20pm

10

•

new moon

sunrise 5:25am, sunset 6:09pm

17

sunnse 5:32am, sunset 5:57pm

24

Minrise 5:39am. sunset 5:45pm

2

3

last quarter

sunrise 5:16am, sunset 6;22pm

9

sunrise 5:23am, sunset 6: 1 1 pm

16

Field Museum founded 1893

sunrise 5:3lam, sunset 5:59pm

23

Native American Day

sunrise 5:38am. sunset 5:46pm

30

sunrise 5 46am, sunset 5 34pm

1

sunrise 5: 1 Sam, sunset 6:24pm

8

sunrise 5:22am, sunset 6: 1 3pm

15

sunrise 5:30am, sunset 6:00pm

22

Fall begins

sunrise 5:37am, sunset 5:48pm

29

sunrise 5:45am, sunset 5.36pm

7

sunrise 5:21am. sunset 6: 1 4pm

14

sunrise 5:29am, sunset 6:02pm

21

YOM KIPPUR

sunrise 5:36am, sunset 5:50pm

28

sunrise 5:44am, sunset 5:37pm

Times for sunrise and sunset
are for Cfiicago, Central
Standard Time. For Dayligfit
Savings Time add 1 fiour

6

sunrise 5:20am, sunset 6: 1 5pm

13

sunrise 5:28am, sunset 6:04pm

20

sunrise 5:35am, sunset 5:52pm

27

sunrise 5:43am, sunset 5:39pm

October

S M T W T F S

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30 31

5

LABOR DAY

sunrise 5:1 9am, sunset 6: 1 7pm

12

ROSH HASHANA

sunrise 5:27am, sunset 6:06pm

19

sunrise 5:34am, sunset 5:53pm

26

Sept. 26, 27 Mats brigfitest
since 1971—36,000,000 miles
away

sunrise 5:42am, sunset 5 4 1 pm

August

S M T W T F S

12 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31

4

sunrise 5: 1 8am. sunset 6:1 9pm

11

sunrise 5:26am, sunset 6:07pm

18

©

first quarter

sunrise 5:33am. sunset 5:55pm

W5 .

^■m»i

-.■'5««^:l

r^- j.,ii*JBSE^:^-—

i^^^s«Pis»ss;.

u
0

*^

CO

I

0

2

CO
CO

ON

■§

O

-d

3

4-1

-a

a
-e

an

u
3
J3
H

00

V

e
-a

cd

(A

e2

-a
c
o

s

3

1 1

1 1 s

8

sunrise 5:55am, sunsel 5 20pm

15

Sunrise 6 02am, sunsel 5:09pm

22

sunrise 6 10am, sunset 4 58pm

9i 1

7

sunrise 5:54am, sunset 5 22pm

14

sunnse 6 01 am, sunset 5 1 0pm

21

sunrise 6 09am, sunset 4 59pm

28

sunrise 6 1 7am, sunset 4 49pm

6

sunrise 5:53am, sunset 5:24pm

13

sunrise 5:59am, sunset 5:12pm

20

Orionid meteor shower, 10-70
per hr; max. ratemay vary 1-2
days

sunrise 6 08am. sunset 5 01pm

27

sunrise 6 16am, sunset 4 51pm

5

sunrise 5:51am. sunset 5:25pm

12

sunrise 5 58am, sunset 5 1 4pm

19

sunrise 6 06am, sunset 5 02pm

^ 4

Times for sunrise and sunset
are for Chicago, Central
Standard Time. For Daylight
Savings Time add 1 hour.

4

sunrise 5:50am. sunset 5:27pm

11

sunrise 5:58am, sunset 5: 15pm

18

c

first quarter

sunrise 6 05am. sunset 5 04pm

25

sunrise 6 1 4am. sunset 4 54pm

November

S M T W T F S

12 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30

3

sunrise 5:49am, sunset 5:29pm

10

Columbus Day

•

new moon

sunrise 5 57am. sunset 5: 1 7pm

17

sunrise 6 04am, sunset 5 06pm

September

S M T W T F S

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30

2

3

last quarter

sunrise 5 48am. sunset 5:31pm

9

Draconid meteor showier, 10
per hr.; max. rate may vary 1-2
days

sunrise 5 56am. sunset 5 19pm

16

sunrise 6 03am, sunsel 5 07pm

.>-^l

0

■«3

0

9i

s

00
9t

U

I

10

^

CO

^

w

a

00

e2

0) 1
t E

3 CM

03

s
o

-o

B
3

w

CO

Q
CO

c

CO

^

o

0d

s >

o >,

iEs2

ee

I

CD

1^

^

A

OP

1^

;p

o E

»S

O >- (D 5

P iJ -t to

"c -c w '^ S

O >- >- ^ c

03 OJ CD /^N c

-1 Q."0 W S

W

^

99

;9

0} (0

o ©

<( T- T-

0=0

Z (D
C CO

O o
CO E

Z (U

99

OS

w

0)

E
«
o

CO CO o r^ V -

LL CM CD (D 00 O

t- Cv; ro

I— -^ 00 in Cm C3>

■■- OiCvJ

> r-- •q- ■.- CO

^ T- CM CM

i_ CD CO o r^

■^ ■■- CM CM

^ LO CM Cn CD

«

■ 00 in

• r- CM

CO -^ 00 in

11. 1^ ■=t

5; I- CD CO

■§5 ^<^
O I

CO

CO O
CvJ CD

CM 05
CVJ CM

•.- CO

CM eg

O 1^
CM CM

CJ) CD
1- CM

00 in

■■- C\J

N. ^ -^
■^ CvJ CO

CD CO O
■■- CVJ CO

99

CI

ee

1^

:>1

^':

-K^^^:

X ^-^

://'■

'^¥^^

-jC?>i

\^

>/■

-^-

'X,

;x

'>C

/.

''im

<^y^-

^r

\n-

-.A

.f^'ti

^-itV

*\\

;f:^:

0

en

^

■E

4^
CO

o;

£

a

-a

CO

S
JS

H

«

CD
C
3

Q

CD
C
Ctl

c

a

■d
«

B

-d

en

e2

00
CO

ON

a;

0^
0.)

a

-a
a
o

S

es

B

3

sunrise 7:00am, sunset 4:19pm

10

sunnse 706am, sunsel 4:19pm

17

sunrise 7 1 2am, sunset 4 20pm

24

sunnse 7:15am. sunsel 4 23pm

v7 i

2

sunrise 6:59am. sunset 4:20pm

9

•

new moon

sunrise 7:05am, sunset 4:19pm

16

c

first quarter

sunrise 7 1 tam, sunset 4:20pm

23

o

full moon

sunrise 7 15am, sunset 4 23pm

30

3

last quarter

sunrise 7 1 7am, sunsel 4 27pm

1

last quarter

sunrise 6:58am, sunset 4:20pm

8

sunrise 7:05am, sunsel 4:19pm

15

sunrise 7:10am, sunset4:19pm

22

Ursid meteor shower, 10-15 per
hr: max. rate may vary 1-2
days

sunrise 7 1 Sam, sunset 4:22pm

29

sunrise 7 1 7am, sunsel 4 27pm

7

sunrise 7:04am, sunset 4:19pm

14

sunrise 7:10am, sunsel4:19pm

21

Winter begins

sunrise 7 Ham, sunsel 4:22pm

WW d

W 1

'

6

sunrise 7:03am, sunset 4: 19pm

13

Geminid meteor shower, 50-80
per hr.; max. rate may vary 1-2
days

sunnse 7:09am, sunset 4:19pm

20

sunrise 7 1 Sam, sunset 4:21 nm

27

sunrise 7: 1 7am. sunset 4 25pm

January 1989

S M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30 31

5

sunrise 7:02am, sunset 4:19pm

12

sunrise 7:08am, sunset 4:19pm

19

sunnse 7 1 2am, sunset 4:20pm

26

sunrise 7 1 6am. sunset 4 24pm

November

S M T W T F S

12 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30

4

HANUKKAH

sunrise 7:01am, sunset 4:19pm

11

sunrise 7 07am, sunset 4: 1 9pm

18

sunrise 7- 1 2am, sunset 4 20pm

25

CHRISTMAS

(Museum closed)

sunnse 7 l6am, sunset 4 24pm

Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
ChicasoJL 60605-2499

niustraaon by Cari Kock

Jump into the world's

largest pair of blue jeans,

learn how to eat like a horse

(and get away with it!),

add inches to your height,

and conquer Godzilla.

You can do all this and more in our newest, fun-packed exhibit SIZES!

Jump into Sizes and you and your whole family can explore and learn

how all living things have special sizes for special reasons.

Field Museum

CHICAGO'S LIVING MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY